Carrier WEATHERMAKER 48/50AJ Specifications

Weathermaker®
48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY,A2,A3,A4,A5020-060
Single Package Large Rooftop Units
with ComfortLink Version 7.x Controls
Controls, Start-Up, Operation,
Service and Troubleshooting
CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,3
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,4
Conventions Used in this Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
BASIC CONTROL USAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
ComfortLink Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Scrolling Marquee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Accessory Navigator™ Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
System Pilot™ Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CCN Tables and Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
• GENERICS STATUS DISPLAY TABLE
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Unit Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Unit Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Internal Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Accessory Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Crankcase Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Evaporator Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Gas Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
CONTROLS QUICK START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-29
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air Sensor
or Space Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Economizer Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Indoor Air Quality Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Exhaust Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Programming Operating Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
SERVICE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,30
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Service Test Mode Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Independent Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Fans in Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Cooling in Service Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Heating in Service Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
THIRD PARTY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-32
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Remote Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
VFD Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Supply Air Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Demand Limit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Demand Controlled Ventilation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
CONTROLS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-78
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
• SYSTEM MODES
• HVAC MODES
Unit Configuration Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Cooling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS
• SET POINTS
• SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION
• COOLING CONFIGURATION
Page
COMPRESSOR SAFETIES
COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS
COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS
COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL
ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH
MECHANICAL COOLING
Heating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS
• TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE
EVALUATION
• HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC
• RELOCATE SAT SENSOR FOR HEATING IN
LINKAGE APPLICATIONS
• MORNING WARM UP
• TEMPERING MODE
Static Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
• OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• STATIC PRESSURE RESET OPERATION
• RELATED POINTS
Fan Status Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
• GENERAL
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC
Dirty Filter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Economizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
• ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION AND
DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) CONTROL
• DIFFERENTIAL DRY BULB CUTOFF CONTROL
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION
• UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING
• FDD CONFIGURATIONS
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION
• ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP
Building Pressure Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
• BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION
• CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL
OPERATION
• MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING
PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION
• VFD POWER EXHAUST BUILDING PRESSURE
CONTROL
Smoke Control Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
• FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
• AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE
FIRE-SMOKE MODES
• RELEVANT ITEMS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480111-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-11T
Pg 1
714
6-14
Replaces: 48/50A-10T
CONTENTS (cont)
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained
personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of replacing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all
other operations.
When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety
codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching
cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.
Page
Indoor Air Quality Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
• OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE
Dehumidification and Reheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• OPERATION
Temperature Compensated Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) System. . . . . . . . . . . 73
Alert Limit Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Sensor Trim Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Display Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Remote Control Switch Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hot Gas Bypass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Space Temperature Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78,79
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-105
Complete Unit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Single Circuit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Service Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Restart Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Thermistor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Transducer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Forcing Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Run Status Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
• AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
• ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
• COOLING INFORMATION
• MODE TRIP HELPER
• CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE
• TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE
• SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE
Alarms and Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-133
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Factory-Installed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Accessory Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134-145
Service Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 136
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement . . . . . . . . 137
Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Condenser-Fan Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Four-Inch Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Power Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Refrigerant Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Gas Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Main Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES . . . . 146-155
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156-169
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . 170-178
APPENDIX D — MODE SELECTION
PROCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER. . . . 180-191
INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CONTROLS SET POINT AND
CONFIGURATION LOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1 to CL-5
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-6
WARNING
Before performing service or maintenance operation on
unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit.
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death.
Shut off all power to this equipment during installation
and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused
disconnect or a field-installed disconnect. Note that the
unit may also be equipped with a convenience outlet,
that this outlet is wired to the line side of the unitmounted disconnect and will remain hot when the
disconnect in the unit is off. There is a separate fuse/
disconnect for the convenience outlet.
CAUTION
Puron® refrigerant (R-410A) systems operate at higher
pressures than standard R-22 systems. Do not use R-22 service equipment or components on Puron refrigerant equipment. If service equipment is not rated for Puron
refrigerant, equipment damage or personal injury may
result.
CAUTION
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out components or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electrical components.
WARNING
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone
in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
2
The A Series units provide ventilation, cooling, and heating
(when equipped) in variable air volume (VAV), variable volume
and temperature (VVT®), and constant volume (CV) applications. The A Series units contain the factory-installed ComfortLink control system which provides full system management. The main base board (MBB) stores hundreds of unit configuration settings and 8 time of day schedules. The MBB also
performs self diagnostic tests at unit start-up, monitors the operation of the unit, and provides alarms and alert information. The
system also contains other optional boards that are connected to
the MBB through the Local Equipment Network (LEN). Information on system operation and status are sent to the MBB processor by various sensors and optional boards that are located at
the unit. Access to the unit controls for configuration, set point
selection, schedule creation, and service can be done through a
unit-mounted scrolling marquee. Access can also be done
through the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) system using the
ComfortVIEW™ software, the accessory Navigator™ handheld display, or the System Pilot™ interface.
The ComfortLink system controls all aspects of the rooftop.
It controls the supply-fan motor, compressors, and economizers to maintain the proper temperature conditions. The controls
also cycle condenser fans to maintain suitable head pressure.
All VAV units are equipped with a standard VFD (variable frequency drive) for supply fan speed control and supply duct
pressure control. The ComfortLink controls adjust the speed of
the VFD based on a static pressure sensor input. Constant volume (CV) units can be equipped with optional VFD for staged
air volume (SAV™) control. The indoor fan will operate at low
speed for energy savings and high speed when required. In addition, the ComfortLink controls can raise or lower the building
pressure using multiple power exhaust fans controlled from
economizer damper position or from a building pressure sensor. The control safeties are continuously monitored to ensure
safe operation under all conditions. Sensors include suction
pressure transducers, discharge pressure transducers, and saturated condensing temperature sensors which allow for display
of operational pressures and saturation temperatures.
A scheduling function, programmed by the user, controls
the unit occupied/unoccupied schedule. Up to 8 different
schedules can be programmed.
The controls also allow the service person to operate a quick
test so that all the controlled components can be checked for
proper operation.
WARNING
DO NOT USE TORCH to remove any component. System
contains oil and refrigerant under pressure.
To remove a component, wear protective gloves and goggles and proceed as follows:
a. Shut off electrical power to unit.
b. Recover refrigerant to relieve all pressure from system using both high-pressure and low pressure ports.
c. Traces of vapor should be displaced with nitrogen
and the work area should be well ventilated. Refrigerant in contact with an open flame produces toxic
gases.
d. Cut component connection tubing with tubing cutter
and remove component from unit. Use a pan to catch
any oil that may come out of the lines and as a gage
for how much oil to add to the system.
e. Carefully unsweat remaining tubing stubs when necessary. Oil can ignite when exposed to torch flame.
Failure to follow these procedures may result in personal
injury or death.
CAUTION
DO NOT re-use compressor oil or any oil that has been
exposed to the atmosphere. Dispose of oil per local codes
and regulations. DO NOT leave refrigerant system open to
air any longer than the actual time required to service the
equipment. Seal circuits being serviced and charge with
dry nitrogen to prevent oil contamination when timely
repairs cannot be completed. Failure to follow these procedures may result in damage to equipment.
GENERAL
This book contains Start-Up, Controls Operation, Troubleshooting and Service information for the 48/50A Series
rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with
ComfortLink controls.
Use this guide in conjunction with the separate installation
instructions packaged with the unit. Refer to the Wiring Diagrams literature for more detailed wiring information.
Conventions Used in This Manual — The following conventions for discussing configuration points for the local display (scrolling marquee or Navigator accessory) will be
used in this manual.
Point names will be written with the Mode name first, then
any sub-modes, then the point name, each separated by an
arrow symbol (). Names will also be shown in bold and
italics. As an example, the IAQ Economizer Override Position
which is located in the Configuration mode, Indoor Air Quality
Configuration sub-mode, and the Air Quality Set Points
sub-sub-mode, would be written as Configuration
IAQIAQ.SPIQ.O.P. A list of point names can be found in
Appendix A.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through
the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user
would scroll through the modes and sub-modes using the
and
keys. The arrow symbol in the path name represents pressing ENTER to move into the next level of the
menu structure.
Table 1 — A Series Product Line
UNIT
48AJ
48AK
48AW
48AY
48A2
48A3
48A4
48A5
50AJ
50AK
50AW
50AY
50A2
50A3
50A4
50A5
APPLICATION
CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV Units with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
CV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply
VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply
CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX Coil
VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX Coil
CV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply with MCHX Coil
VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply with MCHX Coil
CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply
CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply
VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply
CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX
Coil
VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply with MCHX
Coil
CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply with
MCHX Coil
VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply with
MCHX Coil
When a value is included as part of the path name, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equals sign. If the
value represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parentheses after the value. As an example, ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFIQ.AC = 1 (IAQ Analog Input).
LEGEND
CV
— Constant Volume
MCHX — Microchannel Heat Exchanger
VAV
— Variable Air Volume
3
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
at any time will display an expanded text description of the fourcharacter point name. The expanded description is shown in the
local display tables (Appendix A).
indicate the following menu structures, referred to as modes
(see Appendix A):
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
• Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
• Alarms
Through the scrolling marquee, the user can access all of the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure operating parameters plus evaluate the current decision status for operating modes. Because the A Series units are
equipped with suction pressure and saturated condensing
temperature transducers, the scrolling marquee can also display
refrigerant circuit pressures typically obtained from service
gages. The control also includes an alarm history which can be
accessed from the display. In addition, through the scrolling
marquee, the user can access a built-in test routine that can be
used at start-up commissioning to diagnose operational problems with the unit.
The CCN point names are also referenced in the local
display tables for users configuring the unit with CCN software
instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in
Appendix B of this manual.
BASIC CONTROL USAGE
ComfortLink Controls — The ComfortLink control
system is a comprehensive unit-management system. The control system is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The control is flexible, providing two types of constant
volume cooling control sequences, two variable air volume
cooling control sequences, and heating control sequences for
two-stage electric and gas systems, and for multiple-stage gas
heating, in both Occupied and Unoccupied schedule modes.
This control also manages:
• VAV duct pressure (through optional VFD), with reset
• Building pressure through two different power exhaust
schemes
• Condenser fan cycling for mild ambient head pressure
control
• Space ventilation control, in Occupied and Unoccupied
periods, using CO2 sensors or external signals, with ventilation defined by damper position
• Smoke control functions
• Occupancy schedules
• Occupancy or start/stop sequences based on third party
signals
• Alarm status and history and run time data
• Management of a complete unit service test sequence
System diagnostics are enhanced by the use of multiple
external sensors for air temperatures, air pressures, refrigerant
temperatures, and refrigerant pressures. Unit-mounted actuators provide digital feedback data to the unit control.
The ComfortLink control system is fully communicating
and cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) building management system. The control provides high-speed communications for remote monitoring via
the Internet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other
ComfortLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire communication bus.
The ComfortLink control system is easy to access through
the use of a unit-mounted display module. There is no need to
bring a separate computer to this unit for start-up. Access to
control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from
11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations
of control information. Only four, large, easy-to-use buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held
Navigator module is also available. This portable device has an
extended communication cable that can be plugged into the
unit’s communication network either at the main control box or
at the opposite end of the unit, at a remote modular plug. The
Navigator display provides the same menu structure, control
access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted
scrolling marquee display.
MODE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Alarm Status
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
ESCAPE
ENTER
A30-2239
Fig. 1 — Scrolling Marquee
Accessory Navigator™ Display — The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the A Series
units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the same way
as the scrolling marquee device. The Navigator display is
plugged into the RJ-14 (LEN) jack in the main control box on
the COMM board. The Navigator display can also be plugged
into the RJ-14 jack located on the ECB (economizer control
board) located in the auxiliary control box.
Co m
NA
TI M E
EWT
LW T
S E TP
MO
fort
VIG
Li n k
ATO
R
12.
54. 58
44. 6 F
4 4 . 01 F
F
DE
Ala rm
Run
Status
Servi
ce Te
st
Temp
eratur
es
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs
St atu
s
Outpu
ts
Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Clock
Opera
ting
Mode
Alarm
s
s
ENT
ESC
ER
Scrolling Marquee — This device is the standard inter-
face used to access the control information, read sensor values,
and test the unit. The scrolling marquee is located in the main
control box. The scrolling marquee display is a 4-key, 4-character LED (light-emitting diode) display module. The display
also contains an Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 1. The display is
easy to operate using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that
30-650
Fig. 2 — Accessory Navigator Display
4
will be displayed with a blinking “f” following its value. For
example, if supply fan requested (FAN.F) is forced, the display
shows “YESf”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on
the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced
with the ENTER key and then pressing the
and
arrow keys simultaneously.
Operation — All units are shipped from the factory with
the scrolling marquee display, which is located in the main control box. See Fig. 1. In addition, the ComfortLink controls also
support the use of the handheld Navigator display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComfortLink control system. The displays have
and
arrow keys, an ESCAPE key and an ENTER key. These
keys are used to navigate through the different modes of the
display structure. The Navigator and the scrolling marquee displays operate in the same manner, except that the Navigator
display has multiple lines of display and the scrolling marquee
has a single line. All further discussions and examples in this
document will be based on the scrolling marquee display. See
Table 2 for the menu structure.
The four keys are used to navigate through the display
structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the
buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default
to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN
STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the
ESCAPE key until a blank display is shown. Then
use the
and
arrow keys to scroll through the top-level
categories (modes). These are listed in Appendix A and will be
indicated on the scrolling marquee by the LED next to each
mode listed on the face of the display.
Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and
field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various
Mode categories may not apply.
System Pilot™ Interface — The System Pilot
(33PILOT-01) device is a component of Carrier’s 3V™ system
and serves as a user-interface and configuration tool for all Carrier communicating devices. The System Pilot device can be
used to install and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage
compatible air source, universal controller, and all other devices operating on the CCN system.
Additionally, the System Pilot device can serve as a
wall-mounted temperature sensor for space temperature
measurement. The occupant can use the System Pilot device to
change set points. A security feature is provided to limit access
of features for unauthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot
details.
CCN Tables and Display — In addition to the unit-
mounted scrolling marquee display, the user can also access the
same information through the CCN tables by using the Service
Tool or other CCN programs. Details on the CCN tables are
summarized in Appendix B. The variable names used for the
CCN tables and the scrolling marquee tables may be different
and more items are displayed in the CCN tables. As a reference, the CCN variable names are included in the scrolling
marquee tables and the scrolling marquee names are included
in the local display tables in Appendix B.
When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the
ENTER key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there
may be additional tiers. Continue to use the
and
keys
and the ENTER keys until the desired display item is found.
At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing
the ESCAPE key. Once an item has been selected the display
will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and
then followed by the item units (if any).
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
when required. Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the
four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the
ESCAPE and ENTER keys when the display is blank
(MODE LED level) will return the display to its default menu
of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the password will need to be entered again before changes can be made.
MODIFY/
SELECT
NAVIGATE/
EXIT
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the
display is in rotating auto-view, press the ENTER key to stop
the display at the desired item. Press the ENTER key again so
that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the
value of state of an item and press the ENTER key to accept
it. Press the ESCAPE key and the item, value or units display
will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
SCROLL
+
PAGE
-
A33-1050
Fig. 3 — System Pilot™ User Interface
If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process
as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable
5
Table 2 — Scrolling Marquee Menu Display Structure
(ComfortLink Display Modes)
RUN
STATUS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)
SERVICE
TEST
Service Test Mode
(TEST)
TEMPERATURES
PRESSURES
SETPOINTS
INPUTS
OUTPUTS
CONFIGURATION
TIME
CLOCK

Air
Temperatures
(AIR.T)
Air Pressures
(AIR.P)
Occupied Heat
Setpoint
(OHSP)
General Inputs
(GEN.I)
Fans
(FANS)
Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)
Time of Day
(TIME)
Econ
Run Status
(ECON)
Local
Machine
Disable
(STOP)
Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REF.T)
Compressor
Feedback
(FD.BK)
Cooling
(COOL)
Cooling
Information
(COOL)
Soft Stop
Request
(S.STP)



Mode
Trip Helper
(TRIP)



Supply Fan
Request
(FAN.F)



Refrigerant
Pressures
(REF.P)

Occupied Cool
Setpoint
(OCSP)
Unoccupied
Heat Setpoint
(UHSP)
Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
(UCSP)
Compressor
Run Hours
(HRS)
Test Independent
Outputs
(INDP)
VAV Occ
Cool On
(V.C.ON)
Compressor
Starts
(STRT)

Timeguards
(TMGD)

Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)

Test Fans
(FANS)

Test Cooling
(COOL)

Test Heating
(HEAT)

Fire-Smoke
Modes
(FIRE)


Heat - Cool
Setpoint
(GAP)

Thermostat
Inputs
(STAT)

4 in. Filter
Change Mode
(F.4.CH)



CCN
Linkage
(LINK)


Relative
Humidity
(REL.H)


Air Quality
Sensors
(AIR.Q)


VAV Occ
Cool Off
(V.C.OF)

Supply Air
Setpoint
(SASP)
Reset Inputs
(RSET)

4-20 Milliamp
Inputs
(4-20)



Heating
(HEAT)

Economizer
(ECON)

General
Outputs
(GEN.O)

Cooling
Configuration
(COOL)

Evap/Discharge
Temp. Reset
(EDT.R)

Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)

Supply Static
Press. Config.
(SP)

Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)

Building Press.
Configs
(BP)

Cool/Heat
Setpt. Offsets
(D.LV.T)

Supply Air
Setpoint Hi
(SA.HI)
Demand Limit
Config.
(DMD.L)
Supply Air
Setpoint Lo
(SA.LO)
Indoor Air
Quality Cfg.
(IAQ)
Heating Supply
Air Setpoint
(SA.HT)
Dehumidification
Config.
(DEHU)
Tempering
Purge SASP
(T.PRG)
CCN
Configuration
(CCN)
Tempering in
Cool SASP
(T.CL)
Alert Limit
Config.
(ALLM)
Tempering in
Vent Occ SASP
(T.V.OC)
Sensor Trim
Config.
(TRIM)
Tempering in
Vent Unocc.
SASP
(T.V.UN)
Switch
Logic
(SW.LG)













Display
Configuration
(DISP)
6

OPERATING
MODES
System
Mode
(SYS.M)
Month, Date,
Day and Year
(DATE)
HVAC Mode
(HVAC)
Local Time
Schedule
(SCH.L)
Control Type
(CTRL)


Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)

Daylight
Savings
Time
(DAY.S)



Mode
Controlling
Unit
(MODE)
ALARMS
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CURR)

Reset All
Current
Alarms
(R.CUR)

Alarm
History
(HIST)
GENERICS STATUS DISPLAY TABLE — The GENERICS
points table allows the service/installer the ability to create a
custom table in which up to 20 points from the 5 CCN
categories (Points, Config, Service-Config, Set Point, and
Maintenance) may be collected and displayed.
In the Service-Config table section, there is a table named
“generics.” This table contains placeholders for up to 20 CCN
point names and allows the user to decide which points are displayed in the GENERICS points table under the local display.
Each one of these placeholders allows the input of an 8-character
ASCII string. Using a CCN interface, enter the Edit mode for the
Service-Config table “generics” and enter the CCN name for
each point to be displayed in the custom points table in the order
they will be displayed. When done entering point names, download the table to the rooftop unit control.
Crankcase Heaters — Crankcase heaters are energized
as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are running.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours
prior to start-up of compressors. Otherwise damage to
compressors may result.
Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are factoryinstalled. See Tables 3-38 for fan performance. Remove tape
from fan pulley, and be sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Table 39 for motor limitations. See Tables 40 and 41
for air quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power exhaust is
negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page136.
IMPORTANT: The computer system software
(ComfortVIEW™, Service Tool, etc.) that is used to
interact with CCN controls always saves a template of
items it considers as static (e.g., limits, units, forcibility, 24-character text strings, and point names) after
the software uploads the tables from a control. Thereafter, the software is only concerned with run time
data like value and hardware/force status. With this in
mind, it is important that anytime a change is made to
the Service-Config table “generics” (which in turn
changes the points contained in the GENERICS point
table), that a complete new upload be performed. This
requires that any previous table database be
completely removed first. Failure to do this will not
allow the user to display the new points that have been
created and the CCN interface will have a different
table database than the unit control.
Controls — Use the following steps for the controls:
IMPORTANT: The unit is shipped with the unit control
disabled. To enable the control, set Local Machine Disable
(Service TestSTOP) to No.
1. Set any control configurations that are required (fieldinstalled accessories, etc.). The unit is factory configured
for all appropriate factory-installed options.
2. Enter unit set points. The unit is shipped with the set point
default values. If a different set point is required use the
scrolling marquee, Navigator™ accessory or Service
Tool software to change the configuration valves.
3. If the internal unit schedules are going to be used configure the Occupancy schedule.
4. Verify that the control time periods programmed meet
current requirements.
5. Using Service Test mode, verify operation of all major
components.
6. If the unit is a VAV unit make sure to configure the VFD
static pressure set point using the display. To checkout the
VFD use the VFD instructions shipped with the unit.
START-UP
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even
momentarily, until all items on the Start-Up Checklist
and the following steps have been completed.
Gas Heat — Verify gas pressure before turning on gas heat
as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to the unit.
2. Connect pressure gages to supply gas tap, located at fieldsupplied manual shutoff valves.
3. Connect pressure gages to manifold pressure tap on unit
gas valve.
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check
pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat.
6. Use the Service Test procedure to verify heat operation.
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that
incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater and that the
manifold pressure is 3.5 in wg. If manifold pressure must
be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section.
Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in
accordance with the installation instructions and applicable
codes.
Unit Setup — Make sure that the economizer hoods have
been installed and that the outdoor filters are properly installed.
Internal Wiring — Ensure that all electrical connections
in the control box are tightened as required. If the unit has
staged gas heat make sure that the leaving air temperature
(LAT) sensors have been routed to the supply ducts as required.
Accessory Installation — Check to make sure that all
accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been
installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit
wiring diagrams.
7
Table 3 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK020,025 and 48A2,A3020 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
328
0.62
369
0.97
415
1.43
463
2.01
488
2.36
513
2.74
564
3.61
616
4.64
669
5.84
723
7.20
750
7.95
777
8.75
0.4
Rpm Bhp
406
0.84
439
1.19
477
1.65
519
2.25
541
2.60
564
2.98
612
3.87
661
4.91
711
6.11
762
7.49
788
8.25
814
9.05
0.6
Rpm Bhp
472
1.07
500
1.43
533
1.90
570
2.50
590
2.86
611
3.24
655
4.13
701
5.18
749
6.40
798
7.78
823
8.54
848
9.35
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
529
1.30
580
1.54
626
1.78 668
2.02
554
1.69
604
1.95
650
2.21 692
2.48
584
2.17
631
2.45
676
2.73 717
3.01
618
2.78
662
3.06
704
3.36 744
3.65
636
3.13
679
3.42
720
3.72 759
4.02
655
3.52
697
3.81
737
4.11 775
4.42
696
4.42
735
4.71
772
5.02 808
5.33
739
5.47
776
5.77
811
6.08 845
6.40
785
6.69
819
6.99
852
7.30 884
7.63
831
8.08
864
8.39
895
8.71 925
9.04
855
8.85
887
9.16
917
9.48 947
9.81
880
9.66
910
9.97
940 10.30 969 10.63
1.6
Rpm Bhp
708
2.27
731
2.74
756
3.30
782
3.96
796
4.33
811
4.74
843
5.65
878
6.72
915
7.96
955
9.37
976 10.15
997 10.97
1.8
Rpm Bhp
745
2.51
769
3.01
793
3.59
818
4.27
832
4.65
846
5.06
876
5.98
909
7.06
945
8.30
984
9.72
1004 10.49
1024 11.31
2.0
Rpm Bhp
780
2.76
804
3.28
828
3.88
852
4.58
866
4.96
879
5.38
909
6.32
940
7.40
975
8.65
1012 10.07
1031 10.84
1051 11.67
2.2
Rpm Bhp
814
3.01
837
3.55
861
4.17
885
4.89
898
5.28
912
5.71
940
6.66
971
7.75
1004
9.00
1039 10.42
1058 11.20
1077 12.03
2.4
Rpm Bhp
845
3.26
869
3.82
893
4.46
917
5.20
930
5.61
943
6.04
970
7.00
1000
8.10
1032
9.36
1066 10.79
1085 11.57
1103 12.40
2.6
Rpm Bhp
876 3.51
900 4.10
923 4.76
947 5.51
960 5.93
973 6.37
999 7.35
1028 8.46
1059 9.73
1093 11.16
1110 11.94
1129 12.77
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
905
3.76
934
4.02
961
4.28
987
4.54
929
4.37
958
4.64
985
4.92 1012
5.20
953
5.05
981
5.35 1009
5.65 1036
5.94
977
5.83 1005
6.14 1033
6.46 1059
6.78
989
6.25 1017
6.58 1045
6.90 1071
7.23
1002
6.70 1030
7.04 1057
7.37 1083
7.71
1028
7.69 1055
8.04 1082
8.39 1109
8.75
1056
8.82 1083
9.18 1109
9.54 1135
9.91
1086 10.09 1112 10.46 1138 10.84 1163 11.22
1119 11.53 1144 11.91 1169 12.30 1193 12.68
1136 12.32 1161 12.70 1185 13.09
—
—
1154 13.15 1178 13.54
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1013
4.80
1038
5.48
1062
6.24
1085
7.09
1097
7.56
1109
8.04
1134
9.10
1160 10.28
1188 11.60
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1038
5.06
1063
5.76
1087
6.54
1110
7.41
1122
7.88
1134
8.38
1159
9.45
1185 10.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1062 5.32
1087 6.04
1111 6.84
1135 7.73
1147 8.21
1159 8.72
1183 9.81
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 4 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK027,030 and 48A2,A3025-030 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
331
0.63
374
0.98
421
1.45
471
2.04
522
2.78
574
3.66
628
4.71
682
5.91
736
7.30
791
8.86
846 10.61
902 12.56
0.4
0.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
408
0.85 474
1.08
443
1.20 503
1.45
482
1.68 538
1.93
526
2.28 576
2.54
572
3.03 619
3.29
621
3.92 664
4.19
671
4.97 711
5.25
722
6.19 759
6.48
774
7.59 809
7.88
827
9.16 860
9.46
880 10.93 912 11.24
934 12.89 964 13.21
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
531
1.31
581
1.55
627
1.79
670
2.03
558
1.70
607
1.96
653
2.23
695
2.49
589
2.20
636
2.47
680
2.75
721
3.04
623
2.81
668
3.10
710
3.39
749
3.69
662
3.57
704
3.86
743
4.16
781
4.47
704
4.47
743
4.77
780
5.08
815
5.40
748
5.54
784
5.84
819
6.15
853
6.47
795
6.77
828
7.08
861
7.40
893
7.72
842
8.18
874
8.49
905
8.82
935
9.15
891
9.78
922 10.09
951 10.42
979 10.75
941 11.56
970 11.88
998 12.21 1025 12.56
992 13.54 1020 13.87 1046 14.21 1072 14.55
1.6
Rpm Bhp
709
2.28
734
2.76
759
3.33
787
4.00
817
4.79
850
5.72
885
6.81
924
8.06
965
9.48
1007 11.10
1052 12.90
1098 14.91
1.8
Rpm Bhp
746
2.52
771
3.03
796
3.62
823
4.31
851
5.11
883
6.05
917
7.14
954
8.40
993
9.83
1034 11.45
1078 13.26
1122 15.26
2.0
Rpm Bhp
781
2.77
806
3.30
831
3.91
857
4.62
885
5.44
915
6.39
948
7.49
983
8.75
1021 10.19
1061 11.80
1103 13.62
1147 15.63
2.2
Rpm Bhp
815
3.02
839
3.57
864
4.20
890
4.93
917
5.76
946
6.73
978
7.84
1012
9.10
1048 10.54
1087 12.17
1128 13.98
1171 16.00
2.4
Rpm Bhp
847 3.27
871 3.84
896 4.49
921 5.24
948 6.09
976 7.07
1007 8.19
1040 9.47
1075 10.91
1113 12.54
1153 14.36
1194 16.38
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
906
3.77
935
4.03
962
4.29
988
4.55
931
4.39
960
4.66
987
4.94 1014
5.22
956
5.08
984
5.38 1012
5.68 1038
5.97
980
5.87 1009
6.18 1036
6.50 1063
6.82
1006
6.76 1034
7.09 1061
7.43 1088
7.76
1033
7.76 1061
8.11 1088
8.46 1114
8.82
1063
8.91 1089
9.27 1116
9.63 1141 10.00
1094 10.20 1120 10.57 1145 10.95 1170 11.33
1127 11.66 1152 12.04 1177 12.42
—
—
1163 13.30 1187 13.68
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1014
4.81
1039
5.50
1064
6.27
1088
7.14
1113
8.10
1139
9.17
1166 10.37
1195 11.71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1039
5.07
1064
5.78
1089
6.57
1114
7.45
1138
8.43
1164
9.52
1191 10.74
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1063 5.33
1089 6.06
1114 6.87
1138 7.77
1163 8.77
1188 9.88
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
877
3.52
902
4.11
926
4.79
951
5.55
977
6.42
1005
7.42
1035
8.55
1067
9.83
1102 11.28
1138 12.91
1177 14.74
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
8
Table 5 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm
534
590
646
704
733
762
820
879
938
997
1056
1116
1145
Bhp
2.46
3.27
4.23
5.35
5.97
6.63
8.09
9.72
11.54
13.56
15.78
18.20
19.49
0.4
Rpm
584
635
687
742
769
797
853
909
967
1024
1082
1140
1170
2.2
Rpm
927
960
994
1030
1049
1069
1109
1152
1196
1243
1290
—
—
Bhp
5.81
6.89
8.09
9.42
10.14
10.90
12.55
14.38
16.41
18.63
21.06
—
—
Bhp
2.80
3.63
4.62
5.77
6.40
7.08
8.56
10.22
12.07
14.11
16.35
18.80
20.10
0.6
Rpm
630
677
726
778
804
830
884
939
995
1051
1107
1164
1193
2.4
Rpm
956
989
1023
1058
1077
1095
1135
1176
1220
1265
—
—
—
Bhp
6.13
7.25
8.47
9.82
10.56
11.33
13.00
14.84
16.88
19.12
—
—
—
Bhp
3.13
3.99
5.00
6.17
6.82
7.51
9.01
10.70
12.58
14.64
16.91
19.38
20.70
2.6
Rpm
985
1018
1051
1085
1103
1122
1160
1200
1243
1287
—
—
—
Bhp
6.45
7.60
8.85
10.23
10.97
11.76
13.44
15.31
17.36
19.61
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
674
3.48
716
3.82
756
4.16
793
4.50
718
4.35
757
4.72
794
5.08
830
5.45
764
5.38
800
5.76
835
6.15
869
6.54
812
6.57
846
6.97
879
7.38
911
7.78
837
7.23
870
7.64
902
8.05
933
8.46
863
7.93
894
8.35
925
8.77
955
9.19
915
9.46
944
9.90
973
10.34
1001
10.78
968
11.17
996
11.63
1023
12.09
1050
12.55
1022
13.07
1048
13.55
1074
14.03
1099
14.51
1076
15.16
1102
15.67
1126
16.17
1150
16.66
1132
17.45
1156
17.98
1179
18.50
1202
19.02
1188
19.95
1210
20.50
1233
21.05
1255
21.58
1216
21.28
1238
21.84
1260
22.40
1282
22.94
Rpm
829
864
902
942
963
984
1029
1076
1124
1174
1225
1276
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1012
6.76
1039
7.06
1065
7.37
1090
7.67
1045
7.94
1072
8.29
1098
8.63
1122
8.96
1078
9.23
1104
9.61
1130
9.98
1155
10.35
1112
10.64
1138
11.04
1163
11.44
1188
11.84
1129
11.39
1155
11.81
1180
12.23
1204
12.64
1147
12.18
1173
12.61
1197
13.04
1221
13.47
1185
13.89
1209
14.34
1233
14.79
1256
15.24
1224
15.77
1248
16.24
1271
16.70
1293
17.17
1266
17.84
1288
18.32
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1114
1147
1179
1212
1228
1245
1279
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Bhp
4.83
5.81
6.93
8.19
8.88
9.62
11.22
13.01
14.98
17.16
19.53
22.11
—
1.8
Rpm
863
897
934
972
992
1013
1056
1102
1149
1197
1247
1298
—
3.6
Bhp
7.97
9.29
10.71
12.24
13.05
13.89
15.69
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
5.17
6.18
7.31
8.60
9.30
10.04
11.66
13.46
15.46
17.65
20.04
22.64
—
2.0
Rpm
896
929
964
1002
1021
1041
1083
1127
1173
1220
1269
—
—
3.8
Rpm
1138
1170
1203
1235
1251
1268
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.26
9.62
11.08
12.64
13.46
14.31
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
5.49
6.54
7.70
9.01
9.72
10.47
12.10
13.92
15.93
18.14
20.55
—
—
4.0
Rpm
1161
1193
1226
1258
1274
1291
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.56
9.95
11.44
13.03
13.87
14.73
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 6 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK036 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm
454
502
552
602
653
704
756
808
861
914
967
993
0.4
Bhp
2.15
2.90
3.81
4.89
6.15
7.60
9.24
11.10
13.18
15.49
18.03
19.40
Rpm
508
550
595
642
689
738
788
838
888
940
991
1017
1.2
Rpm
693
720
752
787
825
865
906
950
994
1039
1086
1109
1.4
Bhp
4.09
4.97
6.00
7.20
8.58
10.14
11.90
13.87
16.05
18.45
21.09
22.50
Rpm
734
759
788
821
856
895
935
976
1019
1063
1109
1131
2.2
Rpm
881
901
923
948
976
1008
1042
1078
1116
1156
1197
1218
2.4
Bhp
6.29
7.24
8.35
9.64
11.11
12.77
14.64
16.71
19.00
21.51
24.25
25.71
Rpm
914
933
954
978
1005
1035
1068
1103
1140
1178
1218
1239
3.2
Rpm
1035
1053
1072
1092
1114
1139
1167
1198
1230
1265
—
—
3.4
Bhp
8.63
9.69
10.89
12.25
13.79
15.53
17.47
19.63
22.00
24.61
—
—
Rpm
1062
1081
1099
1119
1140
1164
1191
1221
1253
1286
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
2.52
557
2.90
605
3.30
596
3.71
639
4.24
637
4.67
677
5.34
680
5.80
717
6.62
725
7.11
759
8.09
771
8.60
803
9.76
818
10.29
848
11.64
867
12.19
895
13.74
915
14.31
942
16.06
965
16.65
990
18.62
1015
19.23
1039
20.00
1040
20.61
1064
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
4.52
773
4.95
811
5.40
796
5.85
832
6.45
823
6.92
857
7.67
854
8.16
886
9.07
887
9.57
918
10.66
924
11.18
952
12.44
962
12.99
989
14.43
1002
15.00
1028
16.63
1044
17.22
1068
19.06
1087
19.67
1110
21.72
1131
22.35
1153
23.14
1154
23.78
1175
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
6.74
946
7.21
977
7.72
965
8.20
995
8.85
985
9.35
1014
10.15
1007
10.66
1036
11.63
1033
12.16
1061
13.31
1062
13.86
1088
15.19
1093
15.76
1118
17.28
1127
17.86
1151
19.59
1163
20.19
1186
22.12
1200
22.74
1222
24.89
1240
25.52
1261
26.36
1260
27.00
1280
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
9.11
1089
9.60
1115
10.19
1108
10.70
1134
11.41
1126
11.94
1152
12.78
1145
13.33
1171
14.34
1166
14.90
1191
16.09
1189
16.67
1213
18.05
1215
18.64
1238
20.22
1244
20.82
1266
22.62
1274
23.23
1296
25.24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean
2-in. filters.
0.8
1.0
Bhp
3.29
4.12
5.11
6.26
7.59
9.11
10.83
12.74
14.88
17.24
19.85
21.24
Rpm
650
680
715
752
792
834
878
922
968
1015
1062
1086
Bhp
5.39
6.31
7.39
8.64
10.08
11.71
13.53
15.57
17.81
20.28
22.98
24.42
Rpm
847
867
890
917
947
980
1016
1053
1093
1133
1175
1197
Bhp
7.68
8.69
9.86
11.19
12.70
14.41
16.32
18.45
20.79
23.36
26.17
27.66
Rpm
1006
1024
1043
1064
1088
1114
1143
1174
1208
1244
1281
—
Bhp
10.09
11.21
12.47
13.88
15.46
17.24
19.23
21.43
23.85
—
—
—
Rpm
1140
1159
1177
1196
1216
1237
1262
1288
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
3.69
4.54
5.55
6.73
8.08
9.63
11.36
13.30
15.46
17.85
20.47
21.87
2.0
2.8
Bhp
5.83
6.77
7.87
9.14
10.59
12.24
14.08
16.14
18.40
20.89
23.61
25.07
3.0
3.8
Bhp
8.15
9.19
10.37
11.71
13.24
14.97
16.89
19.03
21.40
23.98
26.81
—
4.0
Bhp
10.58
11.73
13.00
14.43
16.03
17.83
19.82
22.04
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is
limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
Watts =
9
Table 7 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
502
552
602
653
704
756
808
861
914
967
1020
1073
1127
Bhp
2.90
3.81
4.89
6.15
7.60
9.24
11.10
13.18
15.49
18.03
20.82
23.87
27.18
0.4
Rpm
550
595
642
689
738
788
838
888
940
991
1043
1095
1147
2.2
Rpm
901
923
948
976
1008
1042
1078
1116
1156
1197
1239
—
—
Bhp
7.24
8.35
9.64
11.11
12.77
14.64
16.71
19.00
21.51
24.25
27.24
—
—
Bhp
3.30
4.24
5.34
6.62
8.09
9.76
11.64
13.74
16.06
18.62
21.43
24.50
27.82
0.6
Rpm
596
637
680
725
771
818
867
915
965
1015
1066
1117
1168
2.4
Rpm
933
954
978
1005
1035
1068
1103
1140
1178
1218
1260
—
—
Bhp
7.72
8.85
10.15
11.63
13.31
15.19
17.28
19.59
22.12
24.89
27.89
—
—
Bhp
3.71
4.67
5.80
7.11
8.60
10.29
12.19
14.31
16.65
19.23
22.06
25.14
28.48
2.6
Rpm
965
985
1007
1033
1062
1093
1127
1163
1200
1240
1280
—
—
Bhp
8.20
9.35
10.66
12.16
13.86
15.76
17.86
20.19
22.74
25.52
28.55
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
639
4.12
680
4.54
720
4.97
759
5.40
677
5.11
715
5.55
752
6.00
788
6.45
717
6.26
752
6.73
787
7.20
821
7.67
759
7.59
792
8.08
825
8.58
856
9.07
803
9.11
834
9.63
865
10.14
895
10.66
848
10.83
878
11.36
906
11.90
935
12.44
895
12.74
922
13.30
950
13.87
976
14.43
942
14.88
968
15.46
994
16.05
1019
16.63
990
17.24
1015
17.85
1039
18.45
1063
19.06
1039
19.85
1062
20.47
1086
21.09
1109
21.72
1088
22.69
1111
23.33
1133
23.97
1155
24.62
1138
25.79
1159
26.44
1180
27.11
1201
27.77
1188
29.15
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
796
823
854
887
924
962
1002
1044
1087
1131
1176
1222
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
995
8.69
1024
9.19
1053
9.69
1081
10.19
1014
9.86
1043
10.37
1072
10.89
1099
11.41
1036
11.19
1064
11.71
1092
12.25
1119
12.78
1061
12.70
1088
13.24
1114
13.79
1140
14.34
1088
14.41
1114
14.97
1139
15.53
1164
16.09
1118
16.32
1143
16.89
1167
17.47
1191
18.05
1151
18.45
1174
19.03
1198
19.63
1221
20.22
1186
20.79
1208
21.40
1230
22.00
1253
22.62
1222
23.36
1244
23.98
1265
24.61
1286
25.24
1261
26.17
1281
26.81
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1108
1126
1145
1166
1189
1215
1244
1274
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Bhp
5.85
6.92
8.16
9.57
11.18
12.99
15.00
17.22
19.67
22.35
25.27
28.45
—
1.8
Rpm
832
857
886
918
952
989
1028
1068
1110
1153
1197
1242
—
3.6
Bhp
10.70
11.94
13.33
14.90
16.67
18.64
20.82
23.23
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.31
7.39
8.64
10.08
11.71
13.53
15.57
17.81
20.28
22.98
25.92
29.12
—
2.0
Rpm
867
890
917
947
980
1016
1053
1093
1133
1175
1219
—
—
3.8
Rpm
1134
1152
1171
1191
1213
1238
1266
1296
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.21
12.47
13.88
15.46
17.24
19.23
21.43
23.85
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.77
7.87
9.14
10.59
12.24
14.08
16.14
18.40
20.89
23.61
26.58
—
—
4.0
Rpm
1159
1177
1196
1216
1237
1262
1288
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.73
13.00
14.43
16.03
17.83
19.82
22.04
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 8 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK041 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
502
552
602
653
704
756
808
861
914
967
1020
1073
1127
0.4
Bhp
2.90
3.81
4.89
6.15
7.60
9.24
11.10
13.18
15.49
18.03
20.82
23.87
27.18
Rpm
550
595
642
689
738
788
838
888
940
991
1043
1095
1147
1.2
Rpm
720
752
787
825
865
906
950
994
1039
1086
1133
1180
—
1.4
Bhp
4.97
6.00
7.20
8.58
10.14
11.90
13.87
16.05
18.45
21.09
23.97
27.11
—
Rpm
759
788
821
856
895
935
976
1019
1063
1109
1155
1201
—
2.2
Rpm
901
923
948
976
1008
1042
1078
1116
1156
1197
1239
—
—
2.4
Bhp
7.24
8.35
9.64
11.11
12.77
14.64
16.71
19.00
21.51
24.25
27.24
—
—
Rpm
933
954
978
1005
1035
1068
1103
1140
1178
1218
1260
—
—
3.2
Rpm
1053
1072
1092
1114
1139
1167
1198
1230
1265
—
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
9.69
10.89
12.25
13.79
15.53
17.47
19.63
22.00
24.61
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1081
1099
1119
1140
1164
1191
1221
1253
1286
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
3.30
596
3.71
639
4.24
637
4.67
677
5.34
680
5.80
717
6.62
725
7.11
759
8.09
771
8.60
803
9.76
818
10.29
848
11.64
867
12.19
895
13.74
915
14.31
942
16.06
965
16.65
990
18.62
1015
19.23
1039
21.43
1066
22.06
1088
24.50
1117
25.14
1138
27.82
1168
28.48
1188
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
5.40
796
5.85
832
6.45
823
6.92
857
7.67
854
8.16
886
9.07
887
9.57
918
10.66
924
11.18
952
12.44
962
12.99
989
14.43
1002
15.00
1028
16.63
1044
17.22
1068
19.06
1087
19.67
1110
21.72
1131
22.35
1153
24.62
1176
25.27
1197
27.77
1222
28.45
1242
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.72
965
8.20
995
8.85
985
9.35
1014
10.15
1007
10.66
1036
11.63
1033
12.16
1061
13.31
1062
13.86
1088
15.19
1093
15.76
1118
17.28
1127
17.86
1151
19.59
1163
20.19
1186
22.12
1200
22.74
1222
24.89
1240
25.52
1261
27.89
1280
28.55
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
10.19
1108
10.70
1134
11.41
1126
11.94
1152
12.78
1145
13.33
1171
14.34
1166
14.90
1191
16.09
1189
16.67
1213
18.05
1215
18.64
1238
20.22
1244
20.82
1266
22.62
1274
23.23
1296
25.24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
0.8
1.0
Bhp
4.12
5.11
6.26
7.59
9.11
10.83
12.74
14.88
17.24
19.85
22.69
25.79
29.15
Rpm
680
715
752
792
834
878
922
968
1015
1062
1111
1159
—
Bhp
6.31
7.39
8.64
10.08
11.71
13.53
15.57
17.81
20.28
22.98
25.92
29.12
—
Rpm
867
890
917
947
980
1016
1053
1093
1133
1175
1219
—
—
Bhp
8.69
9.86
11.19
12.70
14.41
16.32
18.45
20.79
23.36
26.17
—
—
—
Rpm
1024
1043
1064
1088
1114
1143
1174
1208
1244
1281
—
—
—
Bhp
11.21
12.47
13.88
15.46
17.24
19.23
21.43
23.85
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1159
1177
1196
1216
1237
1262
1288
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
4.54
5.55
6.73
8.08
9.63
11.36
13.30
15.46
17.85
20.47
23.33
26.44
—
2.0
2.8
Bhp
6.77
7.87
9.14
10.59
12.24
14.08
16.14
18.40
20.89
23.61
26.58
—
—
3.0
3.8
Bhp
9.19
10.37
11.71
13.24
14.97
16.89
19.03
21.40
23.98
26.81
—
—
—
4.0
Bhp
11.73
13.00
14.43
16.03
17.83
19.82
22.04
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 9 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
512
561
611
662
714
766
819
872
925
979
1032
1086
1140
0.4
Bhp
2.98
3.90
5.00
6.27
7.74
9.41
11.29
13.40
15.74
18.32
21.15
24.24
27.60
Rpm
560
604
651
699
748
798
848
899
951
1003
1055
1108
1161
2.2
Rpm
907
930
955
984
1016
1050
1087
1126
1166
1208
1250
1294
—
0.6
Bhp
3.38
4.33
5.45
6.75
8.24
9.93
11.84
13.96
16.32
18.92
21.77
24.88
28.25
Rpm
604
645
689
734
780
828
877
926
976
1027
1078
1129
1181
2.4
Bhp
7.34
8.46
9.76
11.25
12.93
14.82
16.92
19.23
21.78
24.56
27.59
30.87
—
Rpm
940
961
985
1012
1043
1076
1111
1149
1188
1229
1271
—
—
0.8
Bhp
3.79
4.77
5.91
7.23
8.75
10.46
12.39
14.54
16.91
19.53
22.40
25.52
28.92
Rpm
647
685
725
768
812
858
905
953
1001
1051
1100
1151
1202
2.6
Bhp
7.81
8.95
10.27
11.77
13.47
15.38
17.49
19.83
22.40
25.20
28.25
—
—
Rpm
971
991
1014
1040
1069
1101
1136
1172
1210
1250
1291
—
—
2.8
Bhp
8.30
9.46
10.79
12.30
14.02
15.94
18.07
20.43
23.01
25.84
28.91
—
—
Rpm
1001
1021
1043
1068
1095
1126
1159
1195
1232
1271
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.0
1.2
1.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
4.20
688
4.62
728
5.05
766
5.49
5.20
723
5.65
760
6.10
796
6.55
6.37
761
6.84
795
7.31
829
7.79
7.72
801
8.21
833
8.71
865
9.20
9.26
843
9.77
873
10.29
903
10.81
11.00
887
11.54
916
12.08
944
12.62
12.95
932
13.51
959
14.07
986
14.63
15.11
979
15.70
1004
16.28
1029
16.87
17.51
1026
18.12
1050
18.72
1074
19.33
20.15
1074
20.77
1097
21.40
1120
22.03
23.04
1123
23.68
1145
24.33
1166
24.98
26.18
1172
26.84
1193
27.51
1214
28.18
29.59
1222
30.27
1242
30.95
1262
31.64
Rpm
803
831
861
895
932
971
1012
1054
1097
1142
1188
1234
1281
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.0
3.2
3.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
8.79
1030
9.29
1059
9.79
1086
10.29
9.97
1050
10.48
1078
11.00
1105
11.52
11.31
1071
11.84
1098
12.37
1125
12.91
12.84
1095
13.38
1121
13.93
1147
14.49
14.57
1121
15.13
1147
15.69
1172
16.26
16.51
1151
17.08
1175
17.66
1199
18.24
18.66
1183
19.25
1206
19.84
1229
20.44
21.03
1217
21.64
1239
22.25
1261
22.86
23.64
1253
24.26
1275
24.89
1296
25.52
26.48
1291
27.12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1113
1131
1151
1172
1196
1223
1252
1283
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
1.8
Bhp
5.94
7.02
8.27
9.71
11.33
13.16
15.20
17.46
19.94
22.66
25.63
28.85
32.33
Rpm
839
864
893
925
960
998
1037
1078
1121
1164
1209
1255
—
Bhp
10.80
12.05
13.46
15.05
16.83
18.83
21.04
23.48
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1139
1157
1177
1197
1220
1246
1274
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
2.0
Bhp
6.40
7.49
8.76
10.21
11.86
13.71
15.77
18.05
20.55
23.29
26.28
29.52
—
Rpm
874
897
925
955
988
1024
1062
1102
1143
1186
1230
1275
—
Bhp
11.31
12.58
14.01
15.61
17.41
19.42
21.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1164
1183
1202
1222
1244
1269
1296
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Bhp
6.86
7.97
9.26
10.73
12.39
14.26
16.34
18.64
21.17
23.93
26.93
30.19
—
4.0
Bhp
11.83
13.12
14.56
16.18
18.00
20.02
22.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 10 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK051 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
0.2
Rpm
419
476
506
536
566
597
628
659
691
723
755
787
819
851
883
0.4
Bhp
2.89
4.33
5.21
6.18
7.28
8.48
9.80
11.25
12.82
14.53
16.37
18.35
20.48
22.75
25.17
Rpm
483
534
561
588
617
645
674
704
734
764
794
825
856
887
918
1.2
Rpm
673
714
735
758
781
804
829
853
879
905
931
958
985
1012
1040
1.4
Bhp
6.60
8.24
9.22
10.30
11.50
12.82
14.27
15.85
17.58
19.44
21.46
23.62
25.93
28.40
31.02
Rpm
711
751
772
793
816
839
862
886
911
936
961
987
1014
1041
1068
2.2
Rpm
846
881
900
920
940
961
983
1005
1027
1050
1073
1097
1122
1146
1171
2.4
Bhp
10.82
12.78
13.88
15.06
16.36
17.76
19.28
20.94
22.72
24.65
26.73
28.95
31.33
33.87
36.58
Rpm
876
911
929
948
968
989
1010
1032
1054
1076
1099
1123
1147
1171
1196
3.2
Rpm
988
1019
1036
1054
1073
1092
1112
1132
1153
1174
1196
—
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
15.21
17.54
18.80
20.13
21.56
23.08
24.71
26.46
28.33
30.33
32.47
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1014
1045
1061
1079
1097
1116
1135
1156
1176
1197
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
538
4.25
587
585
5.78
632
610
6.70
655
636
7.74
680
662
8.90
704
689
10.17
730
717
11.58
756
745
13.11
783
773
14.77
810
802
16.57
838
831
18.51
866
861
20.59
894
890
22.81
923
920
25.19
952
951
27.72
982
0.8
Bhp
3.54
5.04
5.94
6.96
8.09
9.34
10.71
12.21
13.84
15.60
17.49
19.53
21.71
24.04
26.52
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.42
747
8.26
782
9.12
786
10.02
819
10.11
806
11.03
839
11.21
827
12.15
859
12.43
849
13.38
881
13.76
871
14.73
902
15.23
894
16.21
925
16.82
918
17.82
948
18.56
942
19.57
971
20.44
966
21.45
995
22.47
991
23.50
1019
24.64
1016
25.69
1044
26.97
1042
28.03
1069
29.46
1068
30.54
1095
32.11
1095
33.21
1121
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
11.69
906
12.56
934
13.72
939
14.67
967
14.85
957
15.82
984
16.06
976
17.07
1003
17.38
996
18.41
1022
18.80
1016
19.86
1042
20.34
1036
21.42
1062
22.01
1058
23.11
1083
23.81
1080
24.92
1105
25.76
1102
26.88
1126
27.84
1124
28.97
1149
30.08
1147
31.22
1172
32.47
1171
33.63
1195
35.02
1195
36.19
—
37.74
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
16.09
1039
16.98
1063
18.51
1069
19.48
1093
19.80
1086
20.81
1109
21.17
1103
22.21
1126
22.63
1121
23.70
1144
24.17
1140
25.28
1162
25.83
1159
26.95
1181
27.60
1178
28.74
—
29.48
1199
30.65
—
31.50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0
Bhp
5.00
6.56
7.50
8.56
9.73
11.02
12.45
14.00
15.69
17.52
19.49
21.60
23.87
26.28
28.84
Rpm
632
674
697
720
744
768
793
819
845
872
899
927
954
983
1011
Bhp
9.10
10.92
11.97
13.11
14.35
15.72
17.21
18.84
20.60
22.50
24.55
26.76
29.11
31.63
34.31
Rpm
815
851
870
890
911
932
954
977
1000
1023
1047
1071
1096
1121
1147
Bhp
13.44
15.62
16.81
18.08
19.45
20.92
22.51
24.21
26.04
28.01
30.13
32.39
34.80
—
—
Rpm
961
993
1011
1029
1048
1067
1087
1108
1129
1151
1173
1195
—
—
—
Bhp
17.88
20.45
21.82
23.26
24.78
26.38
28.09
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1087
1117
1133
1149
1167
1185
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
5.79
7.39
8.34
9.41
10.59
11.90
13.34
14.91
16.62
18.47
20.47
22.61
24.90
27.34
29.94
2.0
2.8
Bhp
9.96
11.85
12.92
14.08
15.35
16.73
18.24
19.88
21.65
23.57
25.63
27.84
30.21
32.74
35.44
3.0
3.8
Bhp
14.32
16.58
17.80
19.11
20.50
22.00
23.60
25.33
27.18
29.17
31.29
33.56
—
—
—
4.0
Bhp
18.77
21.43
22.84
24.31
25.86
27.49
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to
unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in.
filters.
11
Table 11 — Fan Performance — 48AJ,AK,A2,A3060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
476
4.33
536
6.19
566
7.28
597
8.48
628
9.80
659 11.25
691 12.82
723 14.53
755 16.37
787 18.35
819 20.48
851 22.75
883 25.17
916 27.76
948 30.49
0.4
Rpm Bhp
534
5.04
588
6.96
617
8.09
645
9.34
674 10.71
704 12.21
734 13.84
764 15.60
794 17.49
825 19.53
856 21.71
887 24.04
918 26.52
950 29.15
981 31.95
0.6
Rpm Bhp
585
5.78
636
7.74
662
8.90
689 10.17
717 11.58
745 13.11
773 14.77
802 16.57
831 18.51
861 20.59
890 22.81
920 25.19
951 27.72
981 30.40
1012 33.24
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
632
6.56
674
7.39
714
8.24
751
9.12
680
8.56
720
9.41
758 10.30
793 11.21
704
9.73
744 10.59
781 11.50
816 12.42
730 11.02
768 11.90
804 12.82
839 13.76
756 12.45
793 13.34
829 14.27
862 15.23
783 14.00
819 14.91
853 15.85
886 16.82
810 15.69
845 16.62
879 17.58
911 18.56
838 17.52
872 18.47
905 19.44
936 20.44
866 19.49
899 20.47
931 21.46
961 22.47
894 21.60
927 22.61
958 23.62
987 24.64
923 23.87
954 24.90
985 25.93 1014 26.97
952 26.28
983 27.34 1012 28.40 1041 29.46
982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02 1068 32.11
1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81 1095 34.92
1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76 1123 37.90
1.6
Rpm Bhp
786 10.02
827 12.15
849 13.38
871 14.73
894 16.21
918 17.82
942 19.57
966 21.45
991 23.50
1016 25.69
1042 28.03
1068 30.54
1095 33.21
1122 36.04
1149 39.04
1.8
Rpm Bhp
819 10.93
859 13.11
881 14.36
902 15.72
925 17.21
948 18.84
971 20.60
995 22.50
1019 24.55
1044 26.76
1069 29.11
1095 31.63
1121 34.31
1147 37.16
1174 40.18
2.0
Rpm Bhp
851 11.85
890 14.08
911 15.35
932 16.73
954 18.24
977 19.88
1000 21.65
1023 23.57
1047 25.63
1071 27.84
1096 30.21
1121 32.74
1147 35.44
1172 38.30
1199 41.34
2.2
Rpm Bhp
881 12.78
920 15.06
940 16.36
961 17.76
983 19.28
1005 20.94
1027 22.72
1050 24.65
1073 26.73
1097 28.95
1122 31.33
1146 33.87
1171 36.58
1197 39.46
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
911 13.72
948 16.06
968 17.38
989 18.80
1010 20.34
1032 22.01
1054 23.81
1076 25.76
1099 27.84
1123 30.08
1147 32.47
1171 35.02
1196 37.74
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
939 14.67
976 17.07
996 18.41
1016 19.86
1036 21.42
1058 23.11
1080 24.92
1102 26.88
1124 28.97
1147 31.22
1171 33.63
1195 36.19
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
967 15.62
993 16.58 1019 17.54 1045 18.51
1003 18.08 1029 19.11 1054 20.13 1079 21.17
1022 19.45 1048 20.50 1073 21.56 1097 22.63
1042 20.92 1067 22.00 1092 23.08 1116 24.17
1062 22.51 1087 23.60 1112 24.71 1135 25.83
1083 24.21 1108 25.33 1132 26.46 1156 27.60
1105 26.04 1129 27.18 1153 28.33 1176 29.48
1126 28.01 1151 29.17 1174 30.33 1197 31.50
1149 30.13 1173 31.29 1196 32.47
—
—
1172 32.39 1195 33.56
—
—
—
—
1195 34.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1069 19.48
1103 22.21
1121 23.70
1140 25.28
1159 26.95
1178 28.74
1199 30.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1093 20.45
1126 23.26
1144 24.78
1162 26.38
1181 28.09
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1117 21.43
1149 24.31
1167 25.86
1185 27.49
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 12 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK020,025 and 50A2,A3020 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
311
0.54
347
0.84
387
1.25
430
1.77
452
2.07
474
2.41
519
3.19
565
4.10
611
5.17
658
6.39
681
7.06
705
7.77
0.4
Rpm Bhp
390
0.71
417
1.02
450
1.43
488
1.96
507
2.27
528
2.61
570
3.39
613
4.31
657
5.37
702
6.60
725
7.27
748
7.98
0.6
Rpm Bhp
457
0.88
480
1.21
507
1.63
540
2.17
557
2.48
576
2.82
614
3.60
655
4.53
697
5.60
741
6.83
763
7.50
785
8.21
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
515
1.05
567
1.21
613
1.38
656
1.55
536
1.40
587
1.59
633
1.78
676
1.97
560
1.84
609
2.05
654
2.26
696
2.47
588
2.38
634
2.61
677
2.83
718
3.06
604
2.70
648
2.93
690
3.16
730
3.40
620
3.04
663
3.28
704
3.52
743
3.76
656
3.83
696
4.07
734
4.32
771
4.57
694
4.76
731
5.00
767
5.26
802
5.51
734
5.84
769
6.08
803
6.34
836
6.60
776
7.07
809
7.32
841
7.58
872
7.85
797
7.74
830
8.00
861
8.26
891
8.53
819
8.46
850
8.71
881
8.98
910
9.25
1.6
Rpm Bhp
696
1.71
716
2.16
735
2.68
756
3.29
768
3.63
780
4.00
806
4.82
835
5.78
868
6.87
902
8.12
920
8.80
939
9.53
1.8
Rpm Bhp
733
1.88
753
2.34
773
2.88
793
3.51
804
3.87
816
4.24
840
5.08
868
6.04
899
7.15
932
8.40
949
9.08
967
9.81
2.0
Rpm Bhp
768
2.04
788
2.52
808
3.09
828
3.74
839
4.10
850
4.48
873
5.34
900
6.31
929
7.42
960
8.68
977
9.37
994 10.10
2.2
Rpm Bhp
802
2.21
822
2.71
842
3.29
862
3.96
872
4.33
883
4.73
905
5.60
931
6.58
958
7.70
989
8.97
1005
9.66
1021 10.39
2.4
Rpm Bhp
833
2.38
854
2.89
874
3.50
894
4.19
904
4.56
914
4.97
936
5.85
961
6.85
987
7.99
1016
9.26
1032
9.95
1048 10.69
2.6
Rpm Bhp
864 2.55
885 3.08
905 3.70
924 4.41
934 4.79
945 5.21
966 6.11
990 7.13
1015 8.27
1043 9.55
1058 10.25
1074 10.99
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
893
2.71
921
2.88
949
3.06
975
3.23
914
3.26
943
3.45
970
3.64
997
3.82
934
3.90
963
4.10
991
4.31 1017
4.51
954
4.63
983
4.85 1010
5.07 1037
5.29
964
5.02
993
5.25 1020
5.48 1047
5.71
974
5.45 1003
5.68 1030
5.92 1057
6.16
995
6.37 1023
6.62 1051
6.88 1077
7.13
1018
7.40 1046
7.67 1073
7.94 1099
8.21
1043
8.55 1070
8.84 1096
9.12 1122
9.41
1070
9.85 1096 10.14 1121 10.44 1146 10.73
1084 10.55 1110 10.85 1135 11.15 1159 11.45
1099 11.29 1124 11.59 1149 11.90 1173 12.20
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1001
3.40
1023
4.01
1043
4.71
1063
5.51
1073
5.94
1083
6.39
1103
7.38
1124
8.48
1147
9.69
1171 11.03
1183 11.75
1197 12.51
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1026
3.58
1048
4.20
1069
4.91
1089
5.72
1099
6.16
1108
6.63
1129
7.64
1149
8.75
1171
9.98
1195 11.33
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1050
3.75
1072
4.39
1093
5.12
1113
5.94
1123
6.39
1133
6.87
1153
7.89
1174
9.02
1195 10.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
12
Table 13 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK027,030 and 50A2,A3025-030 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
314
0.54
352
0.85
394
1.26
438
1.79
483
2.44
530
3.23
577
4.15
625
5.22
674
6.45
722
7.85
771
9.41
821 11.15
0.4
Rpm Bhp
394
0.72
422
1.03
456
1.45
495
1.98
536
2.64
579
3.43
624
4.36
669
5.44
715
6.67
762
8.07
810
9.64
857 11.38
0.6
Rpm Bhp
460
0.89
484
1.22
513
1.65
546
2.19
583
2.85
623
3.65
665
4.58
708
5.67
753
6.90
798
8.30
844
9.88
890 11.62
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
517
1.05 569
1.22 615
1.39
658 1.55
540
1.42 590
1.61 636
1.79
678 1.98
565
1.86 613
2.07 658
2.28
700 2.49
594
2.41 640
2.64 682
2.86
723 3.09
628
3.08 670
3.32 710
3.55
749 3.80
664
3.88 704
4.12 741
4.37
778 4.62
703
4.82 740
5.06 776
5.32
810 5.58
744
5.91 779
6.16 813
6.41
845 6.68
787
7.15 820
7.40 851
7.67
882 7.93
831
8.55 862
8.81 892
9.08
921 9.35
875 10.13 905 10.39 934 10.66
962 10.94
921 11.88 949 12.14 977 12.42 1004 12.70
1.6
Rpm Bhp
697 1.72
718 2.17
739 2.70
761 3.32
786 4.04
813 4.88
843 5.84
877 6.95
912 8.21
950 9.63
989 11.22
1030 12.99
1.8
Rpm Bhp
734 1.88
755 2.35
776 2.90
798 3.54
821 4.28
847 5.13
876 6.11
907 7.22
941 8.49
977 9.92
1015 11.51
1055 13.28
2.0
Rpm Bhp
769 2.05
791 2.54
811 3.11
833 3.77
855 4.52
880 5.39
907 6.38
937 7.50
970 8.78
1005 10.21
1041 11.81
1080 13.58
2.2
Rpm Bhp
803 2.22
824 2.72
845 3.31
866 3.99
888 4.77
912 5.65
938 6.65
967 7.78
998 9.07
1031 10.50
1067 12.10
1104 13.88
2.4
Rpm Bhp
835 2.38
856 2.91
877 3.52
898 4.21
919 5.01
942 5.90
968 6.92
995 8.07
1025 9.35
1058 10.80
1092 12.41
1128 14.19
2.6
Rpm Bhp
865 2.55
887 3.09
908 3.72
928 4.43
950 5.25
972 6.16
997 7.19
1023 8.35
1052 9.65
1083 11.10
1117 12.71
1152 14.50
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
894 2.72
923 2.89
950 3.06
976 3.24
916 3.28
945 3.46
972 3.65
999 3.83
937 3.92
966 4.12
993 4.32 1020 4.53
958 4.66
986 4.88 1014 5.10 1041 5.31
979 5.49 1007 5.72 1035 5.96 1061 6.20
1001 6.42 1029 6.67 1056 6.93 1083 7.18
1025 7.46 1052 7.73 1079 8.00 1105 8.27
1051 8.63 1077 8.92 1103 9.20 1129 9.49
1078 9.94 1104 10.24 1130 10.54 1154 10.83
1109 11.40 1133 11.71 1158 12.01 1182 12.32
1141 13.02 1165 13.33 1188 13.65
—
—
1175 14.81 1198 15.13
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1002 3.41
1024 4.02
1046 4.73
1067 5.53
1087 6.43
1108 7.43
1130 8.54
1154 9.77
1179 11.13
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1027 3.58
1049 4.21
1071 4.93
1092 5.75
1113 6.67
1134 7.69
1155 8.81
1178 10.06
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1051 3.76
1074 4.40
1096 5.14
1116 5.97
1137 6.90
1158 7.94
1180 9.08
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 14 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AKA2,A3035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm Bhp
503
1.96
553
2.62
605
3.39
657
4.29
684
4.80
710
5.33
764
6.52
818
7.85
872
9.33
926 10.98
980 12.79
1035 14.77
1062 15.83
0.4
Rpm Bhp
553
2.22
599
2.89
647
3.68
696
4.61
721
5.12
747
5.66
798
6.86
849
8.21
901
9.71
954 11.37
1007 13.20
1060 15.19
1087 16.25
0.6
Rpm Bhp
601
2.47
643
3.16
687
3.97
733
4.91
757
5.43
781
5.99
830
7.21
880
8.57
930 10.09
981 11.76
1033 13.60
1085 15.61
1111 16.68
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
646
2.72
689
2.97
730
3.22
768
3.46
684
3.43
724
3.70
763
3.97
799
4.23
726
4.26
763
4.55
798
4.83
833
5.12
769
5.22
803
5.52
837
5.82
870
6.12
791
5.75
825
6.06
857
6.37
889
6.68
814
6.31
847
6.63
878
6.95
909
7.26
861
7.54
891
7.88
921
8.21
950
8.54
909
8.92
938
9.27
966
9.62
993
9.97
958 10.45
985 10.82 1012 11.19 1037 11.55
1008 12.15 1033 12.53 1059 12.91 1083 13.28
1058 14.00 1082 14.40 1106 14.79 1130 15.18
1109 16.03 1132 16.44 1155 16.84 1178 17.25
1134 17.10 1157 17.52 1180 17.94 1202 18.35
1.6
Rpm Bhp
804
3.70
834
4.50
867
5.40
901
6.42
920
6.98
939
7.58
978
8.87
1020 10.31
1063 11.91
1108 13.66
1153 15.57
1200 17.65
1224 18.76
1.8
Rpm Bhp
839
3.94
868
4.76
899
5.68
932
6.72
950
7.29
968
7.89
1006
9.20
1046 10.66
1088 12.27
1131 14.03
1176 15.96
1222 18.05
1245 19.17
2.0
Rpm Bhp
872
4.17
901
5.02
930
5.96
962
7.02
979
7.60
997
8.21
1033
9.53
1072 11.00
1113 12.63
1155 14.40
1199 16.35
1243 18.46
1266 19.58
2.2
Rpm Bhp
903
4.40
932
5.27
961
6.24
992
7.32
1008
7.90
1025
8.52
1060
9.86
1097 11.35
1137 12.98
1178 14.77
1221 16.73
1265 18.85
1287 19.98
2.4
Rpm Bhp
933
4.62
962
5.52
990
6.52
1020
7.62
1036
8.21
1052
8.84
1086 10.19
1122 11.69
1161 13.34
1201 15.15
1243 17.11
1286 19.25
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
962
4.84
991
5.77
1019
6.79
1048
7.91
1063
8.51
1079
9.15
1112 10.52
1147 12.03
1184 13.69
1223 15.51
1264 17.50
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
990
5.06 1017
5.27 1043
5.48 1068
5.69
1019
6.02 1045
6.26 1071
6.50 1097
6.73
1047
7.06 1073
7.33 1099
7.59 1125
7.85
1075
8.20 1102
8.49 1127
8.78 1152
9.07
1090
8.82 1116
9.12 1142
9.41 1166
9.71
1105
9.46 1131
9.77 1156 10.08 1181 10.39
1137 10.85 1162 11.17 1187 11.50 1211 11.82
1171 12.37 1195 12.72 1219 13.06 1242 13.40
1208 14.05 1231 14.41 1253 14.76 1276 15.12
1246 15.88 1268 16.25 1289 16.62
—
—
1286 17.88
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1092
5.89
1121
6.96
1149
8.11
1177
9.35
1191 10.01
1205 10.69
1234 12.15
1265 13.74
1298 15.47
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1116
6.09
1145
7.19
1173
8.37
1201
9.63
1214 10.30
1228 10.99
1257 12.47
1287 14.08
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1139
6.28
1168
7.42
1196
8.62
1224
9.91
1238 10.59
1252 11.29
1280 12.79
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
Watts =
13
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
Table 15 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK036 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.2
Rpm
431
475
521
568
615
663
712
760
809
859
908
933
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.4
Bhp
1.99
2.69
3.53
4.52
5.68
7.01
8.53
10.24
12.15
14.27
16.61
17.87
Rpm
484
523
565
608
652
697
743
790
837
885
933
957
1.2
Rpm
667
692
721
753
788
824
862
902
943
985
1028
1049
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
1.4
Bhp
3.85
4.66
5.63
6.74
8.02
9.47
11.09
12.90
14.91
17.13
19.56
20.86
Rpm
707
730
757
787
819
854
891
929
968
1009
1051
1072
2.2
Rpm
854
870
889
912
938
967
998
1031
1066
1102
1140
1159
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
2.4
Bhp
5.93
6.81
7.85
9.05
10.43
11.98
13.72
15.64
17.76
20.08
22.61
23.95
Rpm
887
902
920
941
966
993
1023
1055
1089
1124
1161
1180
3.2
Rpm
1009
1022
1036
1053
1073
1096
1121
1149
1179
1211
1245
1262
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
3.4
Bhp
8.21
9.16
10.25
11.51
12.95
14.58
16.40
18.42
20.63
23.06
25.69
27.09
Rpm
1037
1050
1064
1080
1099
1121
1145
1172
1201
1232
1265
1282
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
2.35
534
2.72
580
3.08
569
3.47
612
3.94
606
4.36
646
4.96
646
5.40
683
6.14
687
6.60
722
7.49
730
7.98
762
9.03
774
9.54
804
10.76
819
11.29
847
12.69
864
13.24
891
14.83
910
15.40
936
17.19
957
17.77
981
18.45
981
19.04
1004
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
4.24
746
4.65
783
5.07
767
5.49
802
6.06
791
6.49
825
7.20
819
7.65
851
8.50
850
8.97
880
9.96
883
10.47
912
11.61
918
12.13
945
13.45
955
13.99
981
15.48
993
16.04
1018
17.71
1033
18.30
1056
20.16
1073
20.77
1096
21.47
1094
22.09
1116
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
6.37
919
6.82
950
7.26
933
7.73
964
8.31
950
8.79
979
9.53
970
10.02
998
10.92
993
11.42
1020
12.49
1020
13.01
1046
14.25
1049
14.78
1073
16.19
1079
16.75
1103
18.33
1112
18.90
1135
20.67
1147
21.26
1168
23.22
1182
23.84
1203
24.58
1201
25.21
1221
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
8.69
1064
9.17
1091
9.65
1077
10.14
1104
10.75
1090
11.26
1117
12.02
1106
12.54
1131
13.47
1124
14.00
1149
15.11
1145
15.65
1169
16.95
1168
17.50
1191
18.98
1195
19.55
1217
21.21
1223
21.80
1244
23.66
1253
24.26
1274
26.31
1285
26.93
—
27.71
—
—
—
0.8
1.0
Bhp
3.08
3.86
4.78
5.84
7.07
8.47
10.05
11.82
13.79
15.97
18.36
19.64
Rpm
625
653
684
719
755
794
834
875
917
960
1004
1027
Bhp
5.07
5.92
6.94
8.11
9.46
10.97
12.66
14.54
16.62
18.89
21.38
22.71
Rpm
819
836
857
882
909
939
972
1006
1042
1079
1118
1137
Bhp
7.28
8.20
9.27
10.51
11.93
13.53
15.32
17.30
19.48
21.86
24.45
25.83
Rpm
980
993
1008
1026
1047
1071
1098
1126
1157
1190
1224
1242
Bhp
9.65
10.64
11.77
13.06
14.53
16.19
18.06
20.12
22.38
24.86
—
—
Rpm
1116
1129
1142
1157
1173
1192
1214
1239
1265
1294
—
—
1.8
Bhp
3.46
4.26
5.20
6.29
7.55
8.97
10.57
12.36
14.35
16.55
18.96
20.25
2.0
2.8
Bhp
5.49
6.36
7.39
8.58
9.94
11.48
13.19
15.09
17.18
19.48
21.99
23.33
3.0
3.8
Bhp
7.74
8.67
9.75
11.00
12.44
14.05
15.86
17.86
20.06
22.46
25.07
26.46
4.0
Bhp
10.14
11.15
12.29
13.59
15.07
16.74
18.62
20.69
22.97
25.46
—
—
Table 16 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK,A2,A3040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
475
521
568
615
663
712
760
809
859
908
958
1007
1057
Bhp
2.69
3.53
4.52
5.68
7.01
8.53
10.24
12.15
14.27
16.61
19.18
21.98
25.02
0.4
Rpm
523
565
608
652
697
743
790
837
885
933
981
1030
1079
2.2
Rpm
870
889
912
938
967
998
1031
1066
1102
1140
1178
1218
—
Bhp
6.81
7.85
9.05
10.43
11.98
13.72
15.64
17.76
20.08
22.61
25.36
28.34
—
Bhp
3.08
3.94
4.96
6.14
7.49
9.03
10.76
12.69
14.83
17.19
19.77
22.59
25.65
0.6
Rpm
569
606
646
687
730
774
819
864
910
957
1004
1052
1099
2.4
Rpm
902
920
941
966
993
1023
1055
1089
1124
1161
1199
1238
—
Bhp
7.26
8.31
9.53
10.92
12.49
14.25
16.19
18.33
20.67
23.22
25.99
28.99
—
Bhp
3.47
4.36
5.40
6.60
7.98
9.54
11.29
13.24
15.40
17.77
20.37
23.21
26.29
2.6
Rpm
933
950
970
993
1020
1049
1079
1112
1147
1182
1219
—
—
Bhp
7.73
8.79
10.02
11.42
13.01
14.78
16.75
18.90
21.26
23.84
26.63
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
612
3.86
653
4.26
692
4.66
730
5.07
646
4.78
684
5.20
721
5.63
757
6.06
683
5.84
719
6.29
753
6.74
787
7.20
722
7.07
755
7.55
788
8.02
819
8.50
762
8.47
794
8.97
824
9.47
854
9.96
804
10.05
834
10.57
862
11.09
891
11.61
847
11.82
875
12.36
902
12.90
929
13.45
891
13.79
917
14.35
943
14.91
968
15.48
936
15.97
960
16.55
985
17.13
1009
17.71
981
18.36
1004
18.96
1028
19.56
1051
20.16
1027
20.98
1049
21.60
1071
22.22
1093
22.84
1073
23.84
1095
24.47
1116
25.10
1137
25.74
1120
26.93
1140
27.58
1161
28.23
1181
28.89
Rpm
767
791
819
850
883
918
955
993
1033
1073
1115
1157
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
964
8.20
993
8.67
1022
9.16
1050
9.65
979
9.27
1008
9.75
1036
10.25
1064
10.75
998
10.51
1026
11.00
1053
11.51
1080
12.02
1020
11.93
1047
12.44
1073
12.95
1099
13.47
1046
13.53
1071
14.05
1096
14.58
1121
15.11
1073
15.32
1098
15.86
1121
16.40
1145
16.95
1103
17.30
1126
17.86
1149
18.42
1172
18.98
1135
19.48
1157
20.06
1179
20.63
1201
21.21
1168
21.86
1190
22.46
1211
23.06
1232
23.66
1203
24.45
1224
25.07
1245
25.69
1265
26.31
1240
27.26
1260
27.90
1279
28.54
1299
29.18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1077
1090
1106
1124
1145
1168
1195
1223
1253
1285
—
—
—
1.6
Bhp
5.49
6.49
7.65
8.97
10.47
12.13
13.99
16.04
18.30
20.77
23.46
26.39
—
1.8
Rpm
802
825
851
880
912
945
981
1018
1056
1096
1136
1178
—
3.6
Bhp
10.14
11.26
12.54
14.00
15.65
17.50
19.55
21.80
24.26
26.93
—
—
—
Bhp
5.92
6.94
8.11
9.46
10.97
12.66
14.54
16.62
18.89
21.38
24.09
27.04
—
2.0
Rpm
836
857
882
909
939
972
1006
1042
1079
1118
1157
1198
—
3.8
Rpm
1104
1117
1131
1149
1169
1191
1217
1244
1274
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.64
11.77
13.06
14.53
16.19
18.06
20.12
22.38
24.86
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.36
7.39
8.58
9.94
11.48
13.19
15.09
17.18
19.48
21.99
24.72
27.68
—
4.0
Rpm
1129
1142
1157
1173
1192
1214
1239
1265
1294
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.15
12.29
13.59
15.07
16.74
18.62
20.69
22.97
25.46
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean
2-in. filters.
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is
limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
14
Table 17 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK041 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.2
Rpm
475
521
568
615
663
712
760
809
859
908
958
1007
1057
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.4
Bhp
2.69
3.53
4.52
5.68
7.01
8.53
10.24
12.15
14.27
16.61
19.18
21.98
25.02
Rpm
523
565
608
652
697
743
790
837
885
933
981
1030
1079
1.2
Rpm
692
721
753
788
824
862
902
943
985
1028
1071
1116
1161
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
1.4
Bhp
4.66
5.63
6.74
8.02
9.47
11.09
12.90
14.91
17.13
19.56
22.22
25.10
28.23
Rpm
730
757
787
819
854
891
929
968
1009
1051
1093
1137
1181
2.2
Rpm
870
889
912
938
967
998
1031
1066
1102
1140
1178
1218
—
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
2.4
Bhp
6.81
7.85
9.05
10.43
11.98
13.72
15.64
17.76
20.08
22.61
25.36
28.34
—
Rpm
902
920
941
966
993
1023
1055
1089
1124
1161
1199
1238
—
3.2
Rpm
1022
1036
1053
1073
1096
1121
1149
1179
1211
1245
1279
—
—
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
3.4
Bhp
9.16
10.25
11.51
12.95
14.58
16.40
18.42
20.63
23.06
25.69
28.54
—
—
Rpm
1050
1064
1080
1099
1121
1145
1172
1201
1232
1265
1299
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
3.08
569
3.47
612
3.94
606
4.36
646
4.96
646
5.40
683
6.14
687
6.60
722
7.49
730
7.98
762
9.03
774
9.54
804
10.76
819
11.29
847
12.69
864
13.24
891
14.83
910
15.40
936
17.19
957
17.77
981
19.77
1004
20.37
1027
22.59
1052
23.21
1073
25.65
1099
26.29
1120
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
5.07
767
5.49
802
6.06
791
6.49
825
7.20
819
7.65
851
8.50
850
8.97
880
9.96
883
10.47
912
11.61
918
12.13
945
13.45
955
13.99
981
15.48
993
16.04
1018
17.71
1033
18.30
1056
20.16
1073
20.77
1096
22.84
1115
23.46
1136
25.74
1157
26.39
1178
28.89
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.26
933
7.73
964
8.31
950
8.79
979
9.53
970
10.02
998
10.92
993
11.42
1020
12.49
1020
13.01
1046
14.25
1049
14.78
1073
16.19
1079
16.75
1103
18.33
1112
18.90
1135
20.67
1147
21.26
1168
23.22
1182
23.84
1203
25.99
1219
26.63
1240
28.99
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
9.65
1077
10.14
1104
10.75
1090
11.26
1117
12.02
1106
12.54
1131
13.47
1124
14.00
1149
15.11
1145
15.65
1169
16.95
1168
17.50
1191
18.98
1195
19.55
1217
21.21
1223
21.80
1244
23.66
1253
24.26
1274
26.31
1285
26.93
—
29.18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.8
1.0
Bhp
3.86
4.78
5.84
7.07
8.47
10.05
11.82
13.79
15.97
18.36
20.98
23.84
26.93
Rpm
653
684
719
755
794
834
875
917
960
1004
1049
1095
1140
Bhp
5.92
6.94
8.11
9.46
10.97
12.66
14.54
16.62
18.89
21.38
24.09
27.04
—
Rpm
836
857
882
909
939
972
1006
1042
1079
1118
1157
1198
—
Bhp
8.20
9.27
10.51
11.93
13.53
15.32
17.30
19.48
21.86
24.45
27.26
—
—
Rpm
993
1008
1026
1047
1071
1098
1126
1157
1190
1224
1260
—
—
Bhp
10.64
11.77
13.06
14.53
16.19
18.06
20.12
22.38
24.86
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1129
1142
1157
1173
1192
1214
1239
1265
1294
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
4.26
5.20
6.29
7.55
8.97
10.57
12.36
14.35
16.55
18.96
21.60
24.47
27.58
2.0
2.8
Bhp
6.36
7.39
8.58
9.94
11.48
13.19
15.09
17.18
19.48
21.99
24.72
27.68
—
3.0
3.8
Bhp
8.67
9.75
11.00
12.44
14.05
15.86
17.86
20.06
22.46
25.07
27.90
—
—
4.0
Bhp
11.15
12.29
13.59
15.07
16.74
18.62
20.69
22.97
25.46
—
—
—
—
Table 18 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK,A2,A3050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
485
530
577
625
673
722
771
821
870
920
971
1021
1071
Bhp
2.76
3.62
4.62
5.80
7.15
8.69
10.43
12.37
14.52
16.89
19.50
22.35
25.43
0.4
Rpm
532
574
617
661
707
753
800
848
896
945
994
1043
1092
2.2
Rpm
876
896
919
945
975
1006
1040
1075
1112
1150
1190
1230
1271
Bhp
6.90
7.95
9.17
10.56
12.13
13.89
15.84
17.99
20.34
22.91
25.70
28.73
31.99
Bhp
3.15
4.03
5.06
6.26
7.63
9.19
10.95
12.91
15.08
17.48
20.10
22.96
26.07
0.6
Rpm
577
615
655
697
740
784
829
875
922
969
1017
1065
1113
2.4
Rpm
908
926
948
973
1001
1032
1064
1098
1134
1172
1210
1250
1290
Bhp
7.35
8.41
9.64
11.05
12.64
14.42
16.39
18.56
20.93
23.52
26.34
29.38
32.67
Bhp
3.54
4.45
5.50
6.73
8.12
9.70
11.48
13.46
15.65
18.06
20.71
23.59
26.71
2.6
Rpm
939
956
977
1001
1027
1057
1088
1121
1156
1193
1230
1269
—
Bhp
7.82
8.89
10.13
11.55
13.16
14.96
16.94
19.13
21.53
24.14
26.97
30.04
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
620
3.94
661
4.34
700
4.74
737
5.16
655
4.87
692
5.29
729
5.72
764
6.15
692
5.95
727
6.40
761
6.85
794
7.30
731
7.20
764
7.67
796
8.14
827
8.62
772
8.62
803
9.11
833
9.61
863
10.11
814
10.22
843
10.74
872
11.26
900
11.78
857
12.01
885
12.55
912
13.10
938
13.64
901
14.01
928
14.57
953
15.14
978
15.70
947
16.22
971
16.80
996
17.39
1020
17.97
993
18.65
1016
19.25
1039
19.86
1062
20.46
1039
21.32
1061
21.93
1083
22.55
1105
23.18
1086
24.21
1107
24.85
1128
25.49
1149
26.13
1133
27.36
1154
28.01
1174
28.66
1194
29.33
Rpm
774
798
827
858
891
927
964
1003
1043
1084
1126
1170
1213
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
970
8.29
999
8.77
1027
9.25
1055
9.74
986
9.37
1014
9.86
1042
10.36
1069
10.86
1005
10.62
1032
11.12
1059
11.63
1086
12.14
1027
12.06
1054
12.57
1080
13.09
1105
13.61
1053
13.68
1078
14.21
1103
14.74
1128
15.27
1081
15.49
1105
16.03
1129
16.58
1153
17.12
1112
17.50
1135
18.06
1158
18.62
1180
19.18
1144
19.71
1166
20.29
1188
20.86
1210
21.45
1178
22.12
1199
22.72
1221
23.32
1241
23.92
1214
24.76
1234
25.37
1255
25.99
1275
26.61
1250
27.61
1270
28.25
1290
28.89
—
—
1289
30.70
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1082
1096
1112
1130
1152
1176
1203
1231
1262
1295
—
—
—
15
1.6
Bhp
5.58
6.59
7.76
9.10
10.61
12.31
14.19
16.27
18.56
21.07
23.80
26.78
29.99
1.8
Rpm
809
832
858
888
920
954
990
1028
1066
1107
1148
1190
1233
3.6
Bhp
10.24
11.37
12.66
14.14
15.81
17.68
19.75
22.03
24.52
27.23
—
—
—
Bhp
6.01
7.03
8.22
9.58
11.12
12.83
14.74
16.84
19.15
21.68
24.44
27.42
30.65
2.0
Rpm
843
864
889
917
947
980
1015
1052
1089
1129
1169
1210
1252
3.8
Rpm
1109
1122
1137
1155
1176
1199
1225
1253
1283
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.74
11.88
13.18
14.67
16.35
18.23
20.32
22.62
25.13
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.45
7.49
8.69
10.07
11.62
13.36
15.29
17.41
19.75
22.30
25.07
28.08
31.33
4.0
Rpm
1134
1148
1162
1179
1199
1221
1246
1274
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.25
12.40
13.71
15.21
16.90
18.80
20.90
23.21
—
—
—
—
—
Table 19 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK051 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.2
Rpm
397
450
477
505
533
561
590
619
648
678
707
737
767
797
827
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.4
Bhp
2.69
4.03
4.83
5.74
6.75
7.88
9.12
10.48
11.96
13.57
15.30
17.18
19.20
21.35
23.66
Rpm
461
509
533
558
584
610
637
664
692
719
748
776
804
833
862
Bhp
6.06
7.62
8.55
9.59
10.73
11.98
13.35
14.84
16.45
18.19
20.05
22.06
24.19
26.47
28.89
Rpm
686
723
742
762
782
803
825
847
870
893
917
940
965
989
1014
1.2
Rpm
649
686
706
727
748
770
792
815
838
862
886
911
935
961
986
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
Bhp
10.06
11.75
12.75
13.85
15.07
16.41
17.86
19.45
21.15
22.99
24.97
27.08
29.32
31.71
34.25
Rpm
847
880
897
915
933
952
971
991
1011
1032
1053
1075
1097
1119
1142
Bhp
14.50
16.32
17.38
18.54
19.81
21.21
22.73
24.37
26.15
28.06
30.11
32.30
34.64
—
—
Rpm
979
1010
1026
1042
1059
1077
1095
1113
1132
1151
1171
1191
—
—
—
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
0.8
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
10.92
875
11.80
902
12.63
907
13.53
934
13.64
924
14.55
951
14.76
942
15.68
968
15.99
960
16.92
986
17.34
978
18.28
1004
18.81
997
19.77
1023
20.41
1017
21.38
1042
22.13
1037
23.12
1061
23.98
1057
24.99
1081
25.97
1078
26.99
1102
28.10
1099
29.14
1123
30.37
1121
31.42
1144
32.78
1143
33.85
1166
35.33
1165
36.42
1188
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
1003
16.36
1027
1033
18.24
1057
1049
19.32
1072
1066
20.51
1088
1082
21.81
1105
1100
23.22
1122
1117
24.76
1140
1136
26.43
1158
1154
28.24
1176
1173
30.17
1195
1193
32.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.4
1.0
Bhp
4.63
6.12
7.01
8.01
9.11
10.32
11.64
13.07
14.64
16.32
18.14
20.09
22.17
24.40
26.78
Rpm
608
647
668
689
711
734
757
781
805
829
854
879
905
931
957
Bhp
8.40
10.04
11.01
12.09
13.28
14.59
16.02
17.57
19.24
21.04
22.98
25.05
27.25
29.60
32.09
Rpm
787
821
839
857
876
896
916
937
958
979
1001
1024
1046
1070
1093
Bhp
12.68
14.45
15.48
16.62
17.87
19.25
20.74
22.36
24.11
26.00
28.02
30.18
32.48
34.93
37.52
Rpm
929
960
976
993
1011
1029
1047
1066
1085
1105
1126
1146
1167
1189
—
Bhp
17.30
19.22
20.32
21.52
22.82
24.25
25.80
27.48
29.29
31.24
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1050
1079
1095
1111
1127
1144
1161
1179
1197
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
6.82
8.40
9.35
10.40
11.56
12.84
14.23
15.74
17.37
19.13
21.02
23.05
25.21
27.51
29.95
2.4
3.2
Rpm
954
985
1001
1018
1035
1053
1071
1090
1109
1128
1148
1169
1190
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
722
7.60
755
757
9.21
790
776
10.17
808
795
11.24
827
815
12.41
846
836
13.71
866
857
15.12
887
878
16.65
908
900
18.30
930
923
20.08
952
946
22.00
974
969
24.04
997
993
26.23
1020
1017
28.55
1044
1041
31.02
1068
1.4
2.2
Rpm
818
851
868
886
905
924
944
964
985
1006
1028
1050
1072
1095
1118
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
3.31
516
3.96
564
4.71
560
5.41
605
5.55
582
6.27
627
6.49
606
7.24
649
7.53
630
8.32
672
8.68
655
9.50
696
9.95
680
10.79
720
11.33
706
12.20
744
12.84
732
13.74
769
14.47
758
15.40
795
16.24
785
17.19
821
18.14
812
19.11
847
20.18
840
21.17
873
22.36
867
23.38
900
24.68
895
25.72
927
2.0
2.8
Bhp
9.23
10.89
11.87
12.96
14.17
15.49
16.94
18.50
20.19
22.01
23.97
26.06
28.28
30.65
33.17
3.0
3.8
Bhp
15.42
17.28
18.35
19.52
20.81
22.21
23.74
25.40
27.19
29.11
31.17
33.38
—
—
—
Bhp
5.33
6.86
7.77
8.79
9.91
11.14
12.49
13.96
15.54
17.25
19.09
21.07
23.18
25.43
27.83
Bhp
13.59
15.38
16.42
17.57
18.83
20.22
21.73
23.36
25.13
27.03
29.06
31.24
33.55
36.02
—
4.0
Bhp
18.26
20.22
21.32
22.53
23.85
25.29
26.85
28.54
30.36
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 20 — Fan Performance — 50AJ,AK,A2,A3060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm
450
505
533
561
590
619
648
678
707
737
767
797
827
857
888
0.4
Bhp
4.02
5.74
6.75
7.88
9.12
10.48
11.96
13.57
15.30
17.18
19.20
21.35
23.66
26.11
28.72
Rpm
509
558
584
610
637
664
692
719
748
776
804
833
862
891
920
2.2
Rpm
851
886
905
924
944
964
985
1006
1028
1050
1072
1095
1118
1141
1165
0.6
Bhp
4.71
6.49
7.53
8.68
9.95
11.33
12.84
14.47
16.24
18.14
20.18
22.36
24.68
27.16
29.79
Rpm
560
606
630
655
680
706
732
758
785
812
840
867
895
923
952
2.4
Bhp
11.75
13.85
15.07
16.41
17.86
19.45
21.15
22.99
24.97
27.08
29.32
31.71
34.25
36.93
39.76
Rpm
880
915
933
952
971
991
1011
1032
1053
1075
1097
1119
1142
1165
1188
0.8
Bhp
5.41
7.24
8.32
9.50
10.79
12.20
13.74
15.40
17.19
19.11
21.17
23.38
25.72
28.23
30.88
Rpm
605
649
672
696
720
744
769
795
821
847
873
900
927
954
982
2.6
Bhp
12.63
14.76
15.99
17.34
18.81
20.41
22.13
23.98
25.97
28.10
30.37
32.78
35.33
38.04
40.89
Rpm
907
942
960
978
997
1017
1037
1057
1078
1099
1121
1143
1165
1188
—
2.8
Bhp
13.53
15.68
16.92
18.28
19.77
21.38
23.12
24.99
26.99
29.14
31.42
33.85
36.42
39.15
—
Rpm
934
968
986
1004
1023
1042
1061
1081
1102
1123
1144
1166
1188
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.0
1.2
1.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
6.12
647
6.86
686
7.62
723
8.40
8.01
689
8.79
727
9.59
762
10.40
9.11
711
9.91
748
10.73
782
11.56
10.32
734
11.14
770
11.98
803
12.84
11.64
757
12.49
792
13.35
825
14.23
13.07
781
13.96
815
14.84
847
15.74
14.64
805
15.54
838
16.45
870
17.37
16.32
829
17.25
862
18.19
893
19.13
18.14
854
19.09
886
20.05
917
21.02
20.09
879
21.07
911
22.06
940
23.05
22.17
905
23.18
935
24.19
965
25.21
24.40
931
25.43
961
26.47
989
27.51
26.78
957
27.83
986
28.89
1014
29.95
29.30
984
30.38
1012
31.46
1040
32.55
31.97
1011
33.08
1038
34.19
1065
35.29
Rpm
757
795
815
836
857
878
900
923
946
969
993
1017
1041
1066
1091
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.0
3.2
3.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
14.45
960
15.38
985
16.32
1010
17.28
16.62
993
17.57
1018
18.54
1042
19.52
17.87
1011
18.83
1035
19.81
1059
20.81
19.25
1029
20.22
1053
21.21
1077
22.21
20.74
1047
21.73
1071
22.73
1095
23.74
22.36
1066
23.36
1090
24.37
1113
25.40
24.11
1085
25.13
1109
26.15
1132
27.19
26.00
1105
27.03
1128
28.06
1151
29.11
28.02
1126
29.06
1148
30.11
1171
31.17
30.18
1146
31.24
1169
32.30
1191
33.38
32.48
1167
33.55
1190
34.64
—
—
34.93
1189
36.02
—
—
—
—
37.52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1033
1066
1082
1100
1117
1136
1154
1173
1193
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
1.6
1.8
Bhp
9.21
11.24
12.41
13.71
15.12
16.65
18.30
20.08
22.00
24.04
26.23
28.55
31.02
33.64
36.40
Rpm
790
827
846
866
887
908
930
952
974
997
1020
1044
1068
1092
1117
Bhp
18.24
20.51
21.81
23.22
24.76
26.43
28.24
30.17
32.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1057
1088
1105
1122
1140
1158
1176
1195
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
2.0
Bhp
10.04
12.09
13.28
14.59
16.02
17.57
19.24
21.04
22.98
25.05
27.25
29.60
32.09
34.73
37.52
Rpm
821
857
876
896
916
937
958
979
1001
1024
1046
1070
1093
1117
1141
Bhp
19.22
21.52
22.82
24.25
25.80
27.48
29.29
31.24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1079
1111
1127
1144
1161
1179
1197
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Bhp
10.89
12.96
14.17
15.49
16.94
18.50
20.19
22.01
23.97
26.06
28.28
30.65
33.17
35.83
38.64
4.0
Bhp
20.22
22.53
23.85
25.29
26.85
28.54
30.36
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 21 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY020,025 and 48A4,A5020 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
339
0.71
384
1.10
433
1.61
484
2.27
511
2.66
538
3.09
593
4.07
649
5.23
706
6.58
763
8.12
792
8.97
821
9.87
0.4
Rpm Bhp
414
0.97
452
1.37
494
1.89
540
2.56
563
2.95
588
3.38
639
4.37
691
5.54
744
6.89
799
8.45
827
9.30
855 10.20
0.6
Rpm Bhp
478
1.25
510
1.66
548
2.19
590
2.87
612
3.26
634
3.70
682
4.69
731
5.87
782
7.23
834
8.79
860
9.64
887 10.55
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
534
1.54 585
1.84 631
2.14
674
2.44
563
1.96 611
2.28 656
2.60
698
2.93
597
2.51 643
2.84 686
3.18
726
3.52
636
3.19 679
3.53 719
3.88
757
4.24
656
3.59 698
3.94 737
4.29
775
4.66
678
4.03 718
4.38 756
4.74
793
5.11
722
5.03 760
5.39 796
5.76
831
6.13
769
6.21 805
6.58 839
6.95
872
7.34
817
7.58 851
7.95 884
8.33
915
8.72
867
9.14 899
9.52 930
9.90
960 10.30
893 10.00 924 10.38 954 10.77
983 11.16
918 10.91 949 11.29 978 11.68 1007 12.08
1.6
Rpm Bhp
714
2.75
738
3.27
764
3.88
794
4.61
810
5.03
827
5.49
864
6.52
904
7.73
945
9.12
989 10.71
1012 11.57
1034 12.49
1.8
Rpm Bhp
751
3.06
775
3.60
800
4.23
829
4.98
845
5.41
861
5.87
896
6.91
934
8.13
975
9.53
1017 11.12
1039 11.99
1062 12.92
2.0
Rpm Bhp
787
3.37
811
3.94
835
4.60
863
5.36
877
5.79
893
6.26
927
7.32
964
8.54
1003
9.95
1045 11.54
1066 12.42
1088 13.35
2.2
Rpm Bhp
820
3.68
844
4.28
869
4.96
895
5.74
909
6.18
925
6.66
957
7.72
993
8.96
1031 10.37
1071 11.97
1092 12.85
1113 13.78
2.4
Rpm Bhp
852
3.99
877
4.63
901
5.33
926
6.13
940
6.57
955
7.06
986
8.13
1021
9.38
1058 10.80
1097 12.41
1118 13.29
1139 14.22
2.6
Rpm Bhp
883 4.30
907 4.97
931 5.70
956 6.52
970 6.97
984 7.46
1015 8.55
1048 9.80
1084 11.23
1123 12.85
1143 13.74
1163 14.67
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
912
4.62
940
4.93
967
5.25
993
5.57
937
5.31
966
5.66
993
6.01 1020
6.35
961
6.07
990
6.44 1017
6.81 1044
7.19
986
6.91 1014
7.30 1042
7.70 1068
8.10
999
7.37 1027
7.78 1054
8.18 1081
8.59
1013
7.87 1040
8.28 1067
8.69 1094
9.11
1042
8.97 1069
9.39 1096
9.82 1121 10.25
1075 10.23 1101 10.67 1126 11.11 1151 11.55
1110 11.67 1135 12.12 1160 12.56 1184 13.02
1148 13.30 1172 13.75 1196 14.21
—
—
1167 14.19 1191 14.64
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1019 5.89
1046 6.70
1070 7.57
1094 8.50
1107 9.00
1119 9.53
1146 10.69
1176 12.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1043
6.21
1071
7.05
1096
7.94
1120
8.90
1132
9.41
1144
9.95
1171 11.12
1200 12.45
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1067
6.53
1095
7.40
1121
8.32
1145
9.30
1157
9.82
1169 10.37
1195 11.56
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 22 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY027,030 and 48A4,A5025-030 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
342
0.72
389
1.11
439
1.64
492
2.31
546
3.14
602
4.13
659
5.31
717
6.67
775
8.23
834
9.99
893 11.97
953 14.17
0.4
Rpm Bhp
417
0.98
456
1.38
499
1.92
546
2.60
596
3.43
647
4.43
701
5.62
755
6.99
811
8.56
867 10.33
924 12.32
982 14.53
0.6
Rpm Bhp
480
1.26
514
1.68
553
2.22
596
2.91
642
3.75
690
4.76
740
5.95
792
7.33
845
8.90
899 10.68
954 12.68
1010 14.90
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
536
1.55
587
1.85
633
2.15
676
2.45
566
1.98
614
2.30
659
2.62
701
2.95
602
2.54
647
2.87
689
3.21
730
3.56
641
3.24
684
3.58
724
3.93
762
4.29
684
4.09
724
4.44
762
4.80
798
5.17
730
5.10
768
5.46
803
5.83
838
6.21
777
6.30
813
6.67
847
7.04
880
7.43
827
7.68
860
8.06
893
8.44
924
8.83
878
9.27
909
9.64
940 10.03
970 10.43
930 11.05
960 11.44
989 11.83 1017 12.24
983 13.06 1012 13.44 1039 13.85 1066 14.26
1037 15.28 1064 15.68 1091 16.08 1116 16.50
1.6
Rpm Bhp
715
2.76
740
3.29
768
3.91
798
4.66
833
5.55
871
6.60
911
7.83
954
9.24
999 10.84
1045 12.65
1093 14.68
1142 16.93
1.8
Rpm Bhp
753
3.07
777
3.62
804
4.27
833
5.03
866
5.93
903
7.00
942
8.23
983
9.65
1026 11.26
1072 13.08
1118 15.11
1166 17.36
2.0
Rpm Bhp
788
3.38
813
3.96
838
4.63
867
5.41
898
6.32
933
7.40
971
8.64
1011 10.07
1054 11.69
1098 13.51
1143 15.54
1190 17.80
2.2
Rpm Bhp
821
3.69
846
4.31
872
5.00
899
5.79
930
6.72
963
7.80
1000
9.06
1039 10.49
1080 12.12
1123 13.95
1168 15.99
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
853
4.00
879
4.65
903
5.36
930
6.18
960
7.12
992
8.22
1028
9.48
1066 10.92
1106 12.56
1148 14.39
1192 16.44
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
884
4.31
909
4.99
934
5.73
960
6.57
989
7.53
1020
8.63
1055
9.91
1092 11.36
1131 13.00
1172 14.84
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
913
4.63
941
4.95
968
5.26
994
5.58
939
5.34
968
5.68
995
6.03 1022
6.38
964
6.10
992
6.48 1020
6.85 1047
7.22
989
6.96 1018
7.36 1045
7.75 1072
8.15
1017
7.94 1045
8.35 1072
8.76 1098
9.18
1048
9.06 1075
9.48 1101
9.91 1126 10.34
1081 10.34 1107 10.77 1133 11.22 1157 11.66
1117 11.80 1142 12.24 1167 12.69 1191 13.15
1156 13.45 1180 13.90
—
—
—
—
1196 15.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1020
5.90
1048
6.73
1073
7.60
1098
8.55
1124
9.60
1151 10.78
1182 12.11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1044
6.22
1073
7.08
1098
7.98
1123
8.95
1148 10.02
1176 11.21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1068
6.55
1097
7.43
1123
8.36
1148
9.35
1173 10.44
1200 11.65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
17
Table 23 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm
553
612
672
733
763
794
855
917
980
1042
1105
1168
1200
Bhp
2.59
3.45
4.47
5.67
6.33
7.04
8.60
10.36
12.32
14.49
16.88
19.49
20.88
0.4
Rpm
602
656
712
769
798
828
887
947
1008
1069
1130
1191
1222
2.2
Rpm
937
974
1012
1052
1073
1094
1138
1184
1232
1282
—
—
—
Bhp
5.94
7.08
8.33
9.74
10.50
11.30
13.05
14.99
17.13
19.48
—
—
—
Bhp
2.92
3.81
4.86
6.08
6.75
7.47
9.06
10.84
12.82
15.01
17.42
20.06
21.46
0.6
Rpm
648
698
750
805
832
861
918
976
1035
1094
1154
1214
1245
2.4
Rpm
967
1003
1041
1080
1100
1120
1163
1208
1255
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.26
7.43
8.72
10.15
10.92
11.73
13.50
15.45
17.61
—
—
—
—
Bhp
3.26
4.17
5.24
6.48
7.17
7.90
9.51
11.31
13.31
15.52
17.96
20.61
22.03
2.6
Rpm
995
1031
1068
1106
1126
1146
1188
1232
1278
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.57
7.77
9.10
10.55
11.34
12.16
13.95
15.92
18.09
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
691
3.61
732
3.95
770
4.29
807
4.63
738
4.53
776
4.90
812
5.27
847
5.63
787
5.62
823
6.01
857
6.39
890
6.78
839
6.88
872
7.28
904
7.69
935
8.10
865
7.58
897
7.99
929
8.40
959
8.82
892
8.32
923
8.74
954
9.16
983
9.59
948
9.95
977
10.39
1005
10.83
1033
11.27
1004
11.77
1031
12.23
1058
12.69
1084
13.14
1061
13.79
1087
14.27
1112
14.75
1137
15.22
1119
16.03
1143
16.53
1167
17.02
1191
17.51
1178
18.48
1201
19.00
1224
19.51
1246
20.02
1237
21.16
1259
21.69
1281
22.23
—
—
1267
22.58
1288
23.13
—
—
—
—
Rpm
842
881
922
966
989
1012
1060
1110
1161
1214
1268
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1022
6.87
1048
7.18
1073
7.48
1098
7.78
1058
8.12
1084
8.46
1109
8.79
1134
9.13
1094
9.47
1120
9.85
1145
10.22
1169
10.58
1132
10.96
1157
11.36
1182
11.76
1206
12.16
1151
11.75
1176
12.17
1201
12.59
1224
13.00
1171
12.59
1196
13.02
1220
13.45
1243
13.87
1212
14.40
1236
14.84
1259
15.30
1282
15.74
1255
16.39
1278
16.85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1122
1158
1193
1229
1248
1266
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Bhp
4.96
6.00
7.17
8.51
9.24
10.01
11.71
13.60
15.70
18.01
20.53
—
—
1.8
Rpm
875
913
953
995
1017
1040
1087
1135
1185
1237
1290
—
—
3.6
Bhp
8.07
9.46
10.95
12.55
13.41
14.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
5.29
6.36
7.56
8.92
9.66
10.44
12.16
14.06
16.17
18.50
21.04
—
—
2.0
Rpm
907
944
983
1024
1046
1067
1113
1160
1209
1260
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm
1145
1181
1216
1252
1271
1289
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.36
9.78
11.31
12.95
13.82
14.72
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
5.62
6.72
7.95
9.33
10.08
10.87
12.60
14.52
16.65
18.99
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm
1168
1204
1239
1275
1293
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
8.66
10.11
11.66
13.34
14.22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 24 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY036 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm
475
526
579
633
687
742
797
852
908
964
1021
1049
0.4
Bhp
2.29
3.10
4.08
5.24
6.59
8.15
9.92
11.92
14.15
16.63
19.37
20.84
Rpm
527
573
621
671
723
775
827
881
935
989
1044
1072
1.2
Rpm
709
740
775
813
854
898
943
990
1038
1086
1136
1161
1.4
Bhp
4.25
5.18
6.28
7.57
9.04
10.72
12.61
14.72
17.06
19.65
22.49
24.01
Rpm
749
778
810
846
885
927
970
1016
1062
1110
1158
1183
2.2
Rpm
894
917
942
971
1003
1038
1075
1115
1157
1200
1245
1267
2.4
Bhp
6.46
7.48
8.66
10.03
11.60
13.38
15.37
17.59
20.04
22.73
25.67
27.24
Rpm
927
949
973
1001
1031
1065
1101
1139
1180
1222
1266
1288
3.2
Rpm
1046
1067
1089
1113
1139
1167
1199
1232
1269
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
8.81
9.93
11.21
12.66
14.31
16.16
18.23
20.53
23.07
—
—
—
Rpm
1073
1094
1116
1139
1164
1192
1222
1255
1290
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
2.66
576
3.05
622
3.50
617
3.91
660
4.51
662
4.95
701
5.70
709
6.16
744
7.07
757
7.56
790
8.65
807
9.17
838
10.45
857
10.98
887
12.47
909
13.03
936
14.72
961
15.31
987
17.23
1014
17.83
1039
19.98
1068
20.60
1091
21.46
1095
22.09
1117
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
4.68
788
5.11
825
5.62
814
6.07
850
6.74
845
7.21
878
8.05
879
8.53
910
9.54
916
10.05
945
11.24
955
11.77
983
13.15
997
13.70
1024
15.29
1041
15.86
1066
17.65
1086
18.25
1110
20.26
1133
20.88
1156
23.12
1180
23.76
1202
24.65
1205
25.30
1226
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
6.92
958
7.38
988
7.96
980
8.44
1010
9.16
1003
9.66
1033
10.55
1030
11.06
1058
12.13
1059
12.67
1086
13.92
1091
14.47
1117
15.93
1126
16.50
1150
18.17
1163
18.75
1186
20.64
1202
21.24
1225
23.35
1243
23.97
1265
26.32
1286
26.96
—
27.89
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
9.29
1099
9.78
1125
10.44
1121
10.95
1147
11.73
1142
12.26
1168
13.20
1165
13.75
1190
14.86
1189
15.43
1214
16.73
1216
17.31
1240
18.82
1246
19.41
1269
21.14
1277
21.74
1300
23.69
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
See legend on page17.
18
0.8
1.0
Bhp
3.44
4.33
5.39
6.62
8.05
9.68
11.52
13.59
15.89
18.43
21.23
22.73
Rpm
666
700
738
779
823
868
915
963
1013
1063
1114
1139
Bhp
5.55
6.53
7.69
9.03
10.56
12.30
14.25
16.43
18.84
21.49
24.39
25.94
Rpm
860
884
911
941
974
1011
1050
1091
1134
1178
1223
1247
Bhp
7.85
8.93
10.17
11.59
13.21
15.03
17.07
19.34
21.85
24.60
—
—
Rpm
1017
1039
1061
1086
1112
1142
1175
1210
1247
1286
—
—
Bhp
10.27
11.46
12.80
14.30
15.99
17.89
20.00
22.35
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1150
1172
1193
1215
1238
1264
1291
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
3.84
4.75
5.83
7.09
8.54
10.20
12.07
14.15
16.48
19.04
21.86
23.36
2.0
2.8
Bhp
6.00
7.00
8.17
9.53
11.08
12.84
14.81
17.01
19.44
22.11
25.03
26.59
3.0
3.8
Bhp
8.33
9.43
10.69
12.12
13.75
15.59
17.65
19.94
22.46
25.23
—
—
4.0
Bhp
10.76
11.98
13.33
14.86
16.56
18.48
20.61
—
—
—
—
—
Table 25 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
526
579
633
687
742
797
852
908
964
1021
1077
1133
1190
Bhp
3.10
4.08
5.24
6.59
8.15
9.92
11.92
14.15
16.63
19.37
22.37
25.65
29.21
0.4
Rpm
573
621
671
723
775
827
881
935
989
1044
1099
1155
—
2.2
Rpm
917
942
971
1003
1038
1075
1115
1157
1200
1245
1290
—
—
Bhp
7.48
8.66
10.03
11.60
13.38
15.37
17.59
20.04
22.73
25.67
28.88
—
—
Bhp
3.50
4.51
5.70
7.07
8.65
10.45
12.47
14.72
17.23
19.98
23.01
26.30
—
0.6
Rpm
617
662
709
757
807
857
909
961
1014
1068
1122
1176
—
2.4
Rpm
949
973
1001
1031
1065
1101
1139
1180
1222
1266
—
—
—
Bhp
7.96
9.16
10.55
12.13
13.92
15.93
18.17
20.64
23.35
26.32
—
—
—
Bhp
3.91
4.95
6.16
7.56
9.17
10.98
13.03
15.31
17.83
20.60
23.64
26.96
—
2.6
Rpm
980
1003
1030
1059
1091
1126
1163
1202
1243
1286
—
—
—
Bhp
8.44
9.66
11.06
12.67
14.47
16.50
18.75
21.24
23.97
26.96
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
660
4.33
700
4.75
740
5.18
778
5.62
701
5.39
738
5.83
775
6.28
810
6.74
744
6.62
779
7.09
813
7.57
846
8.05
790
8.05
823
8.54
854
9.04
885
9.54
838
9.68
868
10.20
898
10.72
927
11.24
887
11.52
915
12.07
943
12.61
970
13.15
936
13.59
963
14.15
990
14.72
1016
15.29
987
15.89
1013
16.48
1038
17.06
1062
17.65
1039
18.43
1063
19.04
1086
19.65
1110
20.26
1091
21.23
1114
21.86
1136
22.49
1158
23.12
1144
24.29
1165
24.94
1187
25.59
1208
26.25
1197
27.62
1217
28.29
1238
28.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
814
845
879
916
955
997
1041
1086
1133
1180
1229
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1010
8.94
1039
9.43
1067
9.93
1094
10.44
1033
10.17
1061
10.69
1089
11.21
1116
11.73
1058
11.59
1086
12.12
1113
12.66
1139
13.20
1086
13.21
1112
13.75
1139
14.31
1164
14.86
1117
15.03
1142
15.59
1167
16.16
1192
16.73
1150
17.07
1175
17.65
1199
18.23
1222
18.82
1186
19.34
1210
19.94
1232
20.53
1255
21.14
1225
21.85
1247
22.46
1269
23.07
1290
23.69
1265
24.60
1286
25.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1121
1142
1165
1189
1216
1246
1277
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
Bhp
6.07
7.21
8.53
10.05
11.77
13.70
15.86
18.25
20.88
23.76
26.90
—
—
1.8
Rpm
850
878
910
945
983
1024
1066
1110
1156
1202
1250
—
—
3.6
Bhp
10.95
12.26
13.75
15.43
17.31
19.41
21.74
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.53
7.69
9.03
10.56
12.30
14.25
16.43
18.84
21.49
24.39
27.56
—
—
2.0
Rpm
884
911
941
974
1011
1050
1091
1134
1178
1223
1270
—
—
3.8
Rpm
1147
1168
1190
1214
1240
1269
1300
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.46
12.80
14.30
15.99
17.89
20.00
22.35
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
7.00
8.17
9.53
11.08
12.84
14.81
17.01
19.44
22.11
25.03
28.22
—
—
4.0
Rpm
1172
1193
1215
1238
1264
1291
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.98
13.33
14.86
16.56
18.48
20.61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 26 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY041 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
526
579
633
687
742
797
852
908
964
1021
1077
1133
1190
0.4
Bhp
3.10
4.08
5.24
6.59
8.15
9.92
11.92
14.15
16.63
19.37
22.37
25.65
29.21
Rpm
573
621
671
723
775
827
881
935
989
1044
1099
1155
—
1.2
Rpm
740
775
813
854
898
943
990
1038
1086
1136
1187
1238
—
1.4
Bhp
5.18
6.28
7.57
9.04
10.72
12.61
14.72
17.06
19.65
22.49
25.59
28.96
—
Rpm
778
810
846
885
927
970
1016
1062
1110
1158
1208
—
—
2.2
Rpm
917
942
971
1003
1038
1075
1115
1157
1200
1245
1290
—
—
2.4
Bhp
7.48
8.66
10.03
11.60
13.38
15.37
17.59
20.04
22.73
25.67
28.88
—
—
Rpm
949
973
1001
1031
1065
1101
1139
1180
1222
1266
—
—
—
3.2
Rpm
1067
1089
1113
1139
1167
1199
1232
1269
—
—
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
9.93
11.21
12.66
14.31
16.16
18.23
20.53
23.07
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1094
1116
1139
1164
1192
1222
1255
1290
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
3.50
617
3.91
660
4.51
662
4.95
701
5.70
709
6.16
744
7.07
757
7.56
790
8.65
807
9.17
838
10.45
857
10.98
887
12.47
909
13.03
936
14.72
961
15.31
987
17.23
1014
17.83
1039
19.98
1068
20.60
1091
23.01
1122
23.64
1144
26.30
1176
26.96
1197
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
5.62
814
6.07
850
6.74
845
7.21
878
8.05
879
8.53
910
9.54
916
10.05
945
11.24
955
11.77
983
13.15
997
13.70
1024
15.29
1041
15.86
1066
17.65
1086
18.25
1110
20.26
1133
20.88
1156
23.12
1180
23.76
1202
26.25
1229
26.90
1250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.96
980
8.44
1010
9.16
1003
9.66
1033
10.55
1030
11.06
1058
12.13
1059
12.67
1086
13.92
1091
14.47
1117
15.93
1126
16.50
1150
18.17
1163
18.75
1186
20.64
1202
21.24
1225
23.35
1243
23.97
1265
26.32
1286
26.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
10.44
1121
10.95
1147
11.73
1142
12.26
1168
13.20
1165
13.75
1190
14.86
1189
15.43
1214
16.73
1216
17.31
1240
18.82
1246
19.41
1269
21.14
1277
21.74
1300
23.69
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
See legend on page17.
19
0.8
1.0
Bhp
4.33
5.39
6.62
8.05
9.68
11.52
13.59
15.89
18.43
21.23
24.29
27.62
—
Rpm
700
738
779
823
868
915
963
1013
1063
1114
1165
1217
—
Bhp
6.53
7.69
9.03
10.56
12.30
14.25
16.43
18.84
21.49
24.39
27.56
—
—
Rpm
884
911
941
974
1011
1050
1091
1134
1178
1223
1270
—
—
Bhp
8.94
10.17
11.59
13.21
15.03
17.07
19.34
21.85
24.60
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1039
1061
1086
1112
1142
1175
1210
1247
1286
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.46
12.80
14.30
15.99
17.89
20.00
22.35
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1172
1193
1215
1238
1264
1291
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
4.75
5.83
7.09
8.54
10.20
12.07
14.15
16.48
19.04
21.86
24.94
28.29
—
2.0
2.8
Bhp
7.00
8.17
9.53
11.08
12.84
14.81
17.01
19.44
22.11
25.03
28.22
—
—
3.0
3.8
Bhp
9.43
10.69
12.12
13.75
15.59
17.65
19.94
22.46
25.23
—
—
—
—
4.0
Bhp
11.98
13.33
14.86
16.56
18.48
20.61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 27 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
536
588
642
696
751
807
863
919
975
1032
1089
1146
1203
0.4
Bhp
3.18
4.17
5.35
6.72
8.29
10.09
12.12
14.38
16.90
19.67
22.71
26.04
29.65
Rpm
582
630
680
732
784
837
891
946
1000
1056
1111
1167
1224
2.2
Rpm
923
949
978
1010
1046
1084
1124
1166
1210
1255
—
—
—
0.6
Bhp
3.58
4.60
5.80
7.20
8.80
10.62
12.67
14.96
17.49
20.29
23.35
26.69
30.32
Rpm
626
670
717
766
816
867
919
972
1025
1079
1134
1188
1244
2.4
Bhp
7.57
8.77
10.15
11.74
13.53
15.55
17.79
20.27
23.00
25.99
—
—
—
Rpm
955
980
1008
1038
1072
1109
1148
1189
1231
1276
—
—
—
0.8
Bhp
3.99
5.04
6.27
7.69
9.32
11.16
13.23
15.54
18.09
20.91
23.99
27.35
31.00
Rpm
668
709
753
799
847
896
946
997
1049
1102
1155
1209
1263
2.6
Bhp
8.05
9.27
10.67
12.27
14.08
16.11
18.38
20.88
23.62
26.63
—
—
—
Rpm
986
1010
1036
1066
1098
1134
1171
1211
1253
1296
—
—
—
2.8
Bhp
8.54
9.77
11.19
12.81
14.63
16.68
18.97
21.49
24.25
27.27
—
—
—
Rpm
1016
1039
1064
1093
1124
1158
1195
1234
1274
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.0
1.2
1.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
4.41
708
4.83
747
5.27
785
5.71
5.48
746
5.93
782
6.38
818
6.84
6.73
787
7.20
821
7.68
854
8.16
8.18
831
8.67
863
9.17
893
9.68
9.83
877
10.35
906
10.87
935
11.40
11.70
924
12.24
952
12.78
979
13.33
13.79
973
14.36
999
14.92
1025
15.49
16.12
1023
16.71
1047
17.30
1072
17.89
18.70
1073
19.31
1097
19.92
1120
20.53
21.54
1125
22.17
1147
22.80
1169
23.44
24.64
1177
25.29
1198
25.95
1219
26.60
28.02
1230
28.69
1250
29.37
1270
30.04
31.69
1283
32.38
—
—
—
—
Rpm
821
852
886
923
964
1006
1050
1096
1143
1191
1240
1290
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.0
3.2
3.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
9.03
1045
9.53
1073
10.03
1100
10.54
10.28
1067
10.80
1095
11.32
1122
11.85
11.72
1092
12.25
1119
12.79
1145
13.33
13.35
1119
13.90
1145
14.45
1171
15.01
15.19
1149
15.76
1174
16.32
1199
16.90
17.26
1182
17.84
1206
18.42
1230
19.01
19.55
1218
20.15
1241
20.75
1263
21.35
22.09
1256
22.71
1277
23.32
1299
23.94
24.88
1295
25.51
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1126
1148
1171
1196
1223
1253
1285
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
1.8
Bhp
6.16
7.31
8.65
10.18
11.92
13.88
16.06
18.48
21.15
24.07
27.26
30.72
—
Rpm
857
885
917
953
991
1032
1075
1120
1165
1213
1261
—
—
Bhp
11.05
12.38
13.88
15.57
17.48
19.60
21.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1152
1174
1196
1220
1247
1276
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
2.0
Bhp
6.63
7.79
9.14
10.70
12.46
14.43
16.64
19.08
21.76
24.71
27.92
—
—
Rpm
891
918
948
982
1019
1058
1100
1143
1188
1234
1281
—
—
Bhp
11.56
12.91
14.43
16.14
18.06
20.20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1177
1199
1221
1245
1270
1299
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Bhp
7.09
8.28
9.65
11.21
12.99
14.99
17.21
19.68
22.38
25.35
28.58
—
—
4.0
Bhp
12.08
13.45
14.99
16.72
18.65
20.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 28 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY051 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
0.2
Rpm
450
516
550
584
619
654
689
725
760
796
832
869
905
942
978
0.4
Bhp
3.19
4.81
5.80
6.90
8.13
9.49
10.99
12.64
14.43
16.37
18.47
20.74
23.17
25.78
28.56
Rpm
509
569
600
632
664
697
730
764
798
833
867
902
937
973
1008
1.2
Rpm
691
739
764
790
817
845
873
902
932
962
992
1023
1055
1086
1119
1.4
Bhp
6.96
8.79
9.88
11.10
12.44
13.93
15.56
17.34
19.27
21.36
23.61
26.03
28.62
31.38
34.32
Rpm
728
774
799
824
850
877
904
933
961
991
1020
1051
1081
1113
1144
2.2
Rpm
860
901
923
946
970
994
1019
1045
1071
1098
1125
1153
1181
—
—
2.4
Bhp
11.31
13.42
14.62
15.92
17.36
18.93
20.63
22.48
24.49
26.66
28.99
31.49
34.16
——
Rpm
890
930
952
974
997
1021
1045
1070
1096
1123
1150
1177
—
—
—-
3.2
Rpm
998
1036
1056
1077
1099
1121
1144
1167
1192
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
15.86
18.33
19.67
21.12
22.67
24.34
26.13
28.07
30.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1024
1061
1081
1101
1122
1144
1167
1190
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
561
4.58
608
617
6.30
660
646
7.34
688
676
8.50
716
706
9.79
745
737
11.22
775
769
12.79
806
801
14.51
837
834
16.37
868
867
18.39
900
901
20.56
932
934
22.90
965
968
25.40
998
1003
28.08
1032
1037
30.93
1065
0.8
Bhp
3.86
5.54
6.56
7.69
8.96
10.36
11.90
13.58
15.41
17.39
19.54
21.84
24.31
26.95
29.77
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.80
764
8.66
797
9.68
808
10.59
841
10.79
832
11.72
864
12.02
857
12.97
888
13.38
882
14.35
912
14.88
908
15.86
938
16.53
935
17.52
964
18.32
962
19.33
990
20.27
990
21.29
1018
22.38
1019
23.42
1046
24.65
1048
25.71
1074
27.09
1077
28.17
1103
29.70
1107
30.79
1133
32.48
1138
33.59
1163
35.44
1169
36.58
1193
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
12.21
918
13.11
946
14.38
958
15.36
985
15.61
979
16.61
1006
16.94
1001
17.97
1027
18.40
1024
19.45
1049
19.98
1047
21.05
1072
21.70
1071
22.79
1096
23.57
1096
24.67
1120
25.59
1121
26.71
1145
27.77
1147
28.90
1171
30.12
1173
31.26
1197
32.63
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
16.79
1048
17.72
1072
19.33
1085
20.34
1108
20.71
1104
21.75
1128
22.18
1125
23.25
1148
23.76
1146
24.86
1168
25.45
1167
26.58
1190
27.27
1190
28.42
—
29.23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
1.0
Bhp
5.34
7.10
8.15
9.33
10.65
12.10
13.69
15.43
17.32
19.37
21.57
23.94
26.48
29.18
32.07
Rpm
651
701
727
754
782
811
840
870
900
931
963
995
1027
1059
1092
Bhp
9.53
11.52
12.67
13.94
15.33
16.86
18.54
20.36
22.34
24.48
26.78
29.26
31.90
34.72
37.72
Rpm
829
872
894
917
941
966
992
1018
1045
1072
1100
1129
1157
1187
—
Bhp
14.02
16.34
17.62
19.01
20.51
22.14
23.89
25.79
27.84
30.05
32.42
—
—
—
—
Rpm
973
1011
1031
1052
1074
1097
1120
1144
1169
1194
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
18.66
21.35
22.80
24.33
25.97
27.71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1096
1131
1150
1170
1191
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
6.14
7.93
9.00
10.20
11.53
13.00
14.61
16.38
18.29
20.36
22.59
24.98
27.55
30.28
33.20
2.0
2.8
Bhp
10.42
12.46
13.64
14.92
16.34
17.88
19.58
21.41
23.40
25.56
27.87
30.36
33.02
35.86
—
3.0
3.8
Bhp
14.94
17.33
18.64
20.06
21.58
23.23
25.01
26.93
28.99
31.21
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Bhp
19.60
22.36
23.85
25.42
27.08
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 29 — Fan Performance — 48AW,AY,A4,A5060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
516
4.81
584
6.90
619
8.13
654
9.49
689 10.99
725 12.64
760 14.43
796 16.37
832 18.47
869 20.74
905 23.17
942 25.78
978 28.56
1015 31.52
1052 34.66
0.4
Rpm Bhp
569
5.54
632
7.69
664
8.96
697 10.36
730 11.90
764 13.58
798 15.41
833 17.39
867 19.54
902 21.84
937 24.31
973 26.95
1008 29.77
1044 32.76
1080 35.94
0.6
Rpm Bhp
617
6.30
676
8.50
706
9.79
737 11.22
769 12.79
801 14.51
834 16.37
867 18.39
901 20.56
934 22.90
968 25.40
1003 28.08
1037 30.93
1072 33.96
1107 37.18
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
660
7.10
701
7.93
739
8.79
774
9.68
716
9.33
754 10.20
790 11.10
824 12.02
745 10.65
782 11.53
817 12.44
850 13.38
775 12.10
811 13.00
845 13.93
877 14.88
806 13.69
840 14.61
873 15.56
904 16.53
837 15.43
870 16.38
902 17.34
933 18.32
868 17.32
900 18.29
932 19.27
961 20.27
900 19.37
931 20.36
962 21.36
991 22.38
932 21.57
963 22.59
992 23.61 1020 24.65
965 23.94
995 24.98 1023 26.03 1051 27.09
998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62 1081 29.70
1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38 1113 32.48
1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32 1144 35.44
1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44 1176 38.59
1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75
—
—
1.6
Rpm Bhp
808 10.59
857 12.97
882 14.35
908 15.86
935 17.52
962 19.33
990 21.29
1019 23.42
1048 25.71
1077 28.17
1107 30.79
1138 33.59
1169 36.58
—
—
—
—
1.8
Rpm Bhp
841 11.52
888 13.94
912 15.33
938 16.86
964 18.54
990 20.36
1018 22.34
1046 24.48
1074 26.78
1103 29.26
1133 31.90
1163 34.72
1193 37.72
—
—
—
—
2.0
Rpm Bhp
872 12.46
917 14.92
941 16.34
966 17.88
992 19.58
1018 21.41
1045 23.40
1072 25.56
1100 27.87
1129 30.36
1157 33.02
1187 35.86
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
901 13.42
946 15.92
970 17.36
994 18.93
1019 20.63
1045 22.48
1071 24.49
1098 26.66
1125 28.99
1153 31.49
1181 34.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
930 14.38
974 16.94
997 18.40
1021 19.98
1045 21.70
1070 23.57
1096 25.59
1123 27.77
1150 30.12
1177 32.63
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
958 15.36
1001 17.97
1024 19.45
1047 21.05
1071 22.79
1096 24.67
1121 26.71
1147 28.90
1173 31.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
985 16.34 1011 17.33 1036 18.33 1061 19.33
1027 19.01 1052 20.06 1077 21.12 1101 22.18
1049 20.51 1074 21.58 1099 22.67 1122 23.76
1072 22.14 1097 23.23 1121 24.34 1144 25.45
1096 23.89 1120 25.01 1144 26.13 1167 27.27
1120 25.79 1144 26.93 1167 28.07 1190 29.23
1145 27.84 1169 28.99 1192 30.16
—
—
1171 30.05 1194 31.21
—
—
—
—
1197 32.42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1085 20.34
1125 23.25
1146 24.86
1167 26.58
1190 28.42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1108 21.35
1148 24.33
1168 25.97
1190 27.71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1131 22.36
1170 25.42
1191 27.08
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 30 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY020,025 and 50A4,A5020 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
7,500
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
0.2
Rpm Bhp
322
0.62
361
0.95
405
1.41
451
2.00
475
2.34
500
2.72
550
3.60
601
4.63
653
5.83
706
7.20
732
7.96
759
8.76
2.2
Rpm Bhp
4,000
808
2.84
5,000
829
3.39
6,000
849
4.02
7,000
871
4.74
7,500
883
5.14
8,000
896
5.58
9,000
924
6.54
10,000
954
7.64
11,000
987
8.89
12,000
1022 10.31
12,500
1039 11.08
13,000
1058 11.90
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
0.4
Rpm Bhp
399
0.82
431
1.17
467
1.64
508
2.22
529
2.57
551
2.95
596
3.83
644
4.86
692
6.07
742
7.45
768
8.20
793
9.01
0.6
Rpm Bhp
464
1.04
491
1.41
524
1.88
559
2.48
579
2.82
598
3.21
640
4.09
684
5.12
730
6.33
777
7.71
801
8.47
826
9.27
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
521
1.26
572
1.48
619
1.71 662
1.93
545
1.65
594
1.89
640
2.14 682
2.39
574
2.14
621
2.40
664
2.67 705
2.93
607
2.75
651
3.02
693
3.30 732
3.58
625
3.10
668
3.38
708
3.66 746
3.96
643
3.48
685
3.77
724
4.06 762
4.36
682
4.36
721
4.66
759
4.96 795
5.27
723
5.40
760
5.70
796
6.01 830
6.33
766
6.61
801
6.91
835
7.22 867
7.54
811
7.99
844
8.29
875
8.61 906
8.93
834
8.75
866
9.05
897
9.37 927
9.69
857
9.56
888
9.86
918 10.17 947 10.50
1.6
Rpm Bhp
702
2.16
722
2.64
744
3.20
769
3.87
783
4.25
797
4.66
829
5.58
863
6.65
899
7.87
936
9.27
956 10.03
976 10.84
1.8
Rpm Bhp
739
2.38
759
2.89
780
3.47
804
4.16
818
4.55
832
4.96
862
5.90
894
6.98
929
8.21
966
9.61
985 10.38
1004 11.19
2.0
Rpm Bhp
774
2.61
795
3.14
816
3.75
839
4.45
851
4.84
864
5.27
893
6.22
925
7.31
958
8.55
994
9.96
1012 10.73
1031 11.54
2.4
Rpm Bhp
840
3.06
861
3.64
881
4.29
903
5.03
915
5.44
927
5.89
954
6.86
983
7.98
1015
9.24
1048 10.67
1066 11.44
1084 12.26
2.6
Rpm Bhp
870
3.29
892
3.89
912
4.57
933
5.33
945
5.75
957
6.20
983
7.19
1011
8.31
1042
9.59
1075 11.03
1092 11.81
1109 12.63
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
900
3.52
928
3.75
955
3.98
981
4.21
922
4.14
950
4.40
978
4.65 1005
4.90
942
4.84
971
5.12
999
5.39 1026
5.67
963
5.62
991
5.92 1019
6.21 1046
6.51
974
6.05 1002
6.35 1030
6.66 1057
6.96
985
6.51 1014
6.82 1041
7.13 1067
7.45
1011
7.51 1038
7.84 1064
8.17 1090
8.50
1038
8.65 1065
8.99 1091
9.34 1116
9.68
1068
9.94 1094 10.29 1119 10.65 1144 11.01
1100 11.39 1125 11.75 1150 12.12 1173 12.48
1117 12.17 1141 12.54 1165 12.91 1189 13.28
1134 13.00 1158 13.37 1182 13.75
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1007
4.44
1031
5.16
1052
5.94
1072
6.80
1083
7.27
1093
7.76
1116
8.83
1141 10.02
1168 11.36
1197 12.85
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1031
4.67
1056
5.41
1077
6.22
1098
7.10
1108
7.58
1118
8.08
1141
9.16
1165 10.37
1191 11.72
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1055
4.91
1080
5.67
1102
6.49
1123
7.40
1133
7.88
1143
8.39
1165
9.49
1189 10.72
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
21
Table 31 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY027,030 and 50A4,A5025-030 Units
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(CFM)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
0.2
Rpm Bhp
325
0.62
366
0.97
411
1.43
459
2.02
508
2.76
560
3.64
612
4.68
665
5.89
718
7.28
772
8.85
826 10.61
881 12.57
0.4
Rpm Bhp
402
0.83
435
1.19
473
1.66
515
2.25
559
2.99
605
3.88
654
4.92
703
6.14
754
7.53
806
9.11
858 10.87
910 12.84
0.6
Rpm Bhp
466
1.05
495
1.42
529
1.91
566
2.51
606
3.25
649
4.14
694
5.19
740
6.41
788
7.80
838
9.38
888 11.15
939 13.12
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
523
1.27 574
1.49
620
1.72
663
1.94
548
1.67 597
1.91
642
2.16
685
2.41
579
2.16 625
2.43
668
2.69
709
2.96
613
2.78 657
3.06
698
3.34
737
3.62
650
3.53 691
3.82
731
4.11
768
4.41
690
4.42 729
4.72
766
5.02
802
5.33
732
5.47 769
5.77
804
6.09
838
6.40
776
6.69 811
7.00
844
7.31
876
7.64
822
8.09 854
8.39
886
8.71
916
9.04
869
9.67 899
9.98
929 10.30
958 10.63
917 11.44 946 11.75
974 12.07 1002 12.41
967 13.41 994 13.72 1021 14.05 1047 14.38
1.6
Rpm Bhp
703
2.17
724
2.65
747
3.23
774
3.91
803
4.71
835
5.64
870
6.73
907
7.97
946
9.38
987 10.97
1029 12.75
1073 14.73
1.8
Rpm Bhp
740
2.39
762
2.90
784
3.50
809
4.20
837
5.01
868
5.96
902
7.06
937
8.31
975
9.72
1014 11.32
1055 13.10
1098 15.08
2.0
Rpm Bhp
776
2.62
797
3.16
819
3.77
843
4.49
870
5.32
900
6.28
932
7.39
967
8.65
1003 10.07
1041 11.68
1081 13.46
1123 15.45
2.2
Rpm Bhp
809
2.84
831
3.41
852
4.05
875
4.78
901
5.63
930
6.60
961
7.72
995
8.99
1030 10.43
1068 12.04
1107 13.83
1147 15.82
2.4
Rpm Bhp
841
3.07
863
3.66
884
4.32
907
5.07
932
5.94
960
6.93
990
8.06
1022
9.34
1057 10.78
1093 12.40
1131 14.20
1171 16.19
2.6
Rpm Bhp
872
3.30
894
3.91
915
4.59
937
5.37
961
6.25
988
7.25
1018
8.40
1049
9.69
1083 11.14
1119 12.77
1156 14.58
1194 16.58
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
901
3.53
929
3.76
956
3.99
982
4.22
924
4.16
952
4.41
980
4.67 1007
4.92
945
4.87
974
5.14 1001
5.42 1028
5.69
967
5.66
995
5.95 1023
6.25 1049
6.55
990
6.56 1018
6.87 1045
7.18 1072
7.50
1016
7.58 1043
7.91 1070
8.23 1096
8.57
1045
8.74 1071
9.08 1097
9.42 1122
9.76
1075 10.04 1101 10.39 1126 10.75 1151 11.11
1108 11.51 1133 11.87 1157 12.24 1181 12.61
1143 13.14 1167 13.52 1191 13.89
—
—
1179 14.96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1008 4.45
1032 5.17
1054 5.97
1076 6.84
1097 7.81
1121 8.90
1147 10.11
1175 11.47
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1032
4.68
1057
5.43
1080
6.24
1101
7.14
1123
8.13
1146
9.23
1171 10.46
1198 11.82
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1056
4.92
1082
5.68
1105
6.52
1126
7.44
1147
8.44
1170
9.56
1194 10.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 32 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,500
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
0.2
Rpm Bhp
522
2.06
576
2.75
630
3.57
686
4.52
714
5.05
742
5.62
799
6.88
856
8.29
914
9.87
971 11.62
1029 13.55
1088 15.66
1117 16.79
0.4
Rpm Bhp
573
2.32
622
3.03
672
3.86
724
4.84
750
5.38
777
5.95
831
7.22
886
8.65
942 10.24
998 12.00
1054 13.94
1111 16.07
1140 17.20
0.6
Rpm Bhp
620
2.57
665
3.30
712
4.16
761
5.15
786
5.70
811
6.28
863
7.57
916
9.01
969 10.61
1024 12.39
1079 14.34
1134 16.47
1162 17.61
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
664
2.82
705
3.06
744
3.30
780
3.54
706
3.57
745
3.84
782
4.10
817
4.36
750
4.45
787
4.74
822
5.02
855
5.30
797
5.46
831
5.77
864
6.07
896
6.37
821
6.02
854
6.34
886
6.65
917
6.96
845
6.61
877
6.94
909
7.26
939
7.58
894
7.91
925
8.25
954
8.60
983
8.93
945
9.37
974
9.72 1002 10.08 1029 10.44
997 10.98 1024 11.36 1050 11.73 1076 12.10
1050 12.77 1075 13.16 1100 13.54 1125 13.93
1103 14.74 1127 15.13 1151 15.53 1174 15.93
1157 16.88 1180 17.29 1203 17.70 1225 18.11
1184 18.02 1207 18.44 1229 18.86 1250 19.27
1.6
Rpm Bhp
815
3.78
850
4.62
888
5.58
927
6.67
947
7.27
968
7.90
1011
9.27
1056 10.79
1102 12.47
1149 14.31
1198 16.33
1247 18.53
1272 19.69
1.8
Rpm Bhp
849
4.01
883
4.87
919
5.86
957
6.97
977
7.57
997
8.21
1039
9.60
1082 11.14
1127 12.84
1173 14.70
1220 16.73
1269 18.93
1293 20.11
2.0
Rpm Bhp
881
4.24
914
5.12
949
6.13
986
7.26
1005
7.87
1025
8.52
1065
9.93
1108 11.49
1152 13.20
1197 15.08
1243 17.12
1290 19.34
—
—
2.2
Rpm Bhp
912
4.46
944
5.37
978
6.40
1014
7.55
1033
8.17
1052
8.83
1091 10.26
1133 11.83
1176 13.56
1220 15.45
1265 17.52
—
—
—
—
2.4
Rpm Bhp
942
4.68
973
5.62
1006
6.67
1041
7.84
1059
8.47
1078
9.14
1117 10.58
1157 12.17
1199 13.92
1243 15.83
1287 17.91
—
—
—
—
2.6
Rpm Bhp
970
4.90
1001
5.86
1034
6.93
1068
8.12
1086
8.77
1104
9.44
1142 10.90
1181 12.51
1222 14.28
1265 16.20
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
998
5.12 1025
5.33 1051
5.54 1076
5.75
1029
6.11 1055
6.35 1081
6.58 1106
6.82
1060
7.20 1086
7.46 1112
7.72 1136
7.98
1094
8.41 1119
8.69 1144
8.97 1168
9.25
1111
9.06 1136
9.35 1161
9.64 1184
9.93
1129
9.75 1154 10.05 1178 10.35 1201 10.64
1166 11.23 1190 11.54 1213 11.86 1236 12.18
1205 12.85 1228 13.19 1251 13.52 1273 13.86
1245 14.63 1268 14.99 1290 15.34
—
—
1287 16.58
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Rpm Bhp
1101
5.96
1130
7.05
1160
8.23
1192
9.52
1208 10.22
1224 10.94
1259 12.49
1295 14.19
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Rpm Bhp
1124
6.16
1154
7.28
1184
8.49
1215
9.80
1231 10.50
1247 11.23
1281 12.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0
Rpm Bhp
1148
6.36
1177
7.51
1207
8.74
1238 10.07
1253 10.79
1269 11.53
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet
losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at
70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited
by edb and ewb conditions.
Watts =
22
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
Table 33 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY036 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.2
Rpm
451
499
548
599
649
701
753
805
857
910
963
989
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.4
Bhp
2.13
2.88
3.78
4.86
6.11
7.54
9.18
11.03
13.09
15.38
17.91
19.26
Rpm
503
546
591
637
685
734
783
833
884
935
986
1012
Bhp
3.99
4.87
5.90
7.09
8.47
10.02
11.77
13.73
15.89
18.28
20.91
22.31
Rpm
722
748
778
812
848
886
927
968
1011
1056
1101
1124
1.2
Rpm
682
711
744
779
817
857
899
942
987
1032
1078
1102
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
1.4
2.2
Rpm
866
885
908
934
964
996
1031
1068
1106
1146
1187
1208
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
Rpm
899
917
939
963
992
1023
1056
1092
1129
1168
1208
1229
Bhp
8.39
9.39
10.55
11.89
13.43
15.17
17.12
19.27
21.65
24.25
27.07
—
Rpm
1047
1063
1080
1100
1122
1147
1175
1206
1239
1273
—
—
3.2
Rpm
1020
1036
1053
1073
1097
1123
1152
1184
1217
1253
1289
—
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
17,500
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
760
4.80
797
784
5.70
819
812
6.77
845
844
8.01
875
878
9.43
907
915
11.03
943
953
12.82
980
994
14.82
1019
1036
17.03
1060
1079
19.47
1101
1123
22.13
1145
1145
23.55
1166
0.8
3.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
6.54
931
6.99
961
7.48
948
7.95
978
8.60
968
9.08
997
9.90
992
10.39
1020
11.39
1019
11.89
1045
13.07
1048
13.59
1074
14.95
1081
15.48
1105
17.03
1115
17.59
1138
19.33
1151
19.91
1174
21.85
1189
22.45
1211
24.60
1229
25.21
1249
26.06
1249
26.69
1269
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
1074
9.34
1101
1090
10.38
1116
1107
11.56
1133
1125
12.93
1151
1147
14.49
1171
1171
16.25
1195
1198
18.22
1221
1228
20.41
1250
1260
22.82
1280
1293
25.45
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0
Bhp
3.23
4.06
5.04
6.19
7.51
9.02
10.72
12.63
14.76
17.11
19.69
21.08
Rpm
641
672
708
746
786
828
871
916
962
1008
1056
1080
Bhp
5.22
6.14
7.22
8.47
9.91
11.53
13.35
15.37
17.61
20.06
22.75
24.18
Rpm
832
853
877
905
936
970
1006
1044
1083
1124
1166
1187
Bhp
7.45
8.42
9.56
10.89
12.40
14.11
16.03
18.15
20.48
23.04
25.83
27.32
Rpm
991
1007
1026
1047
1071
1099
1129
1161
1196
1232
1270
1289
Bhp
9.83
10.88
12.08
13.45
15.02
16.80
18.78
20.99
23.41
—
—
—
Rpm
1126
1142
1158
1175
1195
1218
1243
1271
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
4.39
5.28
6.33
7.55
8.94
10.52
12.30
14.27
16.46
18.87
21.52
22.93
2.4
Bhp
6.09
7.03
8.13
9.42
10.89
12.55
14.41
16.48
18.75
21.25
23.98
25.43
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
2.49
552
2.86
597
3.27
590
3.66
632
4.20
631
4.62
670
5.30
675
5.74
711
6.57
720
7.04
753
8.03
766
8.52
797
9.69
813
10.21
842
11.56
861
12.09
889
13.64
910
14.20
936
15.95
960
16.53
984
18.50
1010
19.09
1033
19.86
1035
20.47
1058
2.0
2.8
Bhp
5.65
6.58
7.67
8.94
10.40
12.04
13.88
15.92
18.18
20.66
23.36
24.80
3.0
3.8
Bhp
8.86
9.88
11.05
12.41
13.96
15.71
17.67
19.84
22.23
24.85
—
—
Bhp
3.60
4.46
5.47
6.64
7.99
9.52
11.25
13.18
15.32
17.69
20.30
21.69
Bhp
7.91
8.90
10.05
11.39
12.91
14.64
16.57
18.71
21.07
23.64
26.46
27.95
4.0
Bhp
10.32
11.39
12.60
13.99
15.56
17.35
19.35
21.56
—
—
—
—
Table 34 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
499
548
599
649
701
753
805
857
910
963
1016
1069
1122
Bhp
2.88
3.78
4.86
6.11
7.54
9.18
11.03
13.09
15.38
17.91
20.68
23.71
26.99
0.4
Rpm
546
591
637
685
734
783
833
884
935
986
1038
1090
1142
2.2
Rpm
885
908
934
964
996
1031
1068
1106
1146
1187
1230
—
—
Bhp
7.03
8.13
9.42
10.89
12.55
14.41
16.48
18.75
21.25
23.98
26.95
—
—
Bhp
3.27
4.20
5.30
6.57
8.03
9.69
11.56
13.64
15.95
18.50
21.29
24.33
27.64
0.6
Rpm
590
631
675
720
766
813
861
910
960
1010
1060
1111
1162
2.4
Rpm
917
939
963
992
1023
1056
1092
1129
1168
1208
1250
—
—
Bhp
7.48
8.60
9.90
11.39
13.07
14.95
17.03
19.33
21.85
24.60
27.58
—
—
Bhp
3.66
4.62
5.74
7.04
8.52
10.21
12.09
14.20
16.53
19.09
21.90
24.96
28.29
2.6
Rpm
948
968
992
1019
1048
1081
1115
1151
1189
1229
1269
—
—
Bhp
7.95
9.08
10.39
11.89
13.59
15.48
17.59
19.91
22.45
25.21
28.22
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
632
4.06
672
4.46
711
4.87
748
5.28
670
5.04
708
5.47
744
5.90
778
6.33
711
6.19
746
6.64
779
7.09
812
7.55
753
7.51
786
7.99
817
8.47
848
8.94
797
9.02
828
9.52
857
10.02
886
10.52
842
10.72
871
11.25
899
11.77
927
12.30
889
12.63
916
13.18
942
13.73
968
14.27
936
14.76
962
15.32
987
15.89
1011
16.46
984
17.11
1008
17.69
1032
18.28
1056
18.87
1033
19.69
1056
20.30
1078
20.91
1101
21.52
1082
22.52
1104
23.15
1126
23.77
1147
24.41
1132
25.60
1153
26.25
1173
26.89
1194
27.54
1182
28.95
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
784
812
844
878
915
953
994
1036
1079
1123
1168
1214
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
978
8.42
1007
8.90
1036
9.39
1063
9.88
997
9.56
1026
10.05
1053
10.55
1080
11.05
1020
10.89
1047
11.39
1073
11.89
1100
12.41
1045
12.40
1071
12.91
1097
13.43
1122
13.96
1074
14.11
1099
14.64
1123
15.17
1147
15.71
1105
16.03
1129
16.57
1152
17.12
1175
17.67
1138
18.15
1161
18.71
1184
19.27
1206
19.84
1174
20.48
1196
21.07
1217
21.65
1239
22.23
1211
23.04
1232
23.64
1253
24.25
1273
24.85
1249
25.83
1270
26.46
1289
27.07
—
—
1289
28.86
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1090
1107
1125
1147
1171
1198
1228
1260
1293
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean
2-in. filters.
1.6
Bhp
5.70
6.77
8.01
9.43
11.03
12.82
14.82
17.03
19.47
22.13
25.04
28.19
—
1.8
Rpm
819
845
875
907
943
980
1019
1060
1101
1145
1189
1234
—
3.6
Bhp
10.38
11.56
12.93
14.49
16.25
18.22
20.41
22.82
25.45
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.14
7.22
8.47
9.91
11.53
13.35
15.37
17.61
20.06
22.75
25.67
28.85
—
2.0
Rpm
853
877
905
936
970
1006
1044
1083
1124
1166
1209
—
—
3.8
Rpm
1116
1133
1151
1171
1195
1221
1250
1280
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
10.88
12.08
13.45
15.02
16.80
18.78
20.99
23.41
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
6.58
7.67
8.94
10.40
12.04
13.88
15.92
18.18
20.66
23.36
26.31
—
—
4.0
Rpm
1142
1158
1175
1195
1218
1243
1271
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
11.39
12.60
13.99
15.56
17.35
19.35
21.56
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is
limited to unloaded operation and may be additional limited by edb and ewb conditions.
23
Table 35 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY041 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.2
Rpm
499
548
599
649
701
753
805
857
910
963
1016
1069
1122
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.4
Bhp
2.88
3.78
4.86
6.11
7.54
9.18
11.03
13.09
15.38
17.91
20.68
23.71
26.99
Rpm
546
591
637
685
734
783
833
884
935
986
1038
1090
1142
1.2
Rpm
711
744
779
817
857
899
942
987
1032
1078
1126
1173
—
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
1.4
Bhp
4.87
5.90
7.09
8.47
10.02
11.77
13.73
15.89
18.28
20.91
23.77
26.89
—
Rpm
748
778
812
848
886
927
968
1011
1056
1101
1147
1194
—
2.2
Rpm
885
908
934
964
996
1031
1068
1106
1146
1187
1230
—
—
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
2.4
Bhp
7.03
8.13
9.42
10.89
12.55
14.41
16.48
18.75
21.25
23.98
26.95
—
—
Rpm
917
939
963
992
1023
1056
1092
1129
1168
1208
1250
—
—
3.2
Rpm
1036
1053
1073
1097
1123
1152
1184
1217
1253
1289
—
—
—
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
3.4
Bhp
9.39
10.55
11.89
13.43
15.17
17.12
19.27
21.65
24.25
27.07
—
—
—
Rpm
1063
1080
1100
1122
1147
1175
1206
1239
1273
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
3.27
590
3.66
632
4.20
631
4.62
670
5.30
675
5.74
711
6.57
720
7.04
753
8.03
766
8.52
797
9.69
813
10.21
842
11.56
861
12.09
889
13.64
910
14.20
936
15.95
960
16.53
984
18.50
1010
19.09
1033
21.29
1060
21.90
1082
24.33
1111
24.96
1132
27.64
1162
28.29
1182
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
5.28
784
5.70
819
6.33
812
6.77
845
7.55
844
8.01
875
8.94
878
9.43
907
10.52
915
11.03
943
12.30
953
12.82
980
14.27
994
14.82
1019
16.46
1036
17.03
1060
18.87
1079
19.47
1101
21.52
1123
22.13
1145
24.41
1168
25.04
1189
27.54
1214
28.19
1234
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.48
948
7.95
978
8.60
968
9.08
997
9.90
992
10.39
1020
11.39
1019
11.89
1045
13.07
1048
13.59
1074
14.95
1081
15.48
1105
17.03
1115
17.59
1138
19.33
1151
19.91
1174
21.85
1189
22.45
1211
24.60
1229
25.21
1249
27.58
1269
28.22
1289
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
9.88
1090
10.38
1116
11.05
1107
11.56
1133
12.41
1125
12.93
1151
13.96
1147
14.49
1171
15.71
1171
16.25
1195
17.67
1198
18.22
1221
19.84
1228
20.41
1250
22.23
1260
22.82
1280
24.85
1293
25.45
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.8
1.0
Bhp
4.06
5.04
6.19
7.51
9.02
10.72
12.63
14.76
17.11
19.69
22.52
25.60
28.95
Rpm
672
708
746
786
828
871
916
962
1008
1056
1104
1153
—
Bhp
6.14
7.22
8.47
9.91
11.53
13.35
15.37
17.61
20.06
22.75
25.67
28.85
—
Rpm
853
877
905
936
970
1006
1044
1083
1124
1166
1209
—
—
Bhp
8.42
9.56
10.89
12.40
14.11
16.03
18.15
20.48
23.04
25.83
28.86
—
—
Rpm
1007
1026
1047
1071
1099
1129
1161
1196
1232
1270
—
—
—
Bhp
10.88
12.08
13.45
15.02
16.80
18.78
20.99
23.41
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1142
1158
1175
1195
1218
1243
1271
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
4.46
5.47
6.64
7.99
9.52
11.25
13.18
15.32
17.69
20.30
23.15
26.25
—
2.0
2.8
Bhp
6.58
7.67
8.94
10.40
12.04
13.88
15.92
18.18
20.66
23.36
26.31
—
—
3.0
3.8
Bhp
8.90
10.05
11.39
12.91
14.64
16.57
18.71
21.07
23.64
26.46
—
—
—
4.0
Bhp
11.39
12.60
13.99
15.56
17.35
19.35
21.56
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 36 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
0.2
Rpm
509
558
608
659
710
763
815
868
921
974
1028
1081
1135
0.4
Bhp
2.95
3.87
4.96
6.23
7.68
9.35
11.22
13.31
15.64
18.20
21.01
24.08
27.42
Rpm
555
600
646
694
743
793
843
895
946
998
1050
1103
1155
Bhp
7.12
8.23
9.53
11.02
12.70
14.59
16.68
18.98
21.52
24.28
27.29
30.55
—
Rpm
923
945
970
999
1030
1064
1100
1138
1178
1218
1260
—
—
2.2
Rpm
892
915
941
971
1004
1039
1076
1115
1156
1198
1240
1284
—
0.6
Bhp
3.35
4.29
5.40
6.69
8.17
9.86
11.75
13.86
16.21
18.79
21.62
24.71
28.06
Rpm
599
640
683
728
775
823
871
921
971
1021
1072
1124
1175
Bhp
7.57
8.70
10.02
11.52
13.22
15.12
17.23
19.56
22.11
24.90
27.93
—
—
Rpm
954
975
998
1026
1056
1088
1123
1160
1199
1239
1280
—
—
2.4
0.8
Bhp
3.74
4.71
5.85
7.16
8.67
10.37
12.29
14.42
16.78
19.39
22.24
25.35
28.72
Rpm
640
678
719
762
806
852
899
946
995
1044
1094
1145
1195
Bhp
8.04
9.18
10.51
12.02
13.74
15.66
17.79
20.14
22.71
25.52
28.57
—
—
Rpm
984
1003
1026
1052
1081
1113
1147
1182
1220
1259
1300
—
—
2.6
2.8
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.0
1.2
1.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
4.14
680
4.54
718
4.95
755
5.36
5.13
715
5.56
751
5.99
786
6.42
6.30
754
6.75
787
7.20
819
7.66
7.64
794
8.11
825
8.59
856
9.07
9.17
836
9.67
866
10.17
895
10.67
10.89
880
11.42
908
11.94
935
12.47
12.83
925
13.38
952
13.92
978
14.47
14.98
972
15.55
997
16.12
1021
16.69
17.37
1019
17.96
1043
18.54
1066
19.14
19.99
1067
20.60
1089
21.21
1112
21.82
22.86
1116
23.49
1137
24.12
1158
24.75
25.99
1165
26.63
1185
27.28
1206
27.93
29.38
1215
30.04
1234
30.71
1254
31.38
Rpm
791
819
851
886
923
962
1003
1045
1089
1134
1179
1226
1273
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.0
3.2
3.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
8.52
1013
9.00
1041
9.49
1069
9.98
9.67
1032
10.16
1059
10.66
1086
11.16
11.00
1053
11.51
1080
12.01
1106
12.53
12.53
1078
13.05
1103
13.57
1128
14.09
14.26
1106
14.79
1130
15.33
1154
15.86
16.20
1136
16.74
1160
17.29
1183
17.85
18.35
1169
18.91
1192
19.48
1214
20.04
20.72
1204
21.30
1226
21.88
1247
22.47
23.31
1241
23.91
1262
24.51
1282
25.12
26.14
1279
26.76
1299
27.38
—
—
29.21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1095
1112
1131
1153
1178
1206
1236
1268
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
1.8
Bhp
5.79
6.87
8.12
9.55
11.17
12.99
15.02
17.26
19.73
22.43
25.38
28.58
32.05
Rpm
826
852
882
915
950
988
1028
1069
1111
1155
1200
1245
1292
Bhp
10.48
11.67
13.05
14.63
16.41
18.40
20.62
23.05
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1121
1138
1156
1177
1201
1228
1257
1289
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
2.0
Bhp
6.22
7.31
8.58
10.04
11.68
13.52
15.57
17.83
20.32
23.05
26.02
29.24
32.72
Rpm
859
884
912
943
978
1014
1052
1092
1134
1176
1220
1265
—
Bhp
10.98
12.19
13.58
15.16
16.96
18.96
21.19
23.65
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1147
1163
1181
1201
1224
1250
1279
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Bhp
6.66
7.77
9.06
10.53
12.19
14.05
16.12
18.41
20.92
23.66
26.65
29.90
—
4.0
Bhp
11.49
12.71
14.11
15.71
17.51
19.53
21.77
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
edb — Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
Watts =
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in.
filters.
Bhp x 746
Motor efficiency
3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to
unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions.
24
Table 37 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY051 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.2
Rpm
429
490
522
554
586
619
652
685
719
753
787
821
855
889
924
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
0.4
Bhp
2.98
4.48
5.39
6.41
7.56
8.83
10.23
11.76
13.44
15.26
17.23
19.35
21.63
24.07
26.67
Rpm
488
543
572
602
632
663
694
725
757
789
822
855
888
921
954
Bhp
6.41
8.14
9.18
10.33
11.60
13.00
14.53
16.20
18.00
19.94
22.03
24.28
26.68
29.24
31.96
Rpm
703
746
769
792
816
841
867
893
920
947
975
1003
1032
1061
1090
1.2
Rpm
666
711
734
759
784
810
836
863
890
918
947
976
1005
1035
1065
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
Bhp
10.46
12.33
13.44
14.67
16.02
17.51
19.13
20.89
22.80
24.85
27.04
29.39
31.90
34.57
37.41
Rpm
860
898
918
939
961
983
1006
1029
1053
1078
1103
1129
1155
1181
—
Bhp
14.94
16.96
18.13
19.42
20.83
22.39
24.07
25.91
27.89
30.01
32.30
—
—
—
—
Rpm
991
1026
1044
1063
1083
1104
1125
1147
1169
1192
—
—
—
—
—
10,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
0.8
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
11.33
888
12.21
915
13.22
925
14.13
951
14.35
945
15.27
971
15.59
965
16.52
991
16.96
987
17.90
1012
18.46
1008
19.42
1033
20.10
1031
21.07
1055
21.87
1054
22.86
1078
23.79
1078
24.80
1101
25.86
1102
26.88
1125
28.07
1126
29.11
1149
30.44
1152
31.50
1174
32.97
1177
34.05
1199
35.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
1014
16.83
1038
1049
18.90
1072
1067
20.10
1090
1086
21.41
1109
1106
22.85
1128
1126
24.43
1148
1147
26.14
1169
1169
28.00
1190
1190
30.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.4
1.0
Bhp
4.95
6.61
7.61
8.72
9.94
11.30
12.78
14.39
16.14
18.04
20.08
22.28
24.63
27.14
29.82
Rpm
627
673
698
723
749
776
803
831
860
888
918
947
977
1008
1038
Bhp
8.78
10.60
11.68
12.88
14.21
15.66
17.25
18.98
20.84
22.85
25.01
27.32
29.79
32.42
35.21
Rpm
801
841
862
884
906
929
953
978
1003
1028
1054
1081
1108
1135
1163
Bhp
13.11
15.06
16.20
17.47
18.87
20.39
22.06
23.86
25.81
27.91
30.16
32.57
35.13
—
—
Rpm
941
977
996
1016
1036
1057
1079
1101
1124
1148
1172
1196
—
—
—
Bhp
17.79
19.89
21.10
22.43
23.88
25.47
27.19
29.06
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1060
1094
1112
1131
1150
1170
1190
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
Bhp
7.17
8.94
9.99
11.16
12.45
13.87
15.42
17.11
18.94
20.90
23.02
25.28
27.71
30.29
33.04
2.4
3.2
Rpm
966
1002
1020
1040
1060
1081
1102
1124
1147
1170
1194
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.6
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
737
7.96
770
779
9.76
811
801
10.82
832
824
12.01
855
848
13.32
878
872
14.76
901
897
16.33
926
922
18.04
950
949
19.88
976
975
21.87
1002
1002
24.01
1029
1030
26.30
1056
1058
28.75
1083
1086
31.35
1111
1115
34.12
1139
1.4
2.2
Rpm
831
870
891
912
934
957
980
1004
1028
1053
1079
1105
1131
1158
1186
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
3.61
539
4.26
585
5.17
591
5.88
634
6.11
618
6.85
659
7.17
645
7.94
686
8.34
674
9.14
713
9.64
703
10.46
741
11.07
733
11.92
769
12.63
763
13.51
798
14.33
793
15.23
827
16.18
824
17.10
857
18.17
855
19.12
887
20.32
887
21.29
918
22.62
919
23.62
949
25.08
951
26.11
980
27.71
983
28.76
1011
2.0
2.8
Bhp
9.61
11.45
12.55
13.76
15.11
16.58
18.19
19.93
21.81
23.84
26.02
28.35
30.85
33.49
36.31
3.0
3.8
Bhp
15.88
17.92
19.11
20.41
21.84
23.40
25.10
26.94
28.94
31.08
—
—
—
—
—
Bhp
5.66
7.36
8.38
9.51
10.77
12.14
13.65
15.29
17.07
18.99
21.05
23.28
25.65
28.19
30.89
Bhp
14.02
16.00
17.16
18.44
19.84
21.38
23.06
24.88
26.84
28.96
31.22
33.65
—
—
—
4.0
Bhp
18.76
20.89
22.12
23.46
24.92
26.52
28.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 38 — Fan Performance — 50AW,AY,A4,A5060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
0.2
Rpm
490
554
586
619
652
685
719
753
787
821
855
889
924
958
993
0.4
Bhp
4.48
6.41
7.56
8.83
10.23
11.76
13.44
15.26
17.23
19.35
21.63
24.07
26.67
29.45
32.40
Rpm
543
602
632
663
694
725
757
789
822
855
888
921
954
987
1021
2.2
Rpm
870
912
934
957
980
1004
1028
1053
1079
1105
1131
1158
1186
—
—
0.6
Bhp
5.17
7.17
8.34
9.64
11.07
12.63
14.33
16.18
18.17
20.32
22.62
25.08
27.71
30.51
33.49
Rpm
591
645
674
703
733
763
793
824
855
887
919
951
983
1016
1048
2.4
Bhp
12.33
14.67
16.02
17.51
19.13
20.89
22.80
24.85
27.04
29.39
31.90
34.57
37.41
—
—
Rpm
898
939
961
983
1006
1029
1053
1078
1103
1129
1155
1181
—
—
—
0.8
Bhp
5.88
7.94
9.14
10.46
11.92
13.51
15.23
17.10
19.12
21.29
23.62
26.11
28.76
31.59
34.58
Rpm
634
686
713
741
769
798
827
857
887
918
949
980
1011
1043
1075
2.6
Bhp
13.22
15.59
16.96
18.46
20.10
21.87
23.79
25.86
28.07
30.44
32.97
35.66
—
—
—
Rpm
925
965
987
1008
1031
1054
1078
1102
1126
1152
1177
—
—
—
—
2.8
Bhp
14.13
16.52
17.90
19.42
21.07
22.86
24.80
26.88
29.11
31.50
34.05
—
—
—
—
Rpm
951
991
1012
1033
1055
1078
1101
1125
1149
1174
1199
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.0
1.2
1.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
6.61
674
7.37
711
8.14
746
8.94
8.72
723
9.51
759
10.33
792
11.16
9.94
749
10.77
784
11.60
816
12.45
11.30
776
12.14
810
13.00
841
13.87
12.78
803
13.65
836
14.53
867
15.42
14.39
831
15.29
863
16.20
893
17.11
16.14
860
17.07
890
18.00
920
18.94
18.04
888
18.99
918
19.94
947
20.90
20.08
918
21.05
947
22.03
975
23.02
22.28
947
23.28
976
24.28
1003
25.28
24.63
977
25.65
1005
26.68
1032
27.71
27.14
1008
28.19
1035
29.24
1061
30.29
29.82
1038
30.89
1065
31.96
1090
33.04
32.67
1069
33.76
1095
34.85
1120
35.95
35.69
1101
36.80
1126
37.92
1150
39.04
Rpm
779
824
848
872
897
922
949
975
1002
1030
1058
1086
1115
1144
1174
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.0
3.2
3.4
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
15.06
977
16.00
1002
16.96
1026
17.92
17.47
1016
18.44
1040
19.42
1063
20.41
18.87
1036
19.84
1060
20.83
1083
21.84
20.39
1057
21.38
1081
22.39
1104
23.40
22.06
1079
23.06
1102
24.07
1125
25.10
23.86
1101
24.88
1124
25.91
1147
26.94
25.81
1124
26.84
1147
27.89
1169
28.94
27.91
1148
28.96
1170
30.01
1192
31.08
30.16
1172
31.22
1194
32.30
—
—
32.57
1196
33.65
—
—
—
—
35.13
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1049
1086
1106
1126
1147
1169
1190
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
25
1.6
1.8
Bhp
9.76
12.01
13.32
14.76
16.33
18.04
19.88
21.87
24.01
26.30
28.75
31.35
34.12
37.06
40.17
Rpm
811
855
878
901
926
950
976
1002
1029
1056
1083
1111
1139
1168
1197
Bhp
18.90
21.41
22.85
24.43
26.14
28.00
30.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1072
1109
1128
1148
1169
1190
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
2.0
Bhp
10.60
12.88
14.21
15.66
17.25
18.98
20.84
22.85
25.01
27.32
29.79
32.42
35.21
38.17
41.30
Rpm
841
884
906
929
953
978
1003
1028
1054
1081
1108
1135
1163
1191
—
Bhp
19.89
22.43
23.88
25.47
27.19
29.06
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1094
1131
1150
1170
1190
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Bhp
11.45
13.76
15.11
16.58
18.19
19.93
21.81
23.84
26.02
28.35
30.85
33.49
36.31
39.29
—
4.0
Bhp
20.89
23.46
24.92
26.52
28.26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 39 — Motor Limitations
Nominal
Maximum
Bhp
5
BkW
3.73
7.5
5.6
10
7.46
15
11.19
20
14.92
25
18.65
30
22.38
40
29.84
Bhp
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
Nominal
Bhp
5
BkW
3.73
7.5
5.6
10
7.46
15
11.19
20
14.92
25
18.65
30
22.38
40
29.84
Bhp
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
HIGH-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum Amps
BkW
230 v
460 v
4.40
15.0
7.9
6.49
23.5
—
7.09
—
12.0
7.61
31.0
—
8.80
—
15.0
11.41
46.0
—
13.43
—
22.0
16.71
60.0
—
17.46
—
28.7
21.56
73.0
—
21.93
—
37.4
26.56
91.0
—
25.89
—
43.8
31.33
110.0
55.0
575 v
6.0
—
10.0
—
12.0
—
19.0
—
23.0
—
28.4
—
36.3
43.8
PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum
Maximum Amps
BkW
230 v
460 v
4.40
15.8
7.9
6.49
23.5
—
7.09
—
12.0
7.61
30.0
—
8.80
—
15.0
11.41
46.0
—
13.43
—
22.0
16.71
59.0
—
17.46
—
28.7
21.56
73.0
—
21.93
—
36.3
26.56
82.6
—
25.89
—
41.7
31.33
110.0
55.0
LEGEND
— Brake Horsepower
— Brake Kilowatts
Maximum
Watts
5,030
7,717
8,008
9,502
9,836
12,543
14,756
18,363
19,183
23,511
23,918
28,742
28,015
33,690
Maximum
Watts
4,918
7,078
7,728
8,298
9,600
12,273
14,439
17,853
18,650
23,034
23,432
28,374
27,656
33,156
Maximum
Efficiency
87.5
84.1
88.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
92.4
93.0
Maximum
Efficiency
89.5
91.7
91.7
91.0
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5
Using the fan motors up to the horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failures. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective
October 24, 1997.
Bhp
BkW
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that
the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence.
Table 40 — Air Quantity Limits (48AJ,AK,AW,AY,A2,A3,A4,A5) SAV at 100% speed
UNIT SIZE*
020
025
027
030
035 (AJ,AK,AW,AY)
035 (A2,A3,A4,A5)
036,040,041
050
051,060
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW CFM
(Low Heat)
5,900
5,900
5,900
5,900
5,900
5,900
7,600
7,600
11,000
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW CFM
(High Heat)
6,100
6,100
6,100
6,100
6,100
10,100
10,100
10,100
10,100
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW (VAV) CFM
AT FULL LOAD
4,000
5,000
5,400
6,000
7,000
7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW CFM
(CV AND SAV)
6,000
7,500
8,100
9,000
10,500
10,500
12,000
15,000
18,000
MAXIMUM AIRFLOW
CFM
10,000
12,500
13,500
15,000
17,500
17,500
20,000
22,500
27,000
* Sizes 036,041, and 051 are 48AJ,AK,AW,AY only.
CV
SAV
VAV
LEGEND
— Constant Volume
— Staged Air Volume
— Variable Air Volume
NOTE: Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in Cooling
mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be
also limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
26
Table 41 — Air Quantity Limits (50AJ,AK,AW,AY,A2,A3,A4,A5)
UNIT
50AJ,AW,A2,A3020
50AK,AY,A4,A5020
50AJ,AW,A2,A3025
50AK,AY,A4,A5025
50AJ,AW,A2,A4027
50AK,AY,A3,A5027
50AJ,AW,A2,A4030
50AK,AY,A3,A5030
50AJ,AW,A2,A4035
50AJ,AW036
50AK,AY,A3,A5035
50AK,AY036
50AJ,AW,A2,A4040
50AJ,AW041
50AK,AY,A3,A5040
50AK,AY041
50AJ,AW,A2,A4050
50AK,AY,A3,A5050
50AJ,AW051
50AJ,AW,A2,A4060
50AK,AY051
50AK,AY,A3,A5060
COOLING
Min CFM
6,000
4,000
7,500
5,000
8,100
5,400
9,000
6,000
10,500
10,500
7,000
7,000
12,000
12,000
8,000
8,000
13,500
10,000
18,000
18,000
12,000
12,000
ELECTRIC HEAT
Max CFM*
10,000
10,000
12,500
12,500
13,500
13,500
15,000
15,000
17,500
17,500
17,500
17,500
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
27,000
27,000
27,000
27,000
Min CFM
Max CFM
6,000
15,000
10,500
20,000
15,000
27,000
*Operation at these levels may be limited by entering evaporator air wet bulb temperatures.
CONTROLS QUICK START
V.C.ON VAV Occupied Cool On Delta
V.C.OF VAV Occupied Cool Off Delta
SASP
Supply Air Setpoint
The following section will provide a quick user guide to setting up and configuring the A Series units with ComfortLink
controls. See Basic Control Usage section on page 4 for information on operating the control. For wiring information, refer
to unit wiring diagrams in the Major System Components section on page 105.
4. To program time schedules, make sure SCH.N=1 under
ConfigurationCCNSC.OVSCH.N to configure
the control to use local schedules.
5. Under the TimeclockSCH.L submenu, enter the desired schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section on
page 78 for further description of these configurations.
6. Under ConfigurationSPSP.SP, the supply duct Static Pressure Setpoint should be configured.
IMPORTANT: The ComfortLink controls provide the user
with numerous configuration options such as set points,
demand levels, reset, and many others. If the building
owner or design engineer has not provided specific recommendations for these configuration settings, it is suggested
that the installer does not make changes to the default factory settings. The factory-configured default values are
appropriate for many applications.
SP.SP
7. If supply air temperature reset is desired, under the
ConfigurationEDT.R submenu, the following set
points should be configured:
IMPORTANT: The unit is shipped with the unit control
disabled. Enable the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service TestSTOP) to No.
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air
Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor — To con-
figure the unit, perform the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
UNITC.TYP. Set C.TYP to 1 (VAV-RAT) for return
air sensor. Set C.TYP to 2 (VAV-SPT) for space temperature sensor.
NOTE: For VAV with a space sensor (VAV-SPT), under
ConfigurationUNITSENSSPT.S, enable the
space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
2. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
3. The space temperature set points and the supply air set
points are configured under the Setpoints menu. The
heating and cooling set points must be configured. See
the Heating Control and Cooling Control sections for
further description on these configurations. Configure the
following set points:
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
Static Pressure Setpoint
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio (if RS.CF = 1 or 2)
Reset Limit (if RS.CF = 1 or 2)
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (if RS.CF = 3)
NOTE: Configure either RTIO and LIMT or RES.S. All three
are not used.
8. See the Economizer Options section on page 28 for additional economizer option configurations.
9. See the Exhaust Options section on page 28 for additional
exhaust option configurations.
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-
form the following:
1. Under ConfigurationUNITC.TYP, set C.TYP to 3
(TSTAT MULTI).
2. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in the
control box. Connect thermostat to TB4.
3. Under the Setpoints menu, set the following
configurations:
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
SA.HI
SA.LO
27
Supply Air Set Point Hi
Supply Air Set Point Lo
ConfigurationECONEC.MN should always be set for
the minimum damper position.
4. See the Economizer Options section on this page for additional economizer option configurations.
5. See the Exhaust Options section on this page for additional exhaust option configurations.
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Options
DEMAND CONTROLLED VENTILATION — Under
ConfigurationIAQDCV.C, the following configuration
parameters should be set to establish the minimum and maximum points for outdoor air damper position during demand
controlled ventilation (DCV):
EC.MN
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ.M
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
ConfigurationIAQDCV.CIAQ.M is used to set the
absolute minimum vent position (or maximum reset) under
DCV.
ConfigurationIAQDCV.CEC.MN is used to set the
minimum damper position (or with no DCV reset). This is also
referenced in the economizer section.
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the
following:
1. Under ConfigurationUNITC.TYP, set C.TYP to 5
(SPT MULTI).
2. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in
the control box.
3. Under the Setpoints menu, the following configurations
should be set:
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
SA.HI
SA.LO
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
Supply Air Set Point Hi
Supply Air Set Point Lo
Exhaust Options — The A Series units can be config-
ured with constant volume 2-stage power exhaust or modulating power exhaust. The following exhaust options should be
configured.
ConfigurationBPBF.CF=1
(Two-Stage
Exhaust
Option) — For two-stage exhaust, under the Configuration
BP submenu, configure the following:
4. The degrees of demand from the space temperature set
points are configured under the ConfigurationD.LV.T
submenu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control
sections for further description on these configurations.
Configure the following set points:
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
BP.P1
BP.P2
ConfigurationBPBF.CF=2 (Modulating Power Exhaust
Option) — For modulating exhaust, in the Configuration
BP submenu, configure the following:
Demand Level Lo Heat On
Demand Level Hi Heat On
Demand Level Lo Heat On
Demand Level Lo Cool On
Demand Level Hi Cool On
Demand Level Lo Cool On
BP.SP
Building Pressure Setp.
Programming Operating Schedules — The
ComfortLink controls will accommodate up to eight different
schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is assigned
to the desired days of the week. Each schedule includes an occupied on and off time. As an example, to set an occupied
schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM for Monday through Friday, the
user would set days Monday through Friday to ON for Period
1. Then the user would configure the Period 1 Occupied From
point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To point to 17:00. To
create a different weekend schedule, the user would use Period
2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON with the desired Occupied On and Off times. To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are programmed
for 24 hours of occupied operation.
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (ConfigurationCCNSC.OVSCH.N). If
password protection has been enabled, the user will be
prompted to enter the password before any new data is
accepted. SCH.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default value is 1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will
control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the
unit will follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99
means it will follow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2 to 64
are not used as the control only supports one internal/local schedule. If one of the 2 to 64 schedules is configured,
then the control will force the number back to 1. Make
sure the value is set to 1 to use a local schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (SCH.L) sub-mode, and press
ENTER. Period 1 (PER.1) will be displayed. Press ENTER to configure Period 1.
3. Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Scroll down to OCC and press ENTER
5. Under ConfigurationUNITSENSSPT.S, enable
the space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
6. Under ConfigurationUNITCV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
7. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under ConfigurationCCNSC.OVSCH.N to configure the control to use local schedules.
8. Under the TimeclockSCH.L submenu, enter the desired schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section on
page 78 for further description of these configurations.
9. See the Economizer Options section below for additional
economizer option configurations.
10. See the Exhaust Options section on this page for additional exhaust option configurations.
Economizer Options — Under the Configuration
ECON submenu, the following set points may be configured:
EC.EN
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
Economizer Enabled?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Maximum Position
Economizer Trim for SumZ?
Econ Changeover Select
OA Enthalpy Change Over Select
Outdoor Enthalpy Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dew Point Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
28
to go into Edit mode. The first two digits of the 00.00 will
start flashing. Use the UP or DOWN key to display the
correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military) time. Press
ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits
will start flashing. Use the same procedure to display and
save the desired minutes value. Press ESCAPE.
4. Configure the unoccupied time for period 1 (UNC).
Scroll down to UNC and press ENTER to go into Edit
mode. The first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing.
Use the UP or DOWN key to display the correct value for
hours, in 24-hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour
value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing.
Use the same procedure to display and save the desired
minutes value. Press ESCAPE.
5. Scroll to DAYS and press ENTER. Scroll down to the
MON point. This point indicates if schedule 1 applies to
Monday. Use the ENTER command to go into Edit
mode, and use the UP or DOWN key to change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through the rest of the
days and apply schedule 1 where desired. The schedule
can also be applied to a holiday. Press ESCAPE.
6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule
is needed, such as for weekends or holidays, scroll down
and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). If
additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as
many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided.
Service Test Mode Logic — Operation in the Service
Test mode is sub-mode specific except for the Independent submode. Leaving the sub-mode while a test is being performed
and attempting to start a different test in the new sub-mode will
cause the previous test to terminate. When this happens, the
new request will be delayed for 5 seconds. For example, if compressors were turned on under the COOL sub-mode, any attempt to turn on heating stages within the HEAT sub-mode
would immediately turn off the compressors and, 5 seconds later, the controller would honor the requested heat stages.
However, it is important to note that the user can leave a
Service Test mode to view any of the local display modes and
the control will remain in the Service Test mode.
Independent Outputs — The INDP sub-mode items
can be turned on and off regardless of the other category states.
For example, the alarm relay can be forced on in the INDP
sub-mode and will remain on if compressor relays are requested in the COOL sub-mode.
Fans in Service Test Mode — Upon entering the
FANS sub-mode, the user will be able to turn the supply fan on
and off, set the supply fan VFD speed, and turn the condenser
fans on and off.
Cooling in Service Test Mode — The COOL submode offers different cooling service tests.
The user has manual relay control of individual compressors. If the cooling stage pattern request is set to zero, the user
will have the ability to manually control compressors If the
user energizes mechanical cooling, the supply fan and the outdoor fans will be started automatically. During mechanical
cooling, the unit will protect itself. Compressor diagnostics are
active, monitoring for high discharge pressure, low suction
pressure, etc. The user can also turn the minimum load valve
on and off or set the digital scroll capacity (on units equipped
with this device).
NOTE: It is crucial that proper compressor rotation be verified
during the service test. Each compressor must be tested
individually. After starting each compressor, the control will
check the suction pressure after 5 seconds of run time. If the
control does not see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure
after 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an
alarm will be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual
reset. If this alarm occurs, do not attempt a restart of the
compressor and do not attempt to start any other compressors
until the wiring to the unit has been corrected.
SERVICE TEST
General — The units are equipped with a Service Test fea-
ture, which is intended to allow a service person to force the
unit into different modes of operation to test them. To use this
feature, enter the Service Test category on the local display and
place the unit into the test mode by changing Service
TestTEST from OFF to ON. The display will prompt for the
password before allowing any change. The default password is
1111. Once the unit enters the Service Test mode, the unit will
shut down all current modes.
TEST — The TEST command turns the unit off (hard stop)
and allows the unit to be put in a manual control mode.
STOP — The STOP command completely disables the unit
(all outputs turn off immediately). Once in this mode, nothing
can override the unit to turn it on. The controller will ignore all
inputs and commands.
S.STP — Setting Soft Stop to YES turns the unit off in an
orderly way, honoring any time guards currently in effect.
FAN.F — By turning the FAN FORCE on, the supply fan is
turned on and will operate as it normally would, controlling
duct static pressure on VAV applications or just energizing the
fan on CV applications. To remove the force, press ENTER
and then press the UP and DOWN arrows simultaneously.
F.4.CH — The 4-Inch Filter Change Mode variable is used to
service the unit when 4-in. filters are used. When the filters
need to be changed, set Service TestF.4.CH = YES. The unit
will be placed in Service Test mode and the economizer will
move to the 40% open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in.
filters. After the filters have been changed, set Service
TestF.4.CH = NO to return the unit to normal operation.
The remaining categories: INDP, FANS, COOL, and
HEAT are sub-modes with separate items and functions. See
Table 42.
Heating in Service Test Mode — If unit has a thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), install the RED jumper
wires between TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4). Terminal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Remember
to disconnect these jumpers when Test Mode is completed. The
Heat Test Mode sub-mode will offer automatic fan start-up if
the unit is not a gas heat unit. On gas heat units, the IGC feedback from the gas control units will bring the fan on as
required.
Within this sub-mode, the user has control of heat relays 1
to 6. The user can also turn on the requested heat stage.
NOTE: When service test has been completed, if unit has a
thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), remove the RED
jumper wires at TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4).
Terminal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Store
these jumpers in the unit control box for future use.
29
Table 42 — Service Test
ITEM
TEST
STOP
S.STP
FAN.F
F.4.CH
INDP
ECN.C
E.PWR
E.CAL
PE.A
PE.B
PE.C
H.I.R
ALRM
FANS
S.FAN
S.VFD
CD.F.A
CD.F.B
COOL
A1
A2
MLV
DS.CP
B1
B2
HEAT
HT.ST
HT.1
HT.2
HT.3
HT.4
HT.5
HT.6
EXPANSION
Service Test Mode
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Supply Fan Request
4 in. Filter Change Mode
TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Test
Calibrate the Economizer?
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Heat Interlock Relay
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
TEST FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
TEST COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Digital Scroll Capacity
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
TEST HEATING
Requested Heat Stage
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
RANGE
ON/OFF
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
UNITS
WRITE STATUS
config
forcible
forcible
ECONCTST
ECONPTST
ECON_CAL
PE_A_TST
PE_B_TST
PE_C_TST
HIR_TST
ALRM_TST
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
POINT
MAN_CTRL
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
SFANFORC
FILT4CHG
%
SFAN_TST
SGVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
20-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CMPA1TST
CMPA2TST
MLV_TST
DSCAPTST
CMPB1TST
CMPB2TST
0-MAX
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
HTST_TST
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
menu. This will set the reset to VFD control. When SP.RS = 4,
the static pressure reset function acts to provide direct VFD
speed control where 4 mA = 0% speed and 20 mA = 100%
(SP.MN and SP.MX will override). Note that SP.CF must be
set to 1 (VFD Control) prior to configuring SP.RS = 4. Failure
to do so could result in damage to ductwork due to overpressurization. In effect, this represents a speed control signal “pass
through” under normal operating circumstances. The ComfortLink controller overrides the third party signal for critical
operation situations, most notably smoke and fire control. Wire
the input to the controls expansion module (CEM) using TB-11
and 12. An optional CEM board is required.
See Appendix C and the VFD literature supplied with the unit
for VFD configurations and field wiring connections to the VFD.
THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Thermostat — The method of control would be through
the thermostat inputs:
Y1 = first stage cooling
Y1 and Y2 = first and second stage cooling
W1 = first stage heating
W1 and W2 = first and second stage heating
G = supply fan
Alarm Output — The alarm output TB4-7 and 8, will provide relay closure whenever the unit is under an alert or alarm
condition.
Remote Switch — The remote switch may be configured
for three different functions. Under ConfigurationUNIT, set
Supply Air Reset — With the installation of the CEM,
the ComfortLink controller is capable of accepting a 4 to
20 mA signal, to reset the supply-air temperature up to a maximum of 20 F. See VFD Control section above.
RM.CF to one of the following:
0 = no remote switch
1 = occupied/unoccupied switch
2 = start/stop switch
3 = occupancy override switch
With RM.CF set to 1, no time schedules are followed and
the unit follows the remote switch only in determining the state
of occupancy.
With RM.CF set to 2, the remote switch can be used to shut
down and disable the unit, while still honoring time guards on
compressors. Time schedules, internal or external, may be run
simultaneously with this configuration.
With RM.CF set to 3, the remote input may override an
unoccupied state and force the control to go into occupied
mode. As with the start/stop configuration, an internal or external time schedule may continue to control occupancy when the
switch is not in effect.
Under ConfigurationSW.LGRMI.L, the remote occupancy switch can be set to either a normally open or normally
closed switch input. Normal is defined as either unoccupied, start
or “not currently overridden,” respective to the RM.CF
configuration.
Demand Limit Control — The term “demand limit
control” refers to the restriction of the machine’s mechanical
cooling capacity to control the amount of power that a machine
may use.
Demand limiting using mechanical control is possible via two
means:
Two discrete inputs tied to demand limit set point percentages.
OR
A 4 to 20 mA input that can reduce or limit capacity linearly to
a set point percentage.
In either case, it will be necessary to install a controls expansion module (CEM).
DEMAND LIMIT DISCRETE INPUTS — First, set DM.L.S
in ConfigurationDMD.L to 1 (2 switches).
When InputsGEN.IDL.S1 (Demand Switch no. 1) is
OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity, and
when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the ConfigurationDMD.LD.L.S1 set point.
Likewise, when InputsGEN.IDL.S2 (Demand Switch
no. 2) is OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity,
VFD Control — On VFD equipped supply fans, supply
duct static pressure control may be left under unit control or be
externally controlled. To control a VFD externally with a 4 to
20 mA signal, set SP.RS to 4, under the ConfigurationSP
30
and when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the ConfigurationDMD.LD.L.S2 set point.
If both switches are ON, InputsGEN.IDL.S2 is used
as the limiter of capacity.
Under ConfigurationSW.LG, set the logic state appropriately for the action desired. Set the DL1.L and DL2.L configurations. They can be set normally open or normally closed. For
example, if DL1.L is set to OPEN, the user will need to close
the switch to cause the control to limit capacity to the demand
limit 1 set point. Likewise, if DL1.L is set to CLSE (closed),
the user will need to open the switch to cause the control to
limit capacity to the demand limit 1 set point.
DEMAND LIMIT 4 TO 20 mA INPUT — Under ConfigurationDMD.L, set configuration DM.L.S to 2 (2 = 4 to
20 mA control). Under the same menu, set D.L.20 to a value
from 0 to 100% to set the demand limit range. For example,
with D.L.20 set to 50, a 4 mA signal will result in no limit to
the capacity and 20 mA signal will result in a 50% reduction in
capacity.
three configurations for IQ.I.F. Select the configuration which
will be used for fan operation. This configuration allows the
user to decide (if the supply fan is not already running),
whether the IAQ discrete switch will start the fan, and in which
state of occupancy the fan will start.
IQ.I.F = 0
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will not start fan
IQ.I.F = 1
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in occupied mode only
IQ.I.F = 2
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes
IAQ ANALOG INPUT CONFIGURATION — This input is
an analog input located on the main base board (MBB). There
are 4 different functions for this input. The location of this configuration is at ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFIQ.A.C.
The functions possible for IQ.A.C are:
• 0 = no IAQ analog input
• 1 = IAQ analog input
• 2 = IAQ analog input used to override to a set position
• 3 = 4 to 20 mA 0 to 100% economizer minimum position
control
• 4 = 0 to 10,000 ohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum
position control
Options 2, 3, and 4 are dedicated for third party control.
IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ Analog Input Used to Override) — Under
ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP, set IQ.O.P (IAQ Economizer
Override Position). The IQ.O.P configuration is adjustable
from 0 to 100%. These configurations are also used in conjunction with ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFIQ.A.F (IAQ 4 to
20 mA Fan Configuration). There are three configurations for
IQ.A.F and they follow the same logic as for the discrete input.
This configuration allows the user to decide (if the supply fan is
not already running), if the IAQ Analog Minimum Position
Override input will start the fan, and in which state of occupancy the fan will start.
IQ.A.F = 0
IAQ analog sensor input cannot start the
supply fan
IQ.A.F = 1
IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in occupied mode only
IQ.A.F = 2
IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes
Demand Controlled Ventilation Control —
There are multiple methods for externally controlling the economizer damper.
IAQ DISCRETE INPUT CONFIGURATION — The IAQ discrete input configuration requires a CEM module (optional) to
be installed and an interface to a switch input at TB5-13 and
14. The state of the input on the display can be found at
InputsAIR.QIAQ.I.
Before configuring the switch functionality, first determine
how the switch will be read. A closed switch can indicate either
a low IAQ condition or a high IAQ condition. This is set at
ConfigurationSW.LG and IAQ.L. The user can set what a
low reading would mean based on the type of switch being
used. Setting IAQ.L to OPEN means that when the switch is
open the input will read LOW. When the switch is closed, the
input will read HIGH. Setting IAQ.L to CLSE (closed) means
that when the switch is closed the input will read LOW, and
therefore, when the switch is open the switch will read HIGH.
There are two possible configurations for the IAQ discrete
input. Select item ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFIQ.I.C
and configure for either 1 (IAQ Discrete) or 2 (IAQ Discrete
Override).
IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete) — If the user sets IQ.I.C to 1 (IAQ
Discrete), and the switch logic (ConfigurationSW.LG
IAQ.L) is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch is open, the economizer will be commanded to
the IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Position.
These settings may be adjusted and are located at ConfigurationIAQDCV.CIAQ.M.
If the switch is closed, the IAQ reading will be high and the
economizer will be commanded to the Economizer Minimum
Position.
This setting may be adjusted and is located at ConfigurationIAQDCV.CEC.MN.
IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Override) — If the user sets IQ.I.C
to 2 (IAQ Discrete Override), and ConfigurationSW.LG
IAQ.L is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch reads low, no action will be taken. If the switch
reads high, the economizer will immediately be commanded to
the IAQ Economizer Override Position. This can be set from 0
to 100% and can be found at ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP
IQ.O.P.
FAN CONTROL FOR THE IAQ DISCRETE INPUT —
Under ConfigurationIAQAQ.CF, the IQ.I.F (IAQ Discrete Input Fan Configuration) must also be set. There are
If IQ.A.F is configured to request the supply fan, then
configurations D.F.ON and D.F.OF need to be set. These
configuration settings are located under Configuration
IAQAQ.SP and configure the fan override operation based
on the differential air quality (DAQ). If DAQ rises above
D.F.ON, the control will request the fan on until DAQ falls below D.F.OF.
NOTE: If D.F.ON is configured below DAQ.H, the unit is in
occupied mode, and the fan was off, then DAQ rose above
D.F.ON and the fan came on, the economizer will go to the
economizer minimum position (EC.MN).
The 4 to 20 mA signal from the sensor wired to TB5-6 and
7 is scaled to an equivalent indoor CO2 (IAQ) by the parameters IQ.R.L and IQ.R.H located under the Configuration
IAQAQ.S.R menu. The parameters are defined such that
4 mA = IQ.R.L and 20 mA = IQ.R.H. When the differential air
quality DAQ (IAQ – OAQ.U) exceeds the DAQ.H set point
(ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP menu) and the supply fan is
on, the economizer minimum vent position (Configuration
IAQDCV.CEC.MN) is overridden and the damper is
moved to the IQ.P.O configuration. When the DAQ falls below
the DAQ.L set point (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP menu),
the economizer damper is moved back to the minimum vent
position (EC.MN).
31
NOTE: Configuration OAQ.U is used in the calculation of the
trip point for override and can be found under Configuration IAQAQ.SP.
IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA Damper Control) — This configuration will provide full 4 to 20 mA remotely controlled analog input for economizer minimum damper position. The 4 to 20 mA
signal is connected to terminals TB5-6 and 7. The input is
processed as 4 mA = 0% and 20 mA = 100%, thereby giving
complete range control of the effective minimum position.
The economizer sequences can be disabled by setting ConfigurationECONE.SEL to 0. Complete control of the
economizer damper position is then possible by using a 4 to
20 mA economizer minimum position control or a 0 to
10,000 ohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control
via configuration decisions at ConfigurationIAQAQ.CF
IQ.A.C.
IQ.A.C = 4 (10 Kilo-ohm Potentiometer Damper Control)
— This configuration will provide input for a 10 kilo-ohm linear potentiometer that acts as a remotely controlled analog input for economizer minimum damper position. The input is
processed as 0 ohms = 0% and 10,000 ohms = 100%, thereby
giving complete range control of the effective minimum
position.
Demand Limit in Effect (DMD.L) — This variable displays
if the mechanical cooling capacity is currently being limited or
reduced by an outside third party.
Temperature Compensated Start (T.C.ST) — This variable
displays if Heating or Cooling has been initiated before the
occupied period to pre-condition the space.
IAQ Pre-Occupancy Purge Active (IAQ.P) — This variable
displays if the economizer is open and the fan is on to preventilate the building before occupancy.
Linkage Active CCN (LINK) — This variable displays if a
linkage master in a zoning system has established “linkage”
with this air source (rooftop).
Mechanical Cooling Locked Out (LOCK) — This variable
displays if mechanical cooling is currently being locked due to
low outside air temperature.
HVAC Mode Numerical Form (H.NUM) — This is a numerical representation of the HVAC modes which may be read via
a point read.
SYSTEM MODES (Operating ModesSYS.M)
System Mode Off — When the system mode is OFF, all outputs are to be shut down and no machine control is possible.
The following list displays the text assigned to the System
Mode when in the OFF mode and the conditions that may
cause this mode are checked in the following hierarchal order:
1. Wake up timer on a power reset.
(“Initializing System ...”)
2. System in the process of shutting down compressors and
waiting for timeguards to expire.
(“Shutting Down ...”)
3. Factory shut down (internal factory control level —
SHUTDOWN).
(“Factory Shut Down”)
4. Unit stop (software application level variable that acts as
a hard shut down — Service TestSTOP).
(“Local Machine Stop”)
5. Fire shut down (traumatic fire shutdown condition based
on the Fire Shutdown Input — InputsFIREFSD).
(“Fire-Shutdown Mode”)
6. Emergency stop, which is forced over the CCN through
the Emergency Stop Variable (EMSTOP).
(“CCN Emergency Stop”)
7. Startup delay.
(“Startup delay = 0-900 secs”)
8. Service test ending transition timer.
(“Service Test Ending”)
9. Unexplained internal software failure.
(“Internal Failure”)
System Mode Test — When the system mode is Test, the control is limited to the Test mode and is controllable via the local
displays (scrolling marquee and Navigator™ display) or
through the factory service test control. The System Test
modes are Factory Test Enabled and Service Test Enabled. See
the Service Test Mode section for details on test control in this
mode.
1. Factory Test mode
(“Factory test enabled”)
2. Service Test mode
(“Service test enabled”)
System Mode Run — When the system mode is Run, the software application in the control is free to run the HVAC control
routines by which cooling, heating, IAQ, etc., is possible. There
CONTROLS OPERATION
Modes — The ComfortLink controls operate under a hierarchy of command structure as defined by three essential elements: the System mode, the HVAC mode and the Control
mode. The System mode is the top level mode that defines three
essential states for the control system: OFF, RUN and TEST.
The HVAC mode is the functional level underneath the
System mode which further defines the operation of the
control. The mode selection process is shown in Appendix D.
The Control mode is essentially the control type of the unit
(ConfigurationUNITC.TYP). This defines from where
the control looks to establish a cooling or heating mode and
whether 2 stages or multiple stages of cooling capacity operation are controlled.
Furthermore, there are a number of modes which operate
concurrently when the unit is running. The operating modes of
the control are located at the local displays under Operating
Modes. See Table 43.
Currently Occupied (OCC) — This variable displays the current occupied state of the unit.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR) — This variable displays
if the state of occupancy is currently occupied due to an
override.
DCV Resetting Minimum Position (DCV) — This variable
displays if the economizer position has been lowered from its
maximum vent position.
Supply Air Reset (SA.R) — This variable displays if the supply air reset is currently active. This applies to cooling only.
Table 43 — Operating Modes Display Table
ITEM
SYS.M
HVAC
CTRL
MODE
OCC
T.OVR
DCV
SA.R
DMD.L
T.C.ST
IAQ.P
LINK
LOCK
H.NUM
EXPANSION
RANGE
ascii string
ascii string
ascii string
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Timed Override in Effect
ON/OFF
DCV Resetting Min Pos
ON/OFF
Supply Air Reset
ON/OFF
Demand Limit in Effect
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start
ON/OFF
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active
ON/OFF
Linkage Active — CCN
ON/OFF
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
ON/OFF
HVAC Mode Numerical Form number
CCN POINT
n/a
n/a
n/a
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC
32
are two possible text displays for this mode, one is normal run
mode and the other occurs if one of the following fire-smoke
modes is present: smoke purge, pressurization or evacuation.
1. Normal run time state
(“Unit Operation Enabled”)
2. Fire-Smoke control mode
(“Fire-Smoke Control”)
HVAC MODES (Operating ModeHVAC) — The system
mode must be selected before the unit controls can select the
HVAC mode of the rooftop unit. The selection of an HVAC
mode is based on a hierarchal decision making process. Certain
overrides may interfere with this process and the normal temperature/humidity control operation of the unit. The decision
making process that determines the HVAC mode is shown in
Fig. 4 and Appendix D.
Each HVAC Mode is described below. The HVAC mode
number is shown in parenthesis after the mode.
HVAC Mode — STARTING UP (0) — The unit is transitioning from the OFF mode to a different mode.
HVAC Mode — DISABLED (1) — The unit is shut down
due to a software command disable through the scrolling marquee, a CCN emergency stop command, a service test end, or a
control-type change delay.
HVAC Mode — SHUTTING DOWN (2) — The unit is transitioning from a mode to the OFF mode.
HVAC Mode — SOFTSTOP REQUEST (3) — The unit is
off due to a soft stop request from the control.
HVAC Mode — REM SW.DISABLE (4) — The unit is off
due to the remote switch.
HVAC Mode — FAN STATUS FAIL (5) — The unit is off
due to failure of the fan status switch.
HVAC Mode — STATIC PRESSURE FAIL (6) — The unit is
off due to failure of the static pressure sensor.
HVAC Mode — COMP.STUCK ON (7) — The unit is shut
down because there is an indication that a compressor is running even though it has been commanded off.
HVAC Mode — OFF (8) — The unit is off and no operating
modes are active.
HVAC Mode — TEST (9) — The unit is in the self test mode
which is entered through the Service Test menu.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING VENT (10) — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the supply-air temperature has dropped below the tempering vent set point. Staged
gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING LOCOOL (11) — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING HICOOL (12) — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — VENT (13) — This is a normal operation
mode where no heating or cooling is required and outside air is
being delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC Mode — LOW COOL (14) — This is a normal cooling mode where a low cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — HIGH COOL (15) — This is a normal cooling mode where a high cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — LOW HEAT (16) — The unit will be in low
heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — HIGH HEAT (17) — The unit will be in
high heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — UNOCC. FREE COOL (18) — In this
mode the unit will operate in cooling but will be using the
economizer for free cooling. Entering this mode will depend on
the status of the outside air. The unit can be configured for outside air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover, outside
air enthalpy changeover, differential enthalpy changeover, or a
custom arrangement of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See
the Economizer section for further details.
HVAC Mode — FIRE SHUT DOWN (19) — The unit has
been stopped due to a fire shutdown input (FSD) or two or
more of the fire control modes, purge, evacuation, or pressurization have been requested simultaneously.
HVAC Mode — PRESSURIZATION (20) — The unit is in
the special fire pressurization mode where the supply fan is on,
the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are
off. This mode is started by the Fire Pressurization (PRES) input which can be found in the INPUTFIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — EVACUATION (21) — The unit is in the
special Fire Evacuation mode where the supply fan is off, the
economizer damper is closed and the power exhaust fans are
on. This mode is started by the Fire Evacuation (EVAC) input
which can be found in the INPUTFIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — SMOKE PURGE (22) — The unit is in the
special Fire Purge mode where the supply fan is on, the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are on. This
mode is started by the Fire Evacuation (PURG) input which
can be found in the INPUTFIRE sub-menu.
HVAC Mode — DEHUMIDIFICATION (23) — The unit is
operating in Dehumidification mode.
HVAC Mode — REHEAT (24) — The unit is operating in
reheat mode.
33
System Mode =
OFF?
No
FireSmoke
Control
System
Mode
Yes
Inputs -> FIRE ->
FSD in alarm?
No
Unit not in factory
test AND fire-smoke
control mode is
alarming?
No
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)
Inputs -> FIRE ->
PRES in alarm?
Yes
No
Inputs -> FIRE ->
EVAC in alarm?
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fire Shutdown)
No
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Pressurization)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Evacuation)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Purge)
Exceptions
Config->UNIT->
C.TYP changed
while unit running?
No
System Mode =
TEST?
No
Yes
Yes
15-second delay
Config->UNIT->
RM.CF =2 AND
Inputs->GEN.I->
REMT = ON
Service Test ->
S.STP = YES?
Yes
Yes
HVAC Mode = SoftStop
Request
HVAC Mode = TEST
No
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Rem. Sw. Disable)
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)
Config->SP-> SP.CF
= 1 OR 2
and static pressure
sensor has failed
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Static Pres. Fail)
Unit control free to select
normal heating/cooling
HVAC mode
No
Config->UNIT->
SFS.M=1 OR 2 AND
Config->UNIT->
SFS.S=YES?
and supply fan
has failed
No
Unit just waking up
from power reset?
Yes
No
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fan Status Fail)
Unit shutting down?
Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Starting Up)
HVAC Mode = Shutting
Down
No
Compressor contactor
welded on?
No
Yes
HVAC Mode = Comp.
Stuck On
HVAC Mode = OFF
HVAC Mode = Vent
HVAC Mode =
Tempering Vent
HVAC Mode = Low Cool
Unit
control free
to choose
HVAC
Mode
HVAC Mode =
Tempering LoCool
HVAC Mode = High Cool
HVAC Mode =
Tempering HiCool
HVAC Mode = Low Heat
HVAC Mode =
Re-Heat
HVAC Mode = High Heat
HVAC Mode =
Dehumidification
HVAC Mode = Unocc.
Free Cool
Fig. 4 — Mode Selection
34
a48-8656
ConfigurationDMD.LDM.L.S = 1 (2 SWITCHES)
(Demand Limiting using 2 discrete switches)
ConfigurationDMD.LDM.L.S = 2 (4-20 MA CTRL)
(Demand Limiting using a 4 to 20 mA sensor)
ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFIQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ DISCRETE)
(IAQ discrete switch control)
ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFIQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ DISC.OVR)
(IAQ discrete switch “override” control)
ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFOQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ SENSDAQ) (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor)
ConfigurationIAQAQ.CFOQ.A.C = 2 (4-20 NO
DAQ) (4 to 20 mA sensor, no DAQ)
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.C) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for cooling. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling
is not permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Heating Factor (TCS.H) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for heating. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating
is not permitted.
Fan Fail Shuts Downs Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will determine whether the unit should shut down on a supply
fan status fail or simply alert the condition and continue to run.
If set to YES, then the control will shut down the unit and send
out an alarm if supply fan status monitoring fails. If set to NO,
the control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but the control will send out an alert.
Fan Status Monitoring (SFS.M) — This configuration selects
the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
VAV Unoccupied Fan Retry Time (VAV.S) — Machine control types 1 and 2 (VAV-RAT,VAV-SPT) monitor the return-air
temperature during unoccupied periods to determine if there is
a valid demand for heating or cooling before initiating an unoccupied heating or cooling mode. If the routine runs but concludes a valid demand condition does not exist, then the process is not permitted for the period of time defined by this configuration. Reducing this value allows a more frequent resampling process. Setting this value to zero will prevent any
sampling sequence.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this
configuration.
Discharge Pressure Transducers (DP.XR) — This configuration
configures the unit for use with discharge pressure transducers.
The 48/50A units will be automatically configured for discharge
pressure transducers and DP.XR should be set to Yes.
Suction Pressure Transducer Type (SP.XR) — This configuration specifies the type of suction pressure transducer that is
being used. Set SP.XR to 0 for support of a pressure transducer
with a range of 0 to 135 psig. Set SP.XR to 1 for support of a
pressure transducer with a range of 0 to 200 psig.
NOTE: The 48/50A units do not require a change to the SP.XR
factory default setting.
Refrigerant Type (RFG.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of refrigerant used in the unit. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 0 if the refrigerant used is R-22. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 1 if the refrigerant used is R-410A. Do not change this
setting.
Unit Configuration Submenu — The UNIT sub-
menu under the Configuration mode of the local display
contains general unit configuration items. The sub-menu which
contains these configurations is located at the local display under ConfigurationUNIT. See Table 44.
Machine Control Type (C.TYP) — This configuration defines the control type and control source responsible for selecting a cooling, heating, or vent mode and determines the method by which compressors are staged. The control types are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV operation. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run
continuously and return-air temperature will be used in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes to establish an
accurate return-air temperature before the return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike
traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to
use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAVtype operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode and allow
only 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode.
Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the
unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and
perform VAV-type operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
FAN MODE (CV.FN) — The Fan Mode configuration can be
used for machine control types (Configuration UNIT
C.TYP) 3, 4, 5, and 6. The Fan Mode variable establishes the
operating sequence for the supply fan during occupied periods.
When set to 1 (Continuous), the fan will operate continuously
during occupied periods. When set to 0 (Automatic), the fan
will run only during a heating or cooling mode.
REMOTE SWITCH CONFIG (RM.CF) — The remote switch
input is connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. This switch can be
used for several remote control functions. Please refer to the
Remote Control Switch Input section for details on its use and
operation.
CEM MODEL INSTALLED (CEM) — This configuration instructs the control to communicate with the controls expansion
module (CEM) over the Local Equipment Network (LEN) when
set to Yes. When the unit is configured for certain sensors and
configurations, this option will be set to Yes automatically.
The sensors and configurations that automatically turn on
this board are:
ConfigurationUNITSFS.M = 1 (Supply Fan Status
Switch Monitoring)
ConfigurationEDT.RRES.S = Enable (4 to 20 mA Supply Air Reset Sensor Enable)
35
effect depending on the installed elevation of the unit. If the
unit is installed at a particularly high altitude and enthalpy or
cfm are being calculated, set this configuration to the current
elevation.
Start Up Delay Time (DLAY) — This option delays the unit
from operating after a power reset. The configuration may be
adjusted from 0 to 900 seconds of delay.
TSTAT — Both Heat and Cool (STAT) — This option, if enabled, allows both heating and cooling requests to be made at
the same time. If the unit is configured for staged gas heat, and
if a cooling request is initiated (Y1 or Y2), then W1 initiates reheat and W2 initiates dehumidification.
Auxiliary Relay Configuration (AUX.R) — This option configures the auxiliary relay on the MBB (RLY11). The function
of this relay is configurable in the following ways:
• AUX.R = 0 (Alarm Output) — The relay is used for remote
annunciation of an alarm state.
• AUX.R = 1 (Dehum-Reheat) — The relay is used as a dehumidification/reheat output.
• AUX.R = 2 (Occup. State) — The relay is used to reflect
occupancy. When the control is in occupied mode, the relay
will be ON. When the control is in unoccupied mode, the
relay will be OFF.
• AUX.R = 3 (S. Fan State) — The relay is used to reflect the
supply fan commanded state. When the supply fan is on, the
relay will be ON. When the supply fan is off, the relay will
be OFF.
Space Temp Sensor (SPT.S) — If a space temperature sensor
is installed, this configuration should be enabled.
Space Temp Offset Sensor (SP.O.S) — If a space temperature sensor with a space temperature offset slider is installed
(T56), this configuration should be enabled.
Space Temp Offset Range (SP.O.R) — If a space temperature offset sensor is installed, it is possible to configure the
range of the slider by adjusting this range configuration.
Return RH Sensor (RRH.S) — If a return air relative humidity sensor is installed, this configuration should be enabled.
Filter Status Switch Enabled? (FLT.S) — If a filter status
switch is installed, enable this configuration to begin the monitoring of the filter status input (InputsGEN.IFLT.S). See
the Dirty Filter Switch section for more details on installation
and operation.
Condenser Type (CND.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of condenser installed in the unit. Configuration CND.T is
set to 0 if the condenser is a round tube, plate fin coil (RTPF).
Configuration CND.T is set to 1 if the condenser is a microchannel heat exchanger coil (MCHX).
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user three options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature (MAT) calculation:
• MAT.S = 0
There will be no MAT calculation.
• MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT is set to equal
EDT. Using this, the control has an internal table whereby it
can more closely determine the true MAT value.
• MAT.S = 2
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time.
To calculate MAT linearly, the user should reset the MAT
table entries by setting MAT.R to YES. Then set MAT.S = 2.
The control will calculate MAT based on the position of the
economizer, outside-air temperature, and return-air
temperature.
To freeze the MAT table entries, let the unit run with MAT.S
= 1. Once sufficient data has been collected, change MAT.S
= 2. Do not reset the MAT table.
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are set
to a linear relationship between the economizer damper position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
MAT Outside Air Position Default (MAT.D) — This configuration is used to calculate MAT when the economizer option
is disabled. The configuration is adjustable from 0 to 100%
outside air. This defines the fixed ventilation position that will
be used to correctly calculate MAT.
Altitude……..In Feet: (ALTI) — The control does not include a barometric pressure sensor to determine altitude. The
altitude must be defined the calculation of enthalpy and cfm.
The altitude parameter is used to set up a default barometric
pressure for use with calculations. The effect of barometric
pressure in these calculations is not great, but could have an
Table 44 — Unit Configuration
ITEM
UNIT
C.TYP
CV.FN
RM.CF
CEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
SFS.S
SFS.M
VAV.S
SIZE
DP.XR
SP.XR
RFG.T
CND.T
MAT.S
MAT.R
MAT.D
ALTI
DLAY
STAT
AUX.R
SENS
SPT.S
SP.O.S
SP.O.R
RRH.S
FLT.S
EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (20-60)
Discharge Press. Transducers
Suct. Pres. Trans. Type
REFRIG: 0=R22, 1=R410A
CND HX TYP: 0=RTPF, 1=MCHX
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
MAT Outside Air Default
Altitude……..in feet:
Startup Delay Time
TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool
Auxiliary Relay Config
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
RANGE
1-6
0-1
0-3
Yes/No
0 - 60
0 - 60
Yes/No
0-2
0 - 720
20 - 60
Yes/No
0-1
0-1
0-1
0-2
Yes/No
0-100
0 - 60000
0 - 900
Yes/No
0-3
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
36
UNITS
min
min
min
%
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULTS
CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
DP_TRANS
SPXRTYPE
REFRIG_T
COILTYPE
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
MATOADOS
ALTITUDE
DELAY
TSTATALL
AUXRELAY
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
No
0
Unit dependent
Unit dependent
1
No
20
0
0
No
0
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode.
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the unit is
allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT-2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow two stages of cooling.
MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS — Some
configurations are linked to the physical unit and must not be
changed. The configurations are provided in case a field replacement of a board occurs and the settings are not preserved
by the download process of the new software. The following
configurations apply to all machine control types (C.TYP) except 4 and 6. These configurations are located at the local display under ConfigurationUNIT. See Table 45.
Cooling Control — When mechanical cooling is required,
the A Series ComfortLink control system has the capability to
control the staging of the compressors in several different
ways. Three scroll compressors are used on sizes 020 to 027
and four on sizes 030 to 060. In addition, the ComfortLink
control system supports the use of an optional minimum load
hot gas bypass valve (MLV) that is directly controlled by the
ComfortLink control system. This provides an additional stage
of capacity as well as low load coil freeze protection. The control also integrates the use of an economizer with the use of
mechanical cooling to allow for the greatest use of free cooling. When both mechanical cooling and the economizer are
being used, the control will use the economizer to provide better temperature control and limit the cycling of the compressors. The control also checks on various other operation
parameters in the unit to make sure that safeties are not
exceeded and the compressors are reliably operated.
The A Series ComfortLink control system offers two basic
control approaches to mechanical cooling. Constant volume
operation for 2 stages of cooling or VAV operation for multiple
stages of cooling. In addition to these methods of control, the A
Series ComfortLink control offers the ability to run multiple
stages of cooling for either a space temperature sensor or thermostat by controlling the unit to either a low or high cool
supply air set point. The control type Configuration
UNITC.TYP) determines the selection of the type of cooling control as well as the method for selecting a cooling mode.
There are either three or four compressors divided among
two refrigeration circuits in the unit. Circuit A always contains
two compressors (A1,A2). Circuit B has either one or two
compressors (B1,B2). There may be a minimum load valve
(MLV), which, if present, is only associated with circuit A. The
decision as to which compressor should be turned on or off is
decided by the compressor’s availability followed by a preferred staging order.
NOTE: Configuration of the machine control type (C.TYP)
has no effect on whether a unit has a VFD or just a supply fan
installed for static pressure control. No matter what the control
type is, it is possible to run the unit in either CV or VAV mode
provided there are enough stages to accommodate lower air
volumes for VAV operation. Refer to the section on static pressure control for information on how to set up the unit for the
type of supply fan control desired.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
Machine Control Type (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP) —
The most important cooling control configuration is located
under ConfigurationUNIT.
This configuration defines the method and control source
responsible for selecting a cooling mode. The configuration
also determines the method by which compressors are staged.
Control types are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV operation. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run continuously and return-air temperature will be used for both in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes before the
return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT-MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to use
multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style
operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
Table 45 — Machine Dependent Configurations
ITEM
UNIT
SIZE
RFG.T
CND.T
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Unit Size (20-60) 20-60
REFRIG
0-1
CND HX TYP
0-1
CCN
POINT
UNITSIZE
REFRIG_T
COILTYPE
DEFAULTS
*
*
*
*Dependent on unit.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this
configuration.
Refrigerant Type (RFG.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of refrigerant used in the unit. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 0 if the refrigerant used is R-22. Configuration RFG.T is set
to 1 if the refrigerant used is R-410A. Make sure this configuration matches the refrigerant called out by the model number
of the unit.
Condenser Type (CND.T) — This configuration specifies the
type of condenser installed in the unit. Configuration CND.T is
set to 0 if the condenser is a round tube, plate fin coil (RTPF).
Configuration CND.T is set to 1 if the condenser is a microchannel heat exchanger coil (MCHX). Make sure this configuration matches the condenser type called out by the model
number of the unit.
SET POINTS — The set points for both cooling and heating
are located at the local display under Setpoints. See Table 46.
SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION — Supply Air
Reset can be used to modify the current cooling supply air set
point. Supply Air Reset is applicable to control types, C.TYP =
1,2,3, and 5. The configurations for reset can be found at the
local display under ConfigurationEDT.R. See Table 47.
EDT Reset Configuration (RS.CF) — This configuration applies to several machine control types (Configuration
UNITC.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5).
• 0 = NO RESET
No supply air reset is in effect
37
Reset Limit (LIMT) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. This configuration places a clamp on the
amount of supply air reset that can be applied.
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (RES.S) — This configuration is
automatically enabled when ConfigurationEDT.R
RS.CF is set to 3 (third party reset).
COOLING CONFIGURATION — Relevant configurations for
mechanical cooling are located at the local display under
ConfigurationCOOL. See Table 48.
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used for units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP = 1, 2, 3 or 5). The
configuration affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by
raising or lowering the threshold that demand must rise above
in order to add or subtract a stage of cooling.
Normally this configuration should not require any tuning or
adjustment. If there is an application where the unit may be significantly oversized and there are indications of high compressor cycles, then the Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) can be
used to adjust the overall logic gain. Normally this is set to 1.0,
but it can be adjusted from 0.5 to 4.0. As the value of Z.GN is
increased, the cycling of cooling stages will be slowed.
Compressor Lockout Temperature (MC.LO) — This configuration is the outdoor air temperature setting below which
mechanical cooling is locked out.
• 1 = SPT RESET
Space temperature will be used as the reset control variable
along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of the
final amount of reset to be applied (InputsRSET
SA.S.R).
• 2 = RAT RESET
Return-air temperature will be used as the reset control variable along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of
the final amount of reset to be applied (InputsRSET
SA.S.R).
• 3 = 3RD PARTY RESET
The reset value is determined by a 4 to 20 mA third party
input. An input of 4 mA would correspond to 0º F reset. An
input of 20 mA would correspond to 20º F reset. Configuring the control for this option will cause RES.S to become
enabled automatically with the CEM board. To avoid
alarms make sure the CEM board and third party input are
connected first before enabling this option.
Reset Ratio (RTIO) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. For every degree that the controlling
temperature (space/return) falls below the occupied cooling set
point (OCSP), the calculated value of the supply air reset will
rise by the number of degrees as specified by this parameter.
Table 46 — Setpoints
ITEM
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
SA.HI
SA.LO
SA.HT
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN
EXPANSION
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
RANGE
40-99
40-99
40-99
40-99
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
CCN POINT
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
Table 47 — Supply Air Reset Configuration
ITEM
EDT.R
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S
EXPANSION
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
RANGE
UNITS
0-3
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable
^F
CCN POINT
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS
DEFAULT
0
2
10
Disable
Table 48 — Cooling Configuration
ITEM
COOL
Z.GN
MC.LO
C.FOD
MLV
M.M.
DS.EN
DS.MC
DS.AP
DS.AD
DS.RP
DS.RD
DS.RO
DS.MO
HPSP
A1.EN
A2.EN
B1.EN
B2.EN
CS.A1
CS.A2
CS.B1
CS.B2
REV.R
H.SST
EXPANSION
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)?
Motor Master Control ?
Enable Digital Scroll?
DS Min Digital Capacity
Dig Scroll Adjust Delta
Dig Scroll Adjust Delay
Dig Scroll Reduce Delta
Dig Scroll Reduce Delay
Dig Scroll Reduction OAT
Dig Scroll Max Only OAT
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev. Rotation Verified?
Hi SST Alert Delay Time
RANGE
UNITS
–10 - 10
–20 - 55
0-600
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
25 - 100
0 - 100
15 - 60
0 - 100
15 - 60
70 - 120
70 - 120
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
5 - 30
dF
sec
%
%
sec
%
sec
dF
dF
dF
min
38
CCN POINT
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
COOL_FOD
MLV_SEL
MOTRMAST
DIGCMPEN
MINCAPDS
DSADJPCT
DSADJDLY
DSREDPCT
DSREDDLY
DSREDOAT
DSMAXOAT
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
REVR_VER
HSSTTIME
DEFAULT
1
40
60
No
No
No
50
100
20
6
30
95
105
110
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
No
10
ConfigurationCOOLDS.AP and ConfigurationCOOL
DS.AD.
Digital Scroll Max Only OAT (DS.MO) — This configuration defines the outdoor-air temperature above which the digital scroll will not be allowed to modulate. The digital scroll will
be locked at 100% above this outdoor-air temperature.
Head Pressure Set Point (HPSP) — This is the head pressure
set point used by the ComfortLink control during condenser
fan, head pressure control.
Enable Compressor A1 (A1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor A2 (A2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A2 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B1 (B1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B2 (B2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B2 compressor in case of failure.
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm (CS.A1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A1 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm (CS.A2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A2 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm (CS.B1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B1 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm (CS.B2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B2 feedback alarm.
This configuration must be enabled at all times.
Reverse Rotation Verified? (REV.R) — If this configuration
is set to NO, then after a power up, in the normal run mode, the
control will check the suction pressure on the first circuit that is
energized after 5 seconds of run time. If the control does not
see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure over the first 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an alarm will
be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual reset.
If the unit is in the Service Test mode, the test will be
performed any time a compressor is energized.
Once it has been verified that power to the rooftop and
compressors has been applied correctly and the compressors
start up normally, this configuration can be set to YES in order
to prevent the reverse rotation check from occurring.
High SST Alert Delay Time (H.SST) — This option allows
the high saturated suction temperature alert timing delay to be
adjusted.
COMPRESSOR SAFETIES — The 48/50A Series units with
ComfortLink controls include a compressor protection board
(CSB) that protects the operation of each of the compressors.
These boards sense the presence or absence of current to each
compressor.
If there is a command for a compressor to run and there is
no current, then one of the following safeties or conditions
have turned the compressor off:
• Compressor overcurrent — Smaller compressors have
internal line breaks and larger compressors have a dedicated
circuit breaker for overcurrent protection.
• Compressor short circuit — the compressor circuit breaker
that provides short circuit protection has tripped then there
will not be current.
• Compressor motor over temperature — the internal linebreak or over temperature switch has opened.
• High-pressure switch trip — High-pressure switch has
opened.
Alarms will also occur if the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly connected to its assigned digital input. If
the compressor is commanded OFF and the Current Sensor
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool (C.FOD) — After a mechanical
cooling cycle has ended, this is the delay in seconds that the
supply fan will continue to operate.
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)? (MLV) — This configuration instructs the control as to whether a minimum load valve has
been installed and will be controlled by the compressor staging
routine.
MotorMaster Control? (M.M.) — The condenser fan staging
control for the unit is managed directly by the ComfortLink
controls. There is no physical Motormaster® device in the
standard unit. The standard unit is capable of mechanical
cooling operation down to 32 F outdoor temperature. With the
addition of accessory Motormaster V speed control on the stage
1 condenser fan(s), mechanical cooling operation down to
–20 F outdoor temperature is possible. The accessory Motormaster V speed control is a completely self-contained device
and is not managed by the unit’s ComfortLink controller. The
Motormaster control configuration (M.M.) only applies to the
060 size RTPF (round tube, plate fin) units. On 060 size RTPF
units with accessory Motormaster V speed control installed,
this configuration must be set to YES. See Head Pressure Control section, page 49 for more information.
Enable Digital Scroll (DS.EN) — This configuration instructs the unit controls as to whether a digital scroll compressor is installed. If set to YES, the compressor will be controlled
by the compressor staging routine and SUMZ Cooling Algorithm. The digital scroll compressor location shall be based on
unit size according to the following table:
UNIT SIZE
20
25
27
35
40
50
60
DIGITAL SCROLL COMPRESSOR
B1
B1
B1
A1
A1
A1
A1
DS Min Digital Capacity (DS.MC) — This configuration defines the minimum capacity the digital scroll compressor is allowed to modulate to. The digital scroll compressor modulation range will be limited from DS.MC to 100%.
Digital Scroll Adjust Delta (DS.AP) — This configuration
defines the maximum capacity the digital scroll will be allowed
to change per request by the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm.
Digital Scroll Adjust Delay (DS.AD) — This configuration
defines the time delay in seconds between digital scroll capacity adjustments.
Digital Scroll Reduce Delta (DS.RP) — This configuration
defines the maximum capacity the digital scroll will be allowed
to decrease per request by the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm when
OAT is greater than ConfigurationCOOLDS.RO. This
ramped reduction is only imposed on a decrease in digital
scroll capacity. An increase in capacity will continue to follow
the value defined by ConfigurationCOOLDS.AP.
Digital Scroll Reduce Delay (DS.RD) — This configuration
defines the time delay, in seconds, between digital scroll capacity reduction adjustments when OAT is greater than ConfigurationCOOLDS.RO. This ramped reduction is only imposed on a decrease in digital scroll capacity. An increase in capacity will continue to follow the value defined by
ConfigurationCOOLDS.AD.
Digital Scroll Reduction OAT (DS.RO) — Under certain operating conditions, a sharp decrease in digital scroll capacity
can result in unstable unit operation. This configuration defines
the outdoor-air temperature above which a reduced capacity
(ConfigurationCOOLDS.RP) and time delay (ConfigurationCOOLDS.RD) will be imposed on a digital scroll
capacity reduction. This ramped reduction is only imposed on a
decrease in digital scroll capacity. An increase in capacity will
continue
to
follow
the
values
defined
by
39
To manually reset ASTP, the compressor should be stopped
and allowed to cool. If the compressor is not stopped, the motor
will run until the motor protector trips, which occurs up to
90 minutes later. Advanced scroll temperature protection will
reset automatically before the motor protector resets, which
may take up to 2 hours.
reads ON, an alert is generated. This will indicate that a compressor contactor has failed closed. In this case, a special mode
“Compressor Stuck on Control” will be enabled and all other
compressors will be turned off and an alarm enabled to indicate
that service is required. Indoor and outdoor fans will continue
to operate. The first outdoor fan stage is turned on immediately.
The second fan stage will turn on when outdoor-air
temperature (OAT) rises above 75 F or the highest active circuit saturated condensing temperature (SCT) rises above the
HPSP and remains on until the condition is repaired regardless
of the OAT and SCT values.
Any time the alert occurs, a strike is called out on the affected compressor. If three successive strikes occur the compressor
will be locked out requiring a manual reset or power reset of
the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete cycles or 15 continuous
minutes of run time operation. If there are one or two strikes on
the compressor and three short cycles (ON-OFF, ON-OFF,
ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each occur, the strikes are reset
to zero for the affected compressor. If the compressor turns on
and runs for 15 minutes straight with no compressor failure, the
compressor strikes are cleared.
Additionally, some units contain Copeland compressors
equipped with advanced scroll temperature protection (ASTP).
A label located above the terminal box identifies Copeland
Scroll compressor models that contain this technology. See
Fig. 5. Advanced scroll temperature protection is a form of internal discharge temperature protection that unloads the scroll
compressor when the internal temperature reaches approximately 300 F. At this temperature, an internal bi-metal disk
valve opens and causes the scroll elements to separate, which
stops compression. Suction and discharge pressures balance
while the motor continues to run. The longer the compressor
runs unloaded, the longer it must cool before the bi-metal disk
resets. See Fig. 6.
COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS — The control will not allow any output relay to come on within 3 seconds of any other
output relay. For outputs connected to the compressors, the control will use a Compressor Minimum OFF Time of 2 minutes, a
Compressor Minimum ON Time of 3 minutes and a Minimum
Delay before turning on another compressor of 10 seconds.
COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS — The A Series
ComfortLink controls offer three distinct methods by which it
may select a cooling mode.
1. Thermostat (C.TYP=3 and 4): The thermostat does not
depend upon the state of occupancy and the modes are
called out directly by the discrete inputs from the thermostat (InputsSTATY1 and Y2).
2. Occupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are called
out
in
the
occupied
period
(Operating
ModesMODE OCC=ON).
3. Unoccupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are
called out in the unoccupied period (Operating
ModesMODEOCC=OFF). They are also used for
space sensor control types (C.TYP=5 and 6) in both the
occupied and unoccupied periods.
This section is devoted to the process of cooling mode
determination for the three types outlined above.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Occupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2 and Operating ModesMODEOCC =ON)
— There is no difference in the selection of a cooling mode for
either VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT in the occupied period. The actual
selection of a cool mode, for both control types, is based upon
the controlling return-air temperature (TemperaturesAIR.T
CTRLR.TMP). Typically this is the same as the return air
temperature thermistor (TemperaturesAIR.TRAT) except
when under CCN Linkage.
VAV Occupied Cool Mode Evaluation Configuration — There
are VAV occupied cooling offsets under Setpoints.
ITEM
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
Recommended Cooling Time
(Minutes)
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT
0-25
^F
VAVOCON
3.5
1-25
^F
VAVOCOFF
2
Cool Mode Determination — If the machine control type
(ConfigurationUNITC.TYP) = 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAVSPT) and the control is occupied (Operating Modes
MODEOCC=ON), then the unit will not follow the occupied cooling set point (OCSP). Instead, the control will follow
two offsets in the determination of an occupied VAV cooling
mode (SetpointsV.C.ON and SetpointsV.C.OF), applying
them to the low-heat off trip point and comparing the resulting
temperature to the return-air temperature.
The SetpointsV.C.ON (VAV cool mode on offset) and
SetpointsV.C.OF (VAV cool mode off offset) offsets are
used in conjunction with the low heat mode off trip point to
determine when to bring cooling on and off and in enforcing a
true “vent” mode between heating and cooling. See Fig. 7. The
occupied cooling set point is not used in the determination of
the cool mode. The occupied cooling set point is used for
supply air reset only.
The advantage of this offset technique is that the control can
safely enforce a vent mode without worrying about crossing set
points. Even more importantly, under CCN linkage, the
occupied heating set point may drift up and down and this
method ensures a guaranteed separation in degrees Fahrenheit
Fig. 5 — Advanced Scroll Temperature
Protection Label
0
EXPANSION
VAV Occ.
Cool On Delta
VAV Occ.
Cool Off Delta
90
Compressor Unloaded Run Time (Minutes)
*Times are approximate.
NOTE: Various factors, including high humidity, high ambient temperature, and the presence of a sound blanket will increase cooldown times.
Fig. 6 — Recommended Minimum Cool-Down
Time After Compressor is Stopped*
40
between the calling out of a heating or cooling mode at all
times.
NOTE: There is a sub-menu at the local display (Run Status
TRIP) that allows the user to see the exact trip points for
both the heating and cooling modes without having to calculate them. Refer to the Cooling Mode Diagnostic Help section
on page 46 for more information.
Hi Cool Start
V.C. ON
OHSP
Cool Mode Evaluation Logic — The first thing the control
determines is whether the unit is in the occupied mode (OCC)
or is in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C.ST). If
the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode,
the occupied cooling set point (OCSP) is used. For all other
modes, the unoccupied cooling set point (UCSP) is used. For
further discussion and simplification this will be referred to as
the “cooling set point.” See Fig. 8.
V.C. OF
H.C.ON
L.H.ON
L.H.OF
A48-7700
Lo Cool Start
L.C. OF
Fig. 7 — VAV Occupied Period Trip Logic
L.C.ON
To enter into a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling
temperature must rise above [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V.C.ON].
To exit out of a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling
temperature must fall below [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V.C.ON minus V.C.OF].
NOTE: With Vent mode, it is possible to exit out of a cooling
mode during the occupied period if the return-air temperature
drops low enough. When supply-air temperature reset is not
configured, this capability will work to prevent over-cooling
the space during the occupied period.
Supply Air Set Point Control and the Staging of Compressors
— Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in
effect, the cooling control point (Run StatusVIEW
CL.C.P) is calculated and is based upon the supply air set
point (SetpointsSASP) plus any supply air reset being
applied (InputsRSETSA.S.R).
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section on page46
for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink controls
manage the staging of compressors to maintain supply-air
temperature.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Unoccupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2; Operating ModesMODEOCC=OFF)
and Space Sensor Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP=5 and 6) —
The machine control types that use this type of mode selection
are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) in the unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT) in the unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT-2 STG) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
These particular control types operate differently than the
VAV types in the occupied mode in that there is both a LOW
COOL and a HIGH COOL mode. For both of these modes, the
control offers two independent set points, SetpointsSA.LO
(for LOW COOL mode) and SetpointsSA.HI (for HIGH
COOL mode). The occupied and unoccupied cooling set points
can be found under Setpoints.
ITEM
OCSP
UCSP
EXPANSION
Occupied
Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
dF
CCN
POINT
OCSP
75
dF
UCSP
90
RANGE
UNITS
55-80
75-95
EXPANSION
RANGE
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start
ON/OFF
Hi Cool End
Lo Cool End
Cooling Setpoint (OCSP,UCSP)
A48-7701
Fig. 8 — Cool Mode Evaluation
Demand Level Low Cool On Offset (L.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the cooling set point at which
point a Low Cool mode starts.
Demand Level High Cool On Offset (H.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a High Cool mode begins.
Demand Level Low Cool Off Offset (L.C.OF) — This is the
cooling set point offset subtracted from “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a Low Cool mode ends.
NOTE: The “high cool end” trip point uses the “low cool off”
(L.C.OF) offset divided by 2.
To enter into a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the cooling set point plus L.C.ON.
To enter into a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the cooling set point plus L.C.ON plus
H.C.ON.
To exit out of a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF.
To exit out of a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF/2.
Comfort Trending — In addition to the set points and offsets
which determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing
off cool modes, there are 2 configurations which work to hold
off the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode if the
space is cooling down quickly enough. This method is
referred to as Comfort Trending. The comfort trending configurations are C.T.LV and C.T.TM.
Cool Trend Demand Level (C.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must occur within the time period specified by
C.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH COOL mode regardless
of demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types
(C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period. As long as a LOW
COOL mode is making progress in cooling the space, the control will hold off on the HIGH COOL mode. This is especially
true for the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP = 5
and 6), because they may transition into the occupied mode
and see an immediate large cooling demand when the set
points change.
Cool Trend Time (C.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the cool trend demand level (C.T.LV) operates and may
hold off staging or a HIGH COOL mode. This is not applicable
to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period.
See the Cool Trend Demand Level section for more details.
DEFAULT
The heat/cool set point offsets are found under ConfigurationD.LV.T. See Table 49.
Operating modes are under Operating ModesMODE.
ITEM
MODE
OCC
T.C.ST
L.C. OF/2
CCN POINT
MODEOCCP
MODETCST
41
Either A1 or A2 may start first as there is a built-in lead/lag
logic on compressors A1 and A2 every time the unit stages to 0
compressors. Also, based on compressor availability, it should
be noted that any compressor may come on. For example, on a
3 compressor unit, if no compressors are currently on,
compressor A2 is currently under a minimum off compressor
timeguard, and 2 compressors are to be turned on, then compressors A1 and B1 will be turned on immediately instead of
A1 and A2.
Low Cool Versus High Cool Mechanical Staging — The number of compressors to be requested during a cooling mode are
divided into 2 groups by the control, HVAC mode = Lo Cool
and HVAC mode = Hi Cool.
If the economizer is not able to provide free cooling (Run
StatusECONACTV = NO) then the following staging
occurs:
• Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3 (for 020 through 027
size units)
• Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 4 (for 030 through 060
size units)
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling (Run StatusECONACTV = YES) then the following staging
occurs:
1. If the economizer’s current position is less than ConfigurationECONEC.MX – 5 and mechanical cooling
has not yet started for the current cool mode session then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
2. During the first 2.5 minutes of a low or high cool mode
where the economizer position is greater than Configuration ECONEC.MX – 5% and mechanical cooling
has not yet started:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 0
3. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECONEC.MX – 5% for more than 2.5 minutes but
less than 5.5 minutes and mechanical cooling has not yet
started then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 1
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 1
4. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECONEC.MX – 5% for more than 5.5 minutes but
less than 8 minutes and mechanical cooling has started
then Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2 and Hi Cool
Mode mechanical stages = 2.
5. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECONEC.MX – 5% for more than 8 minutes but
less than 11.5 minutes and mechanical cooling has started
then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3
6. If the economizer position is greater than Configuration
ECONEC.MX – 5% for more than 11.5 minutes and
mechanical cooling has started then:
Lo Cool Mode mechanical stages = 2
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 3 (for 020 to 027
units only)
Hi Cool Mode mechanical stages = 4 (for 030 to 060
units only)
NOTE: If some compressors are not available due to being
faulted, the Hi Cool Mode number of compressors are affected
before the Lo Cool Mode number of compressors. For example, if a 4 compressor unit has one compressor faulted, and the
economizer is not active, then an HVAC mode Hi Cool
Timeguards — In addition to the set points and offsets which
determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing off cool
modes there is a timeguard of 8 minutes which enforces a time
delay between the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool
mode. There is a timeguard of 5 minutes which enforces a time
delay between the transitioning from a heat mode to a cool
mode.
Supply Air Set Point Control — Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in effect, the cooling control
point (Run StatusVIEWCL.C.P) is calculated and is
based upon either SetpointsSA.HI or SetpointsSA.LO,
depending on whether a high or a low cooling mode is in
effect, respectively. In addition, if supply air reset is configured, it will also be added to the cooling control point.
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink controls manage supplyair temperature and the staging of compressors for these
control types.
Thermostat Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP = 3 and 4) —
When a thermostat type is selected, the decision making process involved in determining the mode is straightforward.
Upon energizing the Y1 input only, the unit HVAC mode will
be LOW COOL. Upon the energizing of both Y1 and Y2 inputs, the unit HVAC mode will be HIGH COOL. If just input
G is energized the unit HVAC mode will be VENT and the
supply fan will run.
Selecting the C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI) control type
will cause the control to do the following:
• The control will read the ConfigurationUNIT SIZE
configuration parameter to determine the number of
cooling stages and the pattern for each stage.
• An HVAC mode equal to LOW COOL will cause the
unit to select the SetpointsSA.LO set point to control
to. An HVAC mode equal to HIGH COOL will cause the
unit to select the SetpointsSA.HI set point to control
to. Supply air reset (if configured) will be added to either
the low or high cool set point.
• The control will utilize the SumZ cooling algorithm and
control cooling to a supply air set point. See the section
for the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for information
on controlling to a supply air set point and compressor
staging.
Selecting the C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – 2 STG) control type
means that only two stages of cooling will be used. On unit
sizes 020, 025 and 027 (with three compressors), an HVAC
Mode of LOW COOL will energize one compressor in Circuit A; an HVAC Mode of HIGH COOL will energize all
three compressors. On unit sizes 030 and larger (with four
compressors) an HVAC Mode of LOW COOL will energize
both compressors in Circuit A; an HVAC Mode of HIGH
COOL will energize all four compressors. Refer to the section on Economizer Integration with Mechanical Cooling
for more information.
2-Stage Cooling Control Logic (C.TYP = 4 and 6) — The
logic that stages mechanical cooling for the TSTAT and SPT
2-Stage cooling control types differs from that of the multistage control types. This section will explain how compressors
are staged and the timing involved for both the Low Cool and
High Cool HVAC Modes.
There are either three or four compressors divided among two
refrigeration circuits. Circuit A always contains two compressors
(OutputsCOOLA1 and A2). Circuit B has either one compressor (OutputsCOOLB1) on size 020-027 units or two
compressors (OutputsCOOLB1 and B2) on size 030-060
units. For 2-stage cooling control, regardless of configuration,
there is no minimum load valve (MLV) control. The decision as
to which compressor should be turned on or off next is decided
by the compressor’s availability and the preferred staging order.
42
supply air set point low (SA.LO) plus any reset applied,
depending on whether High Cool or Low Cool mode is in effect, respectively.
If one stage of mechanical cooling is on, and the economizer is active, then the economizer will attempt to control to 53 F.
Also If HVAC mode = LOW COOL, the second stage of
mechanical cooling will be locked out.
If the set point cannot be satisfied or the economizer is not
active, then cooling will be brought on one stage at a time
when the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) is greater
the 1.5° F above the current cooling control point. A start-up
time delay of 10 minutes and steady state delay after a compressor is energized of 5 minutes is enforced.
If both circuits of mechanical cooling are running, then the
economizer will attempt to control to 48 F. If the economizer is
active and the outside-air temperature (OAT) is less than the
cooling control point + 0.5 F, the compressors will be locked
off. When mechanical cooling is on, the control may also use
the economizer to trim the leaving-air temperature to prevent
unnecessary cycles of the compressor stages.
See the Economizer Integration with Mechanical Cooling
section on page50 for more information on the holding off of
mechanical cooling as well as the economizer control point.
requested number of compressors is changed from 4 to 3. If
another compressor faults, then both Lo Cool and Hi Cool
requested number of compressors are set to 2. In addition,
compressors cannot be brought on faster than one every
30 seconds. If the control needs to bring on 2 compressors at
once, the first compressor will come on followed by the second
compressor 30 seconds later.
Staging of compressors is shown in Tables 50-62.
EDT Low Override — There is an override if EDT drops too
low based on an alert limit that will lock out cooling. If the
supply air/evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) falls below
the alert limit (ConfigurationALLMSA.L.O) cooling will
be inhibited. There is a 20-minute hold off on starting cooling
again once the following statement is true: EDT minus (Run
StatusCOOLSUMZADD.R) has risen above SA.L.O.
The variable ADD.R is one of the SumZ cooling algorithm
control variables dedicated mainly for multi-stage control.
2-Stage Control and the Economizer — The 2-stage logic will
first check for the availability of the economizer. If free cooling
can be used, then the control will first attempt to use the free
cooling.
If no mechanical cooling is active, and the economizer is
active, the economizer will first attempt to control to a cooling
control point of either the supply air set point high (SA.HI) or
Table 49 — Cool/Heat Set Point Offsets Configuration
ITEM
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM
EXPANSION
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
RANGE
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
Table 50 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50AJ,AW020-027
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
DEFAULT
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
Table 51 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50AJ,AW030-060
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
0
1
2
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Inputs
Y1
OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2
OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP
Compressor Status
Compressor Status
A1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
A2
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
B1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
UNIT
Unit Capacity
Unit Capacity
020
0%
33%
100%
0%
33%
100%
025
0%
30%
100%
0%
30%
100%
027
0%
33%
100%
0%
33%
100%
STAGE
CCN POINT
STAGE
0
Y1
Y2
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
UNIT
030
035,036
040,041
050
051,060
43
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
0
1
2
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Inputs
OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
Compressor Status
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity
Unit Capacity
0%
45%
100%
0%
45%
100%
0%
48%
100%
0%
48%
100%
0%
43%
100%
0%
43%
100%
0%
45%
100%
0%
45%
100%
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
0
Table 52 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW020-027
STAGE
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
67%
30%
65%
70%
33%
67%
67%
0
COMP
A1
A2
B1
UNIT
020
025
027
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
4
0
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
67%
35%
65%
65%
33%
67%
67%
1
4
ON
ON
ON
100%
100%
100%
Table 53 — Capacity Control Staging Options —
48/50A020-027 Units VAV and Adaptive CV/SAV Staging Sequence with Variable Capacity Compressor
STAGE
0
COMP
A1
A2
B1*
UNIT
020
025
027
1
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
20 to 40%
50 to 70%
17 to 33%
50 to 66%
17 to 33%
50 to 66%
0%
0%
0%
ON
ON
ON
80 to 100%
83 to 100%
83 to 100%
*On units with optional digital scroll compressor, compressor B1
modulates from minimum to maximum capacity to provide increased
stages.
Table 54 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW020-027
STAGE
COMP
A1
A2
B1
UNIT
020
025
027
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
18%
17%
21%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
30%
65%
33%
67%
4
5
0
1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
67%
70%
67%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
18%
22%
21%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
33%
67%
35%
65%
33%
67%
4
5
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
67%
65%
67%
100%
100%
100%
4
5
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
73%
74%
72%
77%
75%
76%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
*With Minimum Load Valve ON.
Table 55 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50AK,AY030-060 and Multi-Stage 48/50AJ,AW030-060
STAGE
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
UNIT
030
035,036
040,041
050
051
060
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
23%
22%
21%
23%
25%
24%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
45%
50%
48%
52%
43%
50%
46%
46%
50%
50%
50%
50%
4
5
0
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
73%
74%
71%
68%
75%
74%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
23%
26%
21%
23%
25%
26%
44
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
45%
50%
48%
48%
43%
50%
46%
54%
50%
50%
50%
50%
Table 56 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass — 48/50AK,AY030-060
STAGE
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
UNIT
030
035,036
040,041
050
051
060
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12%
12%
13%
16%
19%
19%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
4
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
23%
45%
50%
22%
48%
52%
21%
43%
50%
23%
46%
46%
25%
50%
50%
24%
50%
50%
5
6
0
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
73%
74%
71%
68%
75%
74%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12%
16%
13%
16%
19%
21%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
4
Compressor Status
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
23%
45%
50%
26%
48%
48%
21%
43%
50%
23%
46%
54%
25%
50%
50%
26%
50%
50%
5
6
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
73%
74%
72%
77%
75%
76%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
*With minimum load valve ON.
Table 57 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50A2,A4020-027
Table 58 — 2-Stage Sequence —
48/50A2,A4030-060
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
0
1
2
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Inputs
Y1
OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2
OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP
Compressor Status
Compressor Status
A1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
A2
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
B1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
UNIT
Unit Capacity
Unit Capacity
020
0%
30%
100%
0%
30%
100%
025
0%
33%
100%
0%
33%
100%
027
0%
33%
100%
0%
33%
100%
STAGE
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
0
1
2
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Inputs
Y1
OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
Y2
OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED
COMP
Compressor Status
Compressor Status
A1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
A2
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
B1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
B2
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
UNIT
Unit Capacity
Unit Capacity
030
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
035
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
040
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
050
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
060
0%
50%
100%
0%
50%
100%
STAGE
0
0
Table 59 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50A3,A5020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4020-027
STAGE
SEQUENCE 1
1
2
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
30%
70%
33%
67%
33%
67%
0
COMP
A1
A2
B1
UNIT
020
025
027
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
3
0
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
SEQUENCE 2
1
2
Compressor Status
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
30%
70%
33%
67%
33%
67%
3
ON
ON
ON
100%
100%
100%
Table 60 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50A3,A5020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4020-027
STAGE
COMP
A1
A2
B1
UNIT
020
025
027
0
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON*
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
10%
30%
70%
17%
33%
67%
17%
33%
67%
1
4
0
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
*With Minimum Load Valve ON.
45
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
10%
30%
70%
17%
33%
67%
17%
33%
67%
1
4
ON
ON
ON
100%
100%
100%
Table 61 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —
48/50A3,A5030-060 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4030-060
STAGE
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
UNIT
030
035
040
050
060
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
25%
20%
25%
25%
25%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
50%
75%
50%
80%
50%
75%
50%
75%
50%
75%
4
0
1
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
25%
20%
25%
25%
25%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
50%
75%
50%
70%
50%
75%
50%
75%
50%
75%
4
ON
ON
ON
ON
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Table 62 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass — 48/50A3,A5030-060
STAGE
COMP
A1
A2
B1
B2
UNIT
030
035
040
050
060
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
OFF
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
10%
7%
14%
16%
18%
SEQUENCE 1
2
3
Compressor Status
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Unit Capacity 48/50A
25%
50%
20%
50%
25%
50%
25%
50%
25%
50%
4
5
0
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON*
OFF
OFF
75%
80%
75%
75%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
10%
7%
14%
16%
18%
SEQUENCE 2
2
3
Compressor Status
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Unit Capacity 48/50A
25%
50%
20%
50%
25%
50%
25%
50%
25%
50%
4
5
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
75%
70%
75%
75%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
*With minimum load valve ON.
control (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP = 1, 2, 3 and 5). It
affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by raising or
lowering the threshold that capacity must overcome in order to
add or subtract a stage of cooling.
The cooling algorithm’s run-time variables are located at
the local display under Run StatusCOOL. See Table 64.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable represents the amount of capacity in percent that is currently
running.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the cool stage currently requested by the control.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of
adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a
normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum”
and “Z.”
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and exactly how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up,
0.2 times 20 = 4 F (ADD.R).
COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly determine the current trip points for the cooling modes, the Run
Status sub-menu at the local display allows the user to view the
calculated start and stop points for both the cooling and heating
trip points. The following sub-menu can be found at the local
display under Run StatusTRIP. See Table 63.
The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. The HVAC mode can also be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
Table 63 — Run Status Mode Trip Helper
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
the current HVAC MODE
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
CCN
POINT
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
String
SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM — The SumZ cooling algorithm is an adaptive PID which is used by the control whenever
more than 2 stages of cooling are present (C.TYP = 1,2,3, and
5). This section will describe its operation and define its parameters. It is generally not necessary to modify parameters in this
section. The information is presented primarily for reference
and may be helpful for troubleshooting complex operational
problems.
The only configuration parameter for the SumZ algorithm is
located at the local display under Configuration
COOLZ.GN. See Table 48.
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used on units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
46
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4F, and the rate of change is less than –1F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30 F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
SumZ Operation — The SumZ algorithm is an adaptive PID
style of control. The PID is programmed within the control and
the relative speed of staging can only be influenced by the user
through the adjustment of the Z.GN configuration. The capacity control algorithm uses a modified PID algorithm, with a self
adjusting gain which compensates for varying conditions, including changing flow rates across the evaporator coil.
Previous implementations of SumZ made static assumptions about the actual size of the next capacity jump up or
down. This control uses a “rise per percent capacity” technique
in the calculation of SumZ, instead of the previous “rise per
stage” method. For each jump, up or down in capacity, the
control will know beforehand the exact capacity change
brought on. Better overall staging control can be realized with
this technique.
SUM Calculation — The PID calculation of the “SUM” is
evaluated once every 80 seconds.
SUM = Error + “SUM last time through” + (3 * Error Rate)
Where:
SUM = the PID calculation, Error = EDT – Cooling Control
Point, Error Rate = Error – “Error last time through”
NOTE: “Error” is limited to between –50 and +50 and “Error
rate” is limited to between –20 and +20.
This “SUM” will be compared against the “Z” calculations
in determining whether cooling stages should be added or
subtracted.
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the
temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT
calculation and exactly how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down, 0.2 times
–30 = –6 F (SUB.R)
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/ C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = -SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = -ADD.R*0.4375
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = ConfigurationCOOLZ.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = ConfigurationCOOLZ.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5F per minute,
then a stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds. This override is intended to react to situations where the
load rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5F per minute, then a mechanical stage will be removed
every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to
situations where the load is rapidly reduced.
Table 64 — Run Status Cool Display
ITEM
COOL
C.CAP
CUR.S
REQ.S
MAX.S
DEM.L
SUMZ
SMZ
ADD.R
SUB.R
R.PCT
Y.MIN
Y.PLU
Z.MIN
Z.PLU
H.TMP
L.TMP
PULL
SLOW
EXPANSION
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
RANGE
UNITS
%
%
-100 – +100
^F
^F
47
CCN POINT
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
WRITE STATUS
forcible
• MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT. Using this
method, the control has an internal table whereby it can
more closely determine the true MAT value.
• MAT.S = 2
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time.
To calculate MAT linearly, the user should reset the MAT
table entries by setting MAT.R to YES. Then set MAT.S = 2.
The control will calculate MAT based on the position of the
economizer and outside air and return air temperature.
To freeze the MAT table entries, let the unit run with MAT.S
= 1. Once sufficient data has been collected, change MAT.S
= 2. Do not reset the MAT table.
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned
configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are
set to a linear relationship between the economizer damper
position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
SumZ Overrides — There are a number of overrides to the
SumZ algorithm which may add or subtract stages of cooling.
• High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)
• Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)
• Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)
• Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)
Economizer Trim Override — The unit may drop stages of
cooling when the economizer is performing free cooling and
the configuration ConfigurationECONE.TRM is set to
Yes. The economizer controls to the same supply air set point
as mechanical cooling does for SumZ when E.TRM = Yes.
This allows for much tighter temperature control as well as cutting down on the cycling of compressors.
For a long cooling session where the outside-air temperature may drop over time, there may be a point at which the
economizer has closed down far enough were the unit could
remove a cooling stage and open up the economizer further to
make up the difference.
Mechanical Cooling Lockout (ConfigurationCOOL
MC.LO) — This configuration allows a configurable outsideair temperature set point below which mechanical cooling will
be completely locked out.
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL — Demand Limit Control
may override the cooling algorithm to limit or reduce cooling
capacity during run time. The term Demand Limit Control refers to the restriction of machine capacity to control the amount
of power that a machine will use. This can save the owner
money by limiting peaks in the power supply. Demand limit
control is intended to interface with an external Loadshed Device either through CCN communications, external switches,
or 4 to 20 mA input.
The control has the capability of loadshedding and limiting
in 3 ways:
• Two discrete inputs tied to configurable demand limit set
point percentages.
• An external 4 to 20 mA input that can reset capacity back
linearly to a set point percentage.
• CCN loadshed functionality.
NOTE: It is also possible to force the demand limit variable
(Run StatusCOOLDEM.L).
To use Demand Limiting, select the type of demand limiting
to use. This is done with the Demand Limit Select configuration (ConfigurationDMD.LDM.L.S).
To view the current demand limiting currently in effect,
look at Run StatusCOOLDEM.L.
The configurations associated with demand limiting can be
viewed at the local display at ConfigurationDMD.L. See
Table 65.
Z Calculation — For the “Z” calculation, the control attempts
to determine the entering and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil and based upon the difference between the two
during mechanical cooling, and then determines whether to
add or subtract a stage of cooling. This is the adaptive element.
The entering-air temperature is referred to as MAT
(mixed-air temperature) and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil is referred to as EDT (evaporator discharge
temperature). They are found at the local display under the
TemperaturesCTRL sub-menu.
The main elements to be calculated and used in the calculation of SumZ are:
1) the rise per percent capacity (R.PCT)
2) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
addition
3) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
subtraction
The calculation of “Z” requires two variables, Z.PLU used
when adding a stage and Z.MIN used when subtracting a stage.
They are calculated with the following formulas:
Z.PLU = Z.GN * (10 + (4*(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
Z.MIN = Z.GN * (–10 + (4*(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Where:
Z.GN = configuration used to modify the threshold levels used
for staging (ConfigurationCOOLZ.GN)
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a cooling stage)
Both of these terms, Z.PLU and Z.MIN, represent a threshold both positive and negative upon which the “SUM”
calculation must build up to in order to cause the compressor to
stage up or down.
Comparing SUM and Z — The “SUM” calculation is compared against Z.PLU and Z.MIN.
• If “SUM” rises above Z.PLU, a cooling stage is added.
• If “SUM” falls below Z.MIN, a cooling stage is subtracted.
There is a variable called SMZ which is described in the
reference section and which can simplify the task of watching
the demand build up or down over time. It is calculated as
follows:
If SUM is positive: SMZ = 100*(SUM/Z.PLU)
If SUM is negative: SMZ = –100*(SUM/Z.MIN)
Mixed Air Temperature Calculation (MAT) — The mixedair temperature is calculated and is a function of the economizer position. Additionally there are some calculations in the control which can zero in over time on the relationship of return
and outside air as a function of economizer position. There are
two configurations which relate to the calculation of “MAT.”
These configurations can be located at the local display under
ConfigurationUNIT.
ITEM
UNIT
MAT.S
MAT.R
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNIT CONFIGURATION
MAT Calc Config
0-2
Reset MAT Table
Yes/No
Entries?
CCN
POINT
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
DEFAULTS
1
No
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user two options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature
(MAT) calculation:
• MAT.S = 0
There will be no MAT calculation.
48
Table 65 — Demand Limit Configuration
ITEM
DMD.L
DM.L.S
D.L.20
SH.NM
SH.DL
SH.TM
D.L.S1
D.L.S2
EXPANSION
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
RANGE
0-3
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100
Run StatusCOOLDEM.L = 1
100%
ConfigurationDMD.LD.L.S1
ConfigurationDMD.LD.L.S2
ConfigurationDMD.LD.L.S2
4-20 mA Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 2) — If the unit has
been configured for 4 to 20 mA demand limiting, then the
Inputs4-20DML.M value is used to determine the
amount of demand limiting in effect (Run StatusCOOLDEM.L). The Demand Limit at 20 mA
(D.L.20) configuration must be set. This is the configured
demand limit corresponding to a 20 mA input (0 to 100%).
The value of percentage reset is determined by a linear
interpolation from 0% to “D.L.20”% based on the Inputs
4-20DML.M input value.
The following examples illustrate the demand limiting
(Run StatusCOOLDEM.L) that will be in effect based on
amount of current seen at the 4 to 20 mA input, DML.M.
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 4mA
DEM.L = 100%
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 12 mA
DEM.L = 90%
%
%
min
%
%
CCN POINT
DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
DEFAULT
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
The relevant configurations for this type of demand limiting
are:
Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) — CCN Loadshed Group
number
Loadshed Demand Delta (SH.DL) — CCN Loadshed
Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time (SH.TM) — CCN Maximum
Loadshed time
The Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) corresponds to
the loadshed supervisory device that resides elsewhere on
the CCN network and broadcasts loadshed and redline
commands to its associated equipment parts. The SH.NM
variable will default to zero which is an invalid group number. This allows the loadshed function to be disabled until
configured.
Upon reception of a redline command, the machine will be
prevented from starting if it is not running. If it is running,
then DEM.L is set equal to the current running cooling capacity (Run StatusCOOLC.CAP).
Upon reception of a loadshed command, the DEM.L variable is set to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status
COOLC.CAP) minus the configured Loadshed Demand
Delta (SH.DL).
A redline command or loadshed command will stay in
effect until a Cancel redline or Cancel loadshed command is
received, or until the configurable Maximum Loadshed time
(SH.TM) has elapsed.
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Condenser head pressure
control for the 48/50A Series rooftops is controlled directly by
the unit, except when the unit is equipped and configured for
Motormaster® V control. The control is able to cycle up to
three stages of outdoor fans (see Table 66) to maintain acceptable head pressure.
For 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units, fan stages will react to saturated condensing temperature (SCT) sensors (TemperaturesREF.TSCT.A and SCT.B) which are connected to
the condenser coils in circuit A and B. The control converts the
temperatures to the corresponding refrigerant pressures (PressuresREF.PDP.A and DP.B).
For 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units, fan stages react to discharge
pressure transducers (DPT) (PressuresREF.PDP.A and
DP.B) which are connected to the compressor discharge piping
in circuit A and B. The control converts the pressures to the
corresponding saturated condensing temperatures (TemperaturesREF.TSCT.A and SCT.B).
Unit size (ConfigurationUNITSIZE), refrigerant type
(ConfigurationUNITRFG.T), and condenser heat exchanger type (ConfigurationUNITCND.T) are used to
determine if the second stage fans are configured to respond to
a particular refrigerant circuit (independent control) or both refrigerant circuits (common control). The 48/50A2,A3,
A4,A5060 units with microchannel (MCHX) condenser heat
exchangers are the only units that utilize independent fan
controls.
If the unit is equipped with the accessory Motormaster V
control,
the
Motormaster
installed
configuration
(ConfigurationCOOLM.M.) must be set to YES if the
Demand Limit Select (DM.L.S) — This configuration determines the type of demand limiting.
• 0 = NONE — Demand Limiting not configured.
• 1 = 2 SWITCHES — This will enable switch input
demand limiting using the switch inputs connected to the
CEM board. Connections should be made to TB6-4,5,6.
• 2 = 4 to 20 mA — This will enable the use of a remote 4
to 20 mA demand limit signal. The CEM module must
be used. The 4 to 20 mA signal must come from an
externally sourced controller and should be connected to
TB6-7,8.
• 3 = CCN LOADSHED — This will allow for loadshed
and red lining through CCN communications.
Two-Switch Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 1) — This type of
demand limiting utilizes two discrete inputs:
Demand Limit Switch 1 Setpoint (D.L.S1) — Dmd Limit
Switch Setpoint 1 (0-100% total capacity)
Demand Limit 2 Setpoint (D.L.S2) — Dmd Limit Switch
Setpoint 2 (0-100% total capacity)
The state of the discrete switch inputs can be found at the local display:
InputsGEN.IDL.S1
InputsGEN.IDL.S2
The following table illustrates the demand limiting (Run
StatusCOOLDEM.L) that will be in effect based on the
logic of the applied switches:
Switch Status
InputsGEN.IDL.S1 = OFF
InputsGEN.IDL.S2 = OFF
InputsGEN.IDL.S1= ON
InputsGEN.IDL.S2 = OFF
InputsGEN.IDL.S1= ON
InputsGEN.IDL.S2 = ON
InputsGEN.IDL.S1= OFF
InputsGEN.IDL.S2 = ON
UNITS
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 20mA
DEM.L = 80%
CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 3) — If the unit
has been configured for CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting,
then the demand limiting variable (Run StatusCOOL
DEM.L) is controlled via CCN commands.
49
unit size (ConfigurationUNITSIZE) is 60 tons and the
condenser heat exchanger type (ConfigurationUNIT
CND.T) is RTPF (round tube plate fin). This is because the
condenser fan relay A (MBB Relay 6) output must be energized to enable the Motormaster V control and must not be
turned off by the head pressure control algorithm. The size 60
ton unit with RTPF condenser heat exchangers offers 3 stages
of head pressure control and is the one case where condenser
fan relay A may be requested off during head pressure control
operation. By configuring M.M. to YES, the control is instructed not to turn off the relay to attempt 3 stages of head pressure
control.
There are two configurations provided for head pressure
control that can be found at the local display:
• ConfigurationCOOLM.M. – Motor Master Control?
• ConfigurationCOOLHPSP – Head Pressure Setpoint
There are two outputs (MBB Relays) provided to control
head pressure:
• OutputsFANSCD.F.A – Condenser Fan Circuit A
(MBB Relay 6 - OFC1,4). For size 60 ton units with
MCHX condensers, MBB – Relay 6 drives OFC4 and compressor contactor B1 or B2 auxiliary contacts drive OFC1.
• OutputsFANSCD.F.B – Condenser Fan Circuit B
(MBB Relay 5 - OFC2)
Head Pressure Control Operation — The following logic describes the head pressure control routines for the unit sizes outlined in Table 66.
For 020 to 035 size units, there are two outdoor fans that are
common to both refrigerant circuits. The control cycles two
stages of outdoor fans, one fan per stage, to maintain acceptable head pressure.
For 036 to 050 size units, there are four outdoor fans that are
common to both refrigerant circuits. The control cycles two
stages of outdoor fans, two fans per stage, to maintain acceptable head pressure.
For 051 and 060 size units – There are six outdoor fans that
are common to both refrigerant circuits (size 060 MCHX units
have 4 fans). The control cycles three stages of outdoor fans,
two fans for stage one, four fans for stage two, and six fans for
stage three to maintain acceptable head pressure.
When a compressor has been commanded on, then condenser fan A (MBB Relay 6) will be energized (CD.F.A =
ON). Condenser fan A will remain on until all compressors
have been commanded off. If the highest active circuit SCT is
above the HPSP or if OAT is greater than 75 F then condenser
fan B (MBB Relay 5) will be energized (CD.F.B = ON). Condenser fan B will remain on until all compressors have been
commanded off, or the highest active circuit SCT drops 40 F
below the HPSP for greater than 2 minutes and OAT is less
than 73 F.
NOTE: For size 60 units with RTPF condenser heat exchangers not configured for Motormaster control, the control stages
down differently than the other units. For these units, the
control will first turn off condenser fan relay A. After 2 minutes, the control will turn off relay B and turn back on relay A.
For 060 size units with MCHX condensers, there are four
outdoor fans, two for each independent refrigerant circuit. The
control cycles two stages of outdoor fans for each circuit, one
fan per stage, to maintain acceptable head pressure.
When a circuit A compressor has been commanded on, then
OFC3 is energized via the normally opened auxiliary contacts
on the compressor contactors. The auxiliary contacts are wired
such that turning on either circuit A compressor will energize
OFC3. Contactor OFC3 will remain on until all circuit A compressors have been commanded off. If SCTA is above the
HPSP or if OAT is greater than 75 F, then condenser fan A
(MBB Relay 6) will be energized (CD.F.A = ON) turning on
OFC4. Condenser fan A will remain on until all compressors
have been commanded off, or SCTA drops 40 F below the
HPSP for greater than 2 minutes and OAT is less than 73 F.
When a circuit B compressor has been commanded on, then
OFC1 is energized via the normally opened auxiliary contacts
on the compressor contactors. The auxiliary contacts are wired
such that turning on either circuit B compressor will energize
OFC1. Contactor OFC1 will remain on until all circuit B compressors have been commanded off. If SCTB is above the
HPSP or if OAT is greater than 75 F, then condenser fan B
(MBB Relay 5) will be energized (CD.F.B = ON) turning on
OFC2. Condenser fan B will remain on until all compressors
have been commanded off, or SCTB drops 40 F below the
HPSP for greater than 2 minutes and OAT is less than 73 F.
Failure Mode Operation — If either of the SCT or DPT sensors fails, then the control defaults to head pressure control
based on the OAT sensor. The control turns on the second fan
stage when the OAT is above 65 F and stages down when OAT
drops below 50 F.
If the OAT sensor fails, then the control defaults to head
pressure control based on the SCT sensors. The control turns
on the second fan stage when the highest active circuit SCT is
above the HPSP and stages down when the highest active circuit SCT drops 40 F below the HPSP for longer than
2 minutes.
If the SCT, DPT, and OAT sensors have all failed, then the
control turns on the first and second fan stages when any compressor is commanded on.
Compressor current sensor boards (CSB) are used on all
units and are able to diagnose a compressor stuck on (welded
contactor) condition. If the control commands a compressor off
and the CSB detects current flowing to the compressor, then
the first fan stage is turned on immediately. The second fan
stage will turn on when OAT rises above 75 F or the highest active circuit SCT rises above the HPSP and remain on until the
condition is repaired regardless of the OAT and SCT values.
ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL
COOLING — When the economizer is able to provide free
cooling (Run StatusECONACTV = YES), mechanical
cooling may be delayed or even held off indefinitely.
NOTE: Once mechanical cooling has started, this delay logic
is no longer relevant.
Table 66 — Condenser Fan Staging
FAN RELAY
OFC1,4* (MBB - RELAY 6)
OFC2 (MBB - RELAY 5)
OFC3 C.A1-AUX or C.A2-AUX
OFC1* C.B1-AUX or C.B2-AUX
020-035
OFM1
OFM2
NA
NA
036-050
OFM1, OFM2
OFM3, OFM4
NA
NA
48/50A UNIT SIZE
051,060
OFM1, OFM2
OFM3, OFM4, OFM5, OFM6
NA
NA
060 with MCHX
OFM4
OFM2
OFM3
OFM1
* For size 60 ton units with MCHX condensers, MBB – Relay 6 drives OFC4 and compressor contactor B1 or B2 auxiliary contacts drive OFC1.
50
pre-occupied force is active, or if fire smoke modes, pressurization, or smoke purge modes are active.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The heating configurations
are located at the local display under Configuration HEAT.
See Table 67.
Heating Control Type (HT.CF) — The heating control types
available are selected with this variable.
0 = No Heat
1 = Electric Heat
2 = 2 Stage Gas Heat
3 = Staged Gas Heat
Heating Supply Air Set Point (HT.SP) — In a low heat mode
for staged gas heat, this is the supply air set point for heating.
Occupied Heating Enable (OC.EN) — This configuration
only applies when the unit’s control type (Configuration
UNITC.TYP) is configured for 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAVSPT). If the user wants to have the capability of performing
heating throughout the entire occupied period, then this configuration needs to be set to “YES.” Most installations do not require this capability, and if heating is installed, it is used to heat
the building in the morning. In this case set OC.EN to “NO.”
NOTE: This unit does not support simultaneous heating and
cooling. If significant simultaneous heating and cooling
demand is expected, it may be necessary to provide additional
heating or cooling equipment and a control system to provide
occupants with proper comfort.
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate (LAT.M) — This option allows
the user additional performance benefit when under CCN
Linkage for the 2-stage electric and gas heating types. As twostage heating types do not “modulate” to a supply air set point,
no leaving air thermistor is required and none is provided. The
evaporator discharge thermistor, which is initially installed upstream of the heater, can be repositioned downstream and the
control can expect to sense this heat. While the control does not
need this to energize stages of heat, the control can wait for a
sufficient temperature rise before announcing a heating mode
to a CCN linkage system (ComfortID™).
If the sensor is relocated, the user will now have the
capability to view the leaving-air temperature at all times at
TemperaturesAIR.TCTRLLAT.
NOTE: If the user does not relocate this sensor for the 2-stage
electric or gas heating types and is under CCN Linkage, then
the control will send a heating mode (if present) unconditionally to the linkage coordinator in the CCN zoning system
regardless of the leaving-air temperature.
Economizer Mechanical Cooling Delay — This type of mechanical cooling delay is relevant to the all machine control
types.
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling at the start
of a cooling session, the mechanical cooling algorithm checks
the economizer’s current position (Run Status
ECONECN.P) and compares it to the economizer’s maximum position (ConfigurationECONEC.MX) – 5%.
Once the economizer has opened beyond this point a
2.5-minute timer starts. If the economizer stays beyond this
point for 2.5 minutes continuously, the mechanical cooling
algorithm is allowed to start computing demand and stage
compressors.
Economizer Control Point (Run StatusVIEWEC.C.P)
— There are 4 different ways to determine the economizer
control point when the economizer is able to provide free
cooling:
If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = LOW
COOL
EC.C.P = SetpointsSA.LO + InputsRSETSA.S.R
If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = HIGH
COOL
EC.C.P = SetpointsSA.HI + InputsRSETSA.S.R
When the first stage of mechanical cooling has started
EC.C.P = 53 F plus any economizer suction pressure reset
applied
When the second stage of mechanical cooling has started
EC.C.P = 48 F plus any economizer suction pressure reset
applied
Heating Control — The A Series ComfortLink control
system offers control for 3 different types of heating systems to
satisfy general space heating requirements: 2-stage gas heat, 2stage electric heat and multiple-stage (staged) gas heat.
Variable air volume (VAV) type applications (C.TYP = 1, 2,
3, or 5) require that the space terminal positions be commanded
to open to Minimum Heating positions when gas or electric
heat systems are active, to provide for the unit heating
system’s Minimum Heating Airflow rate.
For VAV applications, the heat interlock relay (HIR) function provides the switching of a control signal intended for use
by the VAV terminals. This signal must be used to command
the terminals to open to their Heating Open positions. The HIR
is energized whenever the Heating mode is active, an IAQ
Table 67 — Heating Configuration
ITEM
HEAT
HT.CF
HT.SP
OC.EN
LAT.M
G.FOD
E.FOD
SG.CF
HT.ST
CAP.M
M.R.DB
S.G.DB
RISE
LAT.L
LIM.M
SW.H.T
SW.L.T
HT.P
HT.D
HT.TM
EXPANSION
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan Off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan Off Delay, Elec Heat
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
RANGE
0-3
80 - 120
Yes/No
Yes/No
45 - 600
10 - 600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
*Some defaults are model number dependent.
51
UNITS
dF
sec
sec
^F
^F
dF
dF
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
GAS_FOD
ELEC_FOD
0*
85
No
No
45
30
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
0*
45*
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170*
160*
1
1
90
First, the occupied and unoccupied heating set points under
Setpoints must be configured.
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat (G.FOD) — This configuration is
the delay in seconds, after a gas heat mode has ended
(HT.CF=2,3) that the control will continue to energize the
supply fan.
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat (E.FOD) — This configuration is
the delay in seconds, after an electric heat mode has ended
(HT.CF=1) that the control will continue to energize the
supply fan.
HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS — There are two
possible heat modes that the control will call out for heating
control: HVAC Mode = LOW HEAT and HVAC Mode =
HIGH HEAT. These modes will be called out based on control
type (C.TYP).
VAV-RAT (C.TYP = 1) and VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 2) — There
is no difference in the selection of a heating mode for either
VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT, except that for VAV-SPT, space temperature is used in the unoccupied period to turn on the supply
fan for 10 minutes before checking return-air temperature. The
actual selection of a heat mode, LOW or HIGH for both
control types, will be based upon the controlling return-air
temperature.
With sufficient heating demand, there are still conditions
that will prevent the unit from selecting a heat mode. First, the
unit must be configured for a heat type (Configuration
HEATHT.CF not equal to “NONE”). Second, the unit has a
configuration which can enable or disable heating in the
occupied period except for a standard morning warmup cycle
(ConfigurationHEATOC.EN). See descriptions above in
the Setting Up the System section for more information.
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types SPT Multi-Stage and
SPT-2 Stage, (C.TYP = 5,6) except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section.
Tstat-Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 3) and Tstat-2 Stage (C.TYP =
4) — There is no difference in the selection of a heat mode between the control types TSTAT 2-stage or TSTAT multi-stage.
These selections only refer to how cooling will be handled.
With thermostat control the W1 and W2 inputs determine
whether the HVAC Mode is LOW or HIGH HEAT.
W1 = ON, W2 = OFF: HVAC MODE = LOW HEAT*
W2 = ON, W2 = ON: HVAC MODE = HIGH HEAT
*If the heating type is either 2-stage electric or 2-stage gas, the
unit may promote a low heat mode to a high heat mode.
NOTE: If W2 = ON and W1 is OFF, a “HIGH HEAT” HVAC
Mode will be called out but an alert (T422) will be generated.
See Alarms and Alerts section on page 97.
SPT Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 5) and SPT 2 Stage (C.TYP = 6)
— There is no difference in the selection of a heat mode
between the control types SPT 2-stage or SPT multi-stage.
These selections only refer to how cooling will be handled. So,
for a valid heating type selected (HT.CF not equal to zero) the
unit is free to select a heating mode based on space temperature
(SPT).
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types VAV-RAT and
VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 1,2), except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section below.
TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE EVALUATION —
This section discusses the control method for selecting a heating mode based on temperature. Regardless of whether the unit
is configured for return air or space temperature, the logic is exactly the same. For the rest of this discussion, the temperature
in question will be referred to as the “controlling temperature.”
ITEM
OHSP
UHSP
EXPANSION
RANGE UNITS
Occupied Heat 55-80
Setpoint
Unoccupied
40-80
Heat Setpoint
CCN
POINT DEFAULT
dF
OHSP
68
dF
UHSP
55
Then, the heat/cool set point offsets under Configuration
D.LV.T should be set. See Table 68.
Related operating modes are under Operating Modes
MODE.
ITEM
MODE
OCC
T.C.ST
EXPANSION
RANGE
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF
CCN POINT
MODEOCCP
MODETCST
The first thing the control determines is whether the unit
is in the occupied mode (OCC) or in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C.ST). If the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode, the occupied heating set point
(OHSP) is used. In all other cases, the unoccupied heating
setpoint (UHSP) is used.
The control will call out a low or high heat mode by
comparing the controlling temperature to the heating set point
and the heating set point offset. The set point offsets are used as
additional help in customizing and tweaking comfort into the
building space.
Demand Level Low Heat on Offset (L.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below the heating set point at which
point Low Heat starts.
Demand Level High Heat on Offset (H.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below the heating set point minus
L.H.ON at which point high heat starts.
Demand Level Low Heat Off Offset (L.H.OF) — This is the
heating set point offset above the heating set point minus
L.H.ON at which point the Low Heat mode ends.
See Fig. 9 for an example of offsets.
To enter into a LOW HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below the heating set point minus L.H.ON, then
HVAC mode = LOW HEAT.
To enter into a HIGH HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below the heating set point minus L.H.ON minus
H.H.ON, then HVAC mode = HIGH HEAT.
To get out of a LOW HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF.
To get out of a HIGH HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF/2.
The Run Status table in the local display allows the user to
see the exact trip points for both the heating and cooling modes
without doing the calculations.
the "Heating Setpoint"
L.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.H.OF/2
H.H.ON
A48-7702
Fig. 9 — Heating Offsets
52
Table 68 — Heat/Cool Set Point Offsets
ITEM
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM
EXPANSION
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
RANGE
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
Table 69 — Mode Trip Helper Table
EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
the current HVAC MODE
UNITS
CCN POINT
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
String
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
CCN POINT
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
DEFAULT
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)
*The logic for this “low heat” override is that one stage of
heating will not be able to raise the temperature of the supply
airstream sufficient to heat the space.
HT.CF = 3 (Staged Gas Heating Control) — As an option,
the units with gas heat can be equipped with staged gas
heat controls that will provide from 5 to 11 stages of heat
capacity. This is intended for tempering mode and tempering
economizer air when in a cooling mode and the dampers
are fully closed. Tempering can also be used during a preoccupancy purge to prevent low temperature air from being
delivered to the space. Tempering for staged gas will be discussed in its own section. This section will focus on heat mode
control, which ultimately is relevant to tempering, minus the
consideration of the supply air heating control point.
The staged gas configurations are located at the local
display under ConfigurationHEATSG.CF. See Table 71.
Staged Gas Heat Type (HT.ST) — This configuration sets the
number of stages and the order that are they staged.
Max Cap Change per Cycle (CAP.M) — This configuration
limits the maximum change in capacity per PID run time cycle.
S.Gas DB Min.dF/PID Rate (M.R.DB) — This configuration
is a deadband minimum temperature per second rate. See
Staged Gas Heating logic below for more details.
St.Gas Temp.Dead Band (S.G.DB) — This configuration is a
deadband delta temperature. See Staged Gas Heating Logic
below for more details.
Heat Rise in dF/Sec Clamp (RISE) — This configuration
prevents the heat from staging up when the leaving-air temperature is rising too fast.
LAT Limit Config (LAT.L) — This configuration senses
when leaving-air temperature is outside a delta temperature
band around set point and allows staging to react quicker.
Limit Switch Monitoring? (LIM.M) — This configuration
allows the operation of the limit switch monitoring routine.
This should be set to NO as a limit switch temperature sensor is
not used with A Series units.
Limit Switch High Temp (SW.H.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which stages of heat will be
removed.
Limit Switch Low Temp (SW.L.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which no additional stages of heat
will be allowed.
Heat Control Prop. Gain (HT.P) — This configuration is the
proportional term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat Control Derv. Gain (HT.D) — This configuration is the
derivative term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat PID Rate Config (HT.TM) — This configuration is the
PID run time rate.
Heat Trend Demand Level (H.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must be seen within the time period specified by
H.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH HEAT mode regardless of
demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1
and 2) in the occupied period. This method of operation has
been referred to as “Comfort Trending.” As long as a LOW
HEAT mode is making progress in warming the space, the control will hold off on a HIGH HEAT mode. This is relevant for
the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP = 5 and 6) because they may transition into the occupied mode and see an
immediate and large heating demand when the set points
change.
Heat Trend Time (H.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the heat trend demand level (H.T.LV) operates and may
work to hold off staging or a HIGH HEAT mode. This is not
applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the
occupied period. See “Heat Trend Demand Level” section for
more details.
HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly determine the current trip points for the low and high heat modes,
there is a menu in the local display which lets the user quickly
view the state of the system. This menu also contains the cool
trip points as well. See Table 69 at the local display under Run
StatusTRIP.
The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. Also, the “HVAC” mode can be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
Two-Stage Gas and Electric Heat Control (HT.CF=1,2) —
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will
request the supply fan ON
• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input
controls the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• If Evaporator Discharge Temperature is less than 50 F,
then the control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)*
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
UNITS
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will
request the supply fan ON
• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input
controls the supply fan request
53
Table 70 — Staged Gas Configuration
ITEM
EXPANSION
SG.CF
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
HT.ST
Staged Gas Heat Type
CAP.M
Max Cap Change per Cycle
M.R.DB
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
S.G.DB
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
RISE
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT.L
LAT Limit Config
LIM.M
Limit Switch Monitoring?
SW.H.T
Limit Switch High Temp
SW.L.T
Limit Switch Low Temp
HT.P
Heat Control Prop. Gain
HT.D
Heat Control Derv. Gain
HT.TM
Heat PID Rate Config
*Some configurations are model number dependent.
RANGE
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
Staged Gas Heating Logic
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
integrated gas control (IGC) boards and, unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, it will be controlled by the IGC indoor fan input.
• Command all stages of heat ON
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
integrated gas control (IGC) boards and, unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, it will be controlled by the IGC indoor fan input.
• The unit will control stages of heat to the heating control
point (Run StatusVIEWHT.C.P). The heating control point in a LOW HEAT HVAC mode for staged gas is
the heating supply air set point (SetpointsSA.HT).
Staged Gas Heating PID Logic — The heat control loop is a
PID (proportional/integral/derivative) design with exceptions,
overrides, and clamps. Capacity rises and falls based on set
point and supply-air temperature. When the staged gas control
is in Low Heat or Tempering Mode (HVAC mode), the algorithm calculates the desired heat capacity. The basic factors that
govern the controlling method are:
• how fast the algorithm is run.
• the amount of proportional and derivative gain applied.
• the maximum allowed capacity change each time this
algorithm is run.
• deadband hold-off range when rate is low.
This routine is run once every HT.TM seconds. Every time
the routine is run, the calculated sum is added to the control
output value. In this manner, integral effect is achieved. Every
time this algorithm is run, the following calculation is
performed:
Error = HT.C.P – LAT
Error_last = error calculated previous time
P = HT.P*(Error)
D = HT.D*(Error - Error_last)
The P and D terms are overridden to zero if:
Error < S.G.DB AND Error > - S.G.DB AND D < M.R.DB
AND D > - M.R.DB. “P + D” are then clamped based on
CAP.M. This sum can be no larger or no smaller than +CAP.M
or –CAP.M.
Finally, the desired capacity is calculated:
Staged Gas Capacity Calculation = “P + D” + old Staged Gas
Capacity Calculation
NOTE: The PID values should not be modified without
approval from Carrier.
UNITS
^F
^F
dF
dF
sec
CCN POINT
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
DEFAULTS
0*
45*
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170*
160*
1
1
90
IMPORTANT: When gas or electric heat is used in a VAV
application with third party terminals, the HIR relay output
must be connected to the VAV terminals in the system in
order to enforce a minimum heating airflow rate. The
installer is responsible to ensure the total minimum heating
cfm is not below limits set for the equipment. Failure to do
so will result in limit switch tripping and may void warranty.
Staged Gas Heat Staging — Different unit sizes will control
heat stages differently based on the amount of heating capacity
included. These staging patterns are selected based on the model number. The selection of a set of staging patterns is controlled via the heat stage type configuration parameter (HT.ST).
As the heating capacity rises and falls based on demand, the
staged gas control logic will stage the heat relay patterns up and
down, respectively. The Heat Stage Type configuration selects
one of 4 staging patterns that the stage gas control will use. In
addition to the staging patterns, the capacity for each stage
is also determined by the staged gas heating PID control. Therefore, choosing the heat relay outputs is a function of the capacity desired, the heat staging patterns based on the heat stage type
(HT.ST) and the capacity presented by each staging pattern. As
the staged gas control desired capacity rises, it is continually
checked against the capacity of the next staging pattern.
When the desired capacity is greater than or equal to the
capacity of the next staging pattern, the next heat stage is selected (Run StatusVIEWHT.ST = Run StatusVIEW
HT.ST + 1). Similarly, as the capacity of the control drops, the
desired capacity is continually checked against the next lower
stage. When the desired capacity is less than or equal to the next
lower staging pattern, the next lower heat stage pattern is selected (Run StatusVIEWHT.ST = Run StatusVIEW
HT.ST - 1). The first two staged gas heat outputs are located on
the MBB board and outputs 3, 4, 5, and 6 are located on
the SCB board. These outputs are used to produce 5 to 11 stages
as shown in Tables 71 and 72. The heat stage selected (Run StatusVIEWHT.ST) is clamped between 0 and the maximum
number of stages possible (Run StatusVIEWH.MAX) for
the chosen set of staging patterns. See Tables 73-76.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC — All gas
heat units are equipped with one or more integrated gas control
(IGC) boards. This board provides control for the ignition system for the gas heat sections. On size 020-050 low heat units
there will be one IGC board. On size 020-050 high heat units
and 051 and 060 low heat units there are two IGC boards. On
size 051 and 060 high heat units there are three IGC boards.
When a call for gas heat is initiated, power is sent to W on the
IGC boards. For standard 2-stage heat, all boards are wired
in parallel. For staged gas heat, each board is controlled separately. When energized, an LED on the IGC board will be
turned on. See Table 77 for LED explanations. Each board will
ensure that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The
induced-draft motor is then energized. When the speed of the
motor is proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor, the
ignition activation period begins. The burners ignite within
54
on (if not already on). If for some reason the overtemperature
limit switch trips prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on
the next attempt the 45-second delay will be shortened by
5 seconds. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified, the fan delay will not change
back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. The
IGC boards only control the first stage of gas heat on each gas
valve. The second stages are controlled directly from the MBB
board. The IGC board has a minimum on-time of 1 minute. In
modes such as Service Test where long minimum on times are
not enforced, the 1-minute timer on the IGC will still be followed and the gas will remain on for a minimum of 1 minute.
5 seconds. If the burners do not light, there is a 22-second delay
before another 5-second attempt is made. If the burners still do
not light, this sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After
15 minutes have elapsed and the burners have not ignited then
heating is locked out. The control will reset when the request
for W (heat) is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs, the
IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout
switch, limit switches, Hall Effect sensor, and the flame sensor.
Forty-five seconds after ignition has occurred, the IGC will
request that the indoor fan be turned on. The IGC fan output
(IFO) is connected to the indoor fan input on the MBB which
will indicate to the controls that the indoor fan should be turned
Table 71 — Staged Gas Heat — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
UNIT SIZE
HEAT CAPACITY
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
020-035
036-050
051,060
UNIT MODEL NO.
POSITION NO. 5
S
T
S
T
S
T
ConfigurationHEATSG.CFHT.ST
ENTRY VALUE
1 = 5 STAGE
2 = 7 STAGE
1 = 5 STAGE
1 = 5 STAGE
4 = 11 STAGE
3 = 9 STAGE
Table 72 — Staged Gas Heat — 48A2,A3,A4,A5 Units
UNIT SIZE
HEAT CAPACITY
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
020-030
035-050
060
UNIT MODEL NO.
POSITION NO. 5
S
T
S
T
S
T
ConfigurationHEATSG.CF HT.ST
ENTRY VALUE
1 = 5 STAGE
2 = 7 STAGE
1 = 5 STAGE
1 = 5 STAGE
4 = 11 STAGE
3 = 9 STAGE
Table 73 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (ConfigurationHEATSG.CFHT.ST = 1)
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CAPACITY
%
0
37
50
75
87
100
Table 74 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (ConfigurationHEAT SG.CTHT.ST = 2)
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
55
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CAPACITY
%
0
25
33
50
67
75
83
100
Table 75 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (ConfigurationHEAT SG.CTHT.ST = 3)
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CAPACITY
%
0
25
33
50
58
67
75
83
92
100
Table 76 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (ConfigurationHEAT SG.CTHT.ST = 4)
Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
STAGE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
CAPACITY
%
0
19
25
38
44
50
57
63
76
88
94
100
Determine a location in the supply duct that will provide a
fairly uniform airflow. Typically this would be a minimum of
5 equivalent duct diameters downstream of the unit. Also, care
should be taken to avoid placing the thermistor within a direct
line-of-sight of the heating element to avoid radiant effects.
Run a new two-wire conductor cable from the control box
through the low voltage conduit into the space inside the building and route the cable to the new sensor location.
Installing a New Sensor — A field-provided duct-mount temperature sensor (Carrier P/N 33ZCSENPAT or equivalent
10,000 ohms at 25 C NTC [negative temperature coefficient]
sensor) is required. Install the sensor through the side wall of
the duct and secure.
Re-Using the Factory SAT Sensor — The factory sensor is
attached to one of the supply fan housings. Disconnect the sensor from the factory harness. Drill a hole insert the sensor
through the duct wall and secure in place.
Attach the new conductor cable to the sensor leads and terminate in an appropriate junction box. Connect the opposite
end inside the unit control box at the factory leads from MBB
J8 terminals 11 and 12 (PNK) leads. Secure the unattached
PNK leads from the factory harness to ensure no accidental
contact with other terminals inside the control box.
MORNING WARM UP — Morning Warm Up is a period of
time that assists CCN linkage in opening up downstream zone
dampers for the first heating cycle of a day.
Table 77 — IGC LED Indicators
LED INDICATION
On
Off
1 Flash
2 Flashes
3 Flashes
4 Flashes
5 Flashes
6 Flashes
7 Flashes
8 Flashes
9 Flashes
Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ERROR CODE
Normal Operation
Hardware Failure
Fan On/Off Delay Modified
Limit Switch Fault
Fame Sense Fault
Five Consecutive Limit Switch Faults
Ignition Lockout Fault
Ignition Switch Fault
Rollout Switch Fault
Internal Control Fault
Software Lockout
NOTES:
1. There is a 3-second pause between error code displays.
2. If more than one error code exists, all applicable error codes
will be displayed in numerical sequence.
3. Error codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is
interrupted.
RELOCATE SAT (Supply Air Temperature) SENSOR FOR
HEATING IN LINKAGE APPLICATIONS — On CCN installations employing ComfortID™ terminals, the factory SAT
location must be changed to a new location downstream of the
unit’s heating system. The ComfortID terminal controls read
the SAT value for their “proof-of-heat” sequence before terminals open to Minimum Heating positions during unit heating
sequence.
56
If the above conditions are met, the algorithm is free to
select the tempering mode (MODETEMP). If a tempering
mode becomes active, the modulating heat source (staged gas)
will attempt to maintain leaving-air temperature (LAT) at the
tempering set point used to trigger the tempering mode. The
technique for modulation of set point for staged gas and
hydronic heat is the same as in a heat mode. More information
regarding the operation of heating can be referenced in the
Heating Control section.
Recovery from a tempering mode (MODETEMP) will
occur when the EDT rises above the trip point. On any change
in HVACMODE, the tempering routine will re-assess the
tempering set point which may cause the control to continue or
exit tempering mode.
The Morning Warm Up Period is CCN linkage mode “2”
and is relayed in the following conditions:
• Temperature Compensated Start Mode is active AND Heat
Mode in effect AND LAT is warm enough or is to be
ignored due to placement.
• The unit just went into occupied mode and there has been
no cooling mode yet and a heat cycle occurs or was in progress when the unit went occupied.
In both cases, if and when the heat mode terminates, a heat
cycle has occurred and any subsequent heat cycles will not be
treated as a morning warm up period.
TEMPERING MODE — In a vent or cooling mode, the rooftop may encounter a situation where the economizer at minimum position is sending cold outside air down the ductwork of
the building. Therefore, it may be necessary to bring heat on to
counter-effect this low supply-air temperature. This is referred
to as the tempering mode.
Setting up the System — The relevant set points for Tempering are located at the local display under Setpoints:
ITEM
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN
EXPANSION
Tempering
Purge SASP
Tempering in
Cool SASP
Tempering Vent
Occ SASP
Tempering Vent
Unocc. SASP
–20-80
dF
CCN
DEFAULT
POINT
TEMPPURG 50
5-75
dF
TEMPCOOL 5
–20-80
dF
TEMPVOCC 65
–20-80
dF
TEMPVUNC 50
RANGE UNITS
Static Pressure Control — Variable air volume (VAV)
air-conditioning systems must provide varying amounts of air
to the conditioned space. As air terminals downstream of the
unit modulate their flows, the unit must maintain control over
the duct static pressure in order to accommodate the needs of
the terminals and meet the varying combined airflow requirement.
The static pressure control routine is also used on CV units
with VFD for staged air volume. The fan is controlled at discrete speeds through the VFD by the unit ComfortLink controls
based on the operating mode of the unit.
A 48/50AK,AY,A3,A5 unit equipped with a duct pressure
control system is provided with a variable frequency drive
(VFD) for the supply fan. The speed of the fan can be controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls. A transducer is
used to measure duct static pressure. The signal from the transducer is received by the ECB-2 board and is then used in a PID
control routine that outputs a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD.
Generally, only VAV systems utilize static pressure control.
It is required because as the system VAV terminals modulate
closed when less air is required, there must be a means of
controlling airflow from the unit, thereby effectively preventing overpressurization and its accompanying problems.
A 48/50AJ,AW,A2,A4 unit can be equipped with a VFD for
staged air volume control. The speed of the fan is controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls based on the operating
mode of the unit. A 4 to 20 mA signal is sent to the VFD to
control the fan speed.
The four most fundamental configurations for most applications are ConfigurationSPSP.CF, which is the static pressure control type, ConfigurationSPCV.FD, used to indicate CV unit with VFD (staged air volume). ConfigurationSPSP.S, used to enable the static pressure sensor, and
ConfigurationSP SP.SP, the static pressure set point to be
maintained.
OPERATION — On VAV units equipped with a VFD and a
proper static pressure sensor, when SP.CF, SP.S and SP.SP are
configured, a PID routine periodically measures the duct static
pressure and calculates the error from set point. This error is
simply the duct static pressure set point minus the measured
duct static pressure. The error becomes the basis for the proportional term of the PID. The routine also calculates the integral
of the error over time, and the derivative (rate of change) of the
error. A value is calculated as a result of this PID routine, and
this value is then used to create an output signal used to adjust
the VFD to maintain the static pressure set point.
Static pressure reset is the ability to force a lowering of the
static pressure set point through an external control signal.
The unit controls support this in two separate ways, through a 4
to 20 mA signal input wired to the unit’s isolator board input
terminals (third party control) or via CCN.
When employing the CCN, this feature uses the communications capabilities of VAV systems with ComfortID™ terminals
under linkage. The system dynamically determines and
Operation — First, the unit must be in a vent mode, a low cool
mode, or a high cool HVAC mode to be considered for a tempering mode. Secondly, the tempering mode is only allowed
when the rooftop is configured for staged gas (Configuration
HEATHT.CF=3).
If the control is configured for staged gas, the control is in a
vent, low cool, or high cool HVAC mode, and the rooftop control is in a situation where the economizer must maintain a
minimum position, then the evaporator discharge temperature
(EDT) will be monitored. If the EDT falls below a particular
trip point then the tempering mode may be called out:
HVAC mode = “Tempering Vent”
HVAC mode = “Tempering LoCool”
HVAC mode = “Tempering HiCool”
The decision making/selection process for the tempering
trip set point is as follows:
• If an HVAC cool mode is in effect, then the vent trip point is
T.CL.
• If in a pre-occupied purge mode (Operating Modes
MODEIAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T.PRG.
• If in an occupied mode (Operating ModesMODE
IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T.V.OC.
• For all other cases, the trip point is T.V.UN.
NOTE: The unoccupied economizer free cooling mode does
not qualify as a HVAC cool mode as it is an energy saving
feature and has its own OAT lockout already. The unoccupied
free cooling mode (HVAC mode = Unocc. Free Cool) will
override any unoccupied vent mode from triggering a tempering mode.
If OAT is above the chosen tempering set point, tempering
will not be allowed. Additionally, tempering mode is locked
out if any stages of mechanical cooling are present.
A minimum amount of time must pass before calling out
any tempering mode. In effect, the EDT must fall below
the trip point value –1° F continuously for a minimum of
2 minutes. Also, at the end of a mechanical cooling cycle, there
must be a minimum 10 minutes of delay allowed before considering tempering during vent mode in order to allow any
residual cooling to dissipate from the evaporator coil.
57
maintains an optimal duct static pressure set point based on the
actual load conditions in the space. This can result in a significant reduction in required fan energy by lowering the set point to
only the level required to maintain adequate airflow throughout
the system.
OPERATION — On CV units equipped with a VFD (Staged
Air Volume) when SP.CF, CV.FD, SP.FN are configured, the
ComfortLink controls will control the speed of the supply fan
based on the operating mode of the unit. The VFD speed setting
points are SP.MN, SP.MX, HT.VM. When in LOW COOL
mode and the compressor stage less than 50%, fan will be as
SP.MN minimum speed. When in HIGH COOL, the fan will be
at SP.MX maximum speed. In heating mode, the fan fill operate
at SP.MX maximum speed when the heating stage is 75% or
greater and at HT.VM heating minimum speed when the heating
stage is less than 75%. On units configured for two- stage thermostat operation, the fan will be at SP.MX on a call for W2 and
at HT.VM on a call for only W1.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The options for static
pressure control are found under the Local Display Mode
ConfigurationSP. See Table 78.
will be 5 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this value
to a 20 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure Set Point (SP.SP) — This is the static pressure
control point. It is the point against which the ComfortLink controls compare the actual measured supply duct pressure for determination of the error that is used for PID control. Generally one
would set SP.SP to the minimum value necessary for proper operation of air terminals in the conditioned space at all load conditions. Too high of a value will cause unnecessary fan motor power consumption at part load conditions and/or noise problems.
Too low a value will result in insufficient airflow.
VFD Minimum Speed (SP.MN) — This is the minimum speed
for the supply fan VFD. Typically the value is chosen to maintain a minimum level of ventilation.
VFD Heating Minimum Speed (HT.V.M) — This is the low
speed setting for units in heating mode. The range is 75 to
100% with the default setting of 75%.
NOTE: Most VFDs have a built-in minimum speed adjustment
which must be configured for 0% when using ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control.
VFD Maximum Speed (SP.MX) — This is the maximum
speed for the supply fan VFD. This is usually set to 100%
when CV.FD = Yes, the range is 33 to 67% with the default setting of 67%.
VFD Fire Speed Override (SP.FS) — This is the speed that
the supply fan VFD will use during the pressurization, evacuation and purge fire modes. This is usually set to 100%.
Static Pressure Reset Configuration (SP.RS) — This option
is used to configure the static pressure reset function. When
SP.RS = 0, there is no static pressure reset via an analog input.
If the outdoor air quality sensor is not configured (ConfigurationIAQIAQ.CFOQ.A.C = 0), then it is possible to use
the outdoor air quality sensor location on the CEM board to
perform static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA input.
Configuring SP.RS = 1 provides static pressure reset based
on this CEM 4 to 20 mA input and ranged from 0 to 3 in. wg.
Wire the input to the CEM using TB6-11 and 12. When SP.RS
= 2, there is static pressure reset based on RAT and defined by
SP.RT and SP.LM. When SP.RS = 3, there is static pressure reset based on SPT and defined by SP.RT and SP.LM.
Setting SP.RS to 1, 2 or 3 will give the user the ability to reset from 0 to 3 in. wg of static pressure. The reset will apply to
the supply static pressure set point. The static pressure reset
function will only act to reduce the static pressure control point.
As an example, the static pressure reset input is measuring
6 mA, and is therefore resetting 2 mA (6 mA – 4 mA) of its
16 mA control range. The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds
directly to the 0 to 3 in. wg of reset. Therefore 2 mA reset is
2/16 * 3 in. wg = 0.375 in. wg of reset. If the static pressure set
point (SP.SP) = 1.5 in. wg, then the static pressure control point
for the system will be reset to 1.5 – 0.375 = 1.125 in. wg.
When SP.RS = 4, the static pressure reset function acts to provide direct VFD speed control where 4 mA = 0% speed and 20
mA = 100% (SP.MN and SP.MX will override). Note that SP.CF
must be set to 1 (VFD Control), prior to configuring SP.RS = 4.
Failure to do so could result in damage to ductwork due to overpressurization. This is the recommended approach if a third party wishes to control the variable speed supply fan. In effect, this
represents a speed control signal “pass through” under normal
operating circumstances. The ComfortLink control system overrides the third party signal for critical operation situations, most
notably smoke and fire control.
Static Pressure Reset Ratio (SP.RT) — This option defines
the reset ratio in terms of static pressure versus temperature.
The reset ratio determines how much is the static pressure
reduced for every degree below set point for RAT or SPT.
CAUTION
Failure to correctly configure SP.CF and SP.FN when
operating in VFD Bypass mode will result in the indoor fan
motor running continuously. Damage to unit could result.
Static Pressure Configuration (SP.CF) — This variable is
used to configure the use of ComfortLink controls for static
pressure control. There are the following options:
0 (None) — There will be no static pressure control by ComfortLink controls. This setting would be used for a constant volume (CV) application when static pressure control is not required or for a VAV application if there will be third-party control of the VFD. In this latter case, a suitable means of control
must be field installed. This setting must be used on CV units
with VFD (staged air volume).
Additionally, SP.CF must be set to 0 (None) when a unit is
equipped with optional VFD bypass and is operating in Bypass
mode. Failure to change this configuration in Bypass mode will
result in the indoor fan motor running continuously.
1 (VFD Control) — This will enable the use of ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control via a supply fan VFD.
Constant Vol IDF ia VFD? (CV.FD) — This variable enables
the use of a CV unit with VFD for staged air volume control.
Static Pressure Fan Control? (SP.FN) — This is automatically set to Yes when SP.CF = 1 or when CV.FD is set to Yes.
When the user would like the 4 to 20 mA output to energize
the VFD, as opposed to the fan relay, SP.FN may be set to Yes
when SP.CF = 0. When the control turns the fan ON, the control will send the SP.MX value of the 4 to 20 mA signal to the
third party VFD control.
Additionally, SP.FN must be set to NO when the unit is
equipped with optional VFD bypass and is operating in Bypass
mode. Failure to change this configuration in bypass mode will
result in the indoor fan motor running continuously.
Static Pressure Sensor (SP.S) — This variable enables the use
of a supply duct static pressure sensor. This must be enabled to
use ComfortLink controls for static pressure control. If using a
third-party control for the VFD, this should be disabled. This is
not used when CV.FD is set to Yes.
Static Pressure Low Range (SP.LO) — This is the minimum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. For most sensors
this will be 0 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this
value to a 4 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure High Range (SP.HI) — This is the maximum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. Commonly this
58
pressure set point increases and the primary-air dampers close
a little (to less than 90%). If the most open damper closes to
less than 60%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction
variable and the value is increased. This results in a decrease in
the controlling set point at the equipment, which causes the
primary-air dampers to open a little more (to greater than 60%).
The rooftop unit has the static pressure set point
programmed into the CCN control. This is the maximum set
point that could ever be achieved under any condition. To
simplify the installation and commissioning process for the
field, this system control is designed so that the installer only
needs to enter a maximum duct design pressure or maximum
equipment pressure, whichever is less. There is no longer a
need to calculate the worst case pressure drop at design conditions and then hope that some intermediate condition does not
require a higher supply static pressure to meet the load
conditions. For example, a system design requirement may be
1.2 in. wg, the equipment may be capable of providing
3.0 in. wg and the supply duct is designed for 5.0 in. wg. In this
case, the installer could enter 3.0 in. wg as the supply static
pressure set point and allow the air terminal system to dynamically adjust the supply duct static pressure set point as required.
The system will determine the actual set point required delivering the required airflow at every terminal under the current
load conditions. The set point will always be the lowest value
under the given conditions. As the conditions and airflow set
points at each terminal change throughout the operating period,
the equipment static pressure set point will also change.
The CCN system must have access to a CCN variable
(SPRESET which is part of the equipment controller). In the
algorithm for static pressure control, the SPRESET value is
always subtracted from the configured static pressure set point
by the equipment controller. The SPRESET variable is always
checked to be a positive value or zero only (negative values are
limited to zero). The result of the subtraction of the SPRESET
variable from the configured set point is limited so that it
cannot be less than zero. The result is that the system will
dynamically determine the required duct static pressure based
on the actual load conditions currently in the space. This eliminates the need to calculate the design supply static pressure set
point. This also saves the energy difference between the design
static pressure set point and the required static pressure.
Third Party 4 to 20 mA Input — It is also possible to perform
static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA signal connected to the CEM board where 4 mA corresponds to 0 in. wg of
reset and 20 mA corresponds to 3 in. wg of reset. The static
pressure 4 to 20 mA input shares the same input as the analog
OAQ sensor. Therefore, both sensors cannot be used at the
same time. To enable the static pressure reset 4 to 20 mA sensor, set (ConfigurationSPSP.RS) to Enabled.
RELATED POINTS — These points represent static pressure
control and static pressure reset inputs and outputs. See Table .
Static Pressure mA (SP.M) — This variable reflects the value
of the static pressure sensor signal received by the ComfortLink
controls. The value may be helpful in troubleshooting.
Static Pressure mA Trim (SP.M.T) — This input allows a
modest amount of trim to the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer signal, and can be used to calibrate a transducer.
Static Pressure Reset mA (SP.R.M) — This input reflects the
value of a 4 to 20 mA static pressure reset signal applied to TB6
terminals 11 and 12 on the CEM board, from a third party control system.
Static Pressure Reset (SP.RS) — This variable reflects the
value of a static pressure reset signal applied from a CCN system. The means of applying this reset is by forcing the value of
the variable SPRESET through CCN.
Supply Fan VFD Speed (S.VFD) — This output can be used
to check on the actual speed of the VFD. This may be helpful
in some cases for troubleshooting.
Static Pressure Reset Limit (SP.LM) — This option defines
the maximum amount of static pressure reset that is allowed.
This is sometimes called a “clamp.”
NOTE: Resetting static pressure via RAT and SPT is primarily
a constant volume application which utilizes a VFD. The reasoning is that there is significant energy savings in slowing
down a supply fan as opposed to running full speed with
supply air reset. Maintaining the supply air set point and
slowing down the fan has the additional benefit of working
around dehumidification concerns.
Static Pressure Reset Economizer Position (SP.EC) — This
option effectively resets ECONOMIN to fully occupied ventilation position, to account for the drop in static pressure during static pressure reset control. The static pressure reset for the calculation cannot be larger than the supply air static set point (SPSP).
The calculation is as follows:
(Static Pressure Reset/SP.LM) x (ECONOSPR –
ECONOMIN)
As an example, the static pressure reset limit (SP.LM) =
0.75 in. wg. The current static pressure reset is set to 0.5 in. wg.
The settings for ECONOSPR = 50% and ECONOMIN = 20%.
Therefore, the amount to add to the economizer’s
ECONOMIN configuration is: (0.5/0.75) x (50-20) = 20%. In
effect, for the positioning of the economizer, ECONOMIN
would now be replaced by ECONOMIN + 10%.
Static Pressure PID Config (S.PID) — Static pressure PID
configuration can be accessed under this heading in the ConfigurationSP submenu. Under most operating conditions the
control PID factors will not require any adjustment and the
factory defaults should be used. If persistent static pressure
fluctuations are detected, small changes to these factors may
improve performance. Decreasing the factors generally reduce
the responsiveness of the control loop, while increasing the
factors increase its responsiveness. Note the existing settings
before making changes, and seek technical assistance from
Carrier before making significant changes to these factors.
Static Pressure PID Run Rate (S.PIDSP.TM) — This is the
number of seconds between duct static pressure readings taken
by the ComfortLink PID routine.
Static Pressure Proportional Gain (S.PIDSP.P) — This is the
proportional gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure Integral Gain (S.PIDSP.I) — This is the
integral gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure Derivative Gain (S.PIDSP.D) — This is the
derivative gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure System Gain (S.PIDSP.SG) — This is the
system gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
STATIC PRESSURE RESET OPERATION — The ComfortLink controls support the use of static pressure reset. The
Linkage Master terminal monitors the primary air damper position of all the terminals in the system (done through LINKAGE
with the new ComfortID™ air terminals).
The Linkage Master then calculates the amount of supply
static pressure reduction necessary to cause the most open
damper in the system to open more than the minimum value
(60%) but not more than the maximum value (90% or negligible static pressure drop). This is a dynamic calculation, which
occurs every two minutes when ever the system is operating.
The calculation ensures that the supply static pressure is always
enough to supply the required airflow at the worst case terminal but never more than necessary, so that the primary air
dampers do not have to operate with an excessive pressure
drop (more than required to maintain the airflow set point of
each individual terminal in the system).
As the system operates, if the most open damper opens
more than 90%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction
variable and the value is reduced. Because the reset value is
subtracted from the controlling set point at the equipment, the
59
Table 78 — Static Pressure Control Configuration
ITEM
SP
SP.CF
CV.FD
SP.FN
SP.S
SP.LO
SP.HI
SP.SP
SP.MN
SP.MX
SP.FS
HT.V.M
SP.RS
SP.RT
SP.LM
SP.EC
S.PID
SP.TM
SP.P
SP.I
SP.D
SP.SG
EXPANSION
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pres. VFD Control?
Constant VOL IDF is VFD
Static Pres. Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
VFD Heating Minimum Speed
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio (/dF)
SP Reset Limit in iwc ()
SP Reset Econo.Position
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Static Press. PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Press. Intg. Gain
Static Press. Derv. Gain
Static Press. System Gain
RANGE
0, 1
Yes/No
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
0 - 100
0 - 100†
0 - 100
75-100
0-4
0 - 2.00
0 - 2.00
0 - 100
1 - 200
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
UNITS
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
in. W.C.
in. W.C.
in. W.C.
%
%
%
%
STATICFG
CVIDFVFD
STATPFAN
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
VFDHTMIN
SPRSTCFG
SPRRATIO
SPRLIMIT
ECONOSPR
0*
No
Yes*
Disable*
0
5
1.5
20
100**
100
75
0
0.2
0.75
5
%
sec
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
STATP_SG
2
20
2
0
1.0
* Some defaults are model number dependent.
† 33-67 when CV.FD = Yes.
** 67 when CV.FD = Yes.
Table 79 — Static Pressure Reset Related Points
ITEM
Inputs
 4-20  SP.M
 4-20  SP.M.T
 4-20 SP.R.M
 RSET SP.RS
Outputs
 Fans  S.VFD
EXPANSION
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
Static Pressure mA
Static Pressure mA Trim
Static Pressure Reset mA
Static Pressure Reset
4-20
-2.0 - +2.0
4-20
0.0-3.0
mA
mA
mA
in. wg
SP_MA
SPMATRIM
SPRST_MA
SPRESET
Supply Fan VFD Speed
0-100
%
SFAN_VFD
DEFAULT
0.0
0.0
monitoring static pressure, the timing for both methods are the
same and rely upon the configuration of static pressure control.
The configuration that determines static pressure control is ConfigurationSPSP.CF. If this configuration is set to 0 (none),
a fan failure condition must wait 60 continuous seconds before
taking action. If this configuration is 1 (VFD), a fan failure condition must wait 3 continuous minutes before taking action.
If the unit is configured to monitor a fan status switch
(SFS.M = 1), and if the supply fan commanded state does not
match the supply fan status switch for 3 continuous minutes,
then a fan status failure has occurred.
If the unit is configured for supply duct pressure monitoring
(SFS.M = 2), then
• If the supply fan is requested ON and the static pressure
reading is not greater than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous
minutes, a fan failure has occurred.
• If the supply fan is requested OFF and the static pressure
reading is not less than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous minutes, a fan failure has occurred.
Fan Status Monitoring
GENERAL — The A Series ComfortLink controls offer the capability to detect a failed supply fan through either a duct static
pressure transducer or an accessory discrete switch. The fan status switch is an accessory that allows for the monitoring of a discrete switch, which trips above a differential pressure drop across
the supply fan. For any unit with a factory-installed duct static
pressure sensor, it is possible to measure duct pressure rise directly, which removes the need for a differential switch. All
48/50AK,AW,A3,A5 units with a factory-installed supply fan
VFD will have the duct static pressure sensor as standard.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The fan status monitoring
configurations are located in ConfigurationUNIT. See
Table 80.
Fan Stat Monitoring Type (SFS.M) — This configuration selects the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will configure the unit to shut down on a supply fan status fail
or simply alert the condition and continue to run. When configured to YES, the control will shut down the unit if supply fan
status monitoring fails and the control will also send out an
alarm. If set to NO, the control will not shut down the unit if
supply fan status monitoring fails but will send out an alert.
SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC — Regardless of whether the user is monitoring a discrete switch or is
Dirty Filter Switch — The unit can be equipped with a
field-installed accessory dirty filter switch. The switch is located
in the filter section. If a dirty filter switch is not installed, the
switch input is configured to read “clean” all the time.
To enable the sensor for dirty filter monitoring set
ConfigurationUNITSENSFLT.S to ENABLE. The
state of the filter status switch can be read at InputsGEN.I
FLT.S. See Table 81.
60
4. Take sample of SAT at the new actuator position and determine if the damper has opened or closed. If damper has
opened, SAT should have decreased. If damper has
closed, SAT should have increased.
5. Use current SAT and actuator position as samples for next
comparison after next actuator move.
The control shall test for a mechanically disconnected damper
if all the following conditions are true:
1. An economizer is installed.
2. The supply fan is running.
3. Conditions are good for economizing.
4. The difference between RAT and OAT are greater than
T24RATDF. It is necessary for there to be a large enough
difference between RAT and OAT in order to measure a
change in SAT as the damper modulates.
5. The actuator has moved at least T24ECSTS %. A very
small change in damper position may result in a very
small (or non-measurable) change in SAT.
6. At least part of the economizer movement is within the
range T24TSTMN% to T24TSTMX%. Because the mixing of outside air and return air is not linear over the entire
range of damper position, near the ends of the range even
a large change in damper position may result in a very
small (or non-measurable) change in SAT.
Furthermore, the control shall test for a mechanically disconnected actuator after T24CHDLY minutes have expired
when any of the following occur (this is to allow the heat/cool
cycle to dissipate and not influence SAT):
1. The supply fans switches from OFF to ON.
2. Mechanical cooling switches from ON to OFF.
3. Reheat switches from ON to OFF.
4. The SAT sensor has been relocated downstream of the
heating section and heat switches from ON to OFF.
The economizer shall be considered moving if the reported
position has changed at least ± T24ECMDB %. A very small
change in position shall not be considered movement.
The determination of whether the economizer is mechanically disconnected shall occur SAT_SEC/2 seconds after the
economizer has stopped moving.
The control shall log a "damper not modulating" alert if:
1. SAT has not decreased by T24SATMD degrees F
SAT_SET/2 seconds after opening the economizer at
least T24ECSTS%, taking into account whether the entire
movement has occurred within the range 0 to
T24TSTMN%.
2. SAT has not increased by T24SATMD degrees F
SAT_SET/2 seconds after closing the economizer at least
T24ECSTS%, taking into account whether the entire
movement has occurred within the range T24TSTMX to
100%.
3. Economizer reported position <=5% and SAT is not approximately equal to RAT. SAT not approximately equal
to RAT shall be determined as follows:
a. SAT<RAT-(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT
increase due to fan)) or
b. SAT>RAT+(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT
increase due to fan))
4. Economizer reported position >=95% and SAT is not approximately equal to OAT. SAT not approximately equal
to OAT shall be determined as follows:
a. SAT<OAT-(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT
increase due to fan)) or
b. SAT>OAT+(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT
increase due to fan))
Table 80 — Fan Status Monitoring Configuration
ITEM
SFS.S
SFS.M
EXPANSION
RANGE
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No
Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2
CCN POINT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
Table 81 — Dirty Filter Switch Points
ITEM
ConfigurationUNIT
SENSFLT.S
InputsGEN.I
FLT.S
EXPANSION
RANGE
CCN
POINT
FLTS_ENA
Filter
Enable/
Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Disable
Filter Status Input DRTY/CLN FLTS
Monitoring of the filter status switch is disabled in the
Service Test mode and when the supply fan is not commanded
on. If the fan is on and the unit is not in a test mode and the
filter status switch reads “dirty” for 2 continuous minutes, an
alert is generated. Recovery from this alert is done through a
clearing of all alarms or after cleaning the filter and the switch
reads “clean” for 30 seconds.
NOTE: The filter switch should be adjusted to allow for the
operating cfm and the type of filter. Refer to the accessory
installation instructions for information on adjusting the switch.
Economizer — The economizer control is used to manage
the outside and return air dampers of the unit to provide ventilation air as well as free cooling based on several configuration
options. This section contains a description of the economizer
and its ability to provide free cooling. See the section on Indoor
Air Quality Control on page 69 for more information on setting
up and using the economizer to perform demand controlled
ventilation (DCV). See the Third Party Control section for a
description on how to take over the operation of the economizer through external control.
The economizer system also permits this unit to perform
smoke control functions based on external control switch
inputs. Refer to the Smoke Control Modes section for detailed
discussions.
Economizer control can be based on automatic control
algorithms using unit-based set points and sensor inputs. This
economizer control system can also be managed through external logic systems.
The economizer system is a factory-installed option. This
unit can also have the following devices installed to enhance
economizer control:
• Outside air humidity sensor
• Return air humidity sensor
NOTE: All these options require the controls expansion module (CEM).
ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) CONTROL — The Economizer Fault Detection
and Diagnostics control can be divided into two tests:
• Test for mechanically disconnected actuator
• Test for stuck/jammed actuator
Mechanically Disconnected Actuator — The test for a
mechanically disconnected actuator shall be performed by
monitoring SAT as the actuator position changes and the
damper blades modulate. As the damper opens, it is expected
SAT will drop and approach OAT when the damper is at
100%. As the damper closes, it is expected SAT will rise and
approach RAT when the damper is at 0%. The basic test shall
be as follows:
1. With supply fan running take a sample of SAT at current
actuator position.
2. Modulate actuator to new position.
3. Allow time for SAT to stabilize at new position.
61
control capacity staging. The advantage is lower compressor
cycling coupled with tighter temperature control. Setting this
option to No will cause the economizer, if it is able to provide
free cooling, to open to the Economizer Max. Position
(EC.MX) during mechanical cooling.
ECONOMIZER OPERATION — There are four potential
elements which are considered concurrently which determine
whether the economizer is able to provide free cooling:
1. Dry bulb changeover (outside-air temperature qualification)
2. Economizer switch (discrete control input monitoring)
3. Economizer changeover select (E.SEL economizer
changeover select configuration option)
4. Outdoor dewpoint limit check (requires an installed outdoor relative humidity sensor installed)
Dry Bulb Changeover (OAT.L) — Outside-air temperature
may be viewed under TemperaturesAIR.TOAT. The control constantly compares its outside-air temperature reading
against the high temperature OAT lockout (OAT.L). If the temperature reads above OAT.L, the economizer will not be allowed to perform free cooling.
Economizer Switch (EC.SW) — The function of this switch
is determined by ConfigurationECONEC.SW. The state
of the corresponding economizer input can be viewed under
InputsGEN.IE.SW.
When set to EC.SW = 0, the switch is disabled. When set to
EC.SW = 1, the economizer switch functions to enable/disable
the economizer. When set to EC.SW = 2, the switch functions
as an IAQ override switch. This functions just like the discrete
IAQ input InputsAIR.QIAQ.I when Configuration
IAQAQ.CFIQ.I.C=2 (IAQ Discrete Override). See the
Indoor Air Quality Control section for more information.
When ConfigurationECONEC.SW=1 and Inputs
GEN.IE.SW = No, free cooling will not be allowed.
Economizer Control Type (E.TYP) — This configuration
should not be changed.
Economizer Changeover Select (E.SEL) — The control is
capable of performing any one of the following changeover
types in addition to both the dry bulb lockout and the external
switch enable input:
E.SEL = 0
none
E.SEL = 1
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover
E.SEL = 2
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover
E.SEL = 3
Differential Enthalpy Changeover
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover — As both return air and
outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on
these units, the user may select this option, E.SEL = 1, to
perform a qualification of return and outside air in the enabling
and disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected and
outside-air temperature is greater than return-air temperature,
free cooling will not be allowed.
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover — This option should be used
in climates with higher humidity conditions. The A Series
control can use an enthalpy switch or enthalpy sensor, or the
standard installed outdoor dry bulb sensor and an accessory
relative humidity sensor to calculate the enthalpy of the air.
Setting ConfigurationECONE.SEL = 2 requires that
the user configure ConfigurationECONOA.E.C, the
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover Select, and install an outdoor
relative humidity sensor. Once the sensor is installed, enable
ConfigurationECONORH.S, the outdoor relative humidity sensor configuration option.
If the user selects one of the Honeywell curves, A,B,C or D,
then OA.E.C options 1-4 should be selected. See Fig. 10 for a
diagram of these curves on a psychrometric chart.
OA.E.C = 1 Honeywell A Curve
The control shall test for a jammed actuator as follows:
• If the actuator has stopped moving and the reported position
(ECONOPOS) is not within ± 3% of the commanded position (ECONOCMD) after 20 seconds, a “damper stuck or
jammed” alert shall be logged.
• If the actuator jammed while opening (i.e., reported position
is less than the commanded position), a “not economizing
when it should” alert shall be logged.
• If the actuator jammed while closing (i.e., reported position
is greater than the command position), the “economizing
when it should not” and “too much outside air” alerts shall
be logged.
The control shall automatically clear the jammed actuator
alerts as follows:
• If the actuator jammed while opening, when ECONOPOS
is greater than the jammed position the alerts shall be
cleared.
• If the actuator jammed while closing, when ECONOPOS <
jammed position the alerts shall be cleared.
DIFFERENTIAL DRY BULB CUTOFF CONTROL (Differential Dry Bulb Changeover) — As both return air and
outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on
these units, the user may select this option, E.SEL = 1, to perform a qualification of return and outside-air in the enabling/
disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected the outsideair temperature shall be compared to the return-air temperature
to disallow free cooling as shown below:
E.SEL
DDB.C
(ECON_SEL)
(EC_DDBCO
NONE,
N/A
OUTDR.ENTH,
DIF.ENTHALPY
0 deg F
–2 deg F
DIFF.DRY
BULB
–4 deg F
–6 deg F
OAT/RAT
Comparison
N/A
DDBC
(DDBCSTAT)
NO
OAT>RAT
OAT<=RAT
OAT>RAT-2
OAT<=RAT-2
OAT>RAT-4
OAT<=RAT-4
OAT>RAT-6
OAT<=RAT-6
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
The status of differential dry bulb cutoff shall be visible under
Run StatusECONDISADDBC.
There shall be hysteresis where OAT must fall 1 deg F lower
than the comparison temperature when transitioning from
DDBCSTAT=YES to DDBSTAT=NO.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The economizer configuration options are under the Local Display Mode Configuration
ECON. See Table 82.
Economizer Installed? (EC.EN) — If an economizer is not
installed or is to be completely disabled then the configuration
option EC.EN should be set to No. Otherwise in the case of an
installed economizer, this value must be set to Yes.
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN) — The configuration option EC.MN is the economizer minimum position. See
the section on indoor air quality for further information on how
to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and to
more carefully monitor IAQ problems.
Economizer Maximum Position (EC.MX) — The upper limit of the economizer may be limited by setting EC.MX. This
value defaults to 98% to avoid problems associated with slight
changes in the economizer damper’s end stop over time. Typically this will not need to be adjusted.
Economizer Trim for Sum Z? (E.TRM) — Sum Z is the
adaptive cooling control algorithm used for multiple stages
of mechanical cooling capacity. The configuration option,
E.TRM is typically set to Yes, and allows the economizer to
modulate to the same control point (Sum Z) that is used to
62
Custom Psychrometric Curves — Refer to the psychrometric
chart and the standard Honeywell A-D curves in Fig. 10. The
curves start from the bottom and rise vertically, angle to the left
and then fold over. This corresponds to the limits imposed by
dry bulb changeover, outdoor enthalpy changeover and
outdoor dewpoint limiting respectively. Therefore, it is now
possible to create any curve desired with the addition of one
outdoor relative humidity sensor and the options for changeover now available. See Fig. 11 for an example of a custom
curve constructed on a psychrometric chart.
UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING — This
Free Cooling function is used to start the supply fan and use
the economizer to bring in outside air when the outside
temperature is cool enough to pre-cool the space. This is done
to delay the need for mechanical cooling when the system
enters the occupied period. This function requires the use of a
space temperature sensor.
When configured, the economizer will modulate during an
unoccupied period and attempt to maintain space temperature
to the occupied cooling set point. Once the need for cooling has
been satisfied during this cycle, the fan will be stopped.
Configuring the economizer for Unoccupied Economizer
Free Cooling is done in the UEFC group. There are three
configuration options, FC.CF, FC.TM and FC.LO.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Configuration
(FC.CF) — This option is used to configure the type of unoccupied economizer free cooling control that is desired.
0 = disable unoccupied economizer free cooling
1 = perform unoccupied economizer free cooling as available
during the entire unoccupied period.
2 = perform unoccupied economizer free cooling as available,
FC.TM minutes before the next occupied period.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Time Configuration
(FC.TM) — This option is a configurable time period, prior to
the next occupied period, that the control will allow unoccupied economizer free cooling to operate. This option is only
applicable when FC.CF = 2.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Outside Lockout
Temperature (FC.L.O) — This configuration option allows
the user to select an outside-air temperature below which unoccupied free cooling is not allowed. This is further explained in
the logic section.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Logic — The following qualifications that must be true for unoccupied free cooling
to operate:
• Unit configured for an economizer
• Space temperature sensor enabled and sensor reading
within limits
• Unit is in the unoccupied mode
• FC.CF set to 1 or FC.CF set to 2 and control is within
FC.TM minutes of the next occupied period
• Not in the Temperature Compensated Start Mode
• Not in a cooling mode
• Not in a heating mode
• Not in a tempering mode
• Outside-air temperature sensor reading within limits
• Economizer would be allowed to cool if the fan were
requested and in a cool mode
• OAT > FC.L.O (1.0° F hysteresis applied)
• Unit not in a fire smoke mode
• No fan failure when configured to for unit to shut down
on a fan failure
If all of the above conditions are satisfied:
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling will start when both of
the following conditions are true:
{SPT > (OCSP + 2)} AND {SPT > (OAT + 8)}
OA.E.C = 2 Honeywell B Curve
OA.E.C = 3 Honeywell C Curve
OA.E.C = 4 Honeywell D Curve
OA.E.C = 5 custom enthalpy curve
If the user selects OA.E.C = 5, a direct comparison of outdoor enthalpy versus an enthalpy set point is done. This outdoor enthalpy set point limit is configurable, and is called
ConfigurationECONOA.EN.
Depending on what ConfigurationECONOA.E.C is
configured for, if the outdoor enthalpy exceeds the Honeywell
curves or the outdoor enthalpy compare value (Configuration
ECONOA.EN), then free cooling will not be allowed.
Differential Enthalpy Changeover — This option compares
the outdoor-air enthalpy to the return air enthalpy and chooses
the option with the lowest enthalpy. This option should be used
in climates with high humidity conditions. This option uses both
humidity sensors and dry bulb sensors to calculate the enthalpy
of the outdoor and return air. An accessory outdoor air humidity
sensor (ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor (RRH.S) are
used. The outdoor air relative humidity sensor configuration
(ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor configuration (ConfigurationUNITSENSRRH.S) must be enabled.
CONTROL CURVE
A
B
C
D
CONTROL POINT
(approx Deg) AT 50% RH
73
68
63
58
Fig. 10 — Psychrometric Chart for
Enthalpy Control
Outdoor Dewpoint Limit Check — If an outdoor relative
humidity sensor is installed, then the control is able to calculate
the outdoor air dewpoint temperature and will compare this
temperature against the outside air dewpoint temperature
limit configuration (ConfigurationECONO.DEW). If the
outdoor air dewpoint temperature is greater than O.DEW, then
free cooling will not be allowed. Figure 11 shows a horizontal
limit line in the custom curve of the psychrometric chart. This
is the outdoor air dewpoint limit boundary.
63
T24 Test Minimum Position (ET.MN) — The minimum position below which tests for a mechanically disconnected actuator will not be performed. For example, if the actuator moves
entirely within the range 0 to ET.MN a determination of
whether the actuator is mechanically disconnected will not be
made. This is due to the fact that at the extreme ends of the actuator movement, a change in position may not result in a detectable change in temperature. When the actuator stops in the
range 0 to 2% (the actuator is considered to be closed), a test
shall be performed where SAT is expected to be approximately
equal to RAT. If SAT is not determined to be approximately
equal to RAT, a “damper not modulating” alert shall be logged.
T24 Test Maximum Position (ET.MX) — The maximum position above which tests for a mechanically disconnected actuator will not be performed. For example, if the actuator moves
entirely within the range ET.MX to 100 a determination of
whether the actuator is mechanically disconnected will not be
made. This is due to the fact that at the extreme ends of the actuator movement, a change in position may not result in a detectable change in temperature. When the actuator stops in the
range 98 to 100% (the actuator is considered to be open), a test
shall be performed where SAT is expected to be approximately
equal to OAT. If SAT is not determined to be approximately
equal to OAT, a “damper not modulating” alert shall be logged.
SAT Settling Time (SAT.T) — The amount of time (in seconds) the economizer reported position must remain unchanged (± EC.MD) before the control will attempt to detect a
mechanically disconnected actuator. This is to allow SAT to
stabilize at the current economizer position. This configuration
sets the settling time of the supply-air temperature (SAT). This
typically tells the control how long to wait after a stage change
before trusting the SAT reading, and has been reused for Title
24 purposes.
The Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Mode will stop
when either of the following conditions are true:
{SPT < OCSP} OR {SPT < (OAT + 3)} where SPT = Space
Temperature and OCSP = Occupied Cooling Set Point.
When the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling mode is
active, the supply fan is turned on and the economizer damper
modulated to control to the supply air set point (Setpoints
SASP) plus any supply air reset that may be applied (Inputs
RSETSA.S.R).
FDD CONFIGURATIONS
Log Title 24 Faults (LOG.F) — Enables Title 24 detection
and logging of mechanically disconnected actuator faults.
T24 Econ Move Detect (EC.MD) — Detects the amount of
change required in the reported position before economizer is
detected as moving.
T24 Econ Move SAT Test (EC.ST) — The minimum
amount the economizer must move in order to trigger the test
for a change in SAT. The economizer must move at least
EC.ST % before the control will attempt to determine whether
the actuator is mechanically disconnected.
T24 Econ Move SAT Change (S.CHG) — The minimum
amount (in degrees F) SAT is expected to change based on
economizer position change of EC.ST.
T24 Econ RAT-OAT Diff (E.SOD) — The minimum amount
(in degrees F) between RAT (if available) or SAT (with economizer closed and fan on) and OAT to perform mechanically
disconnected actuator testing.
T24 Heat/Cool End Delay (E.CHD) — The amount of time
(in minutes) to wait before mechanical cooling or heating has
ended before testing for mechanically disconnected actuator.
This is to allow SAT to stabilize at conclusion of mechanical
cooling or heating.
Table 82 — Economizer Configuration Table
ITEM
EC.EN
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
DDB.C
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
E.TYP
EC.SW
E.CFG
E.P.GN
E.RNG
E.SPD
E.DBD
UEFC
FC.CF
FC.TM
FC.L.O
T.24.C
LOG.F
EC.MD
EC.ST
S.CHG
E.SOD
E.CHD
ET.MN
ET.MX
SAT.T
EXPANSION
Economizer Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
Diff Dry Bulb RAT Offset
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
TITLE 24 FDD
Log Title 24 Faults
T24 Econ Move Detect
T24 Econ Move SAT Test
T24 Econ Move SAT Change
T24 Econ RAT-OAT Diff
T24 Heat/Cool End Delay
T24 Test Minimum Pos.
T24 Test Maximum Pos.
SAT Settling Time
RANGE
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0-3
0-3
1-5
18 - 32
-40 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
1-3
0-2
CCN POINT
ECON_ENA
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
EC_DDBCO
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
ECON_CTL
ECOSWCFG
DEFAULT
Yes
5
98
Yes
0
0
4
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
^F
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
0-2
0 - 720
40 - 70
min
dF
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
0
120
50
Yes/No
1 to 10
10 to 20
0 to 5
5 to 20
0 to 60
0 to 50
50 to 100
10 to 900
dF
%
dF
dF
min
%
%
sec
T24LOGFL
T24ECMDB
T24ECSTS
T24SATMD
T24RATDF
T24CHDLY
T24TSTMN
T24TSTMX
SAT_SET
No
1
10
0.2
15
25
15
85
240
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
64
UNITS
%
%
dF
dF
dF
^F
A48-7731
Fig. 11 — Custom Changeover Curve Example
ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION — The
configuration items in the E.CFG menu group affect how
the economizer modulates when attempting to follow an
economizer cooling set point. Typically, they will not need
adjustment. In fact, it is strongly advised not to adjust these
configuration items from their default settings without first
consulting a service engineering representative.
In addition, the economizer cooling algorithm is designed to
automatically slow down the economizer actuator’s rate of
travel as outside air temperature decreases.
ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP — Because there are
so many conditions which might disable the economizer from
being able to provide free cooling, the control has a display
table to identify these potentially disabling sources. The user
can check ACTV, the “Economizer Active” flag. If this flag is
set to Yes there is no reason to check DISA (Economizer
Disabling Conditions). If the flag is set to No, this means that at
least one or more of the flags under the group DISA are set
to Yes and the user can discover what is preventing the economizer from performing free cooling by checking the table.
The economizer’s reported and commanded positions
are also viewable, as well as outside air temperature, relative
humidity, enthalpy and dew point temperature.
The following information can be found under the Local
Display Mode Run StatusECON. See Table 83.
Economizer Control Point Determination Logic — Once the
economizer is allowed to provide free cooling, the economizer
must determine exactly what set point it should try to maintain.
The set point the economizer attempts to maintain when “free
cooling” is located at Run StatusVIEWEC.C.P. This is
the economizer control point.
The control selects set points differently, based on the
control type of the unit. This control type can be found at
ConfigurationUNITC.TYP. There are 6 types of control.
C.TYP = 1
VAV-RAT
C.TYP = 2
VAV-SPT
C.TYP = 3
TSTAT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 4
TSTAT 2 Stage
C.TYP = 5
SPT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 6
SPT 2 Stage
If the economizer is not allowed to do free cooling, then
EC.C.P = 0.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Unoccupied Free Cooling Mode is ON, then EC.C.P =
SetpointsSASP + InputsRSETSA.S.R.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Dehumidification mode is ON, then EC.C.P = the Cooling
Control Point (Run StatusVIEWCL.C.P).
If the C.TYP is either 4 or 6, and the unit is in a cool mode,
then
If Stage = 0
EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run
StatusVIEWCL.C.P)
If Stage = 1
53.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see
below)
If Stage = 2
48.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see
below)
NOTE: To check the current cooling stage go to Run Status
CoolCUR.S.
If the C.TYP is either 1,2,3 or 5, and the unit is in a cool
mode, then EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status
VIEWCL.C.P).
Economizer Suction Pressure Reset for Two-Stage
Cooling — If the unit’s control type is set to either 2-stage thermostat or 2-stage space temperature control, then there is no
cooling control point. Stages 1 and 2 are brought on based on
demand, irrespective of the evaporator discharge temperature.
In this case, the economizer monitors suction pressure and
resets the economizer control point accordingly in order to
protect the unit from freezing. For those conditions when the
economizer opens up fully but is not able to make set point, and
then a compressor comes on, it is conceivable that the coil
might freeze. This can be indirectly monitored by checking suction pressure. Rather than fail a circuit, the control will attempt
to protect the unit by resetting the economizer control point
until the suction pressure rises out of freezing conditions.
65
If either circuit’s suction pressure drops to within 5 psig
of the low suction pressure trip point, the control will start
adding reset to the economizer control point if it is active. It
will be possible to reset the control point upwards, 10 degrees
(2 degrees per psig), between the low suction pressure trip
point of 52 psig for 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units or 93 psig for
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units. If this does not work, and if the suction pressure drops below the trip point, then the control will
further reset the control point 1 degree every 15 seconds up to a
maximum of 10 degrees. The resulting effect will be to warm
up the mixed air entering the evaporator, thereby raising the
suction pressure.
that this value not be changed without guidance from Service
Engineering.
Building Pressure Set Point Offset (BP.SO) — This configuration is the value below the building pressure set point to which
the building pressure must fall in order to turn off power exhaust
control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.
Building Pressure Minimum Speed (BP.MN) — This configuration is the minimum allowed VFD speed during building pressure control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.
Building Pressure Maximum Speed (BP.MX) — This configuration is the maximum allowed VFD speed during building
pressure control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF
= 3.
VFD Fire Speed (BP.FS) — This configuration is the VFD
speed override when the control is in the purge or evacuation
smoke control modes. This configuration is only active when
BP.CF = 3.
Power Exhaust Motors (BP.MT) — This configuration is machine dependent and instructs the building pressure control
algorithm as to whether the unit has 4 or 6 motors to control.
The motors are controlled by three power exhaust relays A, B,
and C. These relay outputs are located at the local display under OutputsFANSPE.A,B,C.
The following table illustrates the number of motors each
relay is in control of based on BP.MT:
Building Pressure Control — The building pressure
control sequence provides control of the pressure in the building through the modulating flow rate function of the modulating power exhaust option. This function also provides control
of the constant volume 2-stage power exhaust option.
BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION — The building pressure configurations are found at the local display under
ConfigurationBP. See Table 84.
Building Pressure Config (BP.CF) — This configuration selects the type of building pressure control.
• BP.CF = 0, No building pressure control
• BP.CF = 1, constant volume two-stage power exhaust
based on economizer position
• BP.CF = 2, multiple stage building pressure control
based on a building pressure sensor
• BP.CF = 3, VFD building pressure control based on a
building pressure sensor
Building Pressure PID Run Rate (BP.RT) — This configuration selects the run time of the PID algorithm. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this
value not be changed without guidance from Service
Engineering.
Building Pressure Proportional Gain (BP.P) — This configuration selects the proportional gain of the PID algorithm. This
configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this value not be changed without guidance from Service
Engineering.
Building Pressure Integral Gain (BP.I) — This configuration
selects the integral gain of the PID algorithm. This configuration
is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this value not be changed without guidance from Service Engineering.
Building Pressure Derivative Gain (BP.D) — This configuration selects the derivative gain of the PID algorithm. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended
BP.MT
1 (4 motors)
2 (6 motors)
PE_A Relay
1 Motor
1 Motor
PE_B Relay
2 Motors
2 Motors
PE_C Relay
1 Motor
3 Motors
Building Pressure Sensor (BP.S) — This configuration allows the reading of a building pressure sensor when enabled.
This is automatically enabled when BP.CF = 2 or 3.
Building Pressure (+/–) Range (BP.R) — This configuration
establishes the range in in. wg that a 4 to 20 mA sensor will be
scaled to. The control only allows sensors that measure both
positive and negative pressure.
Building Pressure SETP (BP.SP) — This set point is the
building pressure control set point. If the unit is configured for
modulating building pressure control, then this is the set point
that the control will control to.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P1) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume twostage control), the control will turn on the first power exhaust
fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set point.
Table 83 — Economizer Run Status Table
ITEM
ECN.P
ECN.C
ACTV
DISA
UNAV
R.EC.D
DBC
DEW
DDBC
OAEC
DEC
EDT
OAT
FORC
SFON
CLOF
OAQL
HELD
DH.DS
O.AIR
OAT
OA.RH
OA.E
OA.D.T
EXPANSION
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
Outside Air Dewpoint Temp
RANGE
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
UNITS
%
%
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
WRITE STATUS
forcible
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
dF
%
dF
66
CCN POINT
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
forcible
forcible
For BP.CF=1, the Table 85 illustrates the power exhaust
stages 1 and 2, relay combinations based upon Configuration
BP.MT (4 or 6 motors).
MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING
PRESSURE CONTROL (BP.CF = 2) OPERATION —
Building pressure control is active whenever the supply fan is
running. The control algorithm to be used (BP.SL=1) is a timed
threshold technique for bringing stages of power exhaust on
and off.
The number of power exhaust stages available for this control algorithm is a function of the number of motors it supports.
This number of motors is defined by the ConfigurationBP
BP.MT configuration. Table 86 illustrates the staging tables
for this control algorithm based on BP.MT.
The following configurations are used in the controlling of
building pressure with this algorithm:
• ConfigurationBPB.CFGBP.HP (building pressure
high threshold level)
• ConfigurationBPB.CFGBP.LP (building pressure
low threshold level)
• ConfigurationBPB.CFGBP.TM (building pressure
timer)
This control function is allowed to add or select power exhaust stages at any time, except that a delay time must expire
after a stage is added or subtracted. Any time a stage change is
made, a timer is started which delays staging for 10 * BP.TM
seconds. The default for BP.TM is 1, therefore the delay
between stage changes is set to 10 seconds.
The logic to add or subtract a stage of power exhaust is as
follows:
• If building pressure (PressuresAIR.PBP) is greater
than the building pressure set point (Configuration
BPBPSP) plus the building pressure high threshold level
(ConfigurationBPB.CFGBP.HP) add a stage of
power exhaust.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P2) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume twostage control), the control will turn on the second power exhaust
fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set point.
Modulating PE Algorithm Select (BP.SL) — This configuration
selects the algorithm used to step the power exhaust stages. This
must be set to 1 at all times. The other selections are not used.
Building Pressure PID Evaluation Time (BP.TM) — This
configuration is the run time rate of the multiple stage (modulating) power exhaust algorithm (BP.CF=2).
Building Pressure Threshold Adjustment (BP.ZG) — This
configuration is not used. It currently has no effect on building
pressure control.
High Building Pressure Level (BP.HP) — This configuration is the threshold level above the building pressure set point
used to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.
Low Building Pressure Level (BP.LP) — This configuration
is the threshold level below the building pressure set point used
to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.
CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL (BP.CF = 1)
OPERATION — Two exhaust fan relays will be turned on and
off based on economizer position. The two trip set points are
BP.P1 and BP.P2. If the economizer is greater than or equal
to BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is requested and a
60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below
the BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. Also, if the
economizer position is less than BP.P1 and the 60-second timer
has expired, power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. The same
logic applies to the second power exhaust stage, except the
BP.P2 trip point is monitored. If the economizer position is
greater than or equal to BP.P2, then power exhaust stage 2
is energized and a 60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below the BP.P2 the second power exhaust
stage turned off. If the economizer is less than BP.P2 and the
60-second timer has expired, second stage power exhaust is
turned off.
Table 84 — Building Pressure Configuration
ITEM
BP
BP.CF
BP.RT
BP.P
BP.I
BP.D
BP.SO
BP.MN
BP.MX
BP.FS
BP.MT
BP.S
BP.R
BP.SP
BP.P1
BP.P2
B.CFG
BP.SL
BP.TM
BP.ZG
BP.HP
BP.LP
EXPANSION
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
Building Press. Config
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain
Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain
BP Setpoint Offset
BP VFD Minimum Speed
BP VFD Maximum Speed
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
Power Exhaust Motors
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/–) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
RANGE
0-3
5-120
0-5
0-2
0-5
0.0 - 0.5
0-100
0-100
0-100
1-2
Enable/Dsable
0 - 1.00
-0.25 -> 0.25
0 - 100
0 - 100
1-3
0 - 10
0.1 - 10.0
0 - 1.000
0 - 1.000
*Some configurations are machine dependent.
67
UNITS
CCN POINT
"H2O
"H2O
%
%
BLDG_CFG
BPIDRATE
BLDGP_PG
BLDGP_IG
BLDGP_DG
BPSO
BLDGPMIN
BLDGPMAX
BLDGPFSO
PWRM
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
PES1
PES2
min
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
BPSELECT
BPPERIOD
BPZ_GAIN
BPHPLVL
BPLPLVL
sec
"H2O
%
%
%
DEFAULT
0*
10
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.05
10
100
100
1*
Dsable*
0.25
0.05
35
75
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
Table 85 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF = 1)
BP.MT = 1 (4 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
PE.A
OFF
OFF
ON
PE.B
OFF
ON
ON
PE.C
OFF
OFF
ON
BP.MT = 2 (6 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
PE.A
OFF
OFF
ON
PE.B
OFF
OFF
ON
PE.C
OFF
ON
ON
Table 86 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF = 2)
BP.MT = 1 (4 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
Power Exhaust Stage 3
Power Exhaust Stage 4
PE.A
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
PE.B
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
PE.C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
BP.MT = 2 (6 motors)
Power Exhaust Stage 0
Power Exhaust Stage 1
Power Exhaust Stage 2
Power Exhaust Stage 3
Power Exhaust Stage 4
Power Exhaust Stage 5
Power Exhaust Stage 6
PE.A
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
PE.B
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
PE.C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
• If building pressure (PressuresAIR.PBP) is less than
the building pressure set point (Configuration
BPBPSP) minus the building pressure low threshold
level (ConfigurationBPB.CFGBP.LP) subtract a
stage of power exhaust.
VFD POWER EXHAUST BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL (BP.CF = 3) — A 4 to 20mA analog output from
Economizer Control Board 1 (ECB-1, AO1) is provided as a
speed reference for a field-installed VFD power exhaust
accessory. If building pressure (PressuresAIR.PBP) rises
above the building pressure set point (BP.SP) and the supply
fan is on, then building pressure control is initialized. Thereafter, if the supply fan relay goes off or if the building pressure
drops below the BP.SP minus the building pressure set point
offset (BP.SO) for 5 continuous minutes, building pressure
control will be stopped. The 5-minute timer will continue to reinitialize if the VFD is still commanded to a speed > 0%. If the
building pressure falls below the set point, the VFD will slow
down automatically. Control is performed with a PID loop
where:
Error = BP – BP.SP
K = 1000 * BP.RT/60 (normalize the PID control for run
rate)
P = K * BP.P * (error)
I = K * BP.I * (error) + “I” calculated last time through the
PID
D = K * BP.D * (error – error computed last time through
the PID)
VFD speed reference (clamped between BP.MN and
BP.MX%) = P + I + D
main board (MBB) on terminals TB5-10 and 11. The unit may
also be equipped with a factory-installed return air smoke detector that is wired to TB5-10 and 11 and will shut the unit
down if a smoke condition is determined. Field-monitoring
wiring can be connected to terminal TB5-8 and 9 to monitor
the smoke detector. Inputs on the CEM board can be used to
put the unit in the Pressurization, Evacuation, and Smoke
Purge modes. These switches or inputs are connected to TB6 as
shown below. Refer to Major System Components section on
page 105 for wiring diagrams.
Pressurization — TB5-12 and 13
Evacuation — TB5-12 and 14
Smoke Purge — TB5-12 and 15
Each mode must be energized individually on discrete inputs and the corresponding alarm is initiated when a mode is
activated. The fire system provides a normally closed dry contact closure. Multiple smoke control inputs, sensed by the control will force the unit into a Fire Shutdown mode.
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS — These discrete inputs can be
found on the local display under InputsFIRE.
ITEM
FIRE
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
EXPANSION
RANGE
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
Fire Shutdown Input
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
CCN WRITE
POINT STATUS
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
Fire Shutdown Mode — This mode will cause an immediate
and complete shutdown of the unit.
Pressurization Mode — This mode attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from an adjacent
space. Opening the economizer (thereby closing the return air
damper), shutting down power exhaust and turning the indoor
fan on will increase pressure in the space.
Evacuation Mode — This mode attempts to lower the pressure of the space to prevent infiltrating an adjacent space with
its smoke. Closing the economizer (thereby opening the return-
Smoke Control Modes — There are four smoke con-
trol modes that can be used to control smoke within areas serviced by the unit: Pressurization mode, Evacuation mode,
Smoke Purge mode, and Fire Shutdown. Evacuation, Pressurization and Smoke Purge modes require the Controls Expansion Board (CEM). The Fire Shutdown input is located on the
68
air damper), turning on the power exhaust and shutting down
the indoor fan decrease pressure in the space.
Smoke Purge Mode — This mode attempts to draw out
smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening
the economizer (thereby closing the return-air damper), turning
on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will evacuate smoke
and bring in fresh air.
AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE-SMOKE
MODES — All non-smoke related control outputs will get
shut down in the fire-smoke modes. Those related to airflow
will be controlled as explained below. The following matrix
specifies all actions the control shall undertake when each
mode occurs (outputs are forced internally with CCN priority
number 1 - “Fire”):
Economizer
Indoor Fan —
VFD
Power Exhaust
Heat Interlock
Relay
100%
100%
0%
FIRE
SHUTDOWN
0%
ON/FSO*
ON/FSO*
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON/FSO*
ON/FSO*
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
PRESSURIZATION PURGE EVACUATION
*“FSO” refers to the supply VFD fire speed override configurable
speed.
RELEVANT ITEMS
The economizer’s commanded output can be found in
OutputsECONECN.C.
The configurable fire speed override for supply fan VFD is in
ConfigurationSPSP.FS.
The supply fan relay’s commanded output can be found in
OutputsFANSS.FAN.
The supply fan VFD’s commanded speed can be found in
OutputsFANSS.VFD.
Indoor Air Quality Control — The indoor air quality
(IAQ) function will admit fresh air into the space whenever
space air quality sensors detect high levels of CO2.
When a space or return air CO2 sensor is connected to the
unit control, the unit’s IAQ routine allows a demand-based
control for ventilation air quantity, by providing a modulating
outside air damper position that is proportional to CO2 level.
The ventilation damper position is varied between a minimum
ventilation level (based on internal sources of contaminants
and CO2 levels other than from the effect of people) and the
maximum design ventilation level (determined at maximum
populated status in the building). Demand controlled ventilation (DCV) is also available when the ComfortLink unit is connected to a CCN system using ComfortID™ terminal controls.
This function also provides alternative control methods for
controlling the amount of ventilation air being admitted,
including fixed outdoor air ventilation rates (measured as cfm),
external discrete sensor switch input and externally generated
proportional signal controls.
The IAQ function requires the installation of the factoryoption economizer system. The DCV sequences also require
the connection of accessory (or field-supplied) space or return
air CO2 sensors. Fixed cfm rate control requires the factoryinstalled outdoor air cfm option. External control of the
ventilation position requires supplemental devices, including a
4 to 20 mA signal, a 10,000 ohms potentiometer, or a discrete
switch input, depending on the method selected. Outside air
CO2 levels may also be monitored directly and high CO2
economizer restriction applied when an outdoor air CO2 sensor
is connected. (The outdoor CO2 sensor connection requires
installation of the CEM.)
The ComfortLink control system has the capability of DCV
using an IAQ sensor. The indoor air quality (IAQ) is measured
using a CO2 sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts
per million (ppm). The IAQ sensor can be field-installed in the
ECONOMIZER
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION
MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION
INCREASING VENTILATION
DEVICE
return duct. There is also an accessory space IAQ sensor that
can be installed directly in the occupied space. The sensor must
provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal and must include its own
24-v supply. The sensor connects to terminal TB5-6 and 7. Be
sure to leave the 182-ohm resistor in place on terminals 6 and 7.
OPERATION — The unit’s indoor air quality algorithm modulates the position of the economizer damper between two user
configurations depending upon the relationship between the
IAQ and the outdoor air quality (OAQ). Both of these values
can be read at the InputsAIR.Q submenu. The lower of these
two configurable positions is referred to as the IAQ Demand
Vent Min Position (IAQ.M), while the higher is referred to as
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN). The IAQ.M should
be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air
to remove contaminants and CO2 generated by sources other
than people. The EC.MN value should be set to an economizer
position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminants
and CO2 generated by all sources including people. The
EC.MN value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The logic that is used to control the dampers in response to
IAQ conditions is shown in Fig. 12. The ComfortLink controls
will begin to open the damper from the IAQ.M position when
the IAQ level begins to exceed the OAQ level by a configurable amount, which is referred to as Differential Air Quality
Low Limit (DAQ.L).
If OAQ is not being measured, OAQ can be manually configured. It should be set at around 400 to 450 ppm or measured
with a handheld sensor during the commissioning of the unit.
The OAQ reference level can be set using the OAQ Reference
Set Point (OAQ.U). When the differential between IAQ and
OAQ reaches the configurable Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit
(DAQ.H), then the economizer position will be EC.MN.
When the IAQ–OAQ differential is between DAQ.L and
DAQ.H, the control will modulate the damper between IAQ.M
and EC.MN as shown in Fig. 12. The relationship is a linear
relationship but other non-linear options can be used. The
damper position will never exceed the bounds specified by
IAQ.M and EC.MN during IAQ control.
VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE
VENTILATION FOR SOURCES
100
500
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (DAQ.L)
700
1000
INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO2 DIFFERENTIAL
INSIDE CO2 CONCENTRATION
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH (DAQ.H)
Fig. 12 — IAQ Control
A48-7209
If the building is occupied and the indoor fan is running and
the differential between IAQ and OAQ is less than DAQ.L, the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. The economizer will not
close completely. The damper position will be 0 when the fan
is not running or the building is unoccupied. The damper position may exceed EC.MN in order to provide free cooling.
The ComfortLink controller is configured for air quality
sensors which provide 4 mA at 0 ppm and 20 mA at 2000 ppm.
If a sensor has a different range, these bounds must be
reconfigured. These pertinent configurations for ranging the air
69
or if a default OAQ value is used, then the unit can perform IAQ control.
• IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ analog input with minimum position
override) — If the differential between IAQ and OAQ
is above ConfigurationIAQAQ.SPDAQ.H, the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SPIQ.O.P).
• IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA minimum position) — With a 4
to 20 mA signal connected to TB5-6 and 7, the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly from 0%
(4 mA) to EC.MX (20 mA).
• IQ.A.C = 4 (10K potentiometer minimum position) —
With a 10K linear potentiometer connected to TB5-6 and 7,
the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly
from 0% (0 ohms) to EC.MX (10,000 ohms).
IAQ Analog Fan Config (ConfigurationIAQAQ.CF
IQ.A.F) — This configuration is used to configure the control
of the indoor fan. If this option is used then the IAQ sensor
must be in the space and not in the return duct. It has the following configurations:
• IQ.A.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
• IQ.A.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
• IQ.A.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan operation
and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and unoccupied period. For IQ.A.F = 1 or 2, the fan will be turned on as
described above when DAQ is above the DAQ Fan On Set
Point (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SPD.F.ON). The fan
will be turned off when DAQ is below the DAQ Fan Off Set
Point (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SPD.F.OF). The control can also be set up to respond to a discrete IAQ input.
The discrete input is connected to TB5-6 and 7.
IAQ Discrete Input Config (ConfigurationIAQAQ.CF
IQ.I.C) — This configuration is used to set the type of IAQ
sensor. The following are the options:
• IQ.I.C = 0 (No Discrete Input) — This is used to indicate
that no discrete input will be used and the standard IAQ
sensor input will be used.
• IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete Input) — This will indicate
that the IAQ level (high or low) will be indicated by
the discrete input. When the IAQ level is low, the
economizer minimum position will be Configuration
IAQDCV.CIAQ.M.
• IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Input with Minimum Position
Override) — This will indicate that the IAQ level (high
or low) will be indicated by the discrete input and the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position, IQ.O.P (when high).
It is also necessary to configure how the fan operates when
using the IAQ discrete input.
IAQ Discrete Fan Config (ConfigurationIAQAQ.CF
IQ.I.F) — This is used to configure the operation of the
fan during an IAQ demand condition. It has the following
configurations:
• IQ.I.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
• IQ.I.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
• IQ.I.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan
quality sensors are IQ.R.L, IQ.R.H, OQ.R.L and OQ.R.H. The
bounds represent the PPM corresponding to 4 mA (low) and
20 mA (high) for IAQ and OAQ, respectively.
If OAQ exceeds the OAQ Lockout Value (OAQ.L), then the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. This is used to limit the use
of outside air which outdoor air CO2 levels are above the
OAQ.L limit. Normally a linear control of the damper vs. the
IAQ control signal can be used, but the control also supports
non-linear control. Different curves can be used based on the
Diff.AQ Responsiveness Variable (IAQ.R). See Fig. 13.
A48-7711
NOTE: Calculating the IAQ.M and EC.MN damper position based
on differential IAQ measurement.
Based on the configuration parameter IAQREACT, the reaction to
damper positioning based on differential air quality ppm can be
adjusted.
IAQREACT = 1 to 5 (more responsive)
IAQREACT = 0 (linear)
IAQREACT = –1 to –5 (less responsive)
Fig. 13 — IAQ Response Curve
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The IAQ configuration options are under the Local Display Mode ConfigurationIAQ.
See Table 87.
Economizer Min Position (ConfigurationIAQDCV.C
EC.MN) — This is the fully occupied minimum economizer position.
IAQ Demand Vent Min Pos. (ConfigurationIAQDCV.C
IAQ.M) — This configuration will be used to set the minimum damper position in the occupied period when there is no
IAQ demand.
IAQ Analog Sensor Config (ConfigurationIAQ
AQ.CFIQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
IAQ position control. It has the following options:
• IQ.A.C = 0 (No analog input). If there is no other minimum position control, the economizer minimum position
will be ConfigurationIAQDCV.CEC.MN and
there will be no IAQ control.
• IQ.A.C = 1 (IAQ analog input). An indoor air (space or
return air) CO2 sensor is installed. If an outdoor air CO2
sensor is also installed, or OAQ is broadcast on the CCN,
70
operation and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied
and unoccupied period.
OAQ 4-20 mA Sensor Config (ConfigurationIAQ
AQ.CFOQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
outdoor sensor that will be used for OAQ levels. It has the following configuration options:
• OQ.A.C = 0 (No Sensor) — No sensor will be used and
the internal software reference setting will be used.
• OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ Sensor with DAQ) — An outdoor
CO2 sensor will be used.
• OQ.A.C = 2 (4 to 20 mA Sensor without DAQ).
IAQ Econo Override Pos (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP
IQ.O.P) — This configuration is the position that the economizer goes to when override is in effect.
Diff. Air Quality Lo Limit (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP
DAQ.L) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be initiated.
Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit (ConfigurationIAQ AQ.SP
DAQ.H) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be at maximum and the dampers
will be at the Configuration IAQDCV.CEC.MN.
DAQ ppm Fan Off Set Point (ConfigurationIAQ
AQ.SPD.F.OF) — This is the CO2 level at which the
indoor fan will be turned off.
DAQ ppm Fan On Set Point (Configuration
IAQAQ.SPD.F.ON) — This is the CO2 level at which
the indoor fan will be turned on.
Diff. IAQ Responsiveness (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP
IAQ.R) — This is the configuration that is used to select the
IAQ response curves as shown in Fig. 13.
OAQ Lockout Value (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP
OAQ.L) — This is the maximum OAQ level above which demand ventilation will be disabled.
User Determined OAQ (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SP
OAQ.U) — If an OAQ sensor is unavailable, the user can
manually set the OAQ reading.
IAQ Low Reference (ConfigurationIAQAQ.S.R
IQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
IAQ High Reference (ConfigurationIAQAQ.S.R
IQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 20 mA.
OAQ Low Reference (ConfigurationIAQAQ.S.R
OQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
OAQ High Reference (ConfigurationIAQAQ.S.R
OQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a nonCarrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 20 mA.
PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE — The control has the option
for a pre-occupancy purge to refresh the air in the space prior to
occupancy.
This feature is enabled by setting ConfigurationIAQ
IAQ.PIQ.PG to Yes.
The IAQ purge will operate under the following conditions:
• IQ.PG is enabled
• the unit is in the unoccupied state
• Current Time is valid
• Next Occupied Time is valid
• time is within two hours of the next occupied period
• time is within the purge duration (Configuration
IAQIAQ.PIQ.P.T)
If all of the above conditions are met, the following logic is
used:
If OAT  IQ.L.O and OAT  OCSP and economizer is
available then purge will be enabled and the economizer will
be commanded to 100%.
If OAT < IQ.L.O then the economizer will be positioned to
the IAQ Purge LO Temp Min Pos (Configuration
IAQIAQ.PIQ.P.L)
If neither of the above are true then the dampers will be
positioned to the IAQ Purge HI Temp Min Pos (Configuration
IAQIAQ.PIQ.P.H)
If this mode is enabled the indoor fan and heat interlock
relay (VAV) will be energized.
IAQ Purge (Configuration  IAQ  IAQ.P  IQ.PG) —
This is used to enable IAQ pre-occupancy purge.
IAQ Purge Duration (ConfigurationIAQIAQ.P
IQ.P.T) — This is the maximum amount of time that a purge
can occur.
IAQ Purge Lo Temp Min Pos (ConfigurationIAQ
IAQ.PIQ.P.L) — This is used to configure a low limit for
damper position to be used during the purge mode.
IAQ Purge Hi Temp Min Pos (ConfigurationIAQ
IAQ.PIQ.P.H) — This is used to configure a maximum position for the dampers to be used during the purge cycle.
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout Temp (ConfigurationIAQ
IAQ.PIQ.L.O) — Nighttime lockout temperature below
which the purge cycle will be disabled.
Dehumidification and Reheat — The Dehumidification function will override comfort condition set points
based on dry bulb temperature and deliver cooler air to the
space in order to satisfy a humidity set point at the space or
return air humidity sensor. The Reheat function will energize a
suitable heating system concurrent with dehumidification
sequence should the dehumidification operation result in
excessive cooling of the space condition.
The dehumidification sequence requires the installation of a
space or return air humidity sensor or a discrete switch input.
An ECB option is required to accommodate an RH (relative
humidity) sensor connection. A CEM (option or accessory) is
required to accomodate an RH switch. Reheat is possible when
multiple-step staged gas control option or hydronic heat fieldinstalled coil is installed. Reheat is also possible using a heat
reclaim coil (field-supplied and installed) or a DX (direct expansion) reheat coil.
Dehumidification and reheat control are allowed during
Cooling and Vent modes in the Occupied period.
On constant volume units using thermostat inputs (C.TYP =
3 or 4), the discrete switch input must be used as the dehumidification control input. The commercial Thermidistat™ device
is the recommended accessory device.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for dehumidification can be found at the local display at Configuration
DEHU. See Table 88.
Dehumidification Configuration (D.SEL) — The dehumidification configuration can be set for the following settings:
• D.SEL = 0 — No dehumidification and reheat.
• D.SEL = 1 — The control will perform dehumidification
and reheat with staged gas only.
• D.SEL = 2 — The control will perform both dehumidification and reheat with third party heat via an alarm relay.
In the case of D.SEL=2, during dehumidification, the
alarm relay will close to convey the need for reheat. A
typical application might be to energize a 3-way valve to
perform DX reheat.
71
Dehumidification Sensor (D.SEN) — The sensor can be configured for the following settings:
• D.SEN = 1 — Initiated by return air relative humidity
sensor.
• D.SEN = 2 — Initiated by discrete input.
Economizer Disable in Dehum Mode (D.EC.D) — This
configuration determines economizer operation during Dehumidification mode.
• D.EC.D = YES — Economizer disabled during dehumidification (default).
• D.EC.D = NO — Economizer not disabled during dehumidification.
Vent Reheat Set Point Select (D.V.CF) — This configuration
determines how the vent reheat set point is selected.
• D.V.CF = 0 — Reheat follows an offset subtracted from
return air temperature (D.V.RA).
• D.V.CF = 1 — Reheat follows a dehumidification heat
set point (D.V.HT).
Vent Reheat RAT Offset (D.V.RA) — Set point offset used
only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to returnair temperature less this offset.
Vent Reheat Set Point (D.V.HT) — Set point used only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to this set point.
Dehumidify Cool Set Point (D.C.SP) — This is the dehumidification cooling set point.
Dehumidity RH Set Point (D.RH.S) — This is the dehumidification relative humidity trip point.
OPERATION — Dehumidification and reheat can only occur
if the unit is equipped with either staged gas or hydronic heat.
Dehumidification without reheat can be done on any unit but
ConfigurationDEHUD.SEL must be set to 2.
If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP=3 or 4) and the discrete input selection
for the sensor is not configured (D.SEN not equal to 2),
dehumidification will be disabled.
If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP=3 or 4) and the economizer is able to
provide cooling, a dehumidification mode may be called out,
but the control will not request mechanical cooling.
If a 2-stage control type is selected (ConfigurationUNIT
C.TYP = 4 or 6), then the economizer, if active, locks out
mechanical cooling during the Dehumidification mode.
NOTE: Configuring ConfigurationDEHUD.SEN to 2
will enable the CEM board along with the sensor selected for
control.
NOTE: If ConfigurationDEHUD.SEL = 1 or 2, then
staged gas control will be automatically enabled (ConfigurationHEATHT.CF will be set to 3).
If a tempering, unoccupied or “mechanical cooling locked
out” HVAC mode is present, dehumidification will be disabled.
An HVAC Off, Vent or Cool mode must be in effect to launch
either a Reheat or Dehumidification mode.
If an associated sensor responsible for dehumidification
fails, dehumidification will not be attempted (SPRH, RARH).
Initiating a Reheat or Dehumidification Mode — To call out
a Reheat mode in the Vent or the Off HVAC mode, or to call
out a Dehumidification mode in a Cool HVAC mode, one of
the following conditions must be true:
• The space is occupied and the humidity is greater than
the relative humidity trip point (D.RH.S).
• The space is occupied and the discrete humidity input is
closed.
Table 87 — Indoor Air Quality Configuration
ITEM
DCV.C
EC.MN
IAQ.M
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C
IQ.A.F
IQ.I.C
IQ.I.F
OQ.A.C
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P
DAQ.L
DAQ.H
D.F.OF
D.F.ON
IAQ.R
OAQ.L
OAQ.U
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.L
IQ.R.H
OQ.R.L
OQ.R.H
IAQ.P
IQ.PG
IQ.P.T
IQ.P.L
IQ.P.H
IQ.L.O
EXPANSION
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
RANGE
0 - 100
0 - 100
UNITS
%
%
0-4
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0 - 100
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
-5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
%
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5 - 60
0 - 100
0 - 100
35 - 70
72
min
%
%
dF
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
5
0
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
0
0
0
0
0
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
0
2000
0
2000
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO
No
15
10
35
50
Table 88 — Dehumidification Configuration
ITEM
DEHU
D.SEL
D.SEN
D.EC.D
D.V.CF
D.V.RA
D.V.HT
D.C.SP
D.RH.S
EXPANSION
DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
RANGE
0-2
1-2
Yes/No
0-1
0-8
55-95
40-55
10-90
^F
dF
dF
%
CCN POINT
DHSELECT
DHSENSOR
DHECDISA
DHVHTCFG
DHVRAOFF
DHVHT_SP
DHCOOLSP
DHRELHSP
DEFAULT
0
1
Yes
0
0
70
45
55
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these
factors are set to 0.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC —
The following conditions must be met:
• Unit is in unoccupied state.
• Next occupied time is valid.
• Current time of day is valid.
• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or
DAV-Linkage).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes using the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time = (space temperature – occupied cooling set
point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time = (occupied heating set point – space
temperature)*TCS.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm
will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new
start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set (Operating ModesMODE
T.C.ST), the fan is started and the unit controlled as in an
occupied state. Once set, Temperature Compensated mode will
stay on until the unit goes into the Occupied mode. The Start
Bias Time will be written into the CCN Linkage Equipment
Table if the unit is controlled in DAV mode. If the Unoccupied
Economizer Free Cool mode is active (Operating Modes
HVAC = “UNOCC FREE COOL”) when temperature compensated start begins, the Unoccupied Free Cool mode will be
stopped.
Dehumidification and Reheat Control — If a dehumidification mode is initiated, the rooftop will attempt to lower
humidity as follows:
• Economizer Cooling — The economizer, if allowed to
perform free cooling, will have its control point (Run
StatusVIEWEC.C.P) set to ConfigurationDEHU
D.C.SP. If ConfigurationDEHUD.EC.D is disabled, the economizer will always be disabled during
dehumidification.
• Cooling — For all cooling control types: A High Cool
HVAC mode will be requested internally to the control to
maintain diagnostics, although the end user will see a
Dehumidification mode at the display. In addition, for
multi-stage cooling units the cooling control point will
be set to ConfigurationDEHUD.C.SP (no SASP
reset is applied).
• Reheat When Cooling Demand is Present — For reheat
control during dehumidification: If reheat follows an
offset subtracted from return-air temperature (ConfigurationDEHUD.SEL = 2), then no heating will be
initiated and the alarm relay will be energized. If
ConfigurationDEHUD.SEL = 1 and ConfigurationHEATHT.CF = staged gas or hot water valve,
then the selected heating control type will operate in the
low heat/modulating mode.
• The heating control point will be whatever the actual
cooling set point would have been (without any supply
air reset applied).
• Reheat During Vent Mode — If configured (ConfigurationDEHUD.V.CF = 0), the heating control point
will be equal to RAT – D.V.RA. If configured (ConfigurationDEHUD.V.CF=1), the heating control point
will be equal to the D.V.HT set point.
Ending Dehumidification and Reheat Control — When either the humidity sensor fall 5% below the set point (ConfigurationDEHUD.RH.S) or the discrete input reads
“LOW”, the Dehumidification mode will end.
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) System — It
is possible to configure the ComfortLink control to participate
as an element of the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) system
directly from the local display. This section will deal with explaining the various programmable options which are found
under the CCN sub-menu in the Configuration mode.
The major configurations for CCN programming are located in the local displays at ConfigurationCCN. See Table 89.
CCN Address (CCNA) — This configuration is the CCN address the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Bus Number (CCNB) — This configuration is the CCN
bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD) — This configuration is the CCN
baud rate. For units equipped with the optional UPC, the CCN
Baud Rate must be set to 9600.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast (TM.DT) — If this configuration
is set to ON, the control will periodically send the time and date
out onto the CCN bus once a minute. If this device is on a CCN
network then it will be important to make sure that only one
device on the bus has this configuration set to ON. If more than
one time broadcaster is present, problems with the time will
occur.
NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform
daylight savings time adjustments. Even if the rooftop is stand
alone, the user may want to set this to ON to accomplish the
daylight/savings function.
Temperature Compensated Start — This logic is
used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will
calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature
deviation from the occupied cooling and heating set points.
This will allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at
conditioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is
required for ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers) 90.1 compliance. A
space sensor is required for non-linkage applications.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for temperature compensated start can be found in the local display under
ConfigurationUNIT.
ITEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
UNITS
EXPANSION
RANGE UNITS CCN POINT
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min
TCSTCOOL
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min
TCSTHEAT
TCST-Cool Factor (TCS.C) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for cooling.
TCST-Heat Factor (TCS.H) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for heating.
73
(SP.L.O), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Occ (SP.H.O) — If the space temperature is above the configurable occupied SPT High Alert Limit
(SP.H.O), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.L.U) — If the space temperature is below the configurable unoccupied SPT Low Alert
Limit (SP.L.U), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.H.U) — If the space temperature is above the configurable unoccupied SPT High Alert
Limit (SP.H.U), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SA.L.O) — If the evaporator discharge temperature is below the configurable occupied
evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) Low Alert Limit
(SA.L.O), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling operation will be stopped but heating operation will continue. The
alert will automatically reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Occ (SA.H.O) — If the evaporator
discharge temperature is above the configurable occupied EDT
High Alert Limit (SA.H.O), then Alert 303 will be generated
and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation
will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.L.U) — If the evaporator
discharge temperature is below the configurable unoccupied
EDT Low Alert Limit (SA.L.U), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling operation will be stopped but heating operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.H.U) — If the evaporator
discharge temperature is above the configurable unoccupied
EDT High Alert Limit (SA.H.U), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation
will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Occ (RA.L.O) — If the return-air temperature is below the configurable occupied RAT Low Alert
Limit (RA.L.O), then Alert 304 will be generated and internal
routines will be modified. Unit operation will continue but
VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Occ (RA.H.O) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable occupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.O), then Alert 305 will be generated and
operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.L.U) — If the return-air
temperature is below the configurable unoccupied RAT Low
Alert Limit (RA.L.U), then Alert 304 will be generated. Unit
operation will continue but VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.H.U) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable unoccupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.U), then Alert 305 will be generated. Operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RARH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (ConfigurationUNITSENSRRH.S), and the measured level is
below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L), then
Alert 308 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert
will automatically reset.
RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (ConfigurationUNITSENSRRHS), and the measured level is
above the configurable RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H),
then Alert 309 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the
alert will automatically reset.
CCN OAT Broadcast (OAT.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside-air
temperature at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OARH Broadcast (ORH.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
relative humidity at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OAQ Broadcast (OAQ.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
quality reading at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (G.S.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON and the schedule number (SCH.N) is between 65 and
99, then the control will broadcast the internal time schedule
once every 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (B.ACK) — If this configuration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done on the
bus, this device will respond to and acknowledge. Only one device per bus can be configured for this option.
Schedule Number (SCH.N) — This configuration determines
what schedule the control may follow.
SCH.N = 0
The control is always occupied.
SCH.N = 1
The control follows its internal time schedules. The user may enter any number
between 1 and 64 but it will be overwritten
to “1” by the control as it only has one
internal schedule.
SCH.N = 65-99 The control is either set up to receive to a
broadcasted time schedule set to this
number or the control is set up to broadcast
its internal time schedule (G.S.B) to the
network and this is the global schedule
number it is broadcasting. If this is the case,
then the control still follows its internal time
schedules.
Accept Global Holidays? (HOL.T) — If a device is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the time yet
not accept the global holiday from the broadcast message.
Override Time Limit (O.T.L) — This configuration allows
the user to decide how long an override occurs when it is initiated. The override may be configured from 1 to 4 hours. If the
time is set to 0, the override function will become disabled.
Timed Override Hours (OV.EX) — This displays the current
number of hours left in an override. It is possible to cancel an
override in progress by writing “0” to this variable, thereby
removing the override time left.
SPT Override Enabled? (SPT.O) — If a space sensor is present, then it is possible to override an unoccupied period by
pushing the override button on the T55 or T56 sensor. This
option allows the user to disable this function by setting this
configuration to NO.
T58 Override Enabled? (T58.O) — The T58 sensor is a CCN
device that allows cooling/heating set points to be adjusted,
space temperature to be written to the rooftop unit, and the ability to initiate a timed override. This option allows the user to
disable the override initiated from the T58 sensor by setting
this option to NO.
Global Schedule Override? (GL.OV) — If the control is set
to receive global schedules then it is also possible for the global
schedule broadcaster to call out an override condition as well.
This configuration allows the user to disable the global schedule broadcaster from overriding the control.
Alert Limit Configuration — The ALLM submenu is
used to configure the alert limit set points. A list is shown in
Table 90.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SP.L.O) — If the space temperature is below the configurable occupied SPT Low Alert Limit
74
Table 89 — CCN Configuration
ITEM
CCN
CCNA
CCNB
BAUD
BROD
TM.DT
OAT.B
ORH.B
OAQ.B
G.S.B
B.ACK
SC.OV
SCH.N
HOL.T
O.T.L.
OV.EX
SPT.O
T58.O
GL.OV
EXPANSION
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
DEFAULT
1 - 239
0 - 239
1-5
CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD
1
0
3*
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
0 - 99
YES/NO
0-4
0-4
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
GLBLOVER
1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No
HRS
HRS
* For units equipped with optional UPC, the CCN Baud Rate must be set to 3.
Space Temperature Sensor Trim (SPT.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the space temperature sensor reading. The sensor
reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual measured
temperature.
Circuit A Saturated Condenser Temperature Trim (CTA.T) —
This variable is used to adjust the saturated condenser temperature sensor reading for circuit A. The sensor reading can be
adjusted ± 30° F to match the actual measured temperature.
Used on 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only.
Circuit B Saturated Condenser Temperature Trim (CTB.T) —
This variable is used to adjust the saturated condenser temperature sensor reading for circuit B. The sensor reading can be
adjusted ± 30° F to match the actual measured temperature.
Used on 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only.
Suction Pressure Circuit A Trim (SP.A.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit A.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.
Suction Pressure Circuit B Trim (SP.B.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit B.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.
Discharge Pressure Circuit A Trim (DP.A.T) — This variable is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for
circuit A. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to
match the actual measured pressure. Used on 48/
50A2,A3,A4,A5 units only.
Discharge Pressure Circuit B Trim (DP.B.T) — This variable is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for
circuit B. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to
match the actual measured pressure. Used on 48/
50A2,A3,A4,A5 units only.
4 to 20 mA Inputs — There are a number of 4 to 20 mA inputs which may be calibrated. These inputs are located in
Inputs4-20. They are:
• SP.M.T — static pressure milliamp trim
• BP.M.T — building pressure milliamp trim
• OA.M.T — outside air cfm milliamp trim
• RA.M.T — return air cfm milliamp trim
• SA.M.T — supply air cfm milliamp trim
Supply Duct Pressure Low Alert Limit (SP.L) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is below the configurable SP
Low Alert Limit (DP.L), then Alert 310 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Supply Duct Pressure High Alert Limit (SP.H) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is above the configurable SP
High Alert Limit (SP.H), then Alert 311 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Building Pressure Low Alert Limit (BP.L) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Low Alert
Limit (BP.L). If the measured pressure is below the limit then
Alert 312 will occur.
Building Pressure High Alert Limit (BP.H) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Hi Alert
Limit (BP.H). If the measured pressure is above the limit, then
Alert 313 will occur.
Indoor Air Quality High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) — If the unit
is configured to use a CO2 sensor and the level is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) then the alert will
occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Sensor Trim Configuration — The TRIM submenu
is used to calibrate the sensor trim settings. The trim settings
are used when the actual measured reading does not match the
sensor output. The sensor can be adjusted to match the actual
measured reading with the trim function. A list is shown in
Table 91.
IMPORTANT: Sensor trim must not be used to extend
unit operation past the allowable operating range.
Doing so may void the warranty.
Air Temperature Leaving Supply Fan Sensor (SAT.T) — This
variable is used to adjust the supply fan temperature sensor
reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match
the actual measured temperature.
Return Air Temperature Sensor Trim (RAT.T) — This variable is used to adjust the return air temperature sensor reading.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual
measured temperature.
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Trim (OAT.T) — This variable is used to adjust the outdoor air temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the
actual measured temperature.
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration — The SW.LG
submenu is used to configure the normally open/normally closed
settings of switches and inputs. This is used when field-supplied
switches or input devices are used instead of Carrier devices. The
normally open or normally closed setting may be different on a
field-supplied device. These points are used to match the control
logic to the field-supplied device.
75
Table 90 — Alert Limit Configuration
ITEM
SP.L.O
SP.H.O
SP.L.U
SP.H.U
SA.L.O
SA.H.O
SA.L.U
SA.H.U
RA.L.O
RA.H.O
RA.L.U
RA.H.U
R.RH.L
R.RH.H
SP.L
SP.H
BP.L
BP.H
IAQ.H
EXPANSION
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
RANGE
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
-0.25-0.25
-0.25-0.25
0-5000
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
POINT
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
RRHL
RRHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH
DEFAULT
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
Table 91 — Sensor Trim Configuration
ITEM
SAT.T
RAT.T
OAT.T
SPT.T
CTA.T
CTB.T
SP.A.T
SP.B.T
DP.A.T
DP.B.T
EXPANSION
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat. Cond. Temp Trim
Cir B Sat. Cond. Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
RANGE
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-30 - 30
-30 - 30
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
The defaults for this switch logic section will not normally
need changing. However, if a field-installed switch is used that
is different from the Carrier switch, these settings may need
adjustment.
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
POINT
SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
SCTA_TRIM
SCTB_TRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM
DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
for off. If a field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is
normally closed, change this variable to closed.
IAQ Discrete Input — Low (IAQ.L) — The IAQ discrete input is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied IAQ
discrete input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Fire Shutdown — Off (FSD.L) — The fire shutdown input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied fire shutdown input is used that is normally closed, change this variable
to closed.
Pressurization Switch — Off (PRS.L) — The pressurization
input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied pressurization input is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Evacuation Switch — Off (EVC.L) — The evacuation input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied evacuation input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Smoke Purge — Off (PRG.L) — The smoke purge input is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied smoke purge input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
IMPORTANT: Many of the switch inputs to the control can be configured to operate as normally open or
normally closed.
Settings for switch logic are found at the local displays
under the ConfigurationSW.LG submenu. See Table 92.
Filter Status Input — Clean (FTS.L) — The filter status input for clean filters is set for normally open. If a field-supplied
filter status switch is used that is normally closed for a clean
filter, change this variable to closed.
IGC Feedback — Off (IGC.L) — The input for IGC feedback is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied IGC
feedback switch is used that is normally closed for feedback
off, change this variable to closed.
Remote Switch — Off (RMI.L) — The remote switch is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied control switch
is used that is normally closed for an off signal, change this
variable to closed.
Economizer Switch — No (ECS.L) — The economizer
switch is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied
economizer switch is used that is normally closed when low,
change this variable to closed.
Fan Status Switch — Off (SFS.L) — The fan status switch
input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied fan
status switch is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 1 — Off (DL1.L) — The demand
limit switch no. 1 input is set for normally open for off. If a
field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally
closed, change this variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 2/Dehumidify — Off (DL2.L) —
The demand limit switch no. 2 input is set for normally open
Display Configuration — The DISP submenu is used
to configure the local display settings. A list is shown in
Table 93.
Test Display LEDs (TEST) — This is used to test the operation of the ComfortLink display.
Metric Display (METR) — This variable is used to change
the display from English units to Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG) — This variable is used to
change the language of the ComfortLink display. At this time,
only English is available.
Password Enable (PAS.E) — This variable enables or disables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict
use of the control to change configurations.
Service Password (PASS) — This variable is the 4-digit numeric password that is required if enabled.
76
Table 92 — Switch Logic Configuration
ITEM
SW.LG
FTS.L
IGC.L
RMI.L
ECS.L
SFS.L
DL1.L
DL2.L
IAQ.L
FSD.L
PRS.L
EVC.L
PRG.L
EXPANSION
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.2 Dehumid - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
RANGE
CCN POINT
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ECOSWLOG
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
DEFAULT
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Table 93 — Display Configuration
ITEM
TEST
METR
LANG
PAS.E
PASS
EXPANSION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
RANGE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999
Remote Control Switch Input — The remote switch
input is located on the ECB-1 board and connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. The switch can be used for several remote control functions. See Table 94.
Remote Input State (InputsGEN.IREMT) — This is
the actual real time state of the remote input.
Remote Switch Config (ConfigurationUNIT RM.CF)
— This is the configuration that allows the user to assign different types of functionality to the remote discrete input.
• 0 — NO REMOTE SW — The remote switch will not be
used.
• 1 — OCC-UNOCC SW — The remote switch input will
control the occupancy state. When the remote switch
input is ON, the unit will forced into the occupied mode.
When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will be forced
into the unoccupied mode.
• 2 — STRT/STOP — The remote switch input will start
and stop the unit. When the unit is commanded to stop,
any timeguards in place on compressors will be honored
first. When the remote switch is ON, the unit will be
commanded to stop. When the remote switch is OFF the
unit will be enabled to operate.
• 3 — OVERRIDE SW — The remote switch can be used
to override any internal or external time schedule being
used by the control and force the unit into an occupied
mode when the remote input state is ON. When the
remote switch is ON, the unit will be forced into an occupied state. When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will
use its internal or external time schedules.
REMT
RM.CF
RMI.L
EXPANSION
RANGE
Remote Input State
ON/OFF
Remote Switch Config 0 - 3
RemSw
Open/Close
Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
POINT
TEST
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
DEFAULT
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111
Hot Gas Bypass — Hot gas bypass is an active part of
the A-Series ComfortLink capacity staging and minimum
evaporator load protection functions. It is controlled though the
Minimum Load Valve function.
The hot gas bypass option consists of a solenoid valve with
a fixed orifice sized to provide a nominal 3-ton evaporator load
bypass. A hot gas refrigerant line routes the bypassed hot gas
from Circuit A’s discharge line to Circuit A’s evaporator
distributor. When the unit control calls for hot gas bypass, the
hot gas enters the evaporator coil and adds refrigeration load
to the compressor circuit to reduce the cooling effect from
Circuit A.
The hot gas bypass system is a factory-installed option
installed on Circuit A only. This function is enabled at ConfigurationCOOLMLV. When this function is enabled, an
additional stage of cooling capacity is provided by the unit
control staging sequences (see Tables 53, 56, 60, and 62).
Space Temperature Offset — Space temperature off-
set corresponds to a slider on a T56 sensor that allows the occupant to adjust the space temperature by a configured range
during an occupied period. This sensor is only applicable to
units that are configured as either 2-Stage SPT or Multi-Stage
SPT control (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP = 5 or 6).
ITEM
SP.O.S
SP.O.R
SPTO
Table 94 — Remote Switch Configuration
ITEM
UNITS
CCN
POINT
RMTIN
RMTINCFG
RMTINLOG
EXPANSION
Space Temp
Offset Sensor
Space Temp
Offset Range
Space Temperature
Offset
RANGE UNITS
CCN
POINT
SPTOSENS
Enable/
Disable
1 - 10
SPTO_RNG
+- SP.O.R ^F
SPTO
Space Temperature Offset Sensor (ConfigurationUNIT
SENSSP.O.S) — This configuration disables the reading
of the offset slider.
Space Temperature Offset Range (Configuration
UNITSENSSP.O.R) — This configuration establishes
the range, in degrees F, that the T56 slider can affect SPTO
when adjusting the slider from the far left (-SP.O.R) to the far
right (+SP.O.R). The default is 5° F.
Space Temperature Offset Value (TemperaturesAIR.T
SPTO) — The Space Temperature Offset Value is the reading of the slider potentiometer in the T56 that is resolved to
delta degrees based on SP.O.R.
Remote Switch Logic Configuration (Configuration
SW.LGRMI.L) — The control allows for the configuration
of a normally open/closed status of the remote input switch via
RMI.L. If this variable is configured OPEN, then when the
switch is open, the remote input switch perceives the logic state
as OFF. Correspondingly, if RMI.L is set to CLOSED, the remote input switch will perceive a closed switch as meaning
OFF. See Table 96.
77
Table 95 — Remote Switch Logic Configuration
REMOTE
SWITCH LOGIC
CONFIGURATION
(RMI.L)
OPEN
CLOSED
SWITCH
STATUS
REMOTE INPUT STATE
(REMT)
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
0
REMOTE SWITCH CONFIGURATION (RM.CF)
1
2
3
No Remote Switch
Occ-Unocc Switch
Start/Stop
Override
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
Unoccupied
Occupied
Occupied
Unoccupied
Start
Stop
Stop
Start
No Override
Override
Override
No Override
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Thursday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Friday In Period (PER.XDAYSFRI) — This variable is
used to include or remove Friday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set
to YES, then Friday will be included in that period’s occupied
time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Friday. This variable
can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Saturday In Period (PER.XDAYSSAT) — This variable is used to include or remove Saturday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Saturday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Saturday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Sunday In Period (PER.XDAYSSUN) — This variable
is used to include or remove Sunday from the schedule. Each
period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable
is set to YES, then Sunday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Sunday. This
variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Holiday In Period (PER.XDAYSHOL) — This variable
is used to include or remove a Holiday from the schedule. Each
period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is
set to YES, then holidays will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s
occupied time schedule will not be used on holidays. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Occupied From (PER.XOCC) — This variable is used to
configure the start time of the Occupied period. All days in the
same period set to YES will enter into Occupied mode at this
time.
Occupied To (PER.XUNC) — This variable is used to configure the end time of the Occupied period. All days in the
same period set to YES will exit Occupied mode at this time.
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION
This section describes each Time Clock menu item. Not
every point will need to be configured for every unit. Refer to
the Controls Quick Start section for more information on what
set points need to be configured for different applications. The
Time Clock menu items are discussed in the same order that
they are displayed in the Time Clock table. The Time Clock
table is shown in Table 96.
Hour and Minute (HH.MM) — The hour and minute
of the time clock are displayed in 24-hour, military time. Time
can be adjusted manually by the user.
When connected to the CCN, the unit can be configured to
transmit time over the network or receive time from a network
device. All devices on the CCN should use the same time. Only
one device on the CCN should broadcast time or problems will
occur.
Month of Year (MNTH) — This variable is the current
month of the calendar year.
Day of Month (DOM) — This variable is the current
day (1 to 31) of the month.
Day of Week (DAY) — This variable is the current day
of the week (Monday = 1 through Sunday = 7).
Year (YEAR) — This variable is the current year (for example, 2005).
Local Time Schedule (SCH.L) — This submenu is
used to program the time schedules. There are 8 periods
(PER.1 through PER.8). Each time period can be used to set
up a local schedule for the unit.
Monday In Period (PER.XDAYSMON) — This variable is used to include or remove Monday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Monday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Monday.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Tuesday In Period (PER.XDAYSTUE) — This variable
is used to include or remove Tuesday from the schedule. Each
period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable
is set to YES, then Tuesday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Tuesday. This
variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Wednesday In Period (PER.XDAYSWED) — This
variable is used to include or remove Wednesday from the
schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time.
If this variable is set to YES, then Wednesday will be included
in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to
NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used
on Wednesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
Thursday In Period (PER.XDAYSTHU) — This variable is used to include or remove Thursday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Thursday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
Local Holiday Schedules (HOL.L) — This submenu
is used to program the local holiday schedules. Up to 30 holidays can be configured. When a holiday occurs, the unit will
follow the occupied schedules that have the HOLIDAY IN
PERIOD point set to YES.
Holiday Start Month (HD.01 to HD.30MON) — This is
the start month for the holiday. The numbers 1 to 12 correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Holiday Start Day (HD.01 to HD.30DAY) — This is the
start day of the month for the holiday. The day can be set from
1 to 31.
Holiday Duration (HD.01 to HD.30LEN) — This is the
length in days of the holiday. The holiday can last up to 99
days.
Daylight Savings Time (DAY.S) — The daylight savings time function is used in applications where daylight
savings time occurs. The function will automatically correct
the clock on the days configured for daylight savings time.
78
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START (DS.ST) — This submenu
configures the start date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Start Month (DS.STST.MN) — This is
the start month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Start Week (DS.STST.WK) — This is
the start week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Start Day (DS.STST.DY) — This is the
start day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Add (DS.STMIN.A) — This
is the amount of time that will be added to the time clock for
daylight savings.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS STOP (DS.SP) — This submenu configures the end date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Stop Month (DS.SPSP.MN) — This is
the stop month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Stop Week (DS.SPSP.WK) — This is
the stop week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Stop Day (DS.SPSP.DY) — This is the
stop day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Subtract (DS.SPMIN.S) —
This is the amount of time that will be removed from the time
clock after daylight savings ends.
Table 96 — Time Clock Configuration
ITEM
TIME
HH.MM
DATE
MNTH
DOM
DAY
YEAR
SCH.L
PER.1
PER.1DAYS
PER.1DAYSMON
PER.1DAYSTUE
PER.1DAYSWED
PER.1DAYSTHU
PER.1DAYSFRI
PER.1DAYSSAT
PER.1DAYSSUN
PER.1DAYSHOL
PER.1OCC
PER.1UNC
Repeat for periods 2-8
HOL.L
HD.01
HD.01MON
HD.01DAY
HD.01LEN
Repeat for holidays 2-30
DAY.S
DS.ST
DS.STST.MN
DS.STST.WK
DS.STST.DY
DS.STMIN.A
DS.SP
DS.SPSP.MN
DS.SPSP.WK
DS.SPSP.DY
DS.SPMIN.S
EXPANSION
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year
LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PERIOD 1
DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupied from
Occupied to
LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (Days)
RANGE
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
79
POINT
DEFAULT
00:00
TIME
multi-text strings
0-31
multi-text strings
e.g. 2003
MOY
DOM
DOWDISP
YOCDISP
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
00:00
00:00
PER1MON
PER1TUE
PER1WED
PER1THU
PER1FRI
PER1SAT
PER1SUN
PER1HOL
PER1_OCC
PER1_UNC
0-12
0-31
0-99
HOL_MON1
HOL_DAY1
HOL_LEN1
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
4
1
7
60
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
10
5
7
60
Period 1 only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
00:00
24:00
The EDT, OAT, RAT, LAT, T55, T56, and T58 space temperature sensors use 10K thermistors. Resistances at various
temperatures are listed in Tables 103 and 104.
The 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units with the optional variable capacity digital compressor are equipped with a digital scroll discharge thermistor (DTT). The DTT is an 86K thermistor connected to RXB at plug J6, terminals 3 and 4. The resistance
values are listed in Table 105.
THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK — A
high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this
check.
1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate
thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the main
base board.
2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature from Tables 100-104.
3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing
reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and
temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading
should be close, 5° F (3° C) if care was taken in applying
thermocouple and taking readings.
If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down
and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature
(freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage
drop measured across thermistor at the J8 terminal, or by determining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor disconnected from J8. Compare the values determined with the
value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the
scrolling marquee display.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The scrolling marquee display shows the actual operating
conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or
there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the current alarm list or the history alarm list. The Service Test mode
allows proper operation of the compressors, fans, and other
components to be checked while the unit is not operating.
Complete Unit Stoppage — There are several conditions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling.
If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut down,
diagnose the problem using the information provided in
the Alarms and Alerts section on page 97, but also check for
the following:
• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
• Programmed schedule.
• General power failure.
• Tripped control circuit transformers circuit breakers.
• Tripped compressor circuit breakers.
• Unit is turned off through the CCN network.
Single Circuit Stoppage — If a single circuit stops
incorrectly, there are several possible causes. The problem
should be investigated using information from the Alarms and
Alerts section on page 97.
Service Analysis — Detailed service analysis can be
found in Tables 97-99 and in Fig. 14.
Restart Procedure — Before attempting to restart the
machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the
shutdown. If the shutdown alarm for a particular circuit has
occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the
unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem,
the unit should be diagnosed in Service Test mode. The alarms
must be reset before the circuit can operate in either Normal
mode or Service Test mode.
Transducer Troubleshooting — On 48/50AJ,AK,
AW,AY units, the electronic control uses 2 suction pressure
transducers to measure the suction pressure of circuits A and B.
The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in
shown in Tables 106-108. On 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units, the
electronic control uses 4 pressure transducers to measure the
suction and discharge pressure of circuits A and B. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are shown in
Table 109. The accuracy of these transducers can be verified by
connecting an accurate pressure gage to the second refrigerant
port in the suction line.
Thermistor Troubleshooting — The electronic con-
trol uses five 5K-thermistors or 6K-thermistors for the saturated condensing temperature on 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units
(SCT.A and SCT.B). See Tables 100-102 for temperature vs.
resistance data.
When replacing thermistors SCT.A and SCT.B, reuse the
original hardware. These thermistors must be clamped tightly
to the hairpins of the condenser.
80
Table 97 — Cooling Service Analysis
PROBLEM
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT RUN
Active Alarm
Contactor Open
1. Power off.
2. Fuses blown in field power circuit.
3. No control power.
SOLUTION
Check active alarms using local display.
1. Restore power.
2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct size fuse.
3. Check secondary fuse(s); replace with correct type and size.
Replace transformer if primary windings receiving power.
4. Check for excessive compressor current draw. Reset breaker;
replace if defective.
5. Reset lockout circuit at circuit breaker.
6. Check for refrigerant overcharge, obstruction of outdoor airflow, air
in system or whether compressor discharge valve is fully open. Be
sure outdoor fans are operating correctly.
7. Tighten all connections.
4. Compressor circuit breaker tripped.
5. Safety device lockout circuit active.
6. High-pressure switch open.
7. Loose electrical connections.
Contactor Closed
1. Compressor leads loose.
2. Motor windings open.
3. Single phasing.
1. Check connections.
2. See compressor service literature.
3. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connection at compressor
terminal.
4. Allow 30 to 120 minutes for cool down. See Compressor Safeties
section on page 39.
4. ASTP activated (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 only)
COMPRESSOR STOPS ON HIGH PRESSURE
Outdoor Fan On
1. High-pressure switch faulty.
2. Airflow restricted.
3. Air recirculating.
4. Noncondensables in system.
5. Refrigerant overcharge.
6. Line voltage incorrect.
7. Refrigerant system restrictions.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Replace switch.
Remove obstruction.
Clear airflow area.
Purge and recharge as required.
Purge as required.
Consult power company.
Check or replace filter drier, expansion valve, etc. Check that
compressor discharge valve is fully open.
8. Correct wiring.
8. Fan running in reverse direction.
Outdoor Fan Off
1. Fan slips on shaft.
2. Motor not running.
3. Motor overload open.
4. Motor burned out.
COMPRESSOR CYCLES ON LOW PRESSURE
Indoor-Air Fan Running
1. Filter drier plugged.
2. Expansion valve power head defective.
3. Low refrigerant charge.
4. Faulty pressure transducer.
Airflow Restricted
1. Coil iced up.
2. Coil dirty.
3. Air filters dirty.
4. Dampers closed.
Indoor-Air Fan Stopped
1. Electrical connections loose.
2. Fan relay defective.
3. Motor overload open.
4. Motor defective.
5. Fan belt broken or slipping.
LEGEND
ASTP — Advanced Scroll Temperature Protection
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
81
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tighten fan hub setscrews.
Check power and capacitor.
Check overload rating. Check for fan blade obstruction.
Replace motor.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace filter drier.
Replace power head.
Add charge.
Check that pressure transducer is connected and secured to suction line. If still not functioning, replace transducer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check refrigerant charge.
Clean coil fins.
Clean or replace filters.
Check damper operation and position.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tighten all connections.
Replace relay.
Power supply.
Replace motor.
Replace or tighten belt.
Table 97 — Cooling Service Analysis (cont)
PROBLEM
COMPRESSOR RUNNING BUT COOLING INSUFFICIENT
Suction Pressure Low
1. Refrigerant charge low.
2. Head pressure low.
3. Air filters dirty.
4. Expansion valve power head defective.
5. Indoor coil partially iced.
6. Indoor airflow restricted.
Suction Pressure High
Heat load excessive.
UNIT OPERATES TOO LONG OR CONTINUOUSLY
1. Low refrigerant charge.
2. Control contacts fused.
3. Air in system.
4. Partially plugged expansion valve or filter drier.
SYSTEM IS NOISY
1. Piping vibration.
2. Compressor noisy.
COMPRESSOR LOSES OIL
1. Leak in system.
2. Crankcase heaters not energized during shutdown.
FROSTED SUCTION LINE
Expansion valve admitting excess refrigerant.
HOT LIQUID LINE
1. Shortage of refrigerant due to leak.
2. Expansion valve opens too wide.
FROSTED LIQUID LINE
Restricted filter drier.
INDOOR FAN CONTACTOR OPEN
1. Power off.
2. Fuses blown in field power circuit.
3. No control power.
SOLUTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Add refrigerant.
Check refrigerant charge.
Clean or replace filters.
Replace power head.
Check low-pressure setting.
Remove obstruction.
Check for open doors or windows.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Add refrigerant
Replace control.
Purge and evacuate system.
Clean or replace.
1. Support piping as required.
2. Replace compressor.
1. Repair leak.
2. Check wiring and relays. Check heater and replace if defective.
Adjust expansion valve.
1. Repair leak and recharge.
2. Adjust expansion valve.
Remove restriction or replace.
1. Restore power.
2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct fuses.
3. Check secondary fuses. Replace with correct type and size.
Replace transformer if primary windings are receiving power.
INDOOR FAN CONTACTOR CLOSED
1. VFD overload function tripped.
1. Refer to separate VFD technical manual for troubleshooting
instructions.
2. Check connections at motor lead junction box.
3. Check motor windings.
4. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connections at motor
junction box.
5. Check belts. Replace as complete set if necessary.
6. Check for excessive current draw. Reset breaker. Replace if
defective.
2. Motor leads loose.
3. Motor windings open.
4. Single phasing.
5. Belts broken or thrown.
6. Circuit breaker tripped.
LEGEND
ASTP — Advanced Scroll Temperature Protection
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
82
Table 98 — Gas Heating Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Burners Will Not Ignite.
CAUSE
Active alarm.
No power to unit.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control).
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short
cycling.
Control calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners.
Inadequate Heating.
Water in gas line.
Dirty air filters.
Gas input too low.
Control calling for W1only (low heat).
Unit undersized for load.
Restricted airflow.
Too much outdoor air.
Limit switch cycles main burners.
Poor Flame Characteristics.
Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.
Burners Will Not Turn Off.
Unit is in minimum on-time.
Unit running in Service Test mode.
REMEDY
Check active alarms using ComfortLink scrolling
marquee.
Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Check fuses and plugs.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before attempting to re-light unit.
Drain water and install drip.
Replace air filters.
Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment in Installation, Start-up, and Service Manual.
Allow time for W2 to energize.
Decrease load.
Remove restriction.
Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum position using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings, and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compartment. Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold
pressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Table 99 — Electric Heat Service Analysis
PROBLEM
No Heat.
CAUSE
Power failure.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped.
Thermostat occupancy schedule set point not calling for Heating.
No 24 vac at primary contactor.
No power (high voltage) to L2 of primary contactor.
Bad electrical elements.
83
REMEDY
Call power company.
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check transformer and circuit breaker.
Check safety switches “one-shot” backup and auto limit.
Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check resistance of heater, replace if open.
IDM —
IGC —
LEGEND
Induced-Draft Motor
Integrated Gas Unit Controller
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
“AUTO” position.
A48-5656
Fig. 14 — IGC Service Analysis Logic
84
Table 100 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (English)
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
3.699
3.689
3.679
3.668
3.658
3.647
3.636
3.624
3.613
3.601
3.588
3.576
3.563
3.550
3.536
3.523
3.509
3.494
3.480
3.465
3.450
3.434
3.418
3.402
3.386
3.369
3.352
3.335
3.317
3.299
3.281
3.262
3.243
3.224
3.205
3.185
3.165
3.145
3.124
3.103
3.082
3.060
3.038
3.016
2.994
2.972
2.949
2.926
2.903
2.879
2.856
2.832
2.808
2.784
2.759
2.735
2.710
2.685
2.660
2.634
2.609
2.583
2.558
2.532
2.506
2.480
2.454
2.428
2.402
2.376
2.349
2.323
2.296
2.270
2.244
2.217
2.191
2.165
2.138
2.112
2.086
2.060
2.034
2.008
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(F)
98,010
94,707
91,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,871
77,212
74,648
72,175
69,790
67,490
65,272
63,133
61,070
59,081
57,162
55,311
53,526
51,804
50,143
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,185
32,176
31,202
30,260
29,351
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,011
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
22,427
21,779
21,153
20,547
19,960
19,393
18,843
18,311
17,796
17,297
16,814
16,346
15,892
15,453
15,027
14,614
14,214
13,826
13,449
13,084
12,730
12,387
12,053
11,730
11,416
11,112
10,816
10,529
10,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,511
8,291
8,076
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
1.982
1.956
1.930
1.905
1.879
1.854
1.829
1.804
1.779
1.754
1.729
1.705
1.681
1.656
1.632
1.609
1.585
1.562
1.538
1.516
1.493
1.470
1.448
1.426
1.404
1.382
1.361
1.340
1.319
1.298
1.278
1.257
1.237
1.217
1.198
1.179
1.160
1.141
1.122
1.104
1.086
1.068
1.051
1.033
1.016
0.999
0.983
0.966
0.950
0.934
0.918
0.903
0.888
0.873
0.858
0.843
0.829
0.815
0.801
0.787
0.774
0.761
0.748
0.735
0.723
0.710
0.698
0.686
0.674
0.663
0.651
0.640
0.629
0.618
0.608
0.597
0.587
0.577
0.567
0.557
0.548
0.538
0.529
0.520
85
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(F)
7,686
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,091
6,911
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,081
5,929
5,781
5,637
5,497
5,361
5,229
5,101
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
3,099
3,031
2,964
2,898
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,401
1,373
1,345
1,318
1,291
1,265
1,240
1,214
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
0.511
0.502
0.494
0.485
0.477
0.469
0.461
0.453
0.445
0.438
0.430
0.423
0.416
0.408
0.402
0.395
0.388
0.381
0.375
0.369
0.362
0.356
0.350
0.344
0.339
0.333
0.327
0.322
0.317
0.311
0.306
0.301
0.296
0.291
0.286
0.282
0.277
0.272
0.268
0.264
0.259
0.255
0.251
0.247
0.243
0.239
0.235
0.231
0.228
0.224
0.220
0.217
0.213
0.210
0.206
0.203
0.200
0.197
0.194
0.191
0.188
0.185
0.182
0.179
0.176
0.173
0.171
0.168
0.165
0.163
0.160
0.158
0.155
0.153
0.151
0.148
0.146
0.144
0.142
0.140
0.138
0.135
0.133
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007
986
965
945
925
906
887
868
850
832
815
798
782
765
750
734
719
705
690
677
663
650
638
626
614
602
591
581
570
561
551
542
533
524
516
508
501
494
487
480
473
467
461
456
450
445
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
405
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
361
356
350
344
338
332
325
318
311
304
297
289
282
Table 101 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (SI)
TEMP
(C)
–32
–31
–30
–29
–28
–27
–26
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
3.705
3.687
3.668
3.649
3.629
3.608
3.586
3.563
3.539
3.514
3.489
3.462
3.434
3.406
3.376
3.345
3.313
3.281
3.247
3.212
3.177
3.140
3.103
3.065
3.025
2.985
2.945
2.903
2.860
2.817
2.774
2.730
2.685
2.639
2.593
2.547
2.500
2.454
2.407
2.360
2.312
2.265
2.217
2.170
2.123
2.076
2.029
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(C)
100,260
94,165
88,480
83,170
78,125
73,580
69,250
65,205
61,420
57,875
54,555
51,450
48,536
45,807
43,247
40,845
38,592
38,476
34,489
32,621
30,866
29,216
27,633
26,202
24,827
23,532
22,313
21,163
20,079
19,058
18,094
17,184
16,325
15,515
14,749
14,026
13,342
12,696
12,085
11,506
10,959
10,441
9,949
9,485
9,044
8,627
8,231
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
1.982
1.935
1.889
1.844
1.799
1.754
1.710
1.666
1.623
1.580
1.538
1.497
1.457
1.417
1.378
1.340
1.302
1.265
1.229
1.194
1.160
1.126
1.093
1.061
1.030
0.999
0.969
0.940
0.912
0.885
0.858
0.832
0.807
0.782
0.758
0.735
0.713
0.691
0.669
0.649
0.629
0.610
0.591
0.573
0.555
0.538
0.522
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(C)
7,855
7,499
7,161
6,840
6,536
6,246
5,971
5,710
5,461
5,225
5,000
4,786
4,583
4,389
4,204
4,028
3,861
3,701
3,549
3,404
3,266
3,134
3,008
2,888
2,773
2,663
2,559
2,459
2,363
2,272
2,184
2,101
2,021
1,944
1,871
1,801
1,734
1,670
1,609
1,550
1,493
1,439
1,387
1,337
1,290
1,244
1,200
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)
0.506
0.490
0.475
0.461
0.447
0.433
0.420
0.407
0.395
0.383
0.371
0.360
0.349
0.339
0.329
0.319
0.309
0.300
0.291
0.283
0.274
0.266
0.258
0.251
0.244
0.237
0.230
0.223
0.217
0.211
0.204
0.199
0.193
0.188
0.182
0.177
0.172
0.168
0.163
0.158
0.154
0.150
0.146
0.142
0.138
0.134
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,158
1,118
1,079
1,041
1,006
971
938
906
876
836
805
775
747
719
693
669
645
623
602
583
564
547
531
516
502
489
477
466
456
446
436
427
419
410
402
393
385
376
367
357
346
335
324
312
299
285
Table 102 — 6K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SI and English)
TEMP
(F)
TEMP
(C)
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
TEMP
(F)
TEMP
(C)
–40
–31
–22
–13
–4
5
14
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
95
104
113
122
131
140
158
–40
–35
–30
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
2,889,600
2,087,220
1,522,200
1,121,440
834,720
627,280
475,740
363,990
280,820
218,410
171,170
135,140
107,440
86,000
69,280
56,160
45,810
37,580
30,990
167
75
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
12,730
176
185
194
203
212
221
230
239
248
257
266
275
284
293
302
311
320
329
338
347
356
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
10,790
9,200
7,870
6,770
5,850
5,090
4,450
3,870
3,350
2,920
2,580
2,280
2,020
1,800
1,590
1,390
1,250
1,120
1,010
920
830
25,680
21,400
15,070
86
Table 103 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (English)
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.758
4.750
4.741
4.733
4.724
4.715
4.705
4.696
4.686
4.676
4.665
4.655
4.644
4.633
4.621
4.609
4.597
4.585
4.572
4.560
4.546
4.533
4.519
4.505
4.490
4.476
4.461
4.445
4.429
4.413
4.397
4.380
4.363
4.346
4.328
4.310
4.292
4.273
4.254
4.235
4.215
4.195
4.174
4.153
4.132
4.111
4.089
4.067
4.044
4.021
3.998
3.975
3.951
3.927
3.903
3.878
3.853
3.828
3.802
3.776
3.750
3.723
3.697
3.670
3.654
3.615
3.587
3.559
3.531
3.503
3.474
3.445
3.416
3.387
3.357
3.328
3.298
3.268
3.238
3.208
3.178
3.147
3.117
3.086
3.056
3.025
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
196,453
189,692
183,300
177,000
171,079
165,238
159,717
154,344
149,194
144,250
139,443
134,891
130,402
126,183
122,018
118,076
114,236
110,549
107,006
103,558
100,287
97,060
94,020
91,019
88,171
85,396
82,729
80,162
77,662
75,286
72,940
70,727
68,542
66,465
64,439
62,491
60,612
58,781
57,039
55,319
53,693
52,086
50,557
49,065
47,627
46,240
44,888
43,598
42,324
41,118
39,926
38,790
37,681
36,610
35,577
34,569
33,606
32,654
31,752
30,860
30,009
29,177
28,373
27,597
26,838
26,113
25,396
24,715
24,042
23,399
22,770
22,161
21,573
20,998
20,447
19,903
19,386
18,874
18,384
17,904
17,441
16,991
16,552
16,131
15,714
15,317
TEMP
(F)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.994
2.963
2.932
2.901
2.870
2.839
2.808
2.777
2.746
2.715
2.684
2.653
2.622
2.592
2.561
2.530
2.500
2.470
2.439
2.409
2.379
2.349
2.319
2.290
2.260
2.231
2.202
2.173
2.144
2.115
2.087
2.059
2.030
2.003
1.975
1.948
1.921
1.894
1.867
1.841
1.815
1.789
1.763
1.738
1.713
1.688
1.663
1.639
1.615
1.591
1.567
1.544
1.521
1.498
1.475
1.453
1.431
1.409
1.387
1.366
1.345
1.324
1.304
1.284
1.264
1.244
1.225
1.206
1.187
1.168
1.150
1.132
1.114
1.096
1.079
1.062
1.045
1.028
1.012
0.996
0.980
0.965
0.949
0.934
0.919
0.905
87
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,925
14,549
14,180
13,824
13,478
13,139
12,814
12,493
12,187
11,884
11,593
11,308
11,031
10,764
10,501
10,249
10,000
9,762
9,526
9,300
9,078
8,862
8,653
8,448
8,251
8,056
7,869
7,685
7,507
7,333
7,165
6,999
6,838
6,683
6,530
6,383
6,238
6,098
5,961
5,827
5,698
5,571
5,449
5,327
5,210
5,095
4,984
4,876
4,769
4,666
4,564
4,467
4,370
4,277
4.185
4,096
4,008
3,923
3,840
3,759
3,681
3,603
3,529
3,455
3,383
3,313
3,244
3,178
3,112
3,049
2,986
2,926
2,866
2,809
2,752
2,697
2,643
2,590
2,539
2,488
2,439
2,391
2,343
2,297
2,253
2,209
TEMP
(F)
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.890
0.876
0.862
0.848
0.835
0.821
0.808
0.795
0.782
0.770
0.758
0.745
0.733
0.722
0.710
0.699
0.687
0.676
0.666
0.655
0.645
0.634
0.624
0.614
0.604
0.595
0.585
0.576
0.567
0.558
0.549
0.540
0.532
0.523
0.515
0.507
0.499
0.491
0.483
0.476
0.468
0.461
0.454
0.447
0.440
0.433
0.426
0.419
0.413
0.407
0.400
0.394
0.388
0.382
0.376
0.370
0.365
0.359
0.354
0.349
0.343
0.338
0.333
0.328
0.323
0.318
0.314
0.309
0.305
0.300
0.296
0.292
0.288
0.284
0.279
0.275
0.272
0.268
0.264
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,166
2,124
2,083
2,043
2,003
1,966
1,928
1,891
1,855
1,820
1,786
1,752
1,719
1,687
1,656
1,625
1,594
1,565
1,536
1,508
1,480
1,453
1,426
1,400
1,375
1,350
1,326
1,302
1,278
1,255
1,233
1,211
1,190
1,169
1,148
1,128
1,108
1,089
1,070
1,052
1,033
1,016
998
981
964
947
931
915
900
885
870
855
841
827
814
800
787
774
762
749
737
725
714
702
691
680
670
659
649
639
629
620
610
601
592
583
574
566
557
Table 104 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (SI)
TEMP
(C)
–32
–31
–30
–29
–28
–27
–26
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.762
4.748
4.733
4.716
4.700
4.682
4.663
4.644
4.624
4.602
4.580
4.557
4.533
4.508
4.482
4.455
4.426
4.397
4.367
4.335
4.303
4.269
4.235
4.199
4.162
4.124
4.085
4.044
4.003
3.961
3.917
3.873
3.828
3.781
3.734
3.686
3.637
3.587
3,537
3.485
3.433
3.381
3.328
3.274
3.220
3.165
3.111
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
200,510
188,340
177,000
166,342
156,404
147,134
138,482
130,402
122,807
115,710
109,075
102,868
97,060
91,588
86,463
81,662
77,162
72,940
68,957
65,219
61,711
58,415
55,319
52,392
49,640
47,052
44,617
42,324
40,153
38,109
36,182
34,367
32,654
31,030
29,498
28,052
26,686
25,396
24,171
23,013
21,918
20,883
19,903
18,972
18,090
17,255
16,474
TEMP
(C)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.056
3.000
2.944
2.889
2.833
2.777
2.721
2.666
2.610
2.555
2.500
2.445
2.391
2.337
2.284
2.231
2.178
2.127
2.075
2.025
1.975
1.926
1.878
1.830
1.784
1.738
1.692
1.648
1.605
1.562
1.521
1.480
1.439
1.400
1.362
1.324
1.288
1.252
1.217
1.183
1.150
1.117
1.086
1.055
1.025
0.996
0.968
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
15,714
15,000
14,323
13,681
13,071
12,493
11,942
11,418
10,921
10,449
10,000
9,571
9,164
8,776
8,407
8,056
7,720
7,401
7,096
6,806
6,530
6,266
6,014
5,774
5,546
5,327
5,117
4,918
4,727
4,544
4,370
4,203
4,042
3,889
3,743
3,603
3,469
3,340
3,217
3,099
2,986
2,878
2,774
2,675
2,579
2,488
2,400
TEMP
(C)
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.940
0.913
0.887
0.862
0.837
0.813
0.790
0.767
0.745
0.724
0.703
0.683
0.663
0.645
0.626
0.608
0.591
0.574
0.558
0.542
0.527
0.512
0.497
0.483
0.470
0.457
0.444
0.431
0.419
0.408
0.396
0.386
0.375
0.365
0.355
0.345
0.336
0.327
0.318
0.310
0.302
0.294
0.287
0.279
0.272
0.265
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,315
2,235
2,157
2,083
2,011
1,943
1,876
1,813
1,752
1,693
1,637
1,582
1,530
1,480
1,431
1,385
1,340
1,297
1,255
1,215
1,177
1,140
1,104
1,070
1,037
1,005
974
944
915
889
861
836
811
787
764
742
721
700
680
661
643
626
609
592
576
561
TEMP
(F)
239
248
257
266
275
284
293
302
311
320
329
338
347
356
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
3,870
3,350
2,920
2,580
2,280
2,020
1,800
1,590
1,390
1,250
1,120
1,010
920
830
Table 105 — Digital Scroll Discharge Thermistor
TEMP
(C)
–40
–35
–30
–25
–20
–15
–10
–5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
TEMP
(F)
–40
–31
–22
–13
–4
5
14
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,889,600
2,087,220
1,522,200
1,121,440
834,720
627,280
475,740
363,990
280,820
218,410
171,170
135,140
107,440
86,000
69,280
TEMP
(C)
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
TEMP
(F)
95
104
113
122
131
140
158
167
176
185
194
203
212
221
230
88
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
56,160
45,810
37,580
30,990
25,680
21,400
15,070
12,730
10,790
9,200
7,870
6,770
5,850
5,090
4,450
TEMP
(C)
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
Table 106 — Suction Pressure Transducer Pressure (PSIG) vs. Voltage
(SP-A, SP-B, SP.XR=0, 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.290
0.324
0.357
0.391
0.425
0.458
0.492
0.526
0.560
0.593
0.627
0.661
0.694
0.728
0.762
0.795
0.829
0.863
0.897
0.930
0.964
0.998
1.031
1.065
1.099
1.132
1.166
1.200
1.234
1.267
1.301
1.335
1.368
1.402
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.436
1.470
1.503
1.537
1.571
1.604
1.638
1.672
1.705
1.739
1.773
1.807
1.840
1.874
1.908
1.941
1.975
2.009
2.042
2.076
2.110
2.144
2.177
2.211
2.245
2.278
2.312
2.346
2.380
2.413
2.447
2.481
2.514
2.548
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
89
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.582
2.615
2.649
2.683
2.717
2.750
2.784
2.818
2.851
2.885
2.919
2.952
2.986
3.020
3.054
3.087
3.121
3.155
3.188
3.222
3.256
3.290
3.323
3.357
3.391
3.424
3.458
3.492
3.525
3.559
3.593
3.627
3.660
3.694
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.728
3.761
3.795
3.829
3.862
3.896
3.930
3.964
3.997
4.031
4.065
4.098
4.132
4.166
4.200
4.233
4.267
4.301
4.334
4.368
4.402
4.435
4.469
4.503
4.537
4.570
4.604
4.638
4.671
4.705
4.739
4.772
4.806
4.840
Table 107 — Suction Pressure Transducer Pressure (PSIG) vs. Voltage
(SP-A, SP-B, SP.XR = 1, 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.500
0.520
0.540
0.560
0.580
0.600
0.620
0.640
0.660
0.680
0.700
0.720
0.740
0.760
0.780
0.800
0.820
0.840
0.860
0.880
0.900
0.920
0.940
0.960
0.980
1.000
1.020
1.040
1.060
1.080
1.100
1.120
1.140
1.160
1.180
1.200
1.220
1.240
1.260
1.280
1.300
1.320
1.340
1.360
1.380
1.400
1.420
1.440
1.460
1.480
1.500
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.520
1.540
1.560
1.580
1.600
1.620
1.640
1.660
1.680
1.700
1.720
1.740
1.760
1.780
1.800
1.820
1.840
1.860
1.880
1.900
1.920
1.940
1.960
1.980
2.000
2.020
2.040
2.060
2.080
2.100
2.120
2.140
2.160
2.180
2.200
2.220
2.240
2.260
2.280
2.300
2.320
2.340
2.360
2.380
2.400
2.420
2.440
2.460
2.480
2.500
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
90
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.520
2.540
2.560
2.580
2.600
2.620
2.640
2.660
2.680
2.700
2.720
2.740
2.760
2.780
2.800
2.820
2.840
2.860
2.880
2.900
2.920
2.940
2.960
2.980
3.000
3.020
3.040
3.060
3.080
3.100
3.120
3.140
3.160
3.180
3.200
3.220
3.240
3.260
3.280
3.300
3.320
3.340
3.360
3.380
3.400
3.420
3.440
3.460
3.480
3.500
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.520
3.540
3.560
3.580
3.600
3.620
3.640
3.660
3.680
3.700
3.720
3.740
3.760
3.780
3.800
3.820
3.840
3.860
3.880
3.900
3.920
3.940
3.960
3.980
4.000
4.020
4.040
4.060
4.080
4.100
4.120
4.140
4.160
4.180
4.200
4.220
4.240
4.260
4.280
4.300
4.320
4.340
4.360
4.380
4.400
4.420
4.440
4.460
4.480
4.500
Table 108 — Suction Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (SP-A, SP-B, 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.466
0.476
0.486
0.495
0.505
0.515
0.525
0.535
0.545
0.554
0.564
0.574
0.584
0.594
0.604
0.614
0.623
0.633
0.643
0.653
0.663
0.673
0.682
0.692
0.702
0.712
0.722
0.732
0.741
0.751
0.761
0.771
0.781
0.791
0.801
0.810
0.820
0.830
0.840
0.850
0.860
0.869
0.879
0.889
0.899
0.909
0.919
0.928
0.938
0.948
0.958
0.968
0.978
0.988
0.997
1.007
1.017
1.027
1.037
1.047
1.056
1.066
1.076
1.086
1.096
1.106
1.116
1.125
1.135
1.145
1.155
1.165
1.175
1.184
1.194
1.204
1.214
1.224
1.234
1.243
1.253
1.263
1.273
1.283
1.293
1.303
1.312
1.322
1.332
1.342
1.352
1.362
1.371
1.381
1.391
1.401
1.411
1.421
1.430
1.440
1.450
1.460
1.470
1.480
1.490
1.499
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.509
1.519
1.529
1.539
1.549
1.558
1.568
1.578
1.588
1.598
1.608
1.618
1.627
1.637
1.647
1.657
1.667
1.677
1.686
1.696
1.706
1.716
1.726
1.736
1.745
1.755
1.765
1.775
1.785
1.795
1.805
1.814
1.824
1.834
1.844
1.854
1.864
1.873
1.883
1.893
1.903
1.913
1.923
1.932
1.942
1.952
1.962
1.972
1.982
1.992
2.001
2.011
2.021
2.031
2.041
2.051
2.060
2.070
2.080
2.090
2.100
2.110
2.120
2.129
2.139
2.149
2.159
2.169
2.179
2.188
2.198
2.208
2.218
2.228
2.238
2.247
2.257
2.267
2.277
2.287
2.297
2.307
2.316
2.326
2.336
2.346
2.356
2.366
2.375
2.385
2.395
2.405
2.415
2.425
2.434
2.444
2.454
2.464
2.474
2.484
2.494
2.503
2.513
2.523
2.533
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
91
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.543
2.553
2.562
2.572
2.582
2.592
2.602
2.612
2.622
2.631
2.641
2.651
2.661
2.671
2.681
2.690
2.700
2.710
2.720
2.730
2.740
2.749
2.759
2.769
2.779
2.789
2.799
2.809
2.818
2.828
2.838
2.848
2.858
2.868
2.877
2.887
2.897
2.907
2.917
2.927
2.936
2.946
2.956
2.966
2.976
2.986
2.996
3.005
3.015
3.025
3.035
3.045
3.055
3.064
3.074
3.084
3.094
3.104
3.114
3.124
3.133
3.143
3.153
3.163
3.173
3.183
3.192
3.202
3.212
3.222
3.232
3.242
3.251
3.261
3.271
3.281
3.291
3.301
3.311
3.320
3.330
3.340
3.350
3.360
3.370
3.379
3.389
3.399
3.409
3.419
3.429
3.438
3.448
3.458
3.468
3.478
3.488
3.498
3.507
3.517
3.527
3.537
3.547
3.557
3.566
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.576
3.586
3.596
3.606
3.616
3.626
3.635
3.645
3.655
3.665
3.675
3.685
3.694
3.704
3.714
3.724
3.734
3.744
3.753
3.763
3.773
3.783
3.793
3.803
3.813
3.822
3.832
3.842
3.852
3.862
3.872
3.881
3.891
3.901
3.911
3.921
3.931
3.940
3.950
3.960
3.970
3.980
3.990
4.000
4.009
4.019
4.029
4.039
4.049
4.059
4.068
4.078
4.088
4.098
4.108
4.118
4.128
4.137
4.147
4.157
4.167
4.177
4.187
4.196
4.206
4.216
4.226
4.236
4.246
4.255
4.265
4.275
4.285
4.295
4.305
4.315
4.324
4.334
4.344
4.354
4.364
4.374
4.383
4.393
4.403
4.413
4.423
4.433
4.442
4.452
4.462
4.472
4.482
4.492
4.502
4.511
4.521
4.531
4.541
4.551
4.561
4.570
4.580
4.590
4.600
Table 109 — Discharge Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (DP-A, DP-B,
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units Only)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
14.5
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.500
0.509
0.515
0.521
0.528
0.534
0.540
0.546
0.552
0.558
0.564
0.570
0.577
0.583
0.589
0.595
0.601
0.607
0.613
0.620
0.626
0.626
0.632
0.638
0.644
0.650
0.656
0.662
0.669
0.675
0.681
0.687
0.693
0.699
0.705
0.711
0.718
0.724
0.730
0.736
0.742
0.748
0.754
0.761
0.767
0.773
0.779
0.785
0.791
0.797
0.803
0.810
0.816
0.822
0.828
0.834
0.840
0.846
0.852
0.859
0.865
0.871
0.877
0.883
0.889
0.895
0.902
0.908
0.914
0.920
0.926
0.932
0.938
0.944
0.951
0.957
0.963
0.969
0.975
0.981
0.987
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.993
1.000
1.006
1.012
1.018
1.024
1.030
1.036
1.043
1.049
1.055
1.061
1.067
1.073
1.079
1.085
1.092
1.098
1.104
1.110
1.116
1.122
1.128
1.134
1.141
1.147
1.153
1.159
1.165
1.171
1.177
1.184
1.190
1.196
1.202
1.208
1.214
1.220
1.226
1.233
1.239
1.245
1.251
1.257
1.263
1.269
1.275
1.282
1.288
1.294
1.300
1.306
1.312
1.318
1.325
1.331
1.337
1.343
1.349
1.355
1.361
1.367
1.374
1.380
1.386
1.392
1.398
1.404
1.410
1.416
1.423
1.429
1.435
1.441
1.447
1.453
1.459
1.466
1.472
1.478
1.484
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
92
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.490
1.496
1.502
1.508
1.515
1.521
1.527
1.533
1.539
1.545
1.551
1.557
1.564
1.570
1.576
1.582
1.588
1.594
1.600
1.606
1.613
1.619
1.625
1.631
1.637
1.643
1.649
1.656
1.662
1.668
1.674
1.680
1.686
1.692
1.698
1.705
1.711
1.717
1.723
1.729
1.735
1.741
1.747
1.754
1.760
1.766
1.772
1.778
1.784
1.790
1.797
1.803
1.809
1.815
1.821
1.827
1.833
1.839
1.846
1.852
1.858
1.864
1.870
1.876
1.882
1.888
1.895
1.901
1.907
1.913
1.919
1.925
1.931
1.938
1.944
1.950
1.956
1.962
1.968
1.974
1.980
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.987
1.993
1.999
2.005
2.011
2.017
2.023
2.029
2.036
2.042
2.048
2.054
2.060
2.066
2.072
2.079
2.085
2.091
2.097
2.103
2.109
2.115
2.121
2.128
2.134
2.140
2.146
2.152
2.158
2.164
2.170
2.177
2.183
2.189
2.195
2.201
2.207
2.213
2.220
2.226
2.232
2.238
2.244
2.250
2.256
2.262
2.269
2.275
2.281
2.287
2.293
2.299
2.305
2.311
2.318
2.324
2.330
2.336
2.342
2.348
2.354
2.361
2.367
2.373
2.379
2.385
2.391
2.397
2.403
2.410
2.416
2.422
2.428
2.434
2.440
2.446
2.452
2.459
2.465
2.471
2.477
Table 109 — Discharge Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (DP-A, DP-B,
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units Only) (cont)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.483
2.489
2.495
2.502
2.508
2.514
2.520
2.526
2.532
2.538
2.544
2.551
2.557
2.563
2.569
2.575
2.581
2.587
2.593
2.600
2.606
2.612
2.618
2.624
2.630
2.636
2.643
2.649
2.655
2.661
2.667
2.673
2.679
2.685
2.692
2.698
2.704
2.710
2.716
2.722
2.728
2.734
2.741
2.747
2.753
2.759
2.765
2.771
2.777
2.784
2.790
2.796
2.802
2.808
2.814
2.820
2.826
2.833
2.839
2.845
2.851
2.857
2.863
2.869
2.875
2.882
2.888
2.894
2.900
2.906
2.912
2.918
2.925
2.931
2.937
2.943
2.949
2.955
2.961
2.967
2.974
2.980
2.986
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.992
2.998
3.004
3.010
3.016
3.023
3.029
3.035
3.041
3.047
3.053
3.059
3.066
3.072
3.078
3.084
3.090
3.096
3.102
3.108
3.115
3.121
3.127
3.133
3.139
3.145
3.151
3.157
3.164
3.170
3.176
3.182
3.188
3.194
3.200
3.206
3.213
3.219
3.225
3.231
3.237
3.243
3.249
3.256
3.262
3.268
3.274
3.280
3.286
3.292
3.298
3.305
3.311
3.317
3.323
3.329
3.335
3.341
3.347
3.354
3.360
3.366
3.372
3.378
3.384
3.390
3.397
3.403
3.409
3.415
3.421
3.427
3.433
3.439
3.446
3.452
3.458
3.464
3.470
3.476
3.482
3.488
3.495
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
93
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.501
3.507
3.513
3.519
3.525
3.531
3.538
3.544
3.550
3.556
3.562
3.568
3.574
3.580
3.587
3.593
3.599
3.605
3.611
3.617
3.623
3.629
3.636
3.642
3.648
3.654
3.660
3.666
3.672
3.679
3.685
3.691
3.697
3.703
3.709
3.715
3.721
3.728
3.734
3.740
3.746
3.752
3.758
3.764
3.770
3.777
3.783
3.789
3.795
3.801
3.807
3.813
3.820
3.826
3.832
3.838
3.844
3.850
3.856
3.862
3.869
3.875
3.881
3.887
3.893
3.899
3.905
3.911
3.918
3.924
3.930
3.936
3.942
3.948
3.954
3.961
3.967
3.973
3.979
3.985
3.991
3.997
4.003
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.010
4.016
4.022
4.028
4.034
4.040
4.046
4.052
4.059
4.065
4.071
4.077
4.083
4.089
4.095
4.102
4.108
4.114
4.120
4.126
4.132
4.138
4.144
4.151
4.157
4.163
4.169
4.175
4.181
4.187
4.193
4.200
4.206
4.212
4.218
4.224
4.230
4.236
4.243
4.249
4.255
4.261
4.267
4.273
4.279
4.285
4.292
4.298
4.304
4.310
4.316
4.322
4.328
4.334
4.341
4.347
4.353
4.359
4.365
4.371
4.377
4.384
4.390
4.396
4.402
4.408
4.414
4.420
4.426
4.433
4.439
4.445
4.451
4.457
4.463
4.469
4.475
4.482
4.488
4.494
4.500
Run StatusVIEWHT.ST — This variable displays the
current number of heating stages active (for staged gas control
option only). Compare to following point.
Run StatusVIEWH.MAX — This variable displays the
maximum number of heat stages available for this model.
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS — The Economizer Run Status
display table provides information about the economizer and can
be used to troubleshoot economizer problems. See Table 111.
The current position, commanded position, and whether the
economizer is active can be displayed. All the disabling conditions for the economizer and outside air information is also
displayed.
COOLING INFORMATION — The Cooling Information run
status display table provides information on the cooling operation of the unit. See Table 112.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable represents the amount of capacity currently running as a percent.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the requested cool stage. Cooling relay time guards in place
may prevent the requested cool stage from matching the
current cool stage.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum” and
“Z”. See the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 46.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up, 0.2 times
20 = 4 F ADD.R.
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down,
0.2 times –30 = –6 F SUB.R.
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = –SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = –ADD.R*0.4375
Forcing Inputs and Outputs — Many variables may
be forced both from the CCN and directly at the local display.
This can be useful during diagnostic testing and also during
operation, typically as part of an advanced third party control
scheme. See Appendices A and B.
NOTE: In the case of a power reset, any force in effect at the
time of the power reset will be cleared.
CONTROL LEVEL FORCING — If any of the following
points are forced with a priority level of 7 (consult CCN literature for a description of priority levels), the software clears the
force from the point if it has not been written to or forced again
within the timeout periods defined below:
TemperaturesAIR.TOAT
TemperaturesAIR.TRAT
TemperaturesAIR.TSPT
InputsRSETSP.RS
InputsREL.HOA.RH
InputsAIR.QOAQ
Outside Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Static Pressure Reset
Outside Air Relative Humidity
Outside Air Quality
30 minutes
3 minutes
3 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
Run Status Menu — The Run Status menu provides the
user important information about the unit. The Run Status table
can be used to troubleshoot problems and to help determine
how and why the unit is operating.
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS — The Auto View of Run
Status display table provides the most important unit information. The HVAC Mode (Run StatusVIEWHVAC) informs the user what HVAC mode the unit is currently in. Refer
to the Modes section on page 32 for information on HVAC
modes. The occupied status, unit temperatures, unit set points,
and stage information can also be shown. See Table 110.
Run StatusVIEWHVAC — Displays the current HVAC
Mode(s) by name. HVAC Modes include:
OFF
VENT
HIGH HEAT
STARTING UP
HIGH COOL
FIRE SHUT DOWN
SHUTTING DOWN
LOW COOL
PRESSURIZATION
DISABLED
UNOCC FREE COOL EVACUATION
SOFTSTOP REQUEST TEMPERING HICOOL SMOKE PURGE
REM SW DISABLE
TEMPERING LOCOOL
COMP STUCK ON
TEMPERING VENT
TEST
LOW HEAT
Run StatusVIEWOCC — This variable displays the current occupancy status of the control.
Run StatusVIEWMAT — This variable displays the current value for mixed-air temperature. This value is calculated
based on return-air and outside-air temperatures and economizer damper position.
Run StatusVIEWEDT — This variable displays the current evaporator discharge air temperature during Cooling
modes. This value is read at the supply air thermistor location
(or at cooling coil thermistor array if unit is equipped with hydronic heating coil).
Run StatusVIEWLAT — This variable displays the current leaving-air temperature during Vent and Hydronic Heating
modes. This value is read at the supply air thermistor location.
Run StatusVIEWEC.C.P — This variable displays the
current economizer control point value (a target value for air
temperature leaving the evaporator coil location).
Run StatusVIEWECN.P — This variable displays the
current actual economizer position (in percentage open).
Run StatusVIEWCL.C.P — This variable displays the
current cooling control point (a target value for air temperature
leaving the evaporator coil location).
Run StatusVIEWC.CAP — This variable displays the
current amount of unit cooling capacity (in percent of
maximum).
Run StatusVIEWHT.C.P — This variable displays the
current heating control point, for use with staged gas control
option only (a target value for air temperature leaving the supply duct).
94
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30 F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
MODE TRIP HELPER — The Mode Trip Helper table provides information on the unit modes and when the modes start
and stop. See Table 113. This information can be used to help
determine why the unit is in the current mode.
CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE — The CCN/Linkage
display table provides information on unit linkage. See
Table 114.
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE — The
Compressor Run Hours Display Table displays the number of
run time hours for each compressor. See Table 115.
COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE — The Compressor Starts Display Table displays the number of starts for
each compressor. See Table 116.
TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE — The Time Guard Display Table delay time for each compressor and heat relay. See
Table 117.
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE —
The Software Version Numbers Display Table displays the
software version numbers of the unit boards and devices. See
Table 118.
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = ConfigurationCOOLZ.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = ConfigurationCOOLZ.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5 F, then a
stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds.
This override is intended to react to situations where the load
rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5F, then a mechanical stage will be removed every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to situations
where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4F, and the rate of change is less than –1F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).
Table 110 — Auto View of Run Status Display Table
ITEM
VIEW
HVAC
OCC
MAT
EDT
LAT
EC.C.P
ECN.P
CL.C.P
C.CAP
HT.C.P
HT.ST
H.MAX
EXPANSION
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
Occupied ?
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Economizer Control Point
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Cooling Control Point
Current Running Capacity
Heating Control Point
Requested Heat Stage
Maximum Heat Stages
RANGE
UNITS
string
OCCUPIED
MAT
EDT
LAT
ECONCPNT
ECONOPOS
COOLCPNT
CAPTOTAL
HEATCPNT
HT_STAGE
HTMAXSTG
YES/NO
0-100
POINT
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
dF
dF
WRITE STATUS
forcible
Table 111 — Economizer Run Status Display Table
ITEM
ECON
ECN.P
ECN.C
ACTV
DISA
UNAV
R.EC.D
DBC
DEW
DDBC
OAEC
DEC
EDT
OAT
FORC
SFON
CLOF
OAQL
HELD
DH.DS
O.AIR
OAT
OA.RH
OA.E
OA.D.T
EXPANSION
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
Dehumid Desabled Econ?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
RANGE
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
UNITS
%
%
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
WRITE STATUS
forcible
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
dF
%
dF
95
POINT
OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
forcible
forcible
Table 112 — Cooling Information Display Table
ITEM
COOL
C.CAP
CUR.S
REQ.S
MAX.S
DEM.L
SUMZ
SMZ
ADD.R
SUB.R
R.PCT
Y.MIN
Y.PLU
Z.MIN
Z.PLU
H.TMP
L.TMP
PULL
SLOW
EXPANSION
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
%
WRITE STATUS
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM
%
–100  +100
forcible
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
^F
^F
Table 113 — Mode Trip Helper Display Table
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
WRITE STATUS
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string
Table 114 — CCN/Linkage Display Table
ITEM
LINK
MODE
L.Z.T
L.C.SP
L.H.SP
EXPANSION
CCN - LINKAGE
Linkage Active - CCN
Linkage Zone Control Tmp
Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt
Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
ON/OFF
WRITE STATUS
MODELINK
LZT
LCSP
LHSP
dF
dF
dF
Table 115 — Compressor Run Hours Display Table
ITEM
HRS
HR.A1
HR.A2
HR.B1
HR.B2
EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
RANGE
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
UNITS
HRS
HRS
HRS
HRS
POINT
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
WRITE STATUS
config
config
config
config
Table 116 — Compressor Starts Display Table
ITEM
STRT
ST.A1
ST.A2
ST.B1
ST.B2
EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
RANGE
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
96
UNITS
POINT
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2
WRITE STATUS
config
config
config
config
Table 117 — Time Guard Display Table
ITEM
TMGD
TG.A1
TG.A2
TG.B1
TG.B2
TG.H1
TG.H2
TG.H3
TG.H4
TG.H5
TG.H6
EXPANSION
TIMEGUARDS
Compressor A1 Timeguard
Compressor A2 Timeguard
Compressor B1 Timeguard
Compressor B2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 1 Timeguard
Heat Relay 2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 3 Timeguard
Heat Relay 4 Timeguard
Heat Relay 5 Timeguard
Heat Relay 6 Timeguard
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
WRITE STATUS
CMPA1_TG
CMPA2_TG
CMPB1_TG
CMPB2_TG
HS1_TG
HS2_TG
HS3_TG
HS4_TG
HS5_TG
HS6_TG
Table 118 — Software Version Numbers Display Table
ITEM
VERS
MBB
ECB1
ECB2
SCB
CEM
MARQ
NAVI
EXPANSION
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
CESR131343-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131465-xx-xx
CESR131226-xx-xx
CESR131174-xx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
CESR130227-xx-xx
RANGE
UNITS
POINT
WRITE STATUS
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
operation. When this occurs, the control turns off the compressor and logs a strike for the respective circuit. These alerts reset
automatically.
If the current sensor board reads OFF while the compressor
relay has been commanded ON for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alert is generated.
Any time this alert occurs, a strike will be called out on the
affected compressor. If three successive strikes occur the
compressor will be locked out requiring a manual reset or
power reset of the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during
compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete cycles or
15 continuous minutes of run time operation. So, if there are
one or two strikes on the compressor and three short cycles
(ON-OFF, ON-OFF, ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each
occur, the strikes will be reset to zero for the affected compressor. Also, if the compressor turns on and runs for 15 minutes
straight with no compressor failure, the compressor’s strikes
are cleared as well.
NOTE: Until the compressor is locked out, for the first two
strikes, the alert will not be broadcast to the network, nor will
the alarm relay be closed.
The possible causes are:
• High-pressure switch (HPS) open. The HPS is wired in
series with compressor relays on the MBB. If the high-pressure switch opens during compressor operation, the compressor stops, and the CS no longer detects current, causing
the control to activate this alert.
For 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units:
• Compressor internal overload protection is open. The internal overloads are used on the Scroll Tech compressors
(black) and smaller Maneurop compressors used on the size
020, 025, 027, 030, 035 units and 040 A1, A2 compressors.
• Internal compressor temperature sensor trip. The large
Maneurop compressors (blue) used on the size 040 (B1,
B2), 050, and 060 units have an internal temperature sensor.
• Circuit breaker trip. The compressors are protected from
short circuit by a breaker in the control box. On the size
020-035 and 040 A1, A2 units there is one breaker per two
compressors and on the size 040 (B1, B2), 050, and 060
compressors there is one breaker per compressor because
there are not internal overloads.
• Wiring error. A wiring error might not allow the compressor
to start.
Alarms and Alerts — There are a variety of different
alerts and alarms in the system.
• P — Pre-Alert: Part of the unit is temporarily down. The
alarm is not broadcast on the CCN network. The alarm relay
is not energized. After an allowable number of retries, if the
function does not recover, the pre-alert will be upgraded to
an alert or an alarm.
• T — Alert: Part of the unit is down, but the unit is still
partially able to provide cooling or heating.
• A — Alarm: The unit is down and is unable to provide
cooling or heating.
All alarms are displayed with a code of AXXX where the A
is the category of alarm (Pre-Alert, Alert, or Alarm) and XXX
is the number.
The response of the control system to various alerts and
alarms depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or
alarm. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the operation
of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a “strike.” A
“striking” alert will cause the circuit to shut down for 15 minutes. This feature reduces the likelihood of false alarms causing
a properly working system to be shut down incorrectly. If three
strikes occur before the circuit has an opportunity to show that
it can function properly, the circuit will strike out, causing the
shutdown alarm for that particular circuit. Once activated, the
shutdown alarm can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
Circuits with strikes are given an opportunity to reset their
strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike typically
causes the circuit to shut down. Fifteen minutes later, that
circuit will once again be allowed to run. If the circuit is able to
run for 1 minute, its replacement circuit will be allowed to shut
down (if not required to run to satisfy requested stages). However, the “troubled” circuit must run continuously for 5 minutes
with no detectable problems before the strike counter is reset to
zero.
All the alarms and alerts are summarized in Table 119.
DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE CAUSES
T051, P051 (Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure)
T052, P052 (Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure)
T055, P055 (Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure)
T056, P056 (Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure) — Alert codes
051, 052, 055, and 056 are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and
B2 respectively. These alerts occur when the current sensor
(CS) does not detect compressor current during compressor
97
Table 119 — Alert and Alarm Codes
ALARM OR
ALERT
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
A051
Circuit A, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure
ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL
Turn off all compressors
Compressor locked off
Welded contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Welded contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Welded contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Welded contact
High pressure switch, compressor
current, wiring error
Exceeded 3 strike limit
Use OAT for head pressure control
Automatic
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure
Add strike to compressor
T051
A052
Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure
Compressor locked off
Turn off all compressors
P052
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure
Add strike to compressor
T052
A055
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure
Compressor locked off
Turn off all compressors
P055
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure
Add strike to compressor
T055
A056
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure
Compressor locked off
Turn off all compressors
P056
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure
Add strike to compressor
T056
T072
T073
T074
T075
T076
T078
T082
T090
T091
T092
T093
T110
T111
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure
Circuit A Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure
(48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only)
Circuit B Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure
(48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only)
Evaporator Discharge Reset Sensor Failure
Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure
Space Temperature Thermistor Failure
Return Air Thermistor Failure
Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure
Circuit A Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit B Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit A Loss of Charge
Circuit B Loss of Charge
A120
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm.
P120
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temp-Comp A2 Shutdown
T120
T065
PROBABLE CAUSE
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
Manual
Automatic
(max 3)
Manual
P051
T064
RESET
METHOD
Use OAT for head pressure control
Automatic
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Unit shutdown
Stop use of economizer
Unit shutdown
Continue to run unit
Use OAT changeover control
Use differential dry bulb changeover
Use Space temperature without offset
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Stop circuit
Manual
Compressor A2 shutdown
Automatic
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert.
Stop circuit
Automatic
A121
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm.
Stop circuit
Manual
P121
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temp-Comp B2 Shutdown
Compressor B2 shutdown
Automatic
T121
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert.
Stop circuit
Automatic
T122
T123
Circuit A High Saturated Suction Temperature
Circuit B High Saturated Suction Temperature
Stop circuit
Stop circuit
Manual
Manual
P126
Circuit A High Head Pressure, Comp Shutdown
Circuit staged down
Automatic
T126
Circuit A High Head Pressure Alert
Stop circuit
Automatic
A126
Circuit A High Head Pressure Alarm
Stop circuit
Manual
P127
Circuit B High Head Pressure Comp Shutdown
Circuit staged down
Automatic
T127
Circuit B High Head Pressure Alert
Stop circuit
Automatic
Faulty remote input on CEM board
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty thermistor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor, wiring error
Faulty sensor, wiring error
Faulty sensor, wiring error
Faulty sensor, wiring error
Low refrigerant charge
Low refrigerant charge
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
Low refrigerant charge, low airflow,
dirty coil, broken fan belt, TXV
problem
TXV problem, high load
TXV problem, high load
Dirty condenser, condenser fan failure, system overcharged
Dirty condenser, condenser fan
failure, system overcharged
Dirty condenser, condenser fan failure, system overcharged
Dirty condenser, condenser fan failure, system overcharged.
Dirty condenser, condenser fan
failure, system overcharged
Dirty condenser, condenser fan failure, system overcharged
Refrigeration problem
Refrigeration problem
Incorrect compressor wiring
External shutdown command
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Control Board failure, check lights
Input failure, wiring error
Input Failure, wiring error
Wiring errors, board failures
A127
Circuit B High Head Pressure Alarm
T128
A128
A140
A150
T153
A154
T155
A156
A157
A171
A172
A173
A174
T177
T178
A200
Digital Scroll High Discharge Temperature Alert
Digital Scroll High Discharge Temperature Alarm
Reverse Rotation Detected
Unit is in Emergency Stop
Real Time Clock Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
A/D Hardware Failure
Staged Gas Control Board Comm Failure
Controls Expansion Module Comm Failure
ECB1 Board Communication Failure
ECB2 Board Communication Failure
4-20 MA Demand Limit Failure
4-20 MA Static Pressure Reset/VFD Fail
Linkage Timeout Error - Communication Failure
Stop circuit
Manual
Digital compressor A1 shutdown
Digital compressor A1 locked off
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop unit
Stop gas heat
Stop options on CEM
Stop economizer & power exh
Stop unit
Stop demand limiting
Stop static pressure reset/VFD
Stop unit
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
98
Table 119 — Alert and Alarm Codes (cont)
ALARM
OR
ALERT
NUMBER
T210
T211
T220
T221
RESET
METHOD
DESCRIPTION
ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL
Building Pressure Transducer Failure
Static Pressure Transducer Failure
Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure
Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure
Close economizer, stop exhaust
Stop unit
Stop IAQ control
Use a default value for IAQ
Use software configured
minimum
Stop cooling, but continue
to heat
Stop heating, but continue
to cool
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Sensor failure, wiring error
Sensor failure, wiring error
Sensor failure, wiring error
Sensor failure, wiring error
Automatic
Input failure, wiring error
Automatic
Outdoor dampers stuck, no load
Automatic
High load, dampers open
T229
Economizer Minimum Position Override Input Failure
T300
Space Temperature Below Limit
T301
Space Temperature Above Limit
T302
Supply Temperature Below Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T303
Supply Temperature Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T304
Return Temperature Below Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T305
Return Temperature Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T308
Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit
Alert
Automatic
T309
Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
T310
T311
T312
T313
T314
Supply Duct Static Pressure Below Limit
Supply Duct Static Pressure Above Limit
Building Static Pressure Below Limit
Building Static Pressure Above Limit
IAQ Above Limit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Unit Shutdown
Automatic
Run power exhaust
Run supply fan
Run supply and exhaust fans
Continue to run unit
Stop unit
Continue to run unit
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
A404
Fire Shut Down Emergency Mode (fire-smoke)
A405
A406
A407
T408
A409
T409
Evacuation Emergency Mode
Pressurization Emergency Mode
Smoke Purge Emergency Mode
Dirty Air Filter
Supply Fan Status Failure
Supply Fan Status Failure
T414
Loss of Communication with the Belimo Actuator
T414
T414
T414
T414
T414
T414
T414
T414
T421
T422
T423
T424
T500
T501
T502
T503
A700
T701
T702
T703
A704
T705
Belimo Actuator Direction Error
Belimo Actuator Failure
Belimo Actuator Jammed
Belimo Actuator Range Error
Excess Outdoor Air
Economizing When it Should Not
Economizing When it Should
Damper Not Modulating
R-W1 Jumper Must Be Installed to Run Heat in Service
Test
Thermostat Y2 Input ON without Y1 ON
Thermostat W2 Input ON without W1 ON
Thermostat Y and W Inputs ON
Thermostat G Input OFF on a Call for Cooling
Current Sensor Board Failure - A1
Current Sensor Board Failure - A2
Current Sensor Board Failure - B1
Current Sensor Board Failure - B2
Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure
Staged Gas Thermistor 1 Failure
Staged Gas Thermistor 2 Failure
Staged Gas Thermistor 3 Failure
Staged Gas Leaving Air Temp Sum Total Failure
Limit Switch Thermistor Failure
T707
Digital Scroll Discharge Temperature Failure
T420
Axxx
CEM
IAQ
OAT
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Alarm
Controls Expansion module
Indoor Air Quality
Outdoor Air Temperature
Pxxx
Txxx
TXV
VFD
—
—
—
—
PROBABLE CAUSE
Close economizer
Automatic
Close economizer
Attempt to close economizer
Close economizer
Close economizer
Alert
Alert
Alert
Alert
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
Configuration error, or sensor error
Dampers open, check configuration
setpoint
VFD problem, broken fan belt
VFD problem, broken fan belt
Exhaust issues, check setpoint
Exhaust issues, check setpoint
Damper or IAQ control issues
Smoke detector switch or external
switch
Special fire mode control
Special fire mode control
Special fire mode control
Dirty filter, switch setting
Fan drive failure
Fan drive failure, or sensor failure
Calibrate economizer, economizer
failure, wiring
Motor direction switch wrong, wiring
Motor failure
Obstruction in damper
Calibrate economizer
Obstruction of actuator.
Obstruction of actuator.
Obstruction of actuator.
Actuator disconnected.
No heat
Automatic
Add red wire jumpers
Assume Y2 is Y1
Assume W2 is W1
Alert
Turn fan on
Stop compressor A1
Stop compressor A2
Stop compressor B1
Stop compressor B2
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Stop staged gas heat
Digital compressor llimited to
50%
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Thermostat wiring error
Thermostat wiring error
Thermostat issues
Thermostat or wiring issues
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty board or wiring
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty sensor or wiring error
Faulty switch or wiring
Automatic
Sensor Failure, wiring error
Pre-Alert
Alert
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Variable Frequency Drive
external overload protector modules that are mounted in the
compressor wiring junction box. Temperature sensors
embedded in the compressor motor windings are the inputs
to the module. The module is powered with 120 vac from
the units main control box. The module output is a normally
closed contact that is wired in series with the compressor
contactor coil. In a compressor motor overload condition,
the contact opens de-energizing the compressor contactor.
For 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units:
• Compressor internal overload protector is open. Internal
overload protectors are used in the Copeland compressors in
all units except size 60 ton units with voltages of 208/230-v,
380-v, and 575-v.
• Compressor external overload protector (Kriwan module)
has activated. The Copeland compressors in size 60 ton
units with voltages of 208/230-v, 380-v, and 575-v use
99
2. Verify that there is not 24 v at the contactor coil. If there is
24 v at the contactor, check relay on MBB and wiring.
3. Check for welded contactor.
4. Verify CS wiring.
5. Return to Normal mode and observe compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
T064 (Circuit A Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure)
T065 (Circuit B Saturated Condensing Thermistor Failure) —
Alert codes 064 and 065 are for circuits A and B, respectively.
This alert code is for 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units only. These
alerts occur when the saturated condensing temperatures (TemperaturesREF.TSCT.A and SCT.B) are outside the range
–40 to 240 F (–40 to 116 C). When this occurs, the control uses
the outdoor temperature (OAT) to control the outdoor fans. The
control will default to control based on the OAT sensor and will
turn on OFC.B when the ambient is above 65 F and off when
the ambient is below 50 F.
If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control
should turn on OFC.B when compressors are on.
The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a
shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose
connection.
T072 (Evaporator Discharge Reset Sensor Failure) — If the
unit is configured to use the remote EDT 4 to 20 mA reset input (ConfigurationEDT.RRES.S) and the sensor reading
is less than 2 mA then the alert will occur. When this occurs the
control will default to the internal set points. The sensor is
connected to the optional CEM module. For this sensor to be
used, the EDT 4 to 20 mA reset input (Configuration
EDT.RRES.S) must be set to “enabled.”
T073 (Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure) — This
alert occurs when the outside air temperature sensor (TemperaturesAIR.TOAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F
(–40 to 116 C). Failure of this thermistor (TemperaturesAIR.TOAT) will disable any elements of the control
which requires its use. Economizer control beyond the vent
position and the calculation of mixed-air temperature for the
sumZ algorithm will not be possible. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a
shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose
connection.
T074 (Space Temperature Thermistor Failure) — This alert
occurs when the space temperature sensor (Temperatures
AIR.TSPT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). This alert will only occur if the unit is configured to use
a space temperature sensor. Configuration is done through
the Unit Control Type (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP)
configuration. Failure of this thermistor (TemperaturesAIR.TSPT) will disable any elements of the control
which requires its use. If the unit is configured for SPT 2 stage
or SPT multi-stage operation and the sensor fails, no cooling or
heating mode may be chosen. This alert resets automatically.
The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor in the T55,
T56, or T58 device, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a
wiring error, or a loose connection.
T075 (Return Air Thermistor Failure) — This alert occurs
when the return air temperature sensor (TemperaturesAIR.TRAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). The RAT is standard on all units and is located in the
return section near the auxiliary control box. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a
loose connection.
Failure of this thermistor (TemperaturesAIR.TRAT)
will disable any elements of the control which requires its use.
Elements of failure include:
• the calculation of mixed air temperature for sumZ control
• Circuit breaker trip. The compressors are protected from
short circuit by a breaker in the control box. On the 020-050
size units there is one breaker per two compressors and on
the 060 size units there is one breaker per compressor.
• Wiring Error. A wiring error might not allow the compressor to start.
To check out alerts 051, 052, 055 and 056:
1. Turn on the compressor in question using Service Test
mode. If the compressor does not start, then most likely
the problem is one of the following: HPS open, open
internal protection, circuit breaker trip, incorrect safety
wiring, or incorrect compressor wiring.
2. If the compressor does start verify it is rotating in the
correct direction.
IMPORTANT: Prolonged operation in the wrong direction
can damage the compressor. Correct rotation can be verified by a gage set and looking for a differential pressure
rise on start-up.
IMPORTANT: If the compressor starts, verify that the
indoor and outdoor fans are operating properly.
IMPORTANT: If the CS is always detecting current, then
verify that the compressor is on. If the compressor is on,
check the contactor and the relay on the MBB. If the compressor is off and there is no current, verify CS wiring and
replace if necessary.
IMPORTANT: Return to Normal mode and observe compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor
is working and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
A051 (Circuit A, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure)
A052 (Circuit A, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure)
A055 (Circuit B, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure)
A056 (Circuit B, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure) — Alarm
codes 051, 052, 055, and 056 are for compressors A1, A2, B1,
B2 respectively. These alarms occur when the current sensor
(CS) detects current when the compressor should be off. When
this occurs, the control turns off the compressor and logs a strike
for the respective circuit. Use the scrolling marquee to reset the
alarm.
If the current sensor board reads ON while the compressor
relay has been commanded OFF for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alarm is generated. These alarms are only monitored for a period of 10 seconds after the compressor relay has
been commanded OFF. This is done to facilitate a service technician forcing a relay to test a compressor.
In addition, if a compressor stuck failure occurs and the current sensor board reports the compressor and the request off,
certain diagnostics will take place.
1. If any of the 4 compressors are diagnosed as stuck on and
the current sensor board is on and the request is off, the
control will request the supply fan which will automatically start building airflow control. Condenser fans will
also be commanded on to maintain normal head pressure.
2. Heating will be disabled while any one of the compressors has this problem.
The possible causes are:
• welded contactor
• frozen compressor relay on MBB
To check out alarms 051, 052, 055, and 056:
1. Place the unit in Service Test mode. All compressors
should be off.
100
units. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant pressure
or a faulty suction pressure transducer.
P120 (Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature —
Compressor A2 Shutdown)
T120 (Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert)
A120 (Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm)
P121 (Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature —
Compressor B2 Shutdown)
T121 (Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alert)
A121 (Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature Alarm)
— This alert/alarm is used to keep the evaporator coils from
freezing and the saturated suction temperature above the low
limit for the compressors.
T122 (Circuit A High Saturated Suction Temperature)
T123 (Circuit B High Saturated Suction Temperature) — Alert
codes 122 and 123 occur when compressors in a circuit have
been running for at least 5 to 30 minutes (Configuration
COOLH.SST). On 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units, this alert
code occurs if the circuit saturated suction temperature is greater than 60 F. On 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units, this alert code occurs if the circuit saturated suction temperature is greater than
65 F when one compressor is running or 60 F when two compressors are running. For all units, the high saturated suction
alert is generated and the circuit is shut down. Alert code 122 is
for circuit A and 123 for circuit B.
LRTA High Saturated Condensing Temperature Alert/
Alarm
P126 (Circuit A High Head Pressure, Comp Shutdown)
T126 (Circuit A High Head Pressure Alert)
A126 (Circuit A High Head Pressure Alarm)
P127 (Circuit B High Head Pressure, Comp Shutdown)
T127 (Circuit B High Head Pressure Alert)
A127 (Circuit B High Head Pressure Alarm) — This alert/
alarm is used to keep the saturated condensing temperature below maximum recommended compressor operating pressure.
This alert/alarm attempts to prevent the saturated condensing
temperature from reaching the high pressure switch trip point
by reducing the number of compressors operating on a circuit.
When the saturated condensing temperature on a circuit is
greater than 145 F (140 F on R-22 units), no compressors will
be added to the circuit.
When temperatures REF.T, SCTA, or temperatures REF.T,
SCTB rise above 150 F (145 F on R-22 units), a compressor of
the affected circuit will be immediately shut down with prealert (P126,P127) and a 10-minute timeguard will be added to
the compressor. If the saturated condensing temperature
remains above 150 F (145 F on R-22 units) for 10 more seconds, another compressor of the affected circuit, if it exists, will
be shut down with pre-alert (P126, P127) and a 10-minute
timeguard will be added to the compressor. This sequence will
continue until the last compressor on the circuit is shut down, at
which time the circuit will be shut down with alert (T126,
T127).
This failure follows a three strike methodology. When the
circuit is shut down entirely, an alert (T126, T127) is generated
and a strike is logged on the circuit. On the third strike, alarm
(A126, A127) will be generated which will necessitate a manual reset to get the circuit back running. It is important to note
that a strike is called out only if all compressors in the circuit
are off at the time of the alert.
To prevent nuisance alerts, P126 and P127 show up in the
alarm history and locally at the display, but are never broadcast
to the network. To recover from these alerts, both a 10-minute
hold off timer and saturated condensing temperature returning
under the compressor envelope must occur. If recovery occurs,
staging will be allowed on the circuit once again. Again, a
strike is tied to the circuit going off entirely, not reducing capacity and recovering. Therefore, it is possible that multiple
• the selection of a mode for VAV units
• economizer differential enthalpy or dry bulb control
• return air temperature supply air reset
T076 (Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) —
This alert occurs when the outside air humidity sensor (InputsREL.HOA.RH) has a reading less than 2 mA. Failure
of this sensor will disable any elements of the control which requires its use including economizer outdoor and differential enthalpy control. The OA.RH sensor is located in the economizer
hood and is used for control of the economizer. The sensor is a
loop powered 4 to 20 mA sensor. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty sensor, a shorted or
open sensor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
The unit must be configured to use the sensor through the
Outside Air RH Sensor (ConfigurationECONORH.S)
setting.
T078 (Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) — This
alert occurs when the return air humidity sensor
(InputsREL.HRA.RH) has a reading less than 2 mA.
Failure of this sensor (InputsREL.HRA.RH) will disable
any elements of the control which requires its use including
economizer differential enthalpy control.
The RA.RH sensor is located in the return air section near
the auxiliary control box. The sensor is a loop powered 4 to
20 mA sensor. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the
alert is usually a faulty sensor, a shorted or open sensor caused
by a wiring error, or a loose connection. The unit must be configured to use the sensor through the Outside Air RH Sensor
(ConfigurationUNITSENSRRH.S) setting.
T082 (Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure) — If the unit
is configured to use a space temperature sensor and is using a
T56 sensor with an offset potentiometer, then the alert will
occur if the potentiometer is outside the allowable range. The
control will default to the software applicable set point because
there is no offset available that may be applied to space temperature. The alert will automatically clear. The unit must be configured for one of the SPT control options through the Unit
Control Type (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP) configuration.
T090 (Circuit A Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure)
T091 (Circuit B Discharge Pressure Transducer Failure) —
Alert codes 090, and 091 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts occur when the unit is configured for pressure
transducers (ConfigurationUNITDP.XR) and the pressure is outside the range 0.0 to 667.0 psig. A circuit cannot run
when this alert is active. Use the scrolling marquee to reset the
alert. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty
5v power supply, or a loose connection. Although the software
supports this option, it is not possible at the time of the writing
of this specification to order the optional discharge pressure
transducers.
T092 (Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure)
T093 (Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure) — Alert
codes 092, and 093 are for circuits A and B respectively. These
alerts occur when the pressure is outside the following ranges:
0.5 to 134.5 psig when SP.XR=0, 0.0 to 200.0 psig when
SP.XR=1, and 0.0 to 420.0 psig on all 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5
units. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active. Use the
scrolling marquee to reset the alert. The cause of the alert is
usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5 v power supply, or a loose
connection.
T110 (Circuit A Loss of Charge)
T111 (Circuit B Loss of Charge) — Alert codes 110, and 111
are for circuits A, and B respectively. These alerts occur when
the compressor is OFF and the suction pressure is less than
5 psig for 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units or 18 psig for 48/50A2,
A3,A4,A5 units and the OAT is above –5 F for 1 continuous
minute. The alert will automatically clear when the suction
pressure transducer reading is valid and greater than 15 psig for
48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units or 54 psig for 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5
101
rotation check has been verified by setting Configuration
COOLREV.R = Yes.
A150 (Unit is in Emergency Stop) — If the fire safety input
condition occurs to indicate a fire or smoke condition, then
Alarm code 150 will occur and the unit will be immediately
stopped. Through separate inputs the unit can be put into purge,
evacuation, and pressurization. This requires a manual reset.
If the CCN point name “EMSTOP” in the System table is
set to emergency stop, the unit will shut down immediately and
broadcast an alarm back to the CCN indicating that the unit is
down. This alarm will clear when the variable is set back to
“enable.”
T153 (Real Time Clock Hardware Failure) — A problem has
been detected with the real timeclock on the MBB. Try resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If the alert continues, the board should be replaced.
A154 (Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure) — A problem has
been detected with the EEPROM on the MBB. Try resetting
the power and check the indicator lights. If the alarm continues,
the board should be replaced.
T155 (Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error) — A problem
has been detected with the EEPROM storage on the MBB. Try
resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If the alert
continues, the board should be replaced.
A156 (Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error) — A
problem has been detected with the EEPROM storage on the
MBB. Try resetting the power and check the indicator lights. If
the alarm continues, the board should be replaced.
A157 (A/D Hardware Failure) — A problem has been detected
with A/D conversion on the boards. Try resetting the power
and check the indicator lights. If the alarm continues, the board
should be replaced.
A171 (Staged Gas Control Board Comm Failure) — This
alarm indicates that there are communications problems with
the staged gas heat control board, which is located in the gas
section on units equipped with staged gas heat. If this alarm
occurs, the staged gas heat will be disabled. The alarm will
automatically reset.
A172 (Controls Expansion Module Comm Failure) — This
alarm indicates that there are communications problems with
the controls expansion board. All functions performed by the
CEM will stop, which can include demand limit, reset, fire
control modes, and the fan status switch. The alarm will automatically reset.
A173 (ECB1 Board Communication Failure) — This alarm
indicates that there are communications problems with the
economizer control board. This will result in the economizer
and the power exhaust not working and the dampers to be fully
closed. The exhaust fans will stop. The alarm will automatically reset.
A174 (ECB2 Board Communication Failure) — This alarm
indicates that there are communications problems with the
ECB2 which controls the VAV unit indoor fan inverter speed
and hot gas bypass on CV and VAV units. Because the control
of the fan is critical to unit operation, the unit will be stopped.
The alarm will automatically reset.
T177 (4-20 mA Demand Limit Failure) — This alert indicates a problem with the optional remote 4 to 20 mA demand
limit signal (Inputs4-20DLM.M) that is connected to the
CEM module (if the signal reads less than 2 mA). If this
occurs, then demand limiting will be disabled. The unit must
be configured for 4 to 20 mA Demand Limiting using the
Demand Limit Select (ConfigurationDMD.LDM.L.S).
T178 (4-20 mA Static Pressure Reset/VFD Failure) — If this
transducer fails (if the signal reads less than 2 mA on the input
of the CEM module), and the unit is configured to perform
static pressure reset or remote control of the supply fan VFD
with this transducer, no static pressure reset or VFD control
P126 and P127 alerts may be stored in alarm history but not
broadcast.
T128 (Digital Scroll High Discharge Temperature Alert)
A128 (Digital Scroll High Discharge Temperature Alarm)
— This alert/alarm is for units with a digital scroll compressor
only. The digital scroll compressor is equipped with a temperature thermistor that is attached to the discharge line of the compressor. The alert occurs when the discharge temperature
thermistor has measured a temperature above 268 F or the
thermistor is short circuited. The digital scroll compressor will
be shut down and alert T128 will be generated. The compressor will be allowed to restart after a 30-minute delay and after
the thermistor temperature is below 250 F. If five high discharge temperature alerts have occurred within four hours,
alarm A128 will be generated which will necessitate a manual
reset to start the compressor.
There will be a start-up delay if the outside-air temperature
is too low. When the outdoor ambient is below 60 F, during initial start-up, saturated suction temperature will be ignored for a
period of 5 minutes. When TemperaturesREF.TSSTA or
TemperaturesREF.TSSTB is less than 20 F for 4 minutes,
less than 10 F for 2 minutes, less than 0° F for 1 minute or less
than –20 F for 20 seconds continuously, the second compressor
of the affected circuit, if it exists, will be shut down with a local
alert (P120, P121) and a 10-minute timeguard will be added to
the compressor. If saturated suction temperature continues to
be less than 20 F for 4 minutes, less than 10 F for 2 minutes,
less than 0° F for 1 minute or less than –20 F for 20 seconds
continuously then compressor no. 1 will be shut down and then
an alert or alarm will be issued.
This failure follows a 3 strike methodology whereby the
first two times a circuit goes down entirely, an alert will be generated which keeps the circuit off for 15 minutes before allowing the circuit to try again. The third time this happens, an
alarm will be generated which will necessitate a manual reset
to get the circuit back running. It is important to note that a
“strike” is called out only if all compressors in the circuit are
off at the time of alert/alarm.
To prevent nuisance alerts, P120 and P121 show up in the
alarm history and locally at the display but are not broadcast to
the network. To recover from these alerts, a 10-minute holdoff
timer must elapse and the saturated suction temperature must
rise above 29.32 F. If recovery occurs, staging will be allowed
on the circuit again. Again, a “strike” is tied to the circuit going
off entirely, not reducing capacity and recovering. Therefore it
is possible that multiple P120 or P121 alerts may be stored in
alarm history but not broadcast.
If there are 1 or 2 strikes on the circuit and the circuit recovers for a period of time, it is possible to clear out the strikes
thereby resetting the strike counter automatically. The control
must have saturated suction temperature greater than or equal
to 34 F for 60 minutes in order to reset the strike counters.
A140 (Reverse Rotation Detected) — A test is made once, on
power up, for suction pressure change on the first activated circuit. The unit control determines failure is as follows:
The suction pressure of both circuits is sampled 5 seconds
before the compressor is brought on, right when the
compressor is brought on and 5 seconds afterwards. The rate of
suction pressure change from 5 seconds before the compressor
is brought on to when the compressor is brought on is calculated. Then the rate of suction pressure change from when the
compressor is brought on to 5 seconds afterwards is calculated.
With the above information, the test for reverse rotation is
made. If the suction pressure change 5 seconds after compression is greater than the suction pressure change 5 seconds before compression – 1.25, then there is a reverse rotation error.
This alarm will disable mechanical cooling and will require
a manual reset. This alarm may be disabled once the reverse
102
will be performed and an alert will be generated. Recovery is
automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring
error, or damaged input on the CEM control board.
A200 (Linkage Timeout Error — Comm Failure) — If linkage is established via the CCN with ComfortID™ terminals, a
5-minute timeout on loss of communication will be monitored.
If 5 minutes expires since the last communication from a VAV
Linkage Master, the unit will remove the link and flag the alert.
When the rooftop looses its link, the temperature and set points
are derived locally. Recovery is automatic on re-establishment
of communications. Reason for failure may be wiring error, too
much bus activity, or damaged 485 drivers.
T210 (Building Pressure Transducer Failure) — The building
pressure transducer (PressuresAIR.PBP) fails if the
signal from the 4 to 20 mA building pressure transducer (used
to control the power exhaust fans and the building pressure) is
below 2 mA. If the alert occurs, then the economizer will be
closed and the power exhaust fans turned off. This alert will
automatically reset. Check the building pressure transducer and
sensor tubing. The sensor is located in the auxiliary control
box. The alert will automatically reset.
T211 (Static Pressure Transducer Failure) — The static pressure transducer (PressuresAIR.PSP) fails if the signal
from the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer (used to control
the VFD speed) is below 2 mA. This failure will cause the unit
to stop due to the potential damage that could occur due to
over-pressurization. Check the pressure transducer and sensor
tubing. The sensor is located in the auxiliary control box. The
alert will automatically reset.
T220 (Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — The indoor air
quality sensor (InputsAIR.QIAQ) fails if the signal from
the 4 to 20 mA sensor is below 2 mA. If the indoor air quality
sensor fails, demand control ventilation is not possible. The
control defaults to the maximum vent position. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error,
or damaged input on the MBB control board.
T221 (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — The indoor air
quality sensor (InputsAIR.QOAQ) fails if the signal from
the 4 to 20 mA sensor is below 2 mA. If the outdoor air quality
sensor fails, OAQ defaults to 400 ppm and demand control
ventilation will continue. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on
the CEM control board.
T229 (Economizer Minimum Position Override Input Failure) — If the unit is configured to use the remote position
override for the economizer and the input Econo Min. Pos.
Override (ConfigurationIAQAQ.SPIQ.O.P) input 4 to
20 mA reading is less than 2 mA then an alert will occur and
the default software minimum position will be used for the
economizer. The alert will automatically reset.
T300 (Space Temperature Below Limit) — If the space temperature is below the configurable SPT Low Alert
Limits (occupied [ConfigurationALLMSP.L.O] for
5 minutes or unoccupied [ConfigurationALLMSP.L.U]
for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T301 (Space Temperature Above Limit) — If the space temperature is above the configurable SPT High Alert
Limits (occupied [ConfigurationALLMSP.H.O] for
5 minutes or unoccupied [ConfigurationALLMSP.H.U]
for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T302 (Supply Temperature Below Limit) — If the supply-air
temperature measured by the supply temperature sensor is
below the configurable SAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (ConfigurationALLMSA.L.O) for 5 minutes or the SAT LO Alert
Limit/Unocc (ConfigurationALLMSA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast.
T303 (Supply Temperature Above Limit) — If the supply
temperature is above the configurable SAT HI Alert Limit Occ
(ConfigurationALLMSAH.O) for 5 minutes or the SAT
HI Alert Limit/Unocc (ConfigurationALLMSA.H.U) for
10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T304 (Return Air Temperature Below Limit) — If the returnair temperature measured by the RAT sensor is below the
configurable RAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration
ALLMRA.L.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ
(ConfigurationALLMRA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then an
alert will be broadcast.
T305 (Return Air Temperature Above Limit) — If the returnair temperature is below the RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ (ConfigurationALLMRA.H.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI
Alert Limit/Occ (ConfigurationALLMRA.H.U) for
10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will
automatically reset.
T308 (Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit) — If the
unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor
through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration
UNITSENSRRH.S) setting, and the measured level is
below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLMR.RH.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur.
The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically
reset.
T309 (Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit) — If the
unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor
through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration
UNITSENSRRH.S) setting, and the measured level is
above the configurable RH High Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLMR.RH.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur.
Unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T310 (Supply Duct Static Pressure Below Limit) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the
measured supply duct static pressure (Pressures
AIR.PSP) is below the configurable SP Low Alert Limit
(ConfigurationALLMSP.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert
will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T311 (Supply Duct Static Pressure Above Limit) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the
measured supply duct static pressure (Pressures
AIR.PSP) is above the configurable SP Low Alert Limit
(ConfigurationALLMSP.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert
will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T312 (Building Static Pressure Below Limit) — If the unit is
configured to use a VFD controlled power exhaust or a modulating power exhaust then a building static pressure limit can be
configured using the BP Low Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLMBP.L). If the measured pressure (PressuresAIR.PBP) is below the limit for 5 minutes then the
alert will occur.
T313 (Building Static Pressure Above Limit) — If the unit is
configured to use a VFD controlled power exhaust or a modulating power exhaust then a building static pressure limit can be
configured using the BP HI Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLMBP.H).
If
the
measured
pressure
(PressuresAIR.PBP) is above the limit for 5 minutes,
then the alert will occur.
T314 (IAQ Above Limit) — If the unit is configured to use an
CO2 sensor and the level (InputsAIR.QIAQ) is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (Configuration
ALLMIAQ.H) for 5 minutes then the alert will occur. The
unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
A404 (Fire Shutdown Emergency Mode) — This alarm occurs
when the fire shutdown input is active (either open or closed
depending upon its configuration). If the fire shutdown input is
103
difference between the alarm and alert is that in the case where
the supply fan status configuration to shut down the unit is set
to YES (ConfigurationUNITSFS.S), the alarm will be
generated AND the unit will be shut down. It is possible to
configure ConfigurationUNITSSFS.M to either a switch
or to monitor a 0.2-in. wg rise in duct pressure if the unit is
VAV with duct pressure control.
The timings for failure for both are the same and are
illustrated in the following table:
energized (fire shutdown is in effect), or if two fire smoke
modes are incorrectly energized at the same time, a fire shutdown mode will occur. This is an emergency mode requiring
the complete shutdown of the unit. Recovery is automatic
when the inputs are no longer on.
This alarm is usually caused by an auxiliary device that is
trying to shut down the unit (e.g., smoke detector). The input
for Fire Shutdown is at InputsFIREFSD. The switch
logic configuration for this switch input can be found at
variable ConfigurationSW.LGFSD.L. Verify that the
configuration is set correctly, verify the wiring and auxiliary
device. This alarm resets automatically.
A405 (Evacuation Emergency Mode) — Unit has been placed
in the fire evacuation mode by means of the external command
for evacuation (InputsFIREEVAC).
If the evacuation input on the CEM is energized, an evacuation mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to
lower the pressure of the space to prevent smoke from moving
into another space. This is the reverse of the Pressurization
mode. Closing the economizer, opening the return-air damper,
turning on the power exhaust, and shutting down the indoor fan
will decrease pressure in the space. Recovery is automatic
when the input is no longer on.
A406 (Pressurization Emergency Mode) — Unit has been
placed in the fire pressurization mode by means of the External
command for pressurization (InputsFIREPRES).
If the pressurization input on the CEM is energized, a
pressurization mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode
attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke
infiltration from another space. The space with smoke should
be in an Evacuation mode attempting to lower its pressure.
Opening the economizer, closing the return-air damper, shutting down power exhaust, and turning the indoor fan on will
increase pressure in the space. Recovery is automatic when the
input is no longer on.
A407 (Smoke Purge Emergency Mode) — Unit has been
placed in the fire pressurization mode by means of the external
command for pressurization (InputsFIREPURG).
If the smoke purge input on the CEM is energized, a smoke
purge mode occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts
to draw out smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening the economizer, closing the return-air damper,
and turning on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will
evacuate smoke and bring in fresh air. Recovery is automatic
when the input is no longer on.
T408 (Dirty Air Filter) — If no dirty filter switch is installed,
the switch will read “clean filter” all the time. Therefore the
dirty filter routine runs continuously and diagnoses the input.
Because of the different possible times it takes to generate
static pressure, this routine waits 2 minutes after the fan starts
before the dirty filter switch is monitored. If the dirty filter
switch reads “dirty filter” for 2 continuous minutes, an alert is
generated. No system action is taken. This is a reminder that it
is time to change the filters in the unit. Recovery from this alert
is through a clearing of all alarms (manual) or after the dirty
filter switch reads clean for 30 continuous seconds (automatic).
Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured normally opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed.
The configuration for this switch input can be found at variable
ConfigurationSW.LGSFS.L. Verify that the configuration is set correctly. Verify the wiring and filter status switch.
The hose should be connected to the low side of the switch.
This alert resets automatically. The dirty filter switch is enabled
at ConfigurationUNITSENSFLT.S.
A409 (Supply Fan Commanded On, Sensed Off Failure)
A409 (Supply Fan Commanded Off, Sensed On Failure)
T409 (Supply Fan Commanded On, Sensed Off Failure)
T409 (Supply Fan Commanded Off, Sensed On Failure) —
Both the alert and the alarm refer to the same failure. The only
UNIT TYPE/MODE
CV (no gas heat)
CV (gas heat)
VAV (IGV/no gas heat)
VAV (VFD/no gas heat)
VAV (IGV/gas heat)
VAV (VFD/gas heat)
MINIMUM ON
TIME
30 seconds
2 minutes
2 minutes
1 minute
4 minutes
3 minutes
MINIMUM OFF
TIME
1 minute
4 minutes
4 minutes
1 minute
4 minutes
4 minutes
Recovery is manual. Reason for failure may be a broken fan
belt, failed fan relay or failed supply fan status switch.
T414 (Loss of Communication with Belimo Actuator) — The
Belimo economizer motor is a digital controlled motor. The
ComfortLink™ controls can monitor the status of the motor. If
there is a problem, this alert will occur. The control will attempt
to close the economizer dampers.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Direction Error) — This alert occurs
when the economizer damper direction switch is in the wrong
position. The direction switch should be in the clockwise
position and the actuator should be mounted so that the CW
face of the actuator is accessible. Correct if necessary. This
alert clears automatically.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Failure) — This alert occurs when the
commanded damper position is changing too rapidly. This alert
resets automatically.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Jammed) — This alert occurs when
the control software has detected that the actuator is no longer
moving and the actual position is greater than or less than 3%
of the commanded position for 20 seconds. Reset is automatic.
T414 (Belimo Actuator Range Error) — This alert occurs
when the economizer range of motion is less than 90 degrees.
Initiate economizer calibration (Service TestINDP
E.CAL) using the Service Test menu.
T414 (Excess Outdoor Air) — This alert occurs when the control detects a stuck or jammed actuator, it shall compare the
stuck position to the command position to log additional alerts.
If the stuck position greater than the commanded position, the
alert is set.
T414 (Economizing When it Should Not) — This alert occurs
when the control detects a stuck or jammed actuator, it shall
compare the stuck position to the command position to log additional alerts. If the stuck position is greater than the commanded position, the alert is set.
T414 (Economizing When it Should) — This alert occurs
when the control detects a stuck actuator, it shall compare the
stuck position to the command position to log additional alerts.
If the stuck position is less than the commanded position the
alert is set.
T414 (Damper Not Modulating) — This alert occurs when the
damper not modulating. The alert occurs when SAT does not
changed as expected when the damper is moved. It is typically
an indication that the damper has become mechanically disconnected from the actuator. Investigate the actuator and damper,
and fix it. This alert resets automatically.
T420 (R-W1 Jumper Must be Installed to Run Heat in Service
Test) — This alert occurs when a request for a heat output has
occurred yet the W1 input is not high. A jumper must be
installed between R and W1 when trying to test heat in Service
Test. The alert will clear when Service Test is exited or if
104
another Service Test mode is selected. Remove jumper when
done using Service Test if the unit is operating with a thermostat. The jumper should only be left in place if the unit is
operating with a space temperature sensor.
T421 (Thermostat Y2 Input On without Y1 On) — This alert
occurs in Thermostat Mode when Y2 is energized and Y1 is
not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When Y2 turns
on, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both on. When
Y2 turns off, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both
Off. This alert resets automatically when Y1 is turned on.
T422 (Thermostat W2 Input On without W1 On) — This alert
occurs in Thermostat Mode when W2 is energized and W1 is
not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns
on, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both on.
When W2 turns off, the software will behave as if W1 and W2
are both off. This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned
on.
T423 (Thermostat Y and W Inputs On) — This alert occurs in
Thermostat Mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simultaneously
with W1 or W2. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. The
software will enter either the cooling or heating mode depending upon which input turned on first. This alert resets automatically when Y1 and Y2 are not on simultaneously with W1 and
W2.
T424 (Thermostat G Input Off On a Cooling Call) — This
alert occurs in Thermostat Mode when the fan is not requested
(G = ON) during cooling (Y1 or Y2 = ON). Verify thermostat
and thermostat wiring.
T500 (Current Sensor Board Failure – A1)
T501 (Current Sensor Board Failure – A2)
T502 (Current Sensor Board Failure – B1)
T503 (Current Sensor Board Failure – B2) — Alert codes
500, 501, 502, and 503 are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and
B2 respectively. These alerts occur when the output of the current sensor (CS) is a constant high value. These alerts reset automatically. If the problem cannot be resolved and the CS
board must be replaced, the CS board can be temporarily disabled while securing a replaced board. A CS board is disabled
by setting ConfigurationCOOLCS.A1, CS.A2, CS.B1 or
CS.B2 to Disable.
If the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly
connected to its assigned digital input, an alert will be generated. It takes 2 to 4 seconds to log the alert. If the alert is logged,
it stays for a minimum of 15 seconds to provide the application
a reasonable time to catch the failure. Compressors will be not
be inhibited by this failure. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
failure may be a faulty current sensor board, incorrect wiring,
or a damaged input on the MBB control board.
A700 (Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure) — This alarm
indicates a failure of the sensor supply air temperature sensor
or the leaving air temperature sensor (if using hydronic heat).
This alarm occurs when the temperature sensor (TemperaturesAIR.TSAT) is outside the range –40 to 240 F (–40 to
116 C). This alarm resets automatically. The cause of the alarm
is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor
caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
T701 (Staged Gas 1 Thermistor Failure)
T702 (Staged Gas 2 Thermistor Failure)
T703 (Staged Gas 3 Thermistor Failure) — If any of the staged
gas thermistors (TemperaturesAIR.TS.G.L1-3) fails, an
alert will be generated and the remaining thermistors will be
averaged together (TemperaturesAIR.TS.G.LS) without
the failed thermistor. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure
may be incorrect wiring, faulty thermistor, or a damaged input
on the staged gas control board (SCB).
A704 (Staged Gas Leaving Air Temperature Sum Total Failure) — If all three staged gas thermistors (TemperaturesAIR.TS.G.L1-3) fail (the sensor is outside the range
of –40 F to 240 F), staged gas will be shut down and this alarm
will be generated. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure
may be faulty wiring, faulty thermistors, or damaged inputs on
the staged gas control board (SCB).
T705 (Limit Switch Thermistor Failure) — A failure (the sensor is outside the range of –40 F to 240 F) of this thermistor
(TemperaturesAIR.TS.G.LM) will cause an alert to occur
and a disabling of the limit switch monitoring function for the
staged gas control board (SCB). Recovery is automatic.
Reason for failure may be due to faulty wiring, a faulty
thermistor, or a damaged input on the staged gas control board
(SCB).
T707 (Digital Scroll Discharge Thermistor Failure) — If the
RXB control board is not receiving a signal from the discharge
temperature thermistor, the alarm is generated. The thermistor
may be missing, disconnected, or a wire may be broken. The
alert will be generated and the digital scroll capacity will be
locked at 50%. Reset is automatic.
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General — The 48/50A Series package rooftop units with
electric cooling and with gas heating (48A units) or electric
cooling and electric heating (50A units) contain the
ComfortLink electronic control system that monitors all operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed of several
components as listed below. See Fig. 15-23 for typical control
and power component schematics. Figures 24 and 25 show the
layout of the control box, unit, and thermistor and transducer locations.
Factory-Installed Components
MAIN BASE BOARD (MBB) — See Fig 26. The MBB is
the center of the ComfortLink control system. The MBB contains the major portion of the operating software and controls
the operation of the unit. The MBB has 22 inputs and 11 outputs. See Table 120 for the inputs and output assignments. The
MBB also continuously monitors additional data from the
optional ECB1, ECB2, SCB, and CEM boards through the
LEN communications port. The MBB also interfaces with the
Carrier Comfort Network® system through the CCN communications port. The board is located in the main control box.
ECONOMIZER BOARD (ECB1) — The ECB1 controls the
economizer actuator and the power exhaust fans. The ECB1
operates the economizer motor using a digital communication
signal that also provides status and diagnostics for the economizer motor. See Fig. 27. The ECB1 also controls the operation
of the power exhaust motors and provides up to 6 stages of digitally sequenced power exhaust either based on the economizer
motor position or the building pressure. The board has 4 inputs
and 6 outputs. Additionally, ECB1 provides an output that will
send a 4 to 20 mA signal to a field-installed VFD power exhaust accessory. Details can be found in Table 121. The ECB1
board is located in an auxiliary box located at the end of the
unit behind the filter access door. The board also contains
a second LEN port than can be used with the accessory
Navigator™ display.
VAV BOARD (ECB2) — The VAV board (which is the same
hardware as the ECB1) is used to control the supply fan on
VAV units. See Fig. 27. It sends a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD
based on a supply duct pressure sensor connected to the board.
The board also accepts a signal from another pressure sensor
that monitors building pressure and controls the operation of
the optional modulating power exhaust motors. The board will
also be used on CV units with the optional building pressure
control feature and modulating power exhaust. This board is
also used to control a digitally controlled hot gas bypass solenoid with an integral orifice for use in low load applications.
This board is located in the auxiliary control box. Input and
output assignments are summarized in Table 122.
105
• VAV Supply Air Temperature Set Point reset using an external 4 to 20 mA signal
• outdoor air CO2 sensor (for supply duct pressure reset using
an eternal 4 to 20 mA signal)
• external fan status pressure switch input (CV units)
• demand limit sequence proportional signal or discrete
switches
The CEM board is located in the main control box. See
Fig. 29. The inputs and outputs are summarized in Table 125.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL (IGC) — One IGC is provided with each bank of gas heat exchangers (2 used on the size
020-050 units and 3 on size 051 and 060 units). The IGC
controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the
rollout switch, limit switches, and induced-draft motor Hall
Effect switch. The IGC is equipped with an LED (lightemitting diode) for diagnostics. See Table 126.
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION BOARD (CS) — This board
monitors the status of the compressor by sensing the current
flow to the compressors and then provides digital status signal
to the MBB.
STAGED GAS HEAT BOARD (SCB) — When optional
staged gas heat is used on CV and VAV units, the SCB board is
installed and controls operation of the gas valves. See Fig. 28.
The SCB also provides additional sensors for monitoring of
the supply-air temperature. This board is located in the gas heat
section of the unit. The inputs and outputs are summarized in
Table 123.
ROOFTOP CONTROL BOARD (RXB) — The RXB is
used in place of ECB2 on all unit sizes with optional digital
scroll compressor. The board has additional inputs to sense the
evaporative discharge temperature, digital compressor discharge temperature. The board has additional outputs to control
digital scroll modulation. This board is located in the auxiliary
control box. Input and output assignments are summarized in
Table 124.
CONTROL EXPANSION MODULE (CEM) — The optional
CEM (also available as an accessory) is used to accept inputs
for additional sensors or control sequence switches, including:
• smoke control mode field switches
106
~ ~~
~~
~~
~
RED JUMPER WIRE MUST BE ADDED
BETWEEN R AND W1 FOR UNITS
EQUIPPED WITH HEAT IN NON-THERMOSTAT
APPLICATIONS
a48-8355
Fig. 15 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units)
107
TO
NEXT
PAGE
~
~ ~
~~
~~~
Fig. 15 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY Units) (cont)
a48-8355
108
a48-8355
109
Fig. 16 — Typical Main Control Box Wiring Schematic (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units)
110
J8
J7
J9
Fig. 17 — Typical Auxiliary Control Box Wiring Schematic
J4
J5
J6
J2
J3
a48--8357
Fig. 18 — Typical 2 Stage Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 051 and 060 Units Shown)
111
~~
TO
NEXT
PAGE
A48-7296
Fig. 19 — Typical Staged Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 051 and 060 Units Shown)
112
~~
A48-8358
Fig. 19 — Typical Staged Gas Heat Wiring Schematic (Size 051 and 060 Units Shown) (cont)
113
a50-8228
114
Fig. 20 — Typical Electric Heat Control Schematic — (50 Series Size 051 and 060 Units Shown)
TO
NEXT
PAGE
A48-7298
Fig. 21 — Typical Power Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY051 and 060 Units Shown)
115
FROM
PREVIOUS
PAGE
a48-8360
Fig. 21 — Typical Power Schematic (48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY051 and 060 Units Shown) (cont)
116
117
Fig. 22 — Typical Power Schematic (48/50A2,A3,A4,A5060 Unit Shown)
a48-8361
118
Fig. 23 — Typical Controls Option Wiring Schematic
SW2
OR DEHUMIDIFY SWITCH
SW1
a48-8362
119
Fig. 24 — Typical Small Chassis Component Location (Size 020-035 Units)
A48-7302
120
Fig. 25 — Typical Large Chassis Component Locations (Size 036-060 Units)
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR FIG. 15-25
LEGEND
A
AUX
B
BP
C
CAP
CB
CCB
CCH
CCN
CCT
CEM
CMR
COMP
CR
CS
CSB
DP
DPT
DS
DTT
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DUS
ECB-1
ECB-2
EDT
FIOP
FS
FU
GND
HC
HGBP
HIR
HPS
HR
HS
IAQ
IDF
IDM
IFC
IFCB
IFM
IGC
IP
LAT
LEN
LS
MBB
MGV
NEC
OARH
OAT
OFC
OFM
PEC
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PEM
PL
RARH
RAT
RLA
RLY
RS
RXB
SCB
SCT
SDU
SST
T-55
T-56
TB
TRAN
VAV
VFD
Circuit A
Auxiliary Contact
Circuit B
Building Pressure Transducer
Contactor, Compressor
Capacitor
Circuit Breaker
Control Circuit Breaker
Crankcase Heater
Carrier Comfort Network®
Cooling Coil Thermistor
Controls Expansion Module
Compressor Modulation Relay
Compressor Motor
Control Relay
Compressor Safety
Compressor Current Sensing Board
Duct Pressure Sensor
Discharge Pressure Transducer
Disconnect Switch
Digital Scroll Discharge Temperature
Thermistor
Digital Unloader Solenoid
Economizer Control Board
Building and Supplier Air Control Board
Evaporator Discharge Air Temperature
Factory-Installed Option
Flame Sensor
Fuse
Ground
Heat Contactor
Hot Gas Bypass
Heat Interlock Relay
High Pressure Switch
Heat Relay
Hall Effect Induced Draft Motor Switch
Indoor Air Quality
Induced Draft Fan
Induced Draft Motor
Indoor Fan Contactor
Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker
Indoor Fan Motor
Integrated Gas Control Board
Internal Compressor Protector
Staged Gas Temperature Sensor
Local Equipment Network
Limit Switch
Main Base Board
Main Gas Valve
National Electrical Code
Outdoor Air Relative Humidity
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor
Outdoor Fan Contactor
Outdoor Fan Motor
Power Exhaust Contactor
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Power Exhaust Motor
Plug
Return Air Relative Humidity
Return Air Temperature Sensor
Rated Load Amps
Relay
Rollout Switch
Rooftop Control Board
Staged Gas Heat Control Board
Saturated Condensing Temperature Sensor
Scrolling Marquee Display
Saturated Suction Temperature Sensor
Room Temperature Sensor
Room Temperature Sensor with Setpoint
Terminal Block
Transformer
Variable Air Volume
Variable Frequency Drive
Terminal Block
O
Terminal (Unmarked)
Terminal (Marked)
Splice
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
To indicate common potential only.
Not to represent wiring.
To Indicate FIOP or Accessory
THERMOSTAT MARKINGS
BM
— Blower Motor
C
— Common
CM
— Inducer Motor
CS
— Centrifugal Switch
G
— Fan
IFO
— Indoor Fan On
L1
— Line 1
R
— Thermostat Power
RT
— Power Supply
SS
— Speed Sensor
W1
— Thermostat Heat Stage 1
W2
— Thermostat Heat Stage 2
X
— Alarm Output
Y1
— Thermostat Cooling Stage 1
Y2
— Thermostat Cooling Stage 2
NOTES:
1. Factory wiring is in accordance with the National Electrical
Codes. Any field modifications or additions must be in compliance with all applicable codes.
2. Use 75° C min wire for field power supply, use copper wires for
all units.
3. All circuit breakers “Must Trip Amps” are equal to or less than
156% RLA.
4. Compressor and fan motors are thermally protected — three
phase motors protected against primary single phase conditions.
5. Red jumper wire must be added between R, W1, and W2 for
space temperature sensor and all VAV units with heat and temporarily during Service Test mode when the heaters need to
operate.
121
Table 120 — Main Control Board (MBB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
GASFAN
FSD
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1
CSB_A1
CSB_A2
CSB_B1
CSB_B2
DP_A/SCTA
DP_B/SCTB
SP_A/SSTA
SP_B/SSTB
RAT
SA_TEMP
OAT
SPT
SPTO
IAQ/IAQMINOV
FLTS
OUTPUTS
CMPB2
CMPB1
CMPA2
CMPA1
CONDFANB
CONDFANA
HS2
HS1
HIR
SF
ALRM
POINT DESCRIPTION
YAC Indoor Fan relay (fan request from YAC)
Fire Shutdown switch input
Thermostat ‘G’ input
Thermostat ‘W2’ input
Thermostat ‘W1’ input
Thermostat ‘Y2’ input
Thermostat ‘Y1’ input
Compressor A1 current sensor
Compressor A2 current sensor
Compressor B1 current sensor
Compressor B2 current sensor
Circuit A saturated
condensing pressure/temp
Circuit B saturated
condensing pressure/temp
Circuit A saturated
suction pressure/temp
Circuit B saturated
suction pressure/temp
Return air temperature
Supply air temperature
Outdoor air temperature
Space temperature (T55/56)
Space temperature offset (T56)
IAQ analog input
Filter Status
Compressor B2
Compressor B1
Compressor A2
Compressor A1
Condenser fan B
Condenser fan A
Heat stage 2
Heat stage 1
Heat interlock relay
Supply fan
Alarm output relay
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DIG1
DIG2
DIG3
DIG4
J6, 3-4
J6, 5-6
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
J7, 5-6
J7, 7-8
J7, 9-10
J9, 10-12
J9, 7-9
J9, 4-6
J9, 1-3
AN1
J8, 21-23
AN2
J8, 24-26
AN3
J8, 15-17
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
AN4
J8, 18-20
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN11
J8, 9-10
J8, 11-12
J8, 13-14
J8, 1-2
J8, 3-4
J8, 5-6
J8, 7-8
4
6
2
4
6
8
10
10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6 =GND
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND
21=5v, 22=Vin, 23=GND
(thermistor 21-22)
24=5v, 25=Vin, 26=GND
(thermistor 24-25)
15=5v, 16=Vin, 17=GND
(thermistor 15-16)
18=5v, 19=Vin, 20=GND
(thermistor 18-20)
9
11
13
1
3
5
7
RLY 1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
RLY 6
RLY7
RLY 8
RLY 9
RLY 10
RLY 11
J10, 20-21
J10, 22-23
J10, 24-25
J10, 26-27
J10, 10-11
J10, 12-13
J10, 14-16
J10, 17-19
J10, 4-6
J10, 7-9
J10, 1-3
20 = RLY1A (=RLY2A), 21 = RLY1B
22 = RLY2A (=RLY1A), 23 = RLY2B
24 = RLY3A (=RLY4A), 25 = RLY3B
26 = RLY4A (=RLY3A), 27 = RLY4B
10 = RLY5A (=RLY6A), 11 = RLY5B
12 = RLY6A (=RLY5A), 13 = RLY6B
14 = 15 = RLY7A, 16 = RLY7B
17 = 18 = RLY8A, 19 = RLY8B
4 = 5 = RLY9A, 6 = RLY9B
7 = 8 = RLY10A, 9 = RLY10B
1 = 2 = RLY11A, 3 = RLY11B
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5vdc, thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A/RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A/RLY5B
1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
1 = Closes RLY7A/RLY7B
1 = Closes RLY8A/RLY8B
1 = Closes RLY9A/RLY9B
1 = Closes RLY10A/RLY10B
1 = Closes RLY11A/RLY11B
YAC — Gas Heat Unit
RED LED - STATUS
GREEN LEDLEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
YELLOW LED CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)
INSTANCE JUMPER (SET TO 1)
CEPL130346-01 HK 50AA029 CE BO 430346
J1
J4
STATUS
J2
J10
LEN
J3
J5
J6
A48-7811
J7
J8
Fig. 26 — Main Base Board (MBB)
122
J9
Table 121 — Economizer Control Board (ECB1) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
RMTIN
ECONENBL,
ECOORIDE
RARH
OARH
OUTPUTS
ECB1_AO1
ECONOCMD
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
ECON_PWR
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
Remote occupancy
DI1
J4, 1-2
2
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
Economizer enable
DI2
J4, 3-4
4
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
Return air relative humidity
Outdoor air relative humidity
AN1
AN2
J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
0-20mA
0-20mA
ECB1, analog output 1
Economizer actuator
(digital control)
Power Exhaust stage A
Power Exhaust stage B
Power Exhaust stage C
Economizer Power
AO1
J9, 1-2
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
0-20mA OUT
PP/MP
J7, 1-3
1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND
Belimo PP/MP Protocol
RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 6
J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 16-18
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
POINT DESCRIPTION
Table 122 — VAV Control Board (ECB2) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
POINT DESCRIPTION
BP
Building static pressure
SP
Supply Duct static pressure
OUTPUTS
SFAN_VFD Supply Fan Inverter speed
MLV
Minimum load valve
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
DI1
DI2
AN1
AN2
J4, 1-2
J4, 3-4
J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
2
4
1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
0-20mA
0-20mA
AO1
PP/MP
RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 6
J9, 1-2
J7, 1-3
J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 16-18
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B
0-20mA OUT
Belimo PP/MP Protocol
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY6A/RLY6B
123
A48-7706
Fig. 27 — Economizer Control Board (ECB1) and VAV Control Board (ECB2)
124
Table 123 — Staged Gas Control Board (SCB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
POINT DESCRIPTION
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
J5, 7-9
J5, 10-12
J5, 13-15
J6, 1-3
J6, 4-6
J6, 7-9
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2)
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5)
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8)
10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND (thermistor 10-11)
13=5v, 14=Vin, 15=GND (thermistor 13-14)
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2)
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5)
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8)
1
3
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
AO1
AO2
RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
J8, 1-2
J8, 3-4
J9, 1-3
J9, 4-6
J9, 7-9
J9, 10-12
J9, 13-15
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
3=0-20mA, 4=GND
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 = 5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
10 = 11= RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B
13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B
0-20mA OUT
0-20mA OUT
1 = Closes RLY1A/RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A/RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A/RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A/RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A/RLY5B
LAT1SGAS Leaving air temperature 1
LAT2SGAS Leaving air temperature 2
LAT3SGAS Leaving air temperature 3
OUTPUTS
Heat Stage 3
Heat Stage 4
Heat Stage 5
Heat Stage 6
ADDRESS DIP
SWITCHES ALL ON
RED LEDSTATUS
CEBD430427
GREEN LEDLEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
HK50AA032
CEPL130427
J2
J1
PWR
PWR
J4
1
1
LEN
LEN
4
J3
13
4
13
10
10
7
XDCR/THERM
7 RELAYS
4-POSITION
DIP SWITCH
A48-7707
1
J9
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
J5
J6
J7
4
7
XDCR/THERM
1
3
1
J8
3
THERM
1
0-20mA OUT
Fig. 28 — Staged Gas Heat Control Board (SCB)
125
Table 124 — RXB Control Board (EXB2) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
BP
POINT DESCRIPTION
CCT
DSDT
Building static pressure
Supply Duct static pressure
Air Temp Lvg Evap Coil
DS Discharge Temperature
OUTPUTS
SFAN_VFD
CMPDSCAP
Supply Fan Inverter speed
Digital Scroll Solenoid
HUM3WVAL
MLV
Humidimizer 3 Way Valve
Minimum load valve
SP
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
AN1
J4, 1-2
J4, 3-4
J4, 5-6
J4, 7-8
J4, 9-10
J4, 11-12
J5, 1-3
2=Vin, 1=24VAC
4=Vin, 3=24vac
6=Vin, 5=24vac
8=Vin, 7=24vac
10=Vin, 9=24vac
12=Vin, 11=24vac
1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
24VAC = 1, 0VAC = 0
AN2
J5, 4-6
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
0-20mA
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
J6, 1-2
J6, 3-4
J6, 5-6
J6, 7-8
1=Vin, 2=GND
3=Vin, 4=GND
5=Vin, 6=GND
7=Vin, 8=GND
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
AO1
PP/MP
RLY1
RLY2
RLY3
RLY4
RLY5
RLY 6
J9, 1-2
J7, 1-3
J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 10-12
J8, 13-15
J8, 16-18
1=0-20mA, 2=GND
1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND
1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 = 5 = RLY2A, 6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
10 = 11 = RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B
13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B
0-20mA OUT
Belimo PP/MP Protocol
1 = Closes RLY1A / RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A / RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A / RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A / RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A / RLY5B
1 = Closes RLY6A / RLY6B
NOTE: Rooftop control board (RXB) is required for digital scroll compressor or Humidi-MiZer® dihumidification system.
126
0-20mA
Table 125 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM) Inputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
SFS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2/
DHD ISCIN
PRES
EVAC
PURG
IAQIN
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OAQ
SPRESET
CEM_10K1/
CEM_4201
CEM_10K2/
CEM_4202
CEM_10K3/
CEM_4203
CEM_10K4/
CEM_4204
POINT DESCRIPTION
Supply Fan Status switch
Demand Limit - SW1
Demand Limit - SW2/
Dehumidification Switch Input
Pressurization
Evacuation
Purge
Indoor Air Quality Switch
4-20mA Demand Limit
4-20mA Evaporator Discharge SP Reset
Outside Air CO2 Sensor
SP Reset milliamps
CEM AN1 10k temp J5,1-2/
CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5,1-2
CEM AN2 10k temp J5,3-4/
CEM AN2 4-20 ma J5,3-4
CEM AN3 10k temp J5,5-6/
CEM AN3 4-20 ma J5,5-6
CEM AN4 10k temp J5,7-8/
CEM AN4 4-20 ma J5,7-8
I/O POINT
NAME
PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE
SIGNAL PIN(S)
PORT STATE
DI 1
DI 2
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
2
4
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
DI 3
J7, 5-6
6
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
DI 7
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN10
J7, 7-8
J7, 9-10
J7, 11-12
J7, 13-14
J6, 1-3
J6, 4-6
J6, 7-9
J6, 10-12
J6, 10-12
8
10
12
14
2 (1 = loop power)
5 (4 = loop power)
8 (7 = loop power)
11 (10 = loop power)
11 (10 = loop power)
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
AN1
J5, 1-2
1
(thermistor, ohms)
AN2
J5, 3-4
3
(thermistor, ohms)
AN3
J5, 5-6
5
(thermistor, ohms)
AN4
J5, 7-8
7
(thermistor, ohms)
AN5
AN6
J5, 9-10
J5, 11-12
9
11
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
J2
LEN
J3
TEST 1
PWR
J4
J1
STATUS
CEPL130351-01
CEBD430351
J5
J7
J6
RED LED - STATUS
TEST 2
GREEN LED LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
Fig. 29 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM)
127
ADDRESS
DIP SWITCH (ALL ON)
A48-7708
pressures typically obtained from gages. The control includes a
full alarm history, which can be accessed from the display. In
addition, through the scrolling marquee the user can access a
built-in test routine that can be used at start-up commission and
to diagnose operational problems with the unit. The scrolling
marquee is located in the main control box and is standard on
all units.
SUPPLY FAN — The size 020 to 050 units are equipped with
two 15 x 11-in. forward-curved fans. The size 051 and 060
units have three 15 x 11-in. fans. They are on a common shaft
and are driven by single belt drive 3-phase motor. The fan is
controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) — On variable
volume units, the supply fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase
VFD. The VFD is located in the fan section behind a removable panel as shown in Fig. 24 and 25. The VFD speed is
controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls through a 4 to
20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure sensor. The
inverter has a display, which can be used for service diagnostics, but setup of the supply duct pressure set point and control
loop factors is done through the scrolling marquee display. The
VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent condensation from forming on the boards during the off mode and is
stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 2 mA signal to
the VFD).
The A Series units use ABB ACH550 VFDs. The interface
wiring for the VFDs is shown in Fig. 31. Terminal designations
are shown in Table 127.
Table 126 — IGC Board Inputs and Outputs
POINT NAME
INPUTS
RT
W
G
LS
RS
SS
CS
FS
OUTPUTS
CM
IFO
R
SPARK
LED
POINT DESCRIPTION
24 Volt Power Supply
Heat Demand
Fan
Limit Switch
Rollout Switch
Hall Effect Sensor
Centrifugal Switch (Not Used)
Flame Sense
Induced Draft Motor
Indoor Fan
24 Volt Power Output (Not Used)
Sparker
Display LED
CONNECTOR
PIN NO.
R1,C
2
3
7,8
5,6
1,2,3
9,10
FS
CM
IFO
R
—
SCROLLING MARQUEE — This device is the keypad interface used to access the control information, read sensor
values, and test the unit. The scrolling marquee display is a
4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED display as well as an
Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 30. The display is easy to operate
using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that indicate the
following menu structures:
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
• Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
• Alarms
Through the scrolling marquee the user can access all the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status. Because
the unit is equipped with suction pressure transducers and
discharge saturation temperature sensors it can also display
+
MODE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Alarm Status
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
ESCAPE
ENTER
A30-2239
Fig. 30 — Scrolling Marquee
–
A48-7709
Fig. 31 — VFD Wiring
128
BOARD ADDRESSES — Each board in the system has an
address. The MBB has a default address of 1 but it does have
an instance jumper that should be set to 1 as shown in Fig. 26.
For the other boards in the system there is a 4-dip switch header on each board that should be set as shown below.
Table 127 — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-16 (DI-4)
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND)
FUNCTION
Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
BOARD
ECB1
ECB2
SCB
CEM
Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
Maximum Input Voltage Level
Factory-supplied jumper
Run (factory-supplied jumper)
Start Enable 1 (factory-supplied jumper). When
opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
SW1
0
1
0
0
SW2
0
0
0
0
SW3
0
0
0
0
SW4
0
0
0
0
0 = On; 1 = Off
FIELD CONNECTION TERMINAL STRIPS — Field connection terminal strips are located in the main control box. See
Fig. 32 and Table 128.
Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input
Accessory Control Components — In addition to
POWER EXHAUST — The units can be equipped with an
optional power exhaust system. The power exhaust fans are
forward-curved fans with direct-drive motors. The motors are
controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls through the
ECB1 board. On the 48/50A020-050 units there are 4 fans. On
the 48/50A051 and 060 units there are 6 fans. The fan sequences are controlled to provide 4 stages on the 48/50A020-050
units and 6 stages on the 48/50A051 and 060 units. There are
two control methods. For CV applications the fans can be
configured for 2 stages based on adjustable economizer
damper positions. For VAV applications and CV units with the
building pressure control option, the fans are sequenced to
maintain a building pressure set point based on a building
pressure transducer.
ECONOMIZER MOTOR — The economizer outside air and
return air dampers are gear-driven dampers without linkage. A
digitally controlled economizer motor controls their position.
The motor position is controlled by the ECB1 board by means
of a digital two-way communication signal. This allows for
accurate control of the motors as well as feedback information
and diagnostics information. The control has a self-calibration
routine that allows the motor position to be configured at initial
unit start-up. The motor is located on the economizer and can
be reached through the filter access door.
THERMISTORS AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS —
The 48/50AJ,AK,AW,AY units are equipped with thermistors
and pressure transducers. These units have two thermistors
connected to the condenser coil and two pressure transducers
that are connected to the low side of the system.
The 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 units are equipped with four pressure transducers. These units have two pressure transducers
connected to the low side of the system and two pressure transducers connected to the high side of the system.
By using either temperature sensors or transducers, the
ComfortLink controller displays the high and low side pressures and saturation temperatures. A normal gage set is not
required.
SMOKE DETECTOR — The units can be equipped with an
optional smoke detector located in the return air. The detector
is wired to the ComfortLink controls and, if activated, will stop
the unit by means of a special fire mode. The smoke detector
can also be wired to an external alarm system through TB5
terminals 10 and 11. The sensor is located in the return air section behind the filter access door.
FILTER STATUS SWITCH — The units can be equipped
with an optional filter status switch. The switch measures the
pressure drop across the filters and closes when an adjustable
pressure set point is exceeded. The sensor is located in the
return air section behind the filter access door.
RETURN AIR CO2 SENSOR — The unit can also be
equipped with a return air IAQ CO2 sensor that is used for the
demand control ventilation. The sensor is located in the return
air section and can be accessed from the filter access door.
the factory-installed options, the units can also be equipped
with several field-installed accessories that expand the control
features of the unit. The following hardware components can
be used as accessories.
ROOM THERMOSTATS (48/50AJ,AW,A2,A4 UNITS
ONLY) — The ComfortLink controls support a conventional
electro-mechanical or electronic thermostat that uses the Y1,
Y2, W1, W2, and G signals. The control also supports an additional input for an occupied/unoccupied command that is available on some new thermostats. The ComfortLink controls can
be configured to run with multiple stages of capacity which allows up to 6 stages of capacity. Although the unit can be configured for normal 2-stage control, it is recommended that the
multi-stage control be used. The room thermostat is connected
to TB4.
SPACE SENSOR — The ComfortLink controls support the
use of space temperature sensors. The T55 and T56 sensors
and CCN communicating T58 room sensor can be used. The
T55 and T56 sensors are connected to TB5 terminal 3, 4, and 5.
The T58 sensor is connected to the CCN connections on TB3.
When a T55, T56, or T58 sensor is used, the user must install
the red jumpers from R to W1, and W2 on TB4 for the heat
function to work correctly.
SPACE CO2 SENSORS — The ComfortLink controls also
support a CO2 IAQ sensor that can be located in the space for
use in demand ventilation. The sensor must be a 4 to 20 mA
sensor and should be connected to TB5 terminal 6 and 7. See
Fig. 33 for sensor wiring.
ECONOMIZER HUMIDITY CHANGEOVER SENSORS — The ComfortLink controls support 5 different
changeover schemes for the economizer. These are:
• outdoor air dry bulb
• differential dry bulb
• outdoor air enthalpy curves
• differential enthalpy
• custom curves (a combination of an enthalpy/dewpoint
curve and a dry bulb curve).
The units are equipped as standard with an outside air and
return air dry bulb sensor which supports the dry bulb changeover methods. If the other methods are to be used, then a fieldinstalled humidity sensor must be installed for outdoor air enthalpy and customer curve control and two humidity sensors
must be installed for differential enthalpy. Installation holes are
pre-drilled and wire harnesses are installed in every unit for
connection of the humidity sensors. The ComfortLink controls
convert the measured humidity into enthalpy, dewpoint, and
the humidity changeover curves.
MOTORMASTER® V CONTROL — For operation below
32 F when an economizer is not used, the units can be equipped
with an accessory Motormaster V control, which controls the
speed of the stage 1 condenser fans. The Motormaster V control
is a 3-phase inverter that controls the speed of the fans based on
129
boards contain a second LEN port (J3 connection) than can be
used with the handheld Navigator display.
CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATIONS
Red LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs as shown on
Fig. 26-29. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs
should blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the
red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct power is
being supplied to all modules. Also, be sure that the main base
board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload
current software. If the problem still persists, replace the MBB.
A board LED that is lit continuously or blinking at a rate of once
per second or faster indicates that the board should be replaced.
a pressure transducer connected to the liquid line. On 48/
50A020-035 units, one fan will be controlled. On 48/50A036060 units, two fans will be controlled. For units equipped with
an economizer, there should not be a need for this control because the economizer can provide free cooling using outside air,
which will be significantly lower in operating cost.
The accessory Motormaster V speed control is a completely
self-contained control and is not controlled by the unit’s
ComfortLink controller. On 48/50A051 and 060 units with 6
fan motors, the Motormaster control configuration (M.M.)
must be set to YES. See page 39.
ACCESSORY NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY — The accessory handheld Navigator display can be used with the 48/50A series units. See Fig. 34. The Navigator display operates the same
way as the scrolling marquee device. The ECB1 and ECB2
+
1
- GRD
C
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
TB3
LEN
CCN
TB5
CCN
R
Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G
C
X
1
2
7
8
TB4
3
4
5
6
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
TB6
2
A48-7081
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Fig. 32 — Field Connection Terminal Strips (Main Control Box)
UNIT CONTROL BOX
TB4
1 2
3 4 5
6
7
6
7
TB5
1 2
1
2
3 4 5
3
1
2
J4
3
2
1
J3
J5
OVERRIDE
J6
B4
A48-7306
Fig. 33 — CO2 and Space Temperature Sensor Wiring (33ZCT55CO2 and 33ZCT56CO2)
130
Table 128 — Field Connection Terminal Strips
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION
BOARD
NO.
TB-1 - POWER CONNECTION OR DISCONNECT (in Main Control Box)
11
L1 power supply
TB1
12
L2 power supply
13
L3 power supply
TB-2 - GROUND (in Main Control Box)
TB2
1
Neutral Power
TB-3 - CCN COMMUNICATIONS (HY84HA096) (in Main Control Box)
1
LEN +
2
LEN C
3
LEN –
4
24 VAC
TB3
5
CCN +
6
CCN c
7
CCN –
8
Grd
TB-4 - THEROMSTAT CONNECTIONS (HY84HA090) (in Main Control Box)
1
Thermostat R
2
Thermostat Y1
3
Thermostat Y2
4
Thermostat W1
TB4
5
Thermostat W2
6
Thermostat G
7
Thermostat C
8
Thermostat X
TB-5 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (HY84HA101) (in Main Control Box)
1
VAV Heater Interlock Relay, Ground
2
VAV Heater Interlock Relay, 24 VAC
3
T56 Sensor
4
T56/T58 Ground
5
T58 Setpoint
6
Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote Pot/Remote 4-20 mA
7
Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote Pot/Remote 4-20 mA
8
Smoke Detector Remote Alarm
TB5
9
Smoke Detector Remote Alarm
10
Fire Shutdown
11
Fire Shutdown
12
Fire Control Common
13
Fire Pressurization
14
Fire Evacuation
15
Fire Smoke Purge
16
Not Used
TB-6 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (HY84HA101) (in Main Control Box)
1
Remote Occupied/Economizer Enable 24 VAC
2
Remote Economizer Contact
3
Remote Occupied Contact
4
Demand Limit Contacts Common
5
Demand Limit Switch 1
6
Demand Limit Switch 2/Dehumidify Switch Input
7
Demand Limit 4-20 mA
8
Demand Limit 4-20 mA
TB6
9
Remote Supply Air Setpoint 4-20 mA
10
Remote Supply Air Setpoint 4-20 mA
11
Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA
12
Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA
13
IAQ Remote Switch
14
IAQ Remote Switch
15
Supply Fan Status Switch
16
Supply Fan Status Switch
TB-7 - ELECTRIC HEAT POWER BLOCK (in Electric Heat section)
1
L1 Power Supply
TB7
2
L2 Power Supply
3
L3 Power Supply
131
TYPE
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
24 VAC
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
5 VDC, logic
ground
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
external 24 VDC relay
external 24 VDC relay
5VDC
5VDC
5VDC
4-20 mA, ext. powered w/res or 0-5 VDC
4-20 mA, ext. powered w/res or 0-5 VDC
external contacts
external contacts
24 VAC external
external contact
external contact
external contact
external contact
external contact
—
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
external 24 VAC contact
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
externally powered 4-20 mA
external contact
external contact
—
—
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only).
Green LED — The boards also have a green LED, which is
the indicator of the operation of the LEN communications,
which is used for communications between the boards. On the
MBB board the Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should
always be blinking whenever power is on. All other boards
have a LEN LED that will blink whenever power is on and
there is communication occurring. If LEN LED is not blinking,
check LEN connections for potential communication errors (J3
and J4 connectors). A 3-wire sensor bus accomplishes communication between modules. These 3 wires run in parallel from
module to module.
Yellow LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The Carrier
Comfort Network® (CCN) LED will blink during times of
network communication. The other boards do not have a CCN
communications port.
CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK INTERFACE — The
48/50A Series units can be connected to the CCN interface if
desired. The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. See
the Installation Instructions for wiring information. The system
elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy
chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element
communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of
the system elements on either side of it. This is also required for
the negative and signal ground pins of each system element.
Wiring connections for CCN should be made at TB3. See
Fig. 35. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further
information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20-AWG
(American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper.
Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/
nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester
100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon,
chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of –20 C to 60 C is required.
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative and white
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must
be connected to a ground at one point only. If the
Co m
NA
T IM E
EWT
LW T
SETP
MO
fort
VIG
Li n k
ATO
R
12.
54. 58
44. 6 F
4 4 . 01 F
F
DE
Run
Statu
s
Servi
ce Te
st
Temp
eratur
es
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs
Al ar
m St
atu
s
Outpu
ts
Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Cloc
k
Opera
ting
Mode
Alarm
s
s
ENT
ESC
ER
Fig. 34 — Accessory Navigator Display
To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,
the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the
(–) terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Service Tool).
5. Restore power to unit.
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines from running and may prevent the unit
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the
connector. If conditions return to normal, check the
CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary.
A short in one section of the bus can cause problems
with all system elements on the bus.
132
CCN BUS
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
CL
COMPUTER
WITH
COMPUTER
WITH
ComfortVIEW™
ComfortView™
SOFTWARE
SOFTWARE
CCN WEB
OR
NETWORK
OPTIONS
ROOFTOP
UNIT
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
CL
HEATING/COOLING UNITS
REMOTE
CCN SITE
TELINK
BRIDGE
(RECOMMENDED)
TO
ADDITIONAL
TERMINALS
CL
CID
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CID
COMFORT
ID AIR
TERMINAL
CID
COMFORT
ID AIR
TERMINAL
COMFORT ID
FAN
POWERED
MIXING
BOX
NON CARRIER
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
COMFORT
CONTROLLER
CCN
CID
CL
HVAC
—
—
—
—
AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)
LEGEND
Carrier Comfort Network®
ComfortID™ Controls
ComfortLink Controls
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
Fig. 35 — CCN System Architecture
133
A48-7307
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and
heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section
access panel, flue box cover, collector box, and main burner assembly (Fig. 38 and 39). Refer to Main Burners section on
page 145 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is required,
clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using new hightemperature insulation for sealing.
SERVICE
WARNING
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
Service Access — All unit components can be reached
through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are
not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is needed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental
closure.
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are secured to the unit with a single 1/4-in. - 20 x 1/2-in. long bolt. See
Fig. 36.
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a 7/16-in. wrench. Pivot
the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To
shut, reverse the above procedure.
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under
special service circumstances. It is very important that the orientation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit
prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the
top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into
the unit.
A48-3821
Fig. 36 — Door Latch
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure
door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches
are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into
the evaporator section of the unit.
Cleaning — Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heating and cooling season and as operating conditions require.
Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit
interior.
MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating season, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or
other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if necessary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 37. Refer to Main Burners
section on page 145.
A48-4022
Fig. 37 — Spark Gap Adjustment
NOTES:
1. Torque set screws on blower
wheel to 70 in. lb ± 2 in. lb.
2. Torque set screw on propeller
fan to 15 in. lb ± 2 in. lb.
3. Dimensions are in inches.
A48-3822
Fig. 38 — Typical Gas Heating Section
134
long life of the coil. Failure to clean the coils may result in reduced durability in the environment.
Avoid the use of:
• coil brighteners
• acid cleaning prior to painting
• high pressure washers
• poor quality water for cleaning
Totaline environmentally balanced coil cleaner is non-flammable, hypoallergenic, nonbacterial, and a USDA accepted
biodegradable agent that will not harm the coil or surrounding
components such as electrical wiring, painted metal surfaces,
or insulation. Use of non-recommended coil cleaners is strongly discouraged since coil and unit durability could be affected.
Totaline Environmentally Balanced Coil Cleaner Application
Equipment
• 21/2 gallon garden sprayer
• water rinse with low velocity spray nozzle
A48-3727
Fig. 39 — Gas Heat Section Details
CAUTION
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to assure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower
wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the
first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to determine proper cleaning frequency.
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access
panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If
cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by
removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of
combustion fan housing (Fig. 38 and 39). The motor, scroll,
and wheel assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove
scroll from plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor
shaft and clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and
wheel assembly.
ROUND TUBE PLATE FIN COIL MAINTENANCE AND
CLEANING RECOMMENDATIONS — Routine cleaning
of coil surfaces is essential to maintain proper operation of the
unit. Elimination of contamination and removal of harmful residues will greatly increase the life of the coil and extend the life
of the unit. The following maintenance and cleaning procedures are recommended as part of the routine maintenance activities to extend the life of the coil.
Remove Surface Loaded Fibers — Surface loaded fibers or
dirt should be removed with a vacuum cleaner. If a vacuum
cleaner is not available, a soft non-metallic bristle brush may
be used. In either case, the tool should be applied in the direction of the fins. Coil surfaces can be easily damaged (fin edges
can be easily bent over and damage to the coating of a protected coil) if the tool is applied across the fins.
NOTE: Use of a water stream, such as a garden hose, against a
surface loaded coil will drive the fibers and dirt into the coil.
This will make cleaning efforts more difficult. Surface loaded
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity
clean water rinse.
Periodic Clean Water Rinse — A periodic clean water rinse is
very beneficial for coils that are applied in coastal or industrial
environments. However, it is very important that the water
rinse is made with very low velocity water stream to avoid
damaging the fin edges. Monthly cleaning as described below
is recommended.
Routine Cleaning of Coil Surfaces — Monthly cleaning with
Totaline® environmentally balanced coil cleaner is essential to
extend the life of coils. This cleaner is available from Carrier
Replacement parts division as part number P902-0301 for a
one gallon container, and part number P902-0305 for a 5 gallon
container. It is recommended that all coils, including copper
tube aluminum fin, pre-coated fin, copper fin, or E-coated coils
be cleaned with the Totaline environmentally balanced coil
cleaner as described below. Coil cleaning should be part of the
unit’s regularly scheduled maintenance procedures to ensure
Harsh chemicals, household bleach or acid or basic cleaners should not be used to clean outdoor or indoor coils of
any kind. These cleaners can be very difficult to rinse out
of the coil and can accelerate corrosion at the fin/tube interface where dissimilar materials are in contact. If there is
dirt below the surface of the coil, use the Totaline environmentally balanced coil cleaner as described above.
CAUTION
High velocity water from a pressure washer, garden hose,
or compressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The
force of the water or air jet will bend the fin edges and
increase airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance
or nuisance unit shutdown may occur.
Totaline Environmentally Balanced Coil Cleaner Application
Instructions
1. Remove any foreign objects or debris attached to the coil
face or trapped within the mounting frame and brackets.
2. Put on personal protective equipment including safety
glasses and/or face shield, waterproof clothing and
gloves. It is recommended to use full coverage clothing.
3. Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum
cleaner as described above.
4. Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water and a
low velocity garden hose, being careful not to bend fins.
5. Mix Totaline environmentally balanced coil cleaner in a
21/2 gallon garden sprayer according to the instructions
included with the cleaner. The optimum solution temperature is 100 F.
NOTE: Do NOT USE water in excess of 130 F, as the enzymatic activity will be destroyed.
6. Thoroughly apply Totaline environmentally balanced coil
cleaner solution to all coil surfaces including finned area,
tube sheets and coil headers.
7. Hold garden sprayer nozzle close to finned areas and
apply cleaner with a vertical, up-and-down motion. Avoid
spraying in horizontal pattern to minimize potential for
fin damage.
8. Ensure cleaner thoroughly penetrates deep into finned
areas.
9. Interior and exterior finned areas must be thoroughly
cleaned.
10. Finned surfaces should remain wet with cleaning solution
for 10 minutes.
135
11. Ensure surfaces are not allowed to dry before rinsing.
Reapplying cleaner as needed to ensure 10-minute saturation is achieved.
12. Thoroughly rinse all surfaces with low velocity clean water using downward rinsing motion of water spray nozzle.
Protect fins from damage from the spray nozzle.
MICROCHANNEL HEAT EXCHANGER (MCHX) CONDENSER COIL MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING
RECOMMENDATIONS
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment
(Fig. 40) — Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed
shown in Physical Data table in unit Installation Instructions
(factory speed setting).
IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches
the duct static pressure using Tables 3-38.
To change fan speeds, change pulleys.
To align fan and motor pulleys:
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.
3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.
4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from
mounting plate.
5. Retighten pulley.
6. Return power to the unit.
CAUTION
Do not apply any chemical cleaners to MCHX condenser
coils. These cleaners can accelerate corrosion and damage
the coil.
Routine cleaning of coil surfaces is essential to maintain
proper operation of the unit. Elimination of contamination and
removal of harmful residues will greatly increase the life of the
coil and extend the life of the unit. The following steps should
be taken to clean MCHX condenser coils:
1. Remove any foreign objects or debris attached to the coil
face or trapped within the mounting frame and brackets.
2. Put on personal protective equipment including safety
glasses and/or face shield, waterproof clothing and
gloves. It is recommended to use full coverage clothing.
3. Start high pressure water sprayer and purge any soap or
industrial cleaners from sprayer before cleaning condenser coils. Only clean potable water is authorized for cleaning condenser coils.
4. Clean condenser face by spraying the coil steady and uniformly from top to bottom while directing the spray
straight toward the coil. Do not exceed 900 psig or
30 degree angle. The nozzle must be at least 12 in. from
the coil face. Reduce pressure and use caution to prevent
damage to air centers.
CAUTION
Excessive water pressure will fracture the braze between
air centers and refrigerant tubes.
A48-4036
CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at
start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.
FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cooling season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer
to Installation Instructions for type and size.
NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters
capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.
OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with
steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable
filters in place of screens.
Fig. 40 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment
and Adjustment
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly — If the coupling has been removed for other blower assembly component
repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassembled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.
REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT
(Fig. 41)
1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing
mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side
of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.
2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This
allows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.
3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances.
Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.
4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and
0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if
necessary.
5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hardware are clean and free of oil.
6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing outward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.
Lubrication
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least every 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease.
Typical lubricants are given below:
MANUFACTURER
LUBRICANT
Texaco
Regal AFB-2*
Mobil
Mobilplex EP No. 1
Sunoco
Prestige 42
Texaco
Multifak 2
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.
CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR BEARINGS — The condenser and evaporator-fan motors have permanently sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is necessary.
136
CENTER DRIVE
SHAFT
FLEX
MEMBER
SHAFT
FLANGE
SHAFT
BEARINGS
A50-5146
Fig. 41 — Evaporator Fan Coupling
6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in
7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the cenfixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of
ter drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members
operation. Adjust as necessary. Refer to Installation Inhave collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole
structions for proper tension values.
of the drive shaft flange.
7. Restore power to unit.
8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of
the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement
shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using
2 bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar
1. Turn off unit power supply.
in the flex member should line up with the shaft flange
2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to
holes.
gain access to motor.
9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a cou3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.
pling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubri4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate
cant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.
nuts.
10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of
5.
Remove
the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.
the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.
6.
Slide
motor
plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove
11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by
fan
belt(s).
hand for 30 to 60 seconds.
7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the
12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to
rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor
place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to
plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the
the shafts.
plate to pivot upward).
13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment
8.
Pivot
the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow
section below.)
access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in
14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly misplace by inserting a prop.
aligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the
9.
Remove
the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and
shaft flanges.
remove motor.
15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts
10. Replace the locktooth washer under the motor base with a
tend to relax after being initially torqued.
new washer. Be sure that the washer contacts the motor
base surface.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement
11. Reverse above steps to install new motor.
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove supply-air section panels.
3. Remove belt and blower pulley.
4. Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.
5. Remove locking collars from bearings.
6. Remove shaft.
7. Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.
8. Lift out wheel.
9. Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.
10. Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.
11. Restore power to unit.
Belt Tension Adjustment — To adjust belt tension:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn off unit power supply.
Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 42.
Loosen fan motor nuts.
Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate
left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should
be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while
running under full load.
5. Tighten nuts.
A48-3729
Fig. 42 — Belt Tension Adjustment
137
conditions of the chart are met. As conditions get close to the
point on the chart, add or remove charge in 1/4 lb increments
until complete. Ensure that all fans are on and all compressors
are running when using charging charts.
To Use the Cooling Charging Chart — Use the outdoor air
temperature, saturated suction temperature and saturated condensing temperature (available on the ComfortLink display),
and find the intersection point on the cooling charging chart. If
intersection point is above the line, carefully recover some of
the refrigerant. If intersection point is below the line, carefully
add refrigerant.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range
of unit.
Condenser-Fan Adjustment
NOTE: Condenser fans on size 060 MCHX units are not
adjustable.
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove fan guard.
3. Loosen fan hub setscrews.
4. Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed
across venturi and measure per Fig. 43.
5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is missing.
6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).
7. Turn on unit power.
Four-Inch Filter Replacement — The 4-Inch Filter
Change Mode variable is used to service the unit when 4-in.
filters are used. When the filters need to be changed, set
Service TestF.4.CH = YES. The unit will be placed in
Service Test mode and the economizer will move to the 40%
open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in. filters. After the
filters have been changed, set Service TestF.4.CH = NO to
return the unit to normal operation.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — Each circuit
has a TXV. The TXV is adjustable and is factory set to maintain
8 to 12° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV controls flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils. Adjusting
the TXV is not recommended.
Gas Valve Adjustment
NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes
in response to the thermostat or limit control.
When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot
valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to
terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body
(3.5 in. wg).
To adjust regulator:
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.
2. Switch main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Remove 1/8-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water
manometer pressure-measuring device.
4. Switch main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 51).
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or
counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for
heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).
9. Switch main gas valve to OFF position.
10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace 1/8-in.
pipe plug and screw cap.
11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating
operation.
Power Failure — The economizer damper motor is a
spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will
return to fully closed position until power is restored.
Refrigerant Charge — Amount of refrigerant charge is
listed on unit nameplate. Refer to Carrier GTAC II; Module 5;
Charging, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclamation section for
charging methods and procedures.
Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during
charging procedure.
NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain
contaminants.
NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refrigerant from the unit nameplate.
LOW CHARGE COOLING
All Units with Round Tube-Plate Fin Condenser Coils —
Connect the gage set and a temperature-measuring device to
the liquid line. Ensure that all condenser fans are operating. It
may be necessary to block part of the coil on cold days to
ensure that condensing pressures are high enough to turn on
the fans. Adjust the refrigerant charge in each circuit to obtain
state point liquid subcooling for specific models as listed in
Table 129.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range
of unit.
Table 129 — Round Tube, Plate Fin Unit Charge
UNIT
48/50
AJ,AK,AW,AY
A2,A3,A4,A5
REFRIGERANT
TYPE
R-22
R-410A
SIZE
020, 025, 027,
030, 035, 040,
050, 060
036
041, 051
020, 027, 040,
050, 060
030, 035
025
LIQUID
SUBCOOLING
A
20 F ± 2 F
18 F ± 2 F
15 F ± 2 F
15 F ± 2 F
20 F ± 2 F
12 F ± 2 F
UNIT SIZE
DIMENSION “A” (in.)
020-035, 050
1.30 ± 0.12
036-041, 051, 060
0.87 ± 0.12
48/50A2,A3,A4,A5 Units with MCHX Condenser — Due
to the compact, all aluminum design, microchannel heat
exchangers will reduce refrigerant charge and overall operating
weight. As a result, charging procedures for MCHX units
require more accurate measurement techniques. Charge should
be added in small increments. Using cooling charging charts
provided (Fig. 44-50), add or remove refrigerant until
Fig. 43 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment
(All Units Except Size 060 MCHX)
138
20 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
Saturated Discharge Temperature (deg F)
145
SST= 55 F
SST= 45 F
140
SST= 35 F
135
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
20 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
SST= 55 F
SST= 45 F
SST= 35 F
Saturated Discharge Temperature (deg F)
145
140
135
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
LEGEND
a48-8401
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 44 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5020 with R-410A Refrigerant
139
25 and 27 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
S S T= 5 5 F
145
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
S S T= 4 5 F
140
S S T= 3 5 F
135
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
130
125
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
25 and 27 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
145
S S T= 5 5 F
140
S S T= 4 5 F
135
S S T= 3 5 F
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
a48-8402
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 45 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5025 and 027 with R-410A Refrigerant
140
30 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
145
S S T= 5 5 F
S S T= 4 5 F
140
S S T= 3 5 F
135
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
30 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
S S T= 5 5 F
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
145
S S T= 4 5 F
S S T= 3 5 F
140
135
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 46 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5030 with R-410A Refrigerant
141
35 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
SST= 55 F
145
SST= 45 F
SST= 35 F
140
135
130
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
125
120
115
Add Charge if Below Curve
110
105
100
95
90
85
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
35 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
SST= 55 F
155
SST= 45 F
SST= 35 F
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
150
145
140
135
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
130
125
120
115
Add Charge if Below Curve
110
105
100
95
90
85
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 47 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5035 with R-410A Refrigerant
142
120
40 Ton MCHX Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
S S T= 5 5 F
145
S S T= 4 5 F
140
S S T= 3 5 F
135
130
125
120
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 48 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5040 with R-410A Refrigerant
50 Ton MCHX Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
S S T= 5 5 F
S S T= 4 5 F
145
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
S S T= 3 5 F
140
135
130
125
120
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 49 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5050 with R-410A Refrigerant
143
60 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT A Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
145
S S T= 5 5 F
S S T= 4 5 F
140
S S T= 3 5 F
135
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
60 Ton MCHX CIRCUIT B Charging Chart
All Compressors on a Circuit Must be Operating
All Outdoor Fans Must be Operating
150
S S T= 5 5 F
Saturated Condensing Temperature (deg F)
145
S S T= 4 5 F
S S T= 3 5 F
140
135
130
125
Reduce Charge if Above Curve
120
115
110
105
Add Charge if Below Curve
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
Outdoor Air Temperature (deg F)
LEGEND
MCHX— Microchannel Heat Exchanger
SST — Saturated Suction Temperature
Fig. 50 — Charging Chart — 48/50A2,A3,A4,A5060 with R-410A Refrigerant
144
125
Main Burners — For all applications, main burners are
factory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 52)
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.
2. Shut off power supply to unit.
3. Remove heating access panel.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires from gas valve.
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.
9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate
flange to the vestibule plate.
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.
11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.
OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (ON SIDE)
1/8-IN. 27 NPT
HIGH-FIRE REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
LOW-FIRE REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
INLET PRESSURE
TAP (ON SIDE)
1/8-IN. 27 NPT
ON/OFF SWITCH
A48-8364
Fig. 51 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CW271)
Filter Drier — Replace whenever refrigerant system is ex-
posed to atmosphere.
Replacement Parts — A complete list of replacement
parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon request.
A48-3733
Fig. 52 — Main Burner Removal
145
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS
ITEM
VIEW
HVAC
OCC
MAT
EDT
LAT
EC.C.P
ECN.P
CL.C.P
C.CAP
HT.C.P
HT.ST
H.MAX
ECON
ECN.P
ECN.C
ACTV
DISA
DISAUNAV
DISAR.EC.D
DISADBC
DISADEW
DISADDBC
DISAOAEC
DISADEC
DISAEDT
DISAOAT
DISAFORC
DISASFON
DISACLOF
DISAOAQL
DISAHELD
DISADH.DS
O.AIR
O.AIROAT
O.AIROA.RH
O.AIROA.E
O.AIROA.D.T
COOL
C.CAP
CUR.S
REQ.S
MAX.S
DEM.L
SUMZ
SUMZSMZ
SUMZADD.R
SUMZSUB.R
SUMZR.PCT
SUMZY.MIN
SUMZY.PLU
SUMZZ.MIN
SUMZZ.PLU
SUMZH.TMP
SUMZL.TMP
SUMZPULL
SUMZSLOW
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC
LINK
MODE
L.Z.T
L.C.SP
L.H.SP
HRS
HR.A1
HR.A2
HR.B1
HR.B2
STRT
ST.A1
ST.A2
ST.B1
ST.B2
EXPANSION
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
Occupied ?
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Economizer Control Point
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Cooling Control Point
Current Running Capacity
Heating Control Point
Requested Heat Stage
Maximum Heat Stages
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
CCN - LINKAGE
Linkage Active - CCN
Linkage Zone Control Tmp
Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt
Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
RANGE
UNITS
YES/NO
0-100
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
dF
dF
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
%
%
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
dF
%
forcible
OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM
forcible
forcible
94,95
94,95
94,95
94,95
94,95
51,65,73,94,95
94,95
41,65,94,95
94,95
54,55,94,95
54-56,94,95
54,94,95
51,66,94,95
30 66,95
42,50,65,95
62,65,66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
62-66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
66,95
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
46,53,96
dF
dF
dF
MODELINK
LZT
LCSP
LHSP
96
96
96
96
HRS
HRS
HRS
HRS
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
config
config
config
config
96
96
96
96
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2
config
config
config
config
96
96
96
96
ON/OFF
146
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
forcible
PAGE NO.
46-49,94-96
46,47,94,96
46,47,94,96
46,47,94,96
46-49,94,96
46,47,96
46,47,94,96
46,47,94,96
43,47,94,96
47,94,96
47,94,96
47,94,96
47,94-96
47,94-96
47,94-96
47,94-96
47,95,96
47,94-96
%
^F
^F
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
string
OCCUPIED
MAT
EDT
LAT
ECONCPNT
ECONOPOS
COOLCPNT
CAPTOTAL
HEATCPNT
HT_STAGE
HTMAXSTG
WRITE STATUS
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
dF
%
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
CCN POINT
forcible
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — RUN STATUS (cont)
ITEM
TMGD
TG.A1
TG.A2
TG.B1
TG.B2
TG.H1
TG.H2
TG.H3
TG.H4
TG.H5
TG.H6
VERS
MBB
ECB1
ECB2
SCB
CEM
MARQ
NAVI
EXPANSION
TIMEGUARDS
Compressor A1 Timeguard
Compressor A2 Timeguard
Compressor B1 Timeguard
Compressor B2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 1 Timeguard
Heat Relay 2 Timeguard
Heat Relay 3 Timeguard
Heat Relay 4 Timeguard
Heat Relay 5 Timeguard
Heat Relay 6 Timeguard
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
CESR131343-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131465-xx-xx
CESR131226-xx-xx
CESR131174-xx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
CESR130227-xx-xx
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
PAGE NO.
CMPA1_TG
CMPA2_TG
CMPB1_TG
CMPB2_TG
HS1_TG
HS2_TG
HS3_TG
HS4_TG
HS5_TG
HS6_TG
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
MODE — SERVICE TEST
ITEM
TEST
STOP
S.STP
FAN.F
F.4.CH
INDP
ECN.C
E.PWR
E.CAL
PE.A
PE.B
PE.C
H.I.R
ALRM
FANS
S.FAN
S.VFD
CD.F.A
CD.F.B
COOL
A1
A2
MLV
DS.CP
B1
B2
HEAT
HT.ST
HT.1
HT.2
HT.3
HT.4
HT.5
HT.6
EXPANSION
Service Test Mode
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Supply Fan Request
4 in. Filter Change Mode
TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Test
Calibrate the Economizer?
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Heat Interlock Relay
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
TEST FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
TEST COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Digital Scroll Capacity
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
TEST HEATING
Requested Heat Stage
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
RANGE
ON/OFF
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
UNITS
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
20-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-MAX
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
147
%
%
CCN POINT
MAN_CTRL
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
SFANFORC
FILT4CHG
WRITE STATUS
config
forcible
forcible
PAGE NO.
29,30,32
29,30
29,30
29,30
ECONCTST
ECONPTST
ECON_CAL
PE_A_TST
PE_B_TST
PE_C_TST
HIR_TST
ALRM_TST
30
30
30,104
30
30
30
30
30
SFAN_TST
SGVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
30
30
30
30
CMPA1TST
CMPA2TST
MLV_TST
DSCAPTST
CMPB1TST
CMPB2TST
30
30
30
30
30
30
HTST_TST
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TEMPERATURES
ITEM
AIR.T
CTRL
CTRLEDT
CTRLLAT
CTRLMAT
CTRLR.TMP
CTRLS.TMP
SAT
OAT
RAT
SPT
SPTO
S.G.LS
S.G.L1
S.G.L2
S.G.L3
S.G.LM
REF.T
SCT.A
SST.A
SCT.B
SST.B
DT.DS
EXPANSION
AIR TEMPERATURES
CONTROL TEMPS
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Mixed Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Controlling Space Temp
Air Tmp Lvg Supply Fan
Outside Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
DS Discharge Temperature
RANGE
UNITS
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
–40 - 240
CCN POINT
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
EDT
LAT
MAT
RETURN_T
SPACE_T
SAT
OAT
RAT
SPT
SPTO
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS
LIMSWTMP
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
SCTA
SSTA
SCTB
SSTB
DTDS
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
MODE — PRESSURES
ITEM
AIR.P
SP
BP
REF.P
DP.A
SP.A
DP.B
SP.B
EXPANSION
AIR PRESSURES
Static Pressure
Building Pressure
REFRIGERANT PRESSURES
Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cir B Suction Pressure
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
"H2O
"H2O
SP
BP
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
DP_A
SP_A
DP_B
SP_B
WRITE STATUS
MODE — SET POINTS
ITEM
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
SA.HI
SA.LO
SA.HT
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN
DESCRIPTION
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
RANGE
40-99
40-99
40-99
40-99
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
80-120
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
148
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
CCN POINT
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — INPUTS
ITEM
GEN.I
FLT.S
G.FAN
REMT
E.SW
E.ENA
E.OVR
S.FN.S
DL.S1
DL.S2
DH.IN
FD.BK
CS.A1
CS.A2
CS.B1
CS.B2
STAT
G
W1
W2
Y1
Y2
FIRE
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
REL.H
OA.RH
OA.EN
OA.DP
RA.RH
RA.EN
AIR.Q
IAQ.I
IAQ
OAQ
DAQ
IQ.P.O
RSET
SA.S.R
SP.RS
4-20
IAQ.M
OAQ.M
SP.R.M
DML.M
EDR.M
ORH.M
RRH.M
BP.M
BP.M.T
SP.M
SP.M.T
EXPANSION
GENERAL INPUTS
Filter Status Input
Fan Request From IGC
Remote Input State
Economizer Control Input
Remote Economizer Enable
Econo Position Override
Supply Fan Status Switch
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Dehumidify Switch Input
COMPRESSOR FEEDBACK
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor B2 Feedback
THERMOSTAT INPUTS
Thermostat G Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
Fire Shutdown Input
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
Return Air Rel. Humidity
Return Air Enthalpy
AIR QUALITY SENSORS
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
IAQ Min.Pos. Override
RESET INPUTS
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
Static Pressure Reset
4-20 MILLIAMP INPUTS
IAQ Milliamps
OAQ Milliamps
SP Reset milliamps
4-20 ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset Milliamps
OARH Milliamps
RARH Milliamps
BP Milliamps
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma)
SP Milliamps
Static Press. Trim (ma)
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
WRITE STATUS
DRTY/CLN
ON/OFF
*
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
FLTS
IGCFAN
RMTIN
ECOSW
ECONENBL
ECOORIDE
SFS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
DHDISCIN
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CSB_A1
CSB_A2
CSB_B1
CSB_B2
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
G
W1
W2
Y1
Y2
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
ALARM/NORMAL
ALARM/NORMAL
ALARM/NORMAL
ALARM/NORMAL
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
RARH
RAE
forcible
%
dF
%
HIGH/LOW
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
IAQIN
IAQ
OAQ
DAQ
IAQMINOV
forcible
forcible
forcible
^F
SASPRSET
SPRESET
forcible
forcible
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
SPRST_MA
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OARH_MA
RARH_MA
BP_MA
BPMATRIM
SP_MA
SPMATRIM
%
–2.0 - 2.0
ma
–2.0 - 2.0
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
*The display text changes depending on the remote switch configuration (ConfigurationUNITRM.CF). If RM.CF is set to 0 (No Remote
Switch), then the display text will be “On” or “Off.” If RM.CF is set to 1 (Occupied/Unoccupied Switch), then the display text will be “Occupied” or
“Unoccupied.” If RM.CF is set to 2 (Start/Stop), then the display text will be “Stop” or “Start.” If RM.CF is set to 3 (Override Switch), then the display
text will be “No Override” or “Override.”
149
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — OUTPUTS
ITEM
FANS
S.FAN
S.VFD
P.E.A
P.E.B
P.E.C
CD.F.A
CD.F.B
COOL
A1
A2
MLV
DS.CP
B1
B2
HEAT
HT.1
HT.2
HT.3
HT.4
HT.5
HT.6
H.I.R
ECON
ECN.P
ECN.C
E.PWR
GEN.O
ALRM
EXPANSION
FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Digital Scroll Capcity
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
ECONOMIZER
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Relay
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
RANGE
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
UNITS
CCN POINT
SFAN_RLY
SFAN_VFD
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
CONDFANA
CONDFANB
%
CMPA1
CMPA2
MLV
CMPDSCAP
CMPB1
CMPB2
%
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
WRITE STATUS
%
%
ON/OFF
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
forcible
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECON_PWR
forcible
forcible
ALRM
forcible
MODE — CONFIGURATION
ITEM
UNIT
C.TYP
EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
CV.FN
RM.CF
CEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
SFS.S
SFS.M
VAV.S
SIZE
DP.XR
SP.XR
RFG.T
CND.T
MAT.S
MAT.R
MAT.D
ALTI
DLAY
STAT
AUX.R
SENS
SENSSPT.S
SENSSP.O.S
SENSSP.O.R
SENSRRH.S
SENSFLT.S
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (20-60)
Disch.Press. Transducers
Suct. Pres. Trans. Type
Refrig: 0=R22 1=R410A
Cnd HX Typ:0=RTPF 1=MCHX
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
MAT Outside Air Default
Altitude……..in feet:
Startup Delay Time
TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool
Auxiliary Relay Config
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
1 - 6 (multi-text strings)
CTRLTYPE
4
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60
0 - 60
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720
20 - 60
Yes/No
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0-100
0 - 60000
0 - 900
Yes/No
0-3
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
DP_TRANS
SPXRTYPE
REFRIG_T
COILTYPE
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
MATOADOS
ALTITUDE
DELAY
TSTATALL
AUXRELAY
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
No
0
1
0
1
No
20
0
0
No
0
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
150
min
min
min
%
sec
PAGE NO.
27-29,32,35-42,
46,51-53, 65,71,
72,77,100,101
28,35,36
30,35,36,77,78
35,36
35,36,73
35,36,73
35,36,60,104
35,36,60,104
35,36
35-37,42,49
35,36,101
35,36,101
35,36,37
36,37,50
36,48
36,48
36
36
36
36
36
36
27,28,36,77
36,77
36,77
36,63,101,103
36,60,104
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
COOL
Z.GN
MC.LO
C.FOD
MLV
M.M.
DS.EN
DS.MC
DS.AP
DS.AD
DS.RP
DS.RD
DS.RO
DS.MO
HPSP
A1.EN
A2.EN
B1.EN
B2.EN
CS.A1
CS.A2
CS.B1
CS.B2
REV.R
H.SST
EDT.R
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S
HEAT
HT.CF
HT.SP
OC.EN
LAT.M
G.FOD
E.FOD
SG.CF
SG.CFHT.ST
SG.CFCAP.M
SG.CFM.R.DB
SG.CFS.G.DB
SG.CFRISE
SG.CFLAT.L
SG.CFLIM.M
SG.CFSW.H.T
SG.CFSW.L.T
SG.CFHT.P
SG.CFHT.D
SG.CFHT.TM
SP
SP.CF
CV.FD
SP.FN
SP.S
SP.LO
SP.HI
SP.SP
SP.MN
SP.MX
SP.FS
HT.V.M
SP.RS
SP.RT
SP.LM
SP.EC
S.PID
S.PIDSP.TM
S.PIDSP.P
S.PIDSP.I
S.PIDSP.D
S.PIDSP.SG
EXPANSION
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Min. Load Valve ? (HGBP)
Motor Master Control ?
Enable Digital Scroll?
DS Min Digital Capacity
Dig Scroll Adjust Delta
Dig Scroll Adjust Delay
Dig Scroll Reduce Delta
Dig Scroll Reduce Delay
Dig Scroll Reduction OAT
Dig Scroll Max Only OAT
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev. Rotation Verified ?
Hi SST Alert Delay Time
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Constant Vol IDF is VFD?
Static Pres.Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
VFD Heating Min Speed
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio (/dF)
SP Reset Limit in iwc()
SP Reset Econo.Position
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
Static Press.System Gain
RANGE
-10 - 10
-20 - 55
0 - 600
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
25 - 100
0 - 100
15 - 60
0 - 100
15 - 60
70 - 120
70 - 120
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
5 - 30
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable
0-4
80 - 120
Yes/No
Yes/No
45-600
10-600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
Yes
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
75-100
0-4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2.00
0 - 2.00
0 - 100
1 - 200
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
151
UNITS
dF
sec
%
%
sec
%
sec
dF
dF
dF
min
^F
dF
^F
^F
dF
dF
sec
"H2O
%
%
%
%
%
sec
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
COOL_FOD
MLV_SEL
MOTRMAST
DIGCMPEN
MINCAPDS
DSADJPCT
DSADJDLY
DSREDPCT
DSREDDLY
DSREDOAT
DSMAXOAT
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
REVR_VER
HSSTTIME
1
4
60
No
No
No
50
100
20
6
30
95
105
110
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
No
10
38,46-48
38,39,48
38,39
38,39,79
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39,50
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39
38,39,105
38,39,105
38,39,105
38,39,105
38,39,102
38,39,101
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS
0
2
10
Disable
27,37
27,38
27,38
27,35,100
HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
GAS_FOD
HEAT_FOD
0
85
No
No
45
30
51,53,57
51
51
51
51,52
51,52
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
No
170
160
1
1
90
51,53-56
51,53,54
51,53,54
51,53,54
51,53
51,53
51,53
51,53
51,53
51,53
51,53
51,53
STATICFG
CVIDFVFD
STATPFAN
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
VFDHTMIN
SPRSTCFG
SPRRATIO
SPRLIMIT
ECONOSPR
No
No
Yes
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
75
0
0.2
0.75
5
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
STATP_SG
2
20
2
0
1
57,58,60
57,58,60
58,60
57,60
58,60
58,60
27,57,58,60
58,60
30,58,60
30,58,60,69
58,60
30,57-60
58,60
58-60
59,60
59,60
59,60
59,60
59,60
59,60
59,60
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
EXPANSION
ECON
EC.EN
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
DDB.C
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
E.TYP
EC.SW
E.CFG
E.CFGE.P.GN
E.CFGE.RNG
E.CFGE.SPD
E.CFGE.DBD
UEFC
UEFCFC.CF
UEFCFC.TM
UEFCFC.L.O
T.24.C
T.24.CLOG.F
T.24.CEC.MD
T.24.CEC.ST
T.24.CS.CHG
T.24.CE.SOD
T.24.CE.CHD
T.24.CET.MN
T.24.CET.MX
T.24.CSAT.T
ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
Economizer Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
Diff Dry Bulb RAT Offset
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
TITLE 24 FDD
Log Title 24 Faults
T24 Econ Move Detect
T24 Econ Move SAT Test
T24 Econ Move SAT Change
T24 Econ RAT-OAT Diff
T24 Heat/Cool End Delay
T24 Test Minimum Pos.
T24 Test Maximum Pos.
SAT Settling Time
BP
BP.CF
BP.RT
BP.P
BP.I
BP.D
BP.SO
BP.MN
BP.MX
BP.FS
BP.MT
BP.S
BP.R
BP.SP
BP.P1
BP.P2
B.CFG
B.CFGBP.SL
B.CFGBP.TM
B.CFGBP.ZG
B.CFGBP.HP
B.CFGBP.LP
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM
DMD.L
DM.L.S
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
Building Press. Config
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain
Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain
BP Setpoint Offset
BP VFD Minimum Speed
BP VFD Maximum Speed
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
Power Exhaust Motors
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
D.L.20
SH.NM
SH.DL
SH.TM
D.L.S1
D.L.S2
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
RANGE
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0-3
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
18 - 32
-40 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
1-3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
UNITS
%
%
dF
dF
CCN POINT DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
ECON_ENA
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
EC_DDBCO
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
ECON_CTL
ECOSWCFG
Yes
5
98
Yes
1
0
4
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
28,62,64
28,62,64
28,42,50,62,64
28,48,62,64
28,32,62,64
64
28,63,64
28,63,64
28,62,64
28,63,64
28,62-64,101
62,64
62,64
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
64
64
64
64
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5.0
0.1 - 10.0
0.1 - 2.0
^F
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
0-2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720
40 - 70
min
dF
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
0
120
50
63,64
63,64
63,64
dF
%
dF
dF
min
%
%
sec
T24LOGFL
T24ECMDB
T24ECSTS
T24SATMD
T24RATDF
T24CHDLY
T24TSTMN
T24TSTMX
SAT_SET
No
1
10
0.2
15
25
15
85
240
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
“H2O
"H2O
%
%
BLDG_CFG
BPIDRATE
BLDGP_PG
BLDGP_IG
BLDGP_DG
BPSO
BLDGPMIN
BLDGPMAX
BLDGPFSO
PWRM
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
PES1
PES2
0
10
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.05
10
100
100
1
Dsable
0.25
0.05
35
75
1-3
0 - 10
0.1 - 10.0
0 - 1.000
0 - 1.000
min
“H2O
“H2O
“H2O
BPSELECT
BPPERIOD
BPZ_GAIN
BPHPLVL
BPLPLVL
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
28,66-68
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
29,66,67
29,66,67
29,66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
–1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
–1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
28,43,53
28,43,53
28,43,53
28,43,53
28,43,53
28,43,53
43,53
43,53
43,53
43,53
DMD_CTRL
0
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
100
0
0
60
80
50
30,31,35,48,
49,102
31,49
49
49
49
30,31,49
31,49
^F
Yes/No
1 - 10
10 - 20
0-5
5 - 20
0 - 60
0 - 50
50 - 100
10 - 900
0-3
5-120
0-5
0-2
0-5
0.0 - 0.5
0-100
0-100
0-100
1-2
Enable/Dsable
0 - 1.00
–0.25 -> 0.25
0 - 100
0 - 100
sec
“H2O
%
%
%
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100
152
%
%
min
%
%
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
IAQ
DCV.C
DCV.CEC.MN
DCV.CIAQ.M
AQ.CF
AQ.CFIQ.A.C
AQ.CFIQ.A.F
AQ.CFIQ.I.C
AQ.CFIQ.I.F
AQ.CFOQ.A.C
AQ.SP
AQ.SPIQ.O.P
AQ.SPDAQ.L
AQ.SPDAQ.H
AQ.SPD.F.OF
AQ.SPD.F.ON
AQ.SPIAQ.R
AQ.SPOAQ.L
AQ.SPOAQ.U
AQ.S.R
AQ.S.RIQ.R.L
AQ.S.RIQ.R.H
AQ.S.ROQ.R.L
AQ.S.ROQ.R.H
IAQ.P
IAQ.PIQ.PG
IAQ.PIQ.P.T
IAQ.PIQ.P.L
IAQ.PIQ.P.H
IAQ.PIQ.L.O
DEHU
D.SEL
D.SEN
D.EC.D
D.V.CF
D.V.RA
D.V.HT
D.C.SP
D.RH.S
CCN
CCNA
CCNB
BAUD
BROD
BRODTM.DT
BRODOAT.B
BRODORH.B
BRODOAQ.B
BRODG.S.B
BRODB.ACK
SC.OV
SC.OVSCH.N
SC.OVHOL.T
SC.OVO.T.L.
SC.OVOV.EX
SC.OVSPT.O
SC.OVT58.O
SC.OVGL.OV
ALLM
SP.L.O
SP.H.O
SP.L.U
SP.H.U
SA.L.O
SA.H.O
SA.L.U
SA.H.U
RA.L.O
RA.H.O
RA.L.U
RA.H.U
R.RH.L
R.RH.H
SP.L
SP.H
BP.L
BP.H
IAQ.H
EXPANSION
INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econ Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
RANGE
0 - 100
0 - 100
UNITS
%
%
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
5
0
28,31,70,72
28,31,70,72
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
0
0
0
0
0
31,32,70,72
31,70,72
31,35,70,72
31,70,72
35,71,72
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
31,72
70,71,72,103
71,72
31,71,72
31,71,72
71,72
71,72
31,32,71,72
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
0
2000
0
2000
31,71,72
31,71,72
71,72
71,72
min
%
%
dF
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO
No
15
10
35
50
71,72
71,72
71,72
71,72
71,72
^F
dF
dF
%
DHSELECT
DHSENSOR
DHECDISA
DHVHTCFG
DHVRAOFF
DHVHT_SP
DHCOOLSP
DHRELHSP
0
1
Yes
0
0
70
45
55
72,73
72,73
72,73
72,73
72,73
72,73
72,73
72,73
1 - 239
0 - 239
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD
1
0
3
73,75
73,75
73,75
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
73,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
0 - 99
YES/NO
0-4
0-4
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
GLBLOVER
1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No
27-29,74,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
74,75
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
RRHL
RRHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
43,74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
74,76,103
75,76,103
75,76,103
75,76,103
75,76,103
75,76,103
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
–5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
%
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60
0-100
0-100
35-70
0-2 (multi-text strings)
1-2 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0-1 (multi-text strings)
0-8
55-95
40-55
10-90
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
–0.25-0.25
–0.25-0.25
0-5000
153
HRS
HRS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
TRIM
SAT.T
RAT.T
OAT.T
SPT.T
CTA.T
CTB.T
SP.A.T
SP.B.T
DP.A.T
DP.B.T
SW.LG
FTS.L
IGC.L
RMI.L
ECS.L
SFS.L
DL1.L
DL2.L
IAQ.L
FSD.L
PRS.L
EVC.L
PRG.L
DISP
TEST
METR
LANG
PAS.E
PASS
EXPANSION
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Dehumid - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
RANGE
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–30 - 30
–30 - 30
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
SCTATRIM
SCTBTRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
75,76
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ECOSWLOG
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
76,77
76,77
30,76,77
76,77
76,77,104
31,76,77
31,76,77
31,32,76,77
75-77,104
76,77
76,77
76,77
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999
TEST
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111
76,77
76,77
76,77
76,77
76,77
MODE — TIME CLOCK
ITEM
TIME
HH.MM
DATE
MNTH
DOM
DAY
YEAR
SCH.L
PER.1
PER.1DAYS
PER.1DAYSMON
PER.1DAYSTUE
PER.1DAYSWED
PER.1DAYSTHU
PER.1DAYSFRI
PER.1DAYSSAT
PER.1DAYSSUN
PER.1DAYSHOL
PER.1OCC
PER.1UNC
Repeated for periods 2-8………..
HOL.L
HD.01
HD.01MON
HD.01DAY
HD.01LEN
Repeated for holidays 2-30……..
DAY.S
DS.ST
DS.STST.MN
DS.STST.WK
DS.STST.DY
DS.STMIN.A
DS.SP
DS.SPSP.MN
DS.SPSP.WK
DS.SPSP.DY
DS.SPMIN.S
EXPANSION
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year
LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PERIOD 1
DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupied from
Occupied to
LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (Days)
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
RANGE
UNITS CCN POINT
DEFAULT
PAGE NO.
00:00
TIME
78,79
multi-text strings
0-31
multi-text strings
e.g. 2003
MOY
DOM
DOWDISP
YOCDISP
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
27,28,78,79
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
00:00
00:00
PER1MON
PER1TUE
PER1WED
PER1THU
PER1FRI
PER1SAT
PER1SUN
PER1HOL
PER1_OCC
PER1_UNC
0-12
0-31
0-99
HOL_MON1
HOL_DAY1
HOL_LEN1
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
4
1
7
60
79
79
79
79
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
10
5
7
60
79
79
79
79
154
Period 1 only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
00:00
24:00
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
78,79
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — OPERATING MODES
ITEM
SYS.M
HVAC
CTRL
MODE
OCC
T.OVR
DCV
SA.R
DMD.L
T.C.ST
IAQ.P
LINK
LOCK
H.NUM
EXPANSION
ascii string spelling out the system mode
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
ascii string spelling out the “control type”
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
DCV Resetting Min Pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active
Linkage Active - CCN
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form
RANGE
UNITS
CCN POINT
string
string
string
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-24
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC
MODE — ALARMS
ITEM
CURR
R.CUR
HIST
EXPANSION
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS
this is a dynamic list of active alarms
Reset All Current Alarms
ALARM HISTORY
this is a record of the last 20 alarms
RANGE
YES/NO
UNITS
CCN POINT
strings
ALRESET
strings
155
WRITE STATUS
ram config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES
In the following tables the structure of the tables which are
used with the Service Tool as well as the names and data that
are included in each table are shown. As a reference the equivalent scrolling marquee tables and names are included. There
are several CCN variables that are not displayed through the
scrolling marquee and are used for more extensive diagnostics
and system evaluations.
All A Series units with ComfortLink controls have a port for
interface with the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) system.
On TB3 there is a J11 jack which can be used for temporary
connection to the CCN network or to computers equipped with
CCN software like the Service Tool. Also on TB3 there are
screw connections that can be used for more permanent CCN
connections.
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
COOLING
DISPLAY NAME
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
Current Running Capacity
Cooling Control Point
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Mixed Air Temperature
Next Capacity Step Down
Next Capacity Step Up
Capacity Change Needed
Current Cool State
Maximum Cool Stages
%
dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
CAPTOTAL
COOLCPNT
EDT
MAT
CAPNXTDN
CAPNXTUP
CAPERROR
COOL_STG
CLMAXSTG
COOL_A
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A1 Timeguard
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor A2 Timeguard
Minimum Load Valve
Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
PSIG
PSIG
dF
dF
CMPA1
CSB_A1
CMPA1_TG
CMPA2
CSB_A2
CMPA2_TG
MLV
DP_A
SP_A
SCTA
SSTA
PSIG
PSIG
dF
dF
CMPB1
CSB_B1
CMPB1_TG
CMPB2
CSB_B2
CMPB2_TG
DP_B
SP_B
SCTB
SSTB
COOL_B
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor B1 Timeguard
Compressor B2 Relay
Compressor B2 Feedback
Compressor B2 Timeguard
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cir B Suction Pressure
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
ECONDIAG
Economizer Active ?
Yes/No
ECACTIVE
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
DBC - OAT lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout?
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad ?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer forced ?
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
Cool Mode not in effect?
OAQ lockout in effect ?
Econ recovery hold off?
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
ECONOMZR
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
%
%
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
Economizer Active ?
Economizer Control Point
dF
ECACTIVE
ECONCPNT
Outside Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Controlling Return Temp
dF
dF
dF
OAT
EDT
RETURN_T
156
forcible
forcible
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
GENERAL
DISPLAY NAME
Occupied ?
RANGE
UNITS
Yes/No
POINT NAME
OCCUPIED
WRITE STATUS
forcible
Static Pressure
Building Pressure
"H2O
"H2O
SP
BP
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Rel.Humidity
%
%
OARH
RARH
forcible
forcible
Space Temperature Offset
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
Static Pressure Reset
^F
^F
SPTO
SASPRSET
SPRESET
forcible
forcible
forcible
%
IAQ
OAQ
IAQMINOV
forcible
forcible
forcible
dF
HT_STAGE
HEATCPNT
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
IAQ Min.Pos.Override
GENERIC
20 points dependent upon
the configuration of the
“generics” table in the
Service-Config section on page 156.
HEATING
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Heat Control Type……:
Re-Heat Control Type
Heating Mode………..:
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
Current Heat Stage
Heating Control Point
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
Heat Stage 1 Timeguard
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard
Heat Stage 3 Timeguard
Heat Stage 4 Timeguard
Heat Stage 5 Timeguard
Heat Stage 6 Timeguard
HS1_TG
HS2_TG
HS3_TG
HS4_TG
HS5_TG
HS6_TG
forcible
MODEDISP
System Mode…………:
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in effect
DCV resetting min pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ pre-occ purge active
Linkage Active - DAV
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
number
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC
MODETRIP
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
CTRLTEMP
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
HVAC Mode…………..:
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string
ascii text strings
TEMPCTRL
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Mixed Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Controlling Space Temp
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
157
EDT
LAT
MAT
RETURN_T
SPACE_T
forcible
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
TEMPS
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan
Return Air Temperature
Outside Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
DS Discharge Temperature
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
POINT NAME
SAT
RAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT23SGAS
LIMSWTMP
SCTA
SCTB
SSTA
SSTB
DTDS
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
TSTAT
Control Mode………..:
ascii text strings
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat G Input
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
Filter Status Input
Fan request from IGC
Fire Shutdown Switch
Thermostat G Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat Y1 Input
Economizer Control Input
Remote Economizer Enable
Econo Position Override
Remote Input State
Supply Fan Status Switch
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
IAQ - Discrete Input
Dehumidify Switch Input
Dirty/Clean
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
Alarm/Normal
Alarm/Normal
High/Low
On/Off
FLTS
IGCFAN
FSD
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1
ECOSW
ECONENBL
ECOORIDE
RMTIN
SFS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
PRES
EVAC
PURG
IAQIN
DHDISCIN
forcible
UINPUTS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
UOUTPUTS
FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Supply Fan Request
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Condenser Fan A
Condenser Fan B
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Minimum Load Valve
Digital Scroll Capacity
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
ECONOMIZER
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Power Relay
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
On/Off
0-100
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
%
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
20-100
On/Off
On/Off
%
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
0-100
0-100
On/Off
%
%
On/Off
158
SFAN_RLY
SFAN_VFD
SFANFORC
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
CONDFANA
CONDFANB
forcible
CMPA1
CMPA2
MLV
CMPDSCAP
CMPB1
CMPB2
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
forcible
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
ECON_PWR
forcible
forcible
ALRM
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SET POINT TABLE
TABLE
SET_PNT
NAME
RANGE
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering in Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP
40-99
40-99
40-99
40-99
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
80-100
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80
UNITS
POINT NAME
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC
DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50
CONFIG TABLES
TABLE
ALARMDEF
NAME
RANGE
Alarm Routing Control
Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Re-Alarm Time
Alarm System Name
00000000-11111111
0-7
1 - 240
1 - 255
up to 8 alphanum
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
Daylight Savings Start:
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
Daylight Savings Stop:
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
Device Name:
Description:
Location:
Software Part Number:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:
Broadcast Supervisory
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)
Occupancy Supervisory
Timed Override Hours
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
A-Series
A Series Rooftop
UNITS
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
ALRM_CNT
EQP_TYPE
RETRY_TM
RE-ALARM
ALRM_NAM
11000000
5
10
30
A-SERIES
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
4
1
7
60
1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
10
5
7
60
1-12
1-31
1-99
HOL-MON
HOL-DAY
HOL-LEN
0
0
0
0
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
OVR-EXT
DOW1
OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW2
OCCTOD2
UNOCTOD2
DOW3
OCCTOD3
UNOCTOD3
DOW4
OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW5
OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW6
OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW7
OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW8
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
min
min
BRODEFS
Ctlr-ID
HOLIDAY
HOLDY01S
to
HOLDY30S
OCCDEFCS
CESR131343-XX-XX
159
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
SCHEDOVR
NAME
RANGE
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
Accepting an Override:
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Allowed to Broadcast a
Global Sched. Override ?
0-99
Yes/No
0-4
0-4
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
55-80
55-80
40-80
75-95
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
UNITS
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
0
No
1
0
Yes/No
Yes/No
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
GLBLOVER
No
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
hours
hours
SET_PNT
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES
TABLE
ALLM
NAME
RANGE
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–10-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
–40-245
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
–0.25-0.25
–0.25-0.25
0-5000
Building Press. Config
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain
Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain
BP Setpoint Offset
BP VFD Minimum Speed
BP VFD Maximum Speed
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
Power Exhaust Motors
0=None,1=4 Mtr, 2=6 Mtr
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
RRHL
RRHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
0-3
5-120
0-5
0-2
0-5
0.0 - 0.5
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-2
BLDG_CFG
BPIDRATE
BLDGP_PG
BLDGP_IG
BLDGP_DG
BPSO
BLDGPMIN
BLDGPMAX
BLDGPFSO
PWRM
0
10
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.05
10
100
100
1
Enable/Disable
0-1
–0.25 -> 0.25
0-100
0-100
1-3
0-10
0.1-10
0-1
0-1
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
PES1
PES2
BPSELECT
BPPERIOD
BPZ_GAIN
BPHPLVL
BPLPLVL
Dsable
0.25
0.05
35
75
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
BP__
160
"H2O
%
%
min
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
COOL
NAME
RANGE
Capacity Threshold Adjust
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Minimum Load Valve?
Motor Master Control ?
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Rev. Rotation Verified ?
Hi SST Alert Delay Time
Enable Digital Scroll
DS Min Digital Capacity
Dig Scroll Adjust Delta
Dig Scroll Adjust Delay
Dig Scroll Reduce Delta
Dig Scroll Reduce Delay
Dig Scroll Reduction OAT
Dig Scroll Max Only OAT
Digital Scroll Capacity
–10 -> 10
–20 -> 55
0-600
Yes/No
Yes/No
80-150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
5-30
Yes/No
25-100
0-100
15-60
0-100
15-60
70-120
70-120
20-100
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
0-2
1-2
Yes/No
0-1
0-8
55-95
40-55
10-90
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
Contrast Adjustment
Brightness Adjustment
Off/On
0-1
Enable/Disable
0000-9999
–255 - 255
–255 - 255
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
–1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
–1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
0-3
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100
Economizer Installed ?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr trim for sumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0-3
1-5
18 - 32
55 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
1-3
0-2
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
0-2
0-720
40-70
UNITS
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
%
%
sec
%
sec
dF
dF
%
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
COOL_FOD
MLV_SEL
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
REVR_VER
HSSTTIME
DIGCMPEN
MINCAPDS
DSADJPCT
DSADJDLY
DSREDPCT
DSREDDLY
DSREDOAT
DSMAXOAT
DSCAPTST
1
40
60
No
No
110
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
No
10
No
50
100
20
6
30
95
105
0
^F
dF
dF
%
DHSELECT
DHSENSOR
DHECONEN
DHVHTCFG
DHVRAOFF
DHVHT_SP
DHCOOLSP
DHRELHSP
0
1
No
0
0
70
45
55
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
CNTR_ADJ
BRTS_ADJ
Off
0
Enable
1111
0
0
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
ECON_ENA
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
ECON_CTL
ECOSWCFG
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
Yes
20
98
Yes
1
2
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
0
120
50
dF
sec
dF
min
DEHU
DISP
DLVT
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec
DMDL
%
%
min
%
%
ECON
161
%
%
dF
dF
^F
^F
min
dF
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
T24_CFG
NAME
Economizer Installed ?
SAT Settling Time
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Log Title 24 Faults
T24 Econ Move Detect
T24 Econ Move SAT Test
T24 Econ Move SAT Change
T24 Econ RAT-OAT Diff
T24 Heat/Cool End Delay
T24 Test Minimum Pos.
T24 Test Maximum Pos.
RANGE
UNITS
Yes/No
secs
Yes/No
Yes/No
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
ECON_ENA
SAT_SET
HTLATMON
T24LOGFL
T24ECMDB
T24ECSTS
T24SATMD
T24RATDF
T24CHDLY
T24TSTMN
T24TSTMX
Yes
240
No
No
1
10
0.2
15
25
15
85
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS
0
2
10
Disable
HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
GAS_FOD
ELEC_FOD
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
0
85
No
No
45
30
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
1
1
90
ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
0
2000
0
2000
No
15
10
35
50
STATICFG
CVIDFVFD
STATPFAN
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
VFDHTMIN
SPRSTCFG
SPRRATIO
SPRLIMIT
ECONOSPR
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
STATP_SG
No
No
Yes
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
75
0
0.2
0.75
5
2
20
2
0
1
EDTR
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
0-3
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan-off Delay, Elec Heat
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
0-4
80-120
Yes/No
Yes/No
45-600
10-600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User determined OAQ
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
0 - 100
0 - 100
0-4
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0 - 100
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
–5 - 5
0 - 2000
0-5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60
0-100
0-100
35-70
Static Pres.VFD Control?
Constant Vol IDF is VFD?
Static Pres.Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
VFD Heating Min Speed
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio ("/dF)
SP Reset Limit in iwc(")
SP Reset Econo.Position
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
Static Press.System Gain
No
Yes/No
Yes
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
10 - 50
50 - 100
0 - 100
75-100
0-4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2.00
0 - 2.00
0 - 100
1 - 200
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
^F
HEAT
dF
^F
^F
sec
IAQ_
%
%
%
min
%
%
dF
SP__
162
"H2O
%
%
%
%
%
sec
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
TRIM
NAME
RANGE
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
Static Press. Trim (ma)
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma)
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–10 - 10
–30 - 30
–30 - 30
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–50 - 50
–2 - 2
–2 - 2
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.-Dehumid - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Press. Switch - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
POINT NAME
DEFAULT
SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
SCTATRIM
SCTBTRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM
SPMATRIM
BPMATRIM
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ECOSWLOG
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=auto, 1=cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan fail shuts down unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry time
Unit Size (20-60)
20,25,27,30,35,40,50,60
Disch. Press. Transducer
Suct. Pres. Trans. Type
Refrig: 0=R22 1=R410A
Cnd HX Typ:0=RTPF 1=MCHX
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
MAT Outside Air Default
Altitude……..in feet:
Startup Delay Time
TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool
Auxiliary Relay Config
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
1-6
0-1
0 -3
Yes/No
0-60
0-60
Yes/No
0-2
0-720
20-60
CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
DP_TRANS
SPXRTYPE
REFRIG_T
COILTYPE
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
MATOAPOS
ALTITUDE
DELAY
TSTATALL
AUXRELAY
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
No
0
POINT_01 Definition
POINT_02 Definition
POINT_03 Definition
POINT_04 Definition
POINT_05 Definition
POINT_06 Definition
POINT_07 Definition
POINT_08 Definition
POINT_09 Definition
POINT_10 Definition
POINT_11 Definition
POINT_12 Definition
POINT_13 Definition
POINT_14 Definition
POINT_15 Definition
POINT_16 Definition
POINT_17 Definition
POINT_18 Definition
POINT_19 Definition
POINT_20 Definition
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
SWLG
UNIT
Yes/No
0-1
0-1
0-1
0-2
Yes/No
0-100
0-60000
0-900
Yes/No
0-3
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
min
min
min
TONS
%
sec
^F
generics
163
POINT_01
POINT_02
POINT_03
POINT_04
POINT_05
POINT_06
POINT_07
POINT_08
POINT_09
POINT_10
POINT_11
POINT_12
POINT_13
POINT_14
POINT_15
POINT_16
POINT_17
POINT_18
POINT_19
POINT_20
1
No
20
0
0
No
0
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
ALARMS01
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_01
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_02
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_03
Active Alarm
------------------------
ascii
ascii
ALARM_04
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A1 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. A1 Status
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
Comp A1 Locked Out ?
Compressor A1 Strikes
Enable Compressor A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor A2 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. A2 Status
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
Comp A2 Locked Out ?
Compressor A2 Strikes
Enable Compressor A2
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B1 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. B1 Status
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
Comp B1 Locked Out ?
Compressor B1 Strikes
Enable Compressor B1
Compressor B2 Relay
Compressor B2 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. B2 Status
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Comp B2 Locked Out ?
Compressor B2 Strikes
Enable Compressor B2
Digital Scroll Capacity
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
CMPA1
CSB_A1
CSBA1ASC
CSB_A1EN
CMPA1LOK
CMPA1STR
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2
CSB_A2
CSBA2ASC
CSB_A2EN
CMPA2LOK
CMPA2STR
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1
CSB_B1
CSBB1ASC
CSB_B1EN
CMPB1LOK
CMPB1STR
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2
CSB_B2
CSBB2ASC
CSB_B2EN
CMPB2LOK
CMPB2STR
CMPB2ENA
CMPDSCAP
WRITE STATUS
follow same format for…
ALARMS02
ALARMS03
ALARMS04
ALARMS05
COMPRESR
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
20-100
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
DMANDLIM
Active Demand Limit
Percent Total Capacity
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
4-20 ma Demand Signal
Demand Limit at 20 ma
CCN Loadshed Signal
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
0-100
0-100
0-3
On/Off
On/Off
0-100
0-100
4-20
0-100
0-99
0-99
0-60
0-120
164
%
%
%
%
ma
%
%
min
DEM_LIM
CAPTOTAL
DMD_CTRL
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
DMDLMTMA
DMT20MA
DL_STAT
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
forcible
config
forcible
forcible
config
config
forcible
config
config
config
config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ECON_MIN
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
Econo Damper Command Pos
Econo Damper Current Pos
Econo Current Min. Pos.
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
Econo Position Override
IAQ Min.Pos.Override
Econ Remote 10K Pot Val.
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Confg
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Lockout Value
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
IAQ milliamps
OAQ milliamps
UNITS
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
ma
ma
POINT NAME
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
ECMINPOS
DAQ
ECOORIDE
IAQMINOV
ECON_POT
IAQ
OAQ
IAQIN
IAQMINP
ECONOMIN
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQLOCK
OAQANCFG
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
EC_DIAG
Economizer Active ?
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
DBC - OAT lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout?
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad ?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer forced ?
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
Cool Mode not in effect?
OAQ lockout in effect ?
Econ recovery hold off?
Outside Air Temperature
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
Return Air Temperature
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Enthalpy
High OAT Lockout Temp
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Supply Fan State
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Economizer Control Point
EDT Trend in degF/minute
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
Economizer Timer
Yes/No
ECACTIVE
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
ECONUNAV
ECONDISA
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
OAT
OADEWTMP
OARH
OAE
RAT
RARH
RAE
OAT_LOCK
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OADEWCFG
SFAN
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
EDT
ECONCPNT
EDTTREND
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
ERATETMR
dF
dF
%
dF
%
dF
dF
%
%
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
sec
165
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
T24_DIAG
Economizer Installed?
Return Air Temperature
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan
Outside Air Temperature
Occupied?
Supply Air State
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Economizer Act. Curr. Pos.
Economizer Act. Cmd. Pos
OK to Use Economizer?
Ok Test Mech. D/C Act.
Title 24 Previous SAT
Title 24 Econ Samp Pos
Title 24 SAT Check Time
Elapsed Seconds
Title 24 Test Mark
RAT-OAT OK for Title 24
Yes/No
degF
degF
degF
Yes/No
On/Off
%
%
%
Yes/No
Yes/No
degF
%
Yes/No
ECON_ENA
RAT
SAT
OAT
OCCUPIED
SFAN
SFAN_VFD
ECONOPOS
ECONOCMD
T24ECOOL
OKTSTMDA
T24PRSAT
T24ECSMP
T24SATCT
ELAPSECS
T24TSMRK
T24RO_OK
config
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
ENTHALPY
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Outside Air RH Sensor
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp
OutsideAir Humidty Ratio
OA H2O Vapor Sat.Pressur
OA H2O Partial.Press.Vap
Return Air Enthalpy
Return Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Temp Sensor
Return Air RH Sensor
Altitude……..in feet:
Atmospheric Pressure
dF
%
dF
dF
"Hg
"Hg
dF
dF
%
"Hg
OAE
OAT
OARH
OARHSENS
OADEWCFG
OADEWTMP
OA_HUMR
OA_PWS
OA_PWS
RAE
RAT
RETURN_T
RARH
RATSENS
RARHSENS
ALTITUDE
ATMOPRES
forcible
forcible
config
config
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
LINKDATA
Supervisory Element #
Supervisory Bus
Supervisory Block Number
Average Occup. Heat Stp.
Average Occup. Cool Stp.
Average Unocc. Heat Stp.
Average Unocc. Cool Stp.
Average Zone Temperature
Average Occup. Zone Temp
Linkage System Occupied?
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Last Unoccupied Day
Last Unoccupied Time
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
SUPE-ADR
SUPE-BUS
BLOCKNUM
AOHS
AOCS
AUHS
AUCS
AZT
AOZT
LOCC
LNEXTOCD
LNEXTOCC
LNEXTUOD
LNEXTUNC
LLASTUOD
LLASTUNC
MILLIAMP
IAQ milliamps
OAQ milliamps
SP Reset milliamps
4-20 ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset milliamps
OARH milliamps
RARH milliamps
BP milliamps
SP milliamps
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
SPRST_MA
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OARH_MA
RARH_MA
BP_MA
SP_MA
MODES
System Mode…………:
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in effect
DCV resetting min pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ pre-occ purge active
Linkage Active - DAV
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
0-24
166
MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC
forcible
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
OCCDEFME
DISPLAY NAME
Current Day, Time & Date:
Occupancy Controlled By:
Currently Occupied
Current Occupied Time
Current Unoccupied Time
Next Occupied Day & Time
Next Unocc. Day & Time
Last Unocc. Day & Time
Current Occup. Period #
Timed-Override in Effect
Timed-Override Duration
RANGE
UNITS
ascii date & time
ascii text
ascii text
ascii text
Yes/No
Yes/No
hours
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
TIMEDATE
OCDFTXT1
OCDFTXT2
OCDFTXT3
MODE_OCC
STRTTIME
ENDTIME
NXTOC_DT
NXTUN_DT
PRVUN_DT
PER_NO
OVERLAST
OVR_HRS
PRESBLDG
Building Pressure
Econo Damper Current Pos
Power Exhaust Stage A
Power Exhaust Stage B
Power Exhaust Stage C
BP Load Factor
BP Rise Per Stage
BP PID/Integral Term
BP PID Threshold
BP Deadband
Building Pressure Error
Rate of Chng of BPERROR
High BP Override
Low BP Override
"H2O
%
Static Pressure
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Static Pressure Setpoint
Static Pressure Reset
"H2O
%
"H2O
BP
ECONOPOS
PE_A
PE_B
PE_C
BPSMZ
BPRISE
BPINT
BPZ
BPY
BPERROR
BPRATE
BPHPOVRD
BPLPOVRD
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
SP
SFAN_VFD
SPSP
SPRESET
config
forcible
PRESDUCT
STAGEGAS
Heating Mode………..:
Requested Heat Stage
Heating Control Point
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
Heat PID Timer
Staged Gas Capacity Calc
Current Running Capacity
Proportional Cap. Change
Derivative Cap. Change
Maximum Heat Stages
Hi Limit Switch Tmp Mode
LAT Cutoff Mode
Capacity Clamp Mode
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
sec
%
%
HT_STAGE
HEATCPNT
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS
LIMSWTMP
HTSGTIMR
HTSGCALC
HTSG_CAP
HTSG_P
HTSG_D
HTMAXSTG
LIMTMODE
LATCMODE
CAPMODE
STRTHOUR
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
hours
hours
hours
hours
167
HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
UNITS
POINT NAME
WRITE STATUS
SUMZ
Cooling Control Point
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Return Air Temperature
Outside Air Temperature
Econo Damper Current Pos
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
COOLCPNT
MAT
EDT
RAT
OAT
ECONOPOS
Z_GAIN
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG
Reset All Current Alarms
Reset the Device
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Emergency Stop
CEM AN1 10K temp J5,1-2
CEM AN2 10K temp J5,3-4
CEM AN3 10K temp J5,5-6
CEM AN4 10K temp J5,7-8
CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5,1-2
CEM AN2 4-20 ma J5,3-4
CEM AN3 4-20 ma J5,5-6
CEM AN4 4-20 ma J5,7-8
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
-40 - 240
-40 - 240
-40 - 240
-40 - 240
0-20
0-20
0-20
0-20
ALRESET
RESETDEV
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
EMSTOP
CEM10K1
CEM10K2
CEM10K3
CEM10K4
CEM4201
CEM4202
CEM4203
CEM4204
config
config
config
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
Compressor A1 Relay
Compressor A2 Relay
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Compressor B1 Relay
Compressor B2 Relay
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
CMPA1TST
CMPA2TST
MLV_TST
CMPB1TST
CMPB2TST
test
test
test
test
test
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
ON/OFF
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
SFAN_TST
SGVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
test
test
test
test
Requested Heat Stage
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
0-MAX
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
HTST_TST
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
Economizer Position Test
Economizer Power Test
Calibrate the Economizer?
Power Exhaust Relay A
Power Exhaust Relay B
Power Exhaust Relay C
Heat Interlock Relay
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ECONCTST
ECONPTST
ECON_CAL
PE_A_TST
PE_B_TST
PE_C_TST
HIR_TST
ALRM_TST
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
MBB
CESR131343ECB1
CESR131249ECB2
CESR131465SCB
CESR131226CEM
CESR131174MARQUEE CESR131171NAVIGATOR CESR130227-
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
MBB_SW
ECB1_SW
ECB2_SW
SCB_SW
CEM_SW
MARQ_SW
NAVI_SW
SYSTEM
dF
dF
dF
dF
ma
ma
ma
ma
TESTCOOL
TESTFANS
%
TESTHEAT
TESTINDP
VERSIONS
168
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
TIME SCHEDULE CONFIG TABLE
Allowable Entries: Day not selected = 0 Day selected = 1
Period 1:
Period 2:
Period 3:
Period 4:
Period 5:
Period 6:
Period 7:
Period 8:
DAY FLAGS
MTWTFSSH
OCCUPIED
TIME
UNOCCUPIED
TIME
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
169
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION
On variable air volume units with optional VFD, the supply
fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase VFD. The VFD is located
in the supply fan section behind a removable panel. The VFD
speed is controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls
through a 4 to 20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure
sensor. The VFD has a display, which can be used for service
diagnostics, but setup of the building pressure and control loop
factors should be done through the scrolling marquee display.
The VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent
condensation from forming on the boards during the off mode
and is stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 4 mA
signal to the VFD).
The A Series units use ABB VFDs. The interface wiring for
the VFDs is shown in Fig. A. The VFD connects through
an isolation board to the 4 to 20 mA RCB board. Terminal
designations are shown in Table A. Configurations are shown
in Table B.
Table A — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-16 (DI-4)
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND)
FUNCTION
Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
Maximum Input Voltage Level
Factory-supplied jumper
Run (factory-supplied jumper)
Start Enable 1 (Factory-supplied jumper). When
opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input
A48-7712
Fig. A — VFD Wiring
170
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table B — VFD Configurations
PARAMETER GROUP
Start-Up Data
Start/Stop/Dir
Analog Inputs
Relay Outputs
System Controls
OVER RIDE
Accel/Decel
MOTOR
PARAMETER TITLE
LANGUAGE
APPLIC MACRO
MOTOR CTRL MODE
MOTOR NOM VOLT
MOTOR NOM CURR
MOTOR NOM FREQ
MOTOR NOM SPEED
EXT1 COMMANDS
DIRECTION
MINIMUM AI1
MAXIMUM AI1
RELAY OUTPUT 1
RELAY OUTPUT 2
RELAY OUTPUT 3
RUN ENABLE
START ENABLE 1
OVERRIDE SEL
OVERRIDE FREQ
OVERRIDE SPEED
OVER PASS CODE
OVERRIDE
STOP FUNCTION
ACCELER TIME 1
DECELER TIME 1
SWITCHING FREQ
PARAMETER INDEX
9901
9902
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
1001
1003
1301
1302
1401
1402
1403
1601
1608
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
2102
2202
2203
2606
VFD Operation — The VFD keypad is shown in Fig. B.
The function of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on
what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT KEY 1
matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the display
screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the word in the
lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the box is empty,
then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on that specific
screen. The UP and DOWN keys are used to navigate through
the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off the VFD. The
AUTO key is used to change control of the drive to automatic
control. The HAND key is used to change control of the drive
to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is used to access
the help screens.
CARRIER DEFAULT
ENGLISH
USER 1
SCALAR: FREQ
460v
*TBD*
60 Hz
1750 rpm
DI-1
REVERSE
20.0 %
100.0 %
STARTED
RUN
FAULT (-1)
NOT SELECTED
DI-4
DI-3
60 Hz
1750 rpm
ENTERED
ON
RAMP
30.0s
30.0s
8 kHz
START UP WITH ASSISTANT — Initial start-up has been
performed at the factory. To start up the VFD with the Start-Up
Assistant or reset the VFD with the Carrier defaults, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Carrier Assistant
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Carrier Assistant will ask questions to determine the
correct parameters for the VFD. Select the desired values
and press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The
process will continue until all the parameters are set.
a. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this an Air
Handler or Rooftop?” Select “Rooftop.”
b. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this a High E or
Premium E motor?” Select the correct efficiency
type.
c. If the VFD can be used with two different size
(HP) motors, then the Carrier Assistant will ask the
user to choose the proper HP. Select the correct
motor horsepower.
START UP BY CHANGING PARAMETERS INDIVIDUALLY — Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start up
the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
A39-2918
Fig. B — VFD Keypad
171
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
remote input control. To start the drive press the HAND or
AUTO buttons, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the application macro “HVAC Default.”
A48-7713
Fig. C — Standard Display Example
To adjust the speed in HAND mode, press the UP or
DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The
reference can be modified in the local control (HAND) mode,
and can be parameterized (using Group 11 reference select) to
also allow modification in the remote control mode.
PARAMETERS MODE — The Parameters mode is used
to change the parameters on the drive. To change parameters,
perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the Carrier application macro.
START-UP ASSISTANT MODE — To use the Start-Up
Assistant, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Start-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select the desired values and press
SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The process
will continue until all the parameters are set. The assistant
checks to make sure that entered values are in range.
The assistant is divided into separate tasks. The user can
activate the tasks one after the other or independently. The
tasks are typically done in this order: Application, References
1 and 2, Start/Stop Control, Protections, Constant Speeds, PID
Control, Low Noise Setup, Panel Display, Timed Functions,
and Outputs.
VFD Modes — The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, and diagnosing the VFD. The modes
are:
• Standard Display mode — shows drive status information and operates the drive
• Parameters mode — edits parameter values individually
• Start-up Assistant mode — guides the start-up and
configuration
• Changed Parameters mode — shows all changed
parameters
• Drive Parameter Backup mode — stores or uploads the
parameters
• Clock Set mode — sets the time and date for the drive
• I/O Settings mode — checks and edits the I/O settings
STANDARD DISPLAY MODE — Use the standard display
mode to read information on the drive status and operate the
drive. To reach the standard display mode, press EXIT until the
LCD display shows status information as described below. See
Fig. C.
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status
information of the drive. The HAND icon indicates that the
drive control is local from the control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive is in remote control mode, such as the
basic I/O (X1) or field bus.
The arrow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.
A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates
that the drive is running and at set point and the shaft direction
is forward or reverse. A rotating blinking arrow indicates that
the drive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow
indicates that the drive is stopped. For Carrier rooftop units, the
correct rotation is counterclockwise.
The upper right corner shows the frequency set point that
the drive will maintain.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 parameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in percentages, 0104 (CURRENT) in amperes, and 0120 (AI1) in
milliamperes.
The bottom corners of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. The lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The first time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF mode.
To switch to local hand-held control and control the drive using
the control panel, press and hold the HAND button. Pressing
the HAND button switches the drive to hand control while
keeping the drive running. Press the AUTO button to switch to
172
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
5. The text “Restoring Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download Application Parameters — To download application parameters only to the control panel from the VFD,
perform the following procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
APPLICATION and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Downloading Parameters (partial)” will be
displayed with a progress indicator. To stop the process,
select ABORT (SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
CLOCK SET MODE — The clock set mode is used for
setting the date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In
order to use the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal
clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and
is visible in the fault logs.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
CHANGED PARAMETERS MODE — The Changed Parameters mode is used to view and edit recently changed parameters
on the drive. To view the changed parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to change
the parameter if desired.
4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to exit the Changed Parameters mode.
DRIVE PARAMETER BACKUP MODE — The drive parameter back up mode is used to export the parameters from one
drive to another. The parameters can be uploaded from a VFD
to the removable control panel. The control panel can then be
transferred to another drive and the parameters downloaded into
memory.
Depending on the motor and application, there are two
options available. The first option is to download all parameters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the
drive from the control panel. This is recommended when using
the same application for drives of the same size. This can also
be used to create a backup of the parameters group for the
drive.
The second option downloads only the application parameters to the drive. This is recommended when using the same application for drives of different sizes. Parameters 9905, 9906,
9907, 9908, 9909, 1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 parameters
and internal motor parameters are not copied.
Upload All Parameters — To upload and store parameters in
the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The text “Copying Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
5. When the upload is complete, the text “Parameter upload
successful” will be displayed.
6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download All Parameters — To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
173
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
The fault code on the control panel display is temporary.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappears after a few
seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still
active.
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING) — For less severe
errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameter
(0308 or 0309)
• overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
CORRECTING FAULTS — The recommended corrective
action for faults is shown in the Fault Listing Table C. The
VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If an external source
for a start command is selected and is active, the VFD may
start immediately after fault reset.
To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the
power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED
(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off
the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter
1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial communication could also be used to reset the drive. When the fault
has been corrected, the motor can be started.
HISTORY — For reference, the last three fault codes are
stored into parameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional
data (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For example, a parameter 0404 stores the motor
speed at the time of the fault. To clear the fault history (all of
Group 04, Fault History parameters), follow these steps:
1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter
0401.
2. Press EDIT.
3. Press the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously.
4. Press SAVE.
CORRECTING ALARMS — To correct alarms, first determine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (action is not
always required). Use Table D to find and address the root
cause of the problem.
If diagnostics troubleshooting has determined that the
drive is defective during the warranty period, contact
ABB Automation Inc., at 1-800-435-7365, option 4, option 3.
A qualified technician will review the problem with the caller
and make a determination regarding how to proceed. This may
involve dispatching a designated service station (DSS) representative from an authorized station, dispatching a replacement
unit, or advising return for repair.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
I/O SETTINGS MODE — The I/O Settings mode is used for
viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETTINGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select the parameter to
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter
setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
Third Party Controls — For conversion to third party
control of the VFD, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-13 (control of VFD start/stop).
2. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-16 and replace with a normally closed safety contact
for control of VFD start enable.
3. Install speed signal wires to AI-1 and AGND. This input
is set at the factory for a 4 to 20 mA signal. If a 0 to
10 vdc signal is required, change DIP switch J1 (located
above the VFD control terminal strip) to OFF (right
position to left position) and change parameter 1301 to
0% from 20%.
VFD Diagnostics — The drive detects error situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• the Fault Word and Alarm Word parameter bits (parameters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the error.
The user can specify the severity for many errors by directing
the drive to ignore the error situation, report the situation as an
alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT) — The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe error, or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter
(0305 to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
VFD Maintenance — If installed in an appropriate envi-
ronment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table E lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended by Carrier.
HEAT SINK — The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty sink is less efficient at cooling the
drive, overtemperature faults become more likely. In a normal
environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty environment check more often.
174
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table C — Fault Codes
FAULT
CODE
FAULT NAME
IN PANEL
1
OVERCURRENT
2
DC OVERVOLT
3
DEV OVERTEMP
4
5
SHORT CIRC
OVERLOAD
6
DC UNDERVOLT
7
AI1 LOSS
8
AI2 LOSS
9
MOT OVERTEMP
10
PANEL LOSS
11
ID RUN FAIL
12
MOTOR STALL
13
14
15
RESERVED
EXT FAULT 1
EXT FAULT 2
16
EARTH FAULT
17
UNDERLOAD
18
19
20
21
22
23
THERM FAIL
OPEX LINK
OPEX PWR
CURR MEAS
SUPPLY PHASE
RESERVED
24
OVERSPEED
25
26
27
RESERVED
DRIVE ID
CONFIG FILE
28
SERIAL 1 ERR
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
101-105
201-206
EFB CON FILE
FORCE TRIP
EFB 1
EFB 2
EFB 3
MOTOR PHASE
OUTP WIRING
SYSTEM ERROR
SYSTEM ERROR
1000
PAR HZRPM
1001
PAR PFA REFNG
1002
PAR PFA IOCNF
1003
PAR AI SCALE
1004
PAR AO SCALE
1005
PAR PCU 2
1006
PAR EXT RO
1007
PAR FBUS
1008
PAR PFA MODE
1009
PAR PCU 1
1010
OVERRIDE/PFA
CONFLICT
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time (parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1,
default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or connections.
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the air flow, dirt or dust
coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient temperature, or excessive motor load.
Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.
Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on
main circuit.
Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001 AI<MIN FUNCTION.
Analog input 2 loss. Analog input value is less than AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022). Check source and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022) and 3001 AI<MIN FUNCTION.
Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate (3005 through
3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
Panel communication is lost and either drive is in local control mode (the control panel displays LOC), or drive is in remote control
mode (REM) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct check the communication lines and connections. Check parameter 3002 PANEL COMM ERROR, parameters in Group 10: Command Inputs and Group
11:Reference Select (if drive operation is REM).
The motor ID run was not completed successfully. Check motor connections.
Motor or process stall. Motor is operating in the stall region. Check for excessive load or insufficient motor power. Check parameters
3010 through 3012.
Not used.
Digital input defined to report first external fault is active. See parameter 3003 EXTERNAL FAULT 1.
Digital input defined to report second external fault is active. See parameter 3004 EXTERNAL FAULT 2.
The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the motor or motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not
exceed maximum specified length.
Motor load is lower than expected. Check for disconnected load. Check parameters 3013 UNDERLOAD FUNCTION through 3015
UNDERLOAD CURVE.
Internal fault. The thermistor measuring the internal temperature of the drive is open or shorted. Contact Carrier.
Internal fault. A communication-related problem has been detected between the OMIO and OINT boards. Contact Carrier.
Internal fault. Low voltage condition detected on the OINT board. Contact Carrier.
Internal fault. Current measurement is out of range. Contact Carrier.
Ripple voltage in the DC link is too high. Check for missing main phase or blown fuse.
Not used.
Motor speed is greater than 120% of the larger (in magnitude) of 2001 MINIMUM SPEED or 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED parameters.
Check parameter settings for 2001 and 2002. Check adequacy of motor braking torque. Check applicability of torque control. Check
brake chopper and resistor.
Not used.
Internal fault. Configuration block drive ID is not valid.
Internal configuration file has an error. Contact Carrier.
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
Error in reading the configuration file for the field bus adapter.
Fault trip forced by the field bus. See the field bus reference literature.
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
Fault in the motor circuit. One of the motor phases is lost. Check for motor fault, motor cable fault, thermal relay fault, or internal fault.
Error in power wiring suspected. Check that input power wired to drive output. Check for ground faults.
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:
2001 MINIMUM SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
2001 MINIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2002 MAXIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2007 MINIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: - 128/+128
2008 MAXIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: - 128/+128
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active.
Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match with Interlock configuration, when 8123
PFA ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117
NR OF AUX MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI 1 MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305
AI 2 MAX.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN >
1511 AO 2 MAX.
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor nominal power. Check the following
parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746
* 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in US)
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and 1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4
through 6 have non-zero values.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g., 1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)),
but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.
Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must = 3 (SCALAR SPEED) when 8123 PFA ENABLE activated.
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16
0.8 < 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in
the override mode.
175
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table D — Alarm Codes
ALARM
CODE
ALARM NAME
IN PANEL
2001
—
Reserved
2002
—
Reserved
2003
—
Reserved
2004
DIR LOCK
2005
I/O COMM
2006
AI1 LOSS
2007
AI2 LOSS
2008
PANEL LOSS
2009
—
2010
MOT OVERTEMP
2011
UNDERLOAD
2012
MOTOR STALL
2013*
AUTORESET
2014*
AUTOCHANGE
2015
PFA INTERLOCK
2016
2017*
—
OFF BUTTON
2018*
PID SLEEP
2019
2020
ID RUN
OVERRIDE
START ENABLE 1
MISSING
START ENABLE 2
MISSING
EMERGENCY STOP
2021
2022
2023
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
The change in direction being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if reverse operation is safe).
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM
FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections
and/or noise on line.
Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel displays HAND), or
the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference
from the control panel. To correct, check the communication lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL
LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation
is REM).
Reserved
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm warns that a Motor
Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate
(3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be near. Check
that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive). Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.
Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be near.
This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start the motor. To
control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter group 81 (PFA)
and the Pump Alternation macro.
This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start any motor (when
Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not used).
Reserved
This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters
4022 through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
The VFD is performing an ID run.
Override mode is activated.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function, use parameter
1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function, use parameter
1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
Emergency stop is activated.
*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm conditions, parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 (ALARM) or 16 (FLT/ALARM).
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the cooling fan.
3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) from bottom to top
and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air outlet
to trap the dust. If there a risk of the dust entering adjoining
equipment, perform the cleaning in another room.
4. Replace the cooling fan.
5. Restore power.
Table E — Maintenance Intervals
176
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL
Heat Sink Temperature
Check and Cleaning
Main Cooling Fan
Replacement
Internal Enclosure Cooling
Fan Replacement
Capacitor Change
(Frame Size R5 and R6)
HVAC Control Panel
Battery Change
Every 6 to 12 months (depending
on the dustiness of the environment)
Every five years
Every three years
Every ten years
Every ten years
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT — The main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan
temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient temperatures and drive loads).
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in
spite of heat sink cleaning. If the drive is operated in a critical
part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these
symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are available
from Carrier.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R1 through R4,
perform the following (see Fig. D):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive cover.
3. For frame sizes R1 and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,
press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan
mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
4. Disconnect the fan cable.
5. Install the new fan by reversing Steps 2 to 4.
6. Restore power.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R5 and R6, perform
the following (see Fig. E):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the screws attaching the fan.
3. Disconnect the fan cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
INTERNAL ENCLOSURE FAN REPLACEMENT — The
VFD IP 54 / UL Type 12 enclosures have an additional internal
fan to circulate air inside the enclosure.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R1 to
R4, perform the following (see Fig. F):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.
3. The housing that holds the fan in place has barbed retaining clips at each corner. Press all four clips toward the
center to release the barbs.
4. When the clips/barbs are free, pull the housing up to remove from the drive.
5. Disconnect the fan cable.
6. Install the fan in reverse order, noting the following: the
fan airflow is up (refer to arrow on fan); the fan wire
harness is toward the front; the notched housing barb is
located in the right-rear corner; and the fan cable connects
just forward of the fan at the top of the drive.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R5 or
R6, perform the following:
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.
3. Lift the fan out and disconnect the cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
3
3
4
2
A39-2922
Fig. D — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1-R4)
Bottom View (R5)
3
2
A48-7714
Bottom View (R6)
3
2
A48-7715
Fig. E — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)
CONTROL PANEL CLEANING — Use a soft damp cloth
to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT — A battery is only used in assistant control panels that have the clock function available and
enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory
during power interruptions. The expected life for the battery is
greater than ten years. To remove the battery, use a coin to
rotate the battery holder on the back of the control panel.
Replace the battery with type CR2032.
177
APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
A48-7716
Fig. F — Internal Enclosure Fan Replacement
178
APPENDIX D — MODE SELECTION PROCESS
HVAC mode:
("Off
")
— The unit is off and no operating modes are active.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering Vent ")
— The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the supply air temperature has dropped below the
tempering vent set point. Gas heat is used to
temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering LoCool")
— The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside-air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply-air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering HiCool")
— The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
(“Re-Heat”)
— The unit is operating in reheat mode.
HVAC mode:
(“Dehumidification”)
— The unit is operating in dehumidification mode.
HVAC mode:
("Vent
")
— This is a normal operation mode where no heating
or cooling is required and outside air is being
delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC mode:
("Low Cool
")
— This is a normal cooling mode when a low cooling
demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("High Cool
")
— This is a normal cooling mode when a high
cooling demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("Low Heat
")
— This is a normal heating mode when a low
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("High Heat
")
— This is a normal heating mode when a high
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("Unocc. Free Cool")
— In this mode the unit will operate in cooling but
will be using the economizer for free cooling.
Entering this mode will depend on the status of the
outside air. The unit can be configured for outside
air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover,
outside air enthalpy changeover, differential
enthalpy changeover, or a custom arrangement
of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See the
Economizer section for further details.
NOTE: There is also a transitional mode whereby the machine
may be waiting for relay timeguards to expire before shutting
the machine completely down:
HVAC mode:
("Shutting Down ")
The following section is to be used in conjunction with
Fig. 4 on page 34. To help determine why the unit controls are
in a certain mode, the programming logic is provided below.
The software will proceed, step by step, until a mode is
reached. If an “If” statement is true, then that mode will be entered. The “Else” statement refers to other possible choices.
If the System Mode is OFF:
{ If the fire shut down input (InputsFIREFSD)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Fire Shut Down ") OFF
Else
HVAC mode:
("Disabled
") OFF}
Else If: The rooftop is not in “factory test” and a fire
smoke-control mode is “alarming”:
{ If the pressurization input (InputsFIREPRES)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Pressurization ")
Else If the evacuation input (InputsFIREEVAC)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Evacuation ")
Else If the smoke purge input (InputsFIREPURG)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Smoke Purge ")}
Else If: Someone changed the machine’s
control type (ConfigurationUNITC.TYP) during
run time, a 15 second delay is called out:
{
HVAC mode:
("Disabled
") OFF}
Else If: The System Mode is TEST:
{
HVAC mode:
("Test
")}
Else If: The “soft stop” command (Service TestS.STP)
is forced to YES:
{
HVAC mode:
("SoftStop Request")}
Else If: The remote switch config (Configuration
UNITRM.CF)=2; “start/stop”, and the remote
input state (InputsGEN.IREMT)=ON:
{
HVAC mode:
("Rem. Sw. Disable") OFF}
Else If: Configured for static pressure control
(ConfigurationSPSP.CF = 1,2) and the static
pressure sensor (PressuresAIR.PSP) fails:
{
HVAC mode:
("Static Pres.Fail") OFF}
Else If: Configured for supply fan status monitoring
(ConfigurationUNITSFS.M = 1,2) and
configured to shut the unit down on fan status fail
(ConfigurationUNITSFS.S = YES)
{
HVAC mode:
("Fan Status Fail ") OFF}
Else If: The unit is just waking up from a power reset
{
HVAC mode:
("Starting Up ") OFF}
Else If: A compressor is diagnosed as being “Stuck On”
{
HVAC mode:
("Comp. Stuck On ")}
Else The control is free to select the normal heating/
cooling HVAC modes:
179
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER
5
6
6
2 34
7 8
9 0
10's
1
user must give the UPC Open controller an address that is
unique on the BACnet* network. Perform the following procedure to assign an address:
1. If the UPC Open controller is powered, pull the screw terminal connector from the controller's power terminals labeled Gnd and HOT. The controller reads the address
each time power is applied to it.
2. Using the rotary switches (see Fig. G and H), set the controller's address. Set the Tens (10's) switch to the tens digit of the address, and set the Ones (1's) switch to the ones
digit.
As an example in Fig. G, if the controller’s address is 25,
point the arrow on the Tens (10's) switch to 2 and the arrow on
the Ones (1's) switch to 5.
5
To Address the UPC Open Controller — The
2 34
7 8
9 0
1
The following section is used to configure the UPC Open.
The UPC Open controller is mounted in a separate enclosure
below the main control box.
a48-8578
1's
Fig. G — Address Rotary Switches
BACNET DEVICE INSTANCE ADDRESS — The UPC
Open controller also has a BACnet Device Instance address.
This Device Instance MUST be unique for the complete BACnet system in which the UPC Open controller is installed. The
Device Instance is auto generated by default and is derived by
adding the MAC address to the end of the Network Number.
The Network Number of a new UPC Open controller is 16101,
but it can be changed using i-Vu® Tools or BACView device.
By default, a MAC address of 20 will result in a Device Instance of 16101 + 20 which would be a Device Instance of
1610120.
a48-8579
BT485
TERMINATOR
BACNET
CONNECTION
(BAS PORT)
POWER LED
Tx1 LED
Rx1 LED
Tx2 LED
Rx2 LED
23
45
01
8
67 9
EIA-485
JUMPERS
01
8
67 9
23
45
BACNET
BAUD RATE
DIP SWITCHES
ADDRESS
ROTARY
SWITCHES
RUN LED
ERROR LED
Fig. H — UPC Open Controller
* Sponsored by ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers).
a48-8581
180
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
Configuring the BAS Port for BACnet MS/
TP — Use the same baud rate and communication settings
for all controllers on the network segment. The UPC Open
controller is fixed at 8 data bits, No Parity, and 1 Stop bit for
this protocol's communications.
If the UPC Open controller has been wired for power, pull
the screw terminal connector from the controller's power terminals labeled Gnd and HOT. The controller reads the DIP
Switches and jumpers each time power is applied to it.
Set the BAS Port DIP switch DS3 to “enable.” Set the BAS
Port DIP switch DS4 to “E1485.” Set the BMS Protocol DIP
switches DS8 through DS5 to”MSTP.” See Table F.
a48-8580
Fig. I — DIP Switches
Table F — SW3 Protocol Switch Settings
for MS/TP
DS8
Off
DS7
Off
DS6
Off
DS5
Off
DS4
On
Wire the controllers on an MS/TP network segment in a daisy-chain configuration. Wire specifications for the cable are
22 AWG (American Wire Gage) or 24 AWG, low-capacitance,
twisted, stranded, shielded copper wire. The maximum length
is 2000 ft.
Install a BT485 terminator on the first and last controller on
a network segment to add bias and prevent signal distortions
due to echoing. See Fig. H, J, and K.
To wire the UPC Open controller to the BAS network:
1. Pull the screw terminal connector from the controller's
BAS Port.
2. Check the communications wiring for shorts and
grounds.
3. Connect the communications wiring to the BAS port’s
screw terminals labeled Net +, Net -, and Shield.
NOTE: Use the same polarity throughout the network
segment.
4. Insert the power screw terminal connector into the UPC
Open controller's power terminals if they are not currently connected.
5. Verify communication with the network by viewing a
module status report. To perform a module status report
using the BACview keypad/display unit, press and hold
the “FN” key then press the “.” Key.
DS3
Off
Verify that the EIA-485 jumpers below the CCN Port are set
to EIA-485 and 2W.
The example in Fig. J shows the BAS Port DIP Switches set
for 76.8k (Carrier default) and MS/TP.
Set the BAS Port DIP Switches DS2 and DS1 for the appropriate communications speed of the MS/TP network (9600,
19.2k, 38.4k, or 76.8k bps). See Fig. I and Table G.
Table G — Baud Selection Table
BAUD RATE
9,600
19,200
38,400
76,800
DS2
Off
On
Off
On
DS1
Off
Off
On
On
Wiring the UPC Open Controller to the MS/TP
Network — The UPC Open controller communicates using
BACnet on an MS/TP network segment communications at
9600 bps, 19.2 kbps, 38.4 kbps, or 76.8 kbps.
Fig. J — Network Wiring
181
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
a48-8582
Fig. K — BT485 Terminator Installation
temperature rating specifications list two acceptable alternatives. The Halar specification has a higher temperature rating
and a tougher outer jacket than the SmokeGard specification,
and it is appropriate for use in applications where the user is
concerned about abrasion. The Halar jacket is also less likely to
crack in extremely low temperatures.
NOTE: Use the specified type of wire and cable for maximum
signal integrity.
To install a BT485 terminator, push the BT485 terminator,
on to the BT485 connector located near the BACnet connector.
NOTE: The BT485 terminator has no polarity associated with
it.
To order a BT485 terminator, consult Commercial Products
i-Vu® Open Control System Master Prices.
MS/TP Wiring Recommendations — Recommen-
dations are shown in Tables H and I. The wire jacket and UL
Table H — MS/TP Wiring Recommendations
SPECIFICATION
Cable
Conductor
Insulation
Color code
Twist Lay
Shielding
Jacket
DC resistance
Capacitance
Characteristic impedance
Weight
UL Temperature Rating
Voltage
Listing
AWG
CL2P
DC
FEP
NEC
O.D.
TC
UL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RECOMMMENDATION
Single twisted pair, low capacitance, CL2P, 22 AWG (7x30), TC foam FEP, plenum rated cable
22 or 24 AWG stranded copper (tin plated)
Foamed FEP 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) wall 0.060 in. (1.524 mm) O.D.
Black/White
2 in. (50.8 mm) lay on pair 6 twists/foot (20 twists/meter) nominal
Aluminum/Mylar shield with 24 AWG TC drain wire
SmokeGard Jacket (SmokeGard PVC) 0.021 in. (0.5334 mm) wall 0.175 in. (4.445 mm) O.D.
Halar Jacket (E-CTFE) 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) wall 0.144 in. (3.6576 mm) O.D.
15.2 Ohms/1000 feet (50 Ohms/km) nominal
12.5 pF/ft (41 pF/meter) nominal conductor to conductor
100 Ohms nominal
12 lb/1000 feet (17.9 kg/km)
SmokeGard 167°F (75°C)
Halar -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C)
300 Vac, power limited
UL: NEC CL2P, or better
LEGEND
American Wire Gage
Class 2 Plenum Cable
Direct Current
Fluorinated Ethylene Polymer
National Electrical Code
Outside Diameter
Tinned Copper
Underwriters Laboratories
182
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
Table I — Open System Wiring Specifications and Recommended Vendors
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS
Wire Type
RECOMMENDED VENDORS AND PART NUMBERS
Connect Air
Contractors
Belden RMCORP Wire and Cable
International
Description
22 AWG, single twisted shielded pair, low capacitance, CL2P,
TC foam FEP, plenum rated. See MS/TP Installation Guide for
specifications.
MS/TP
Network (RS-485) 24 AWG, single twisted shielded pair, low capacitance, CL2P,
TC foam FEP, plenum rated. See MS/TP Installation Guide
for specifications.
Rnet
4 conductor, unshielded, CMP, 18 AWG, plenum rated.
AWG
CL2P
CMP
FEP
TC
—
—
—
—
—
W221P-22227
—
25160PV
CLP0520LC
W241P-2000F
82841
25120-OR
—
W184C-2099BLB
6302UE
21450
CLP0442
LEGEND
American Wire Gage
Class 2 Plenum Cable
Communications Plenum Rated
Fluorinated Ethylene Polymer
Tinned Copper
be running on a laptop computer that is connected to the local
access port on the UPC Open controller. The laptop will require an additional USB link cable for connection.
See the BACview Installation and User Guide for instructions on connecting and using the BACview6 device.
To order a BACview6 Handheld (BV6H), consult Commercial Products i-Vu Open Control System Master Prices.
Local access to the UPC Open — The user can
use a BACview6 handheld keypad display unit or the Virtual
BACview software as a local user interface to an Open controller. These items let the user access the controller network information. These are accessory items and do not come with the
UPC Open controller.
The BACview6 unit connects to the local access port on the
UPC Open controller. See Fig. L. The BACview software must
a48-8583
Fig. L — BACview6 Device Connection
183
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
Troubleshooting — If there are problems wiring or ad-
Configuring the UPC Open Controller's Properties — The UPC Open device and ComfortLink controls
dressing the UPC Open controller, contact Carrier Technical
Support.
COMMUNICATION LEDS — The LEDs indicate if the
controller is communicating with the devices on the network.
See Tables J and K. The LEDs should reflect communication
traffic based on the baud rate set. The higher the baud rate the
more solid the LEDs become. See Fig. H for location of LEDs
on UPC Open module.
REPLACING THE UPC OPEN BATTERY — The UPC
Open controller's 10-year lithium CR2032 battery provides a
minimum of 10,000 hours of data retention during power
outages.
must be set to the same CCN Address (Element) number and
CCN Bus number. The factory default settings for CCN Element and CCN Bus number are 1 and 0 respectively.
If modifications to the default Element and Bus number are
required, both the ComfortLink and UPC Open configurations
must be changed.
The following configurations are used to set the CCN Address and Bus number in the ComfortLink controls. These configurations can be changed using the scrolling marquee display
or accessory Navigator handheld device.
Configuration→CCN→CCN.A (CCN Address)
Configuration→CCN→CCN.B (CCN Bus Number)
The following configurations are used to set the CCN Address and Bus Number in the UPC Open controller. These configurations can be changed using the accessory BACview6
display.
Navigation: BACview→CCN
Home: Element Comm Stat
Element: 1
Bus: 0
IMPORTANT: Power must be ON to the UPC Open when
replacing the battery, or the date, time, and trend data will
be lost.
Remove the battery from the controller, making note of the
battery's polarity. Insert the new battery, matching the battery's
polarity with the polarity indicated on the UPC Open
controller.
Table J — LED Status Indicators
LED
Power
Rx
Tx
Run
Error
STATUS
Lights when power is being supplied to the controller. The UPC Open controller is protected by internal solid-state polyswitches on
the incoming power and network connections. These polyswitches are not replaceable and will reset themselves if the condition
that caused the fault returns to normal.
Lights when the controller receives data from the network segment; there is an Rx LED for Ports 1 and 2.
Lights when the controller transmits data to the network segment; there is a Tx LED for Ports 1 and 2.
Lights based on controller status. See Table K.
Lights based on controller status. See Table K.
Table K — Run and Error LEDs Controller and Network Status Indication
RUN LED
2 flashes per second
2 flashes per second
2 flashes per second
2 flashes per second
2 flashes per second
5 flashes per second
5 flashes per second
7 flashes per second
14 flashes per second
ERROR LED
Off
2 flashes, alternating with Run LED
3 flashes, then off
1 flash per second
On
On
Off
7 flashes per second, alternating with Run LED
14 flashes per second, alternating with Run LED
184
STATUS
Normal
Five minute auto-restart delay after system error
Controller has just been formatted
Controller is alone on the network
Exec halted after frequent system errors or control programs halted
Exec start-up aborted, Boot is running
Firmware transfer in progress, Boot is running
Ten second recovery period after brownout
Brownout
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST
POINT DESCRIPTION
Active Demand Limit
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
DEM_LIM
W
%
n/a
0-100
AV:9
dem_lim_1
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan
SAT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:10
sat_1
Alarm State
ALM
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:9
alm_1
BP PID Evaluation Time Level
BPPERIOD
W
min
1
0-10
AV:16
bpperiod_1
BPSO
W
in H2O
0.05
0-0.5
AV:17
bpso_1
BPZ_GAIN
W
n/a
1
0.1-10
AV:18
bpz_gain_1
BP
R
in H2O
n/a
n/a
AV:1070
bldg_static_press_1
Building Pressure Setp.
BPSP
W
in H2O
0.05
-0.5
AV:3070
bldg_press_stpt_1
Capacity Clamp Mode
CAPMODE
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:10
capmode_1
Capacity Load Factor
SMZ
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:22
smz_1
BP Setpoint Offset
BP Threshold Adjustment
Building Pressure
Capacity Threshold Adj
Z_GAIN
W
n/a
1
0-10
AV:23
z_gain_1
CEM10K1
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:12
cem10k1_1
CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5,1-2
CEM4201
W
mA
n/a
0-20
AV:11
cem4201_1
CEM AN2 10K temp J5,3-4
CEM10K2
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:14
cem10k2_1
CEM AN2 4-20 ma J5,3-4
CEM4202
W
mA
n/a
0-20
AV:13
cem4202_1
Cir A Discharge Pressure
DP_A
R
psig
n/a
n/a
AV:1601
discharge_press_a_1
Cir A Sat. Condensing Temperature
SCTA
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1602
sat_cond_temp_a_1
Cir A Sat. Suction Temperature
SSTA
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1603
sat_suction_temp_a_1
Cir A Suction Pressure
SP_A
R
psig
n/a
n/a
AV:1600
suction_press_a_1
Cir B Discharge Pressure
DP_B
R
psig
n/a
n/a
AV:1605
discharge_press_b_1
Cir B Sat. Condensing Temperature
SCTB
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1606
sat_cond_temp_b_1
Cir B Sat. Suction Temperature
SSTB
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1607
sat_suction_temp_b_1
Cir B Suction Pressure
SP_B
R
psig
n/a
n/a
AV:1604
suction_press_b_1
Comp A1 Locked Out ?
CMPA1LOK
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:12
cmpa1lok_1
Comp A2 Locked Out ?
CMPA2LOK
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:13
cmpa2lok_1
Comp B1 Locked Out ?
CMPB1LOK
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:14
cmpb1lok_1
Comp B2 Locked Out ?
CEM AN1 10K temp J5,1-2
CMPB2LOK
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:15
cmpb2ok_1
Compressor A1 Relay
CMPA1
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:16
cmpa1_1
Compressor A1 Run Hours
HR_A1
R
hr
n/a
n/a
AV:24
hr_a1_1
Compressor A1 Starts
CY_A1
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:25
cy_a1_1
Compressor A1 Strikes
CMPA1STR
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:26
cmpa1str_1
Compressor A1 Timeguard
CMPA1_TG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:27
cmpa1_tg_1
Compressor A2 Relay
CMPA2
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:17
cmpa2_1
Compressor A2 Run Hours
HR_A2
R
hr
n/a
n/a
AV:28
hr_a2_1
Compressor A2 Starts
CY_A2
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:29
cy_a2_1
Compressor A2 Strikes
CMPA2STR
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:30
cmpa2str_1
Compressor A2 Timeguard
CMPA2_TG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:31
cmpa2_tg_1
Compressor B1 Relay
CMPB1
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:18
cmpb1_1
Compressor B1 Run Hours
HR_B1
R
hr
n/a
n/a
AV:32
hr_b1_1
Compressor B1 Starts
CY_B1
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:33
cy_b1_1
Compressor B1 Strikes
CMPB1STR
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:34
cmpb1str_1
Compressor B1 Timeguard
CMPB1_TG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:35
cmpb1_tg_1
Compressor B2 Relay
CMPB2
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:19
cmpb2_1
Compressor B2 Run Hours
HR_B2
R
hr
n/a
n/a
AV:36
hr_b2_1
See legend on page 191.
185
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
Compressor B2 Starts
CY_B2
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:37
cy_b2_1
Compressor B2 Strikes
CMPB2STR
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:38
cmpb2str_1
Compressor B2 Timeguard
CMPB2_TG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:39
cmpb2_tg_1
Compressor Lockout Temp
OATLCOMP
W
°F
40
-75
AV:40
oatlcomp_1
Condenser Fan Circuit A
CONDFANA
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2012
cond_fan_a_1
Condenser Fan Circuit B
CONDFANB
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2013
cond_fan_b_1
Controlling Return Temp
RETURN_T
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:1030
ra_temp_1
Controlling Space Temp
SPACE_T
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:2007
space_temp_1
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
COOL_OFF
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:20
cool_off_1
Cool Trend Demand Level
CTRENDLV
W
°^F
0.1
0.1-5
AV:41
ctrendlv_1
Cool Trend Time (secs)
CTRENDTM
W
sec
120
30-600
AV:42
ctrendtm_1
Cooling Control Point
COOLCPNT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1024
cool_ctrl_point_1
Cooling Occupied Setpoint
OCSP
W
°F
75
40-99
AV:3001
occ_cl_stpt_1
Cooling Unoccupied Setpoint
UCSP
W
°F
90
40-99
AV:3003
unocc_cl_stpt_1
POINT DESCRIPTION
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or ZONE
CTRLTEMP
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:43
ctrltemp_1
Current Running Capacity
HTSG_CAP
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:44
htsg_cap_1
Current Running Capacity
CAPTOTAL
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:1023
cool_capacity_1
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQFNOFF
W
n/a
200
0-2000
AV:45
daqfnoff_1
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
DAQFNON
W
n/a
400
0-2000
AV:46
daqfnon_1
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DBC_STAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:25
dbc_stat_1
DCV Resetting Min Pos
MODEADCV
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:26
modeadcv_1
DDBC- OAT > RAT Lockout?
DDBCSTAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:27
ddbcstat_1
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
DEC_STAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:28
dec_stat_1
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?
DHDISABL
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:29
dhdisabl_1
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
DHCOOLSP
W
°F
45
40-55
AV:49
dhcoolsp_1
DHDISCIN
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:30
dhdiscin_1
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
DHRELHSP
W
%
55
Oct-90
AV:50
dhrelhsp_1
Demand Limit In Effect
MODEDMLT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:31
modedmlt_1
Demand Limit Select
DMD_CTRL
W
n/a
0
0-3
AV:52
dmd_ctrl_1
DLSWSP1
W
%
80
0-100
AV:53
dlswsp1_1
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
DLSWSP2
W
%
50
0-100
AV:54
dlswsp2_1
Demand Limit Switch 1
DMD_SW1
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1006
dmd_sw1_1
Demand Limit Switch 2
DMD_SW2
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1007
dmd_sw2_1
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DEW_STAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:32
dew_stat_1
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
IAQREACT
W
n/a
0
-10
AV:58
iaqreact_1
Dehumidify Input
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
Dmd Level Low Cool ON
DAQ
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:56
daq_1
DMDLCON
W
°^F
1.5
0.5-2
AV:63
dmdlcon_1
Dmd Level Low Heat ON
DMDLHON
W
°^F
1.5
0.5-2
AV:64
dmdlhon_1
Dmd Level(-) Low Cool OFF
DMDLCOFF
W
°^F
1
0.5-2
AV:59
dmdlcoff_1
Dmd Level(-) Low Heat OFF
DMDLHOFF
W
°^F
1
0.5-2
AV:60
dmdlhoff_1
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool ON
DMDHCON
W
°^F
0.5
0.5-20
AV:61
dmdhcon_1
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat ON
DMDHHON
W
°^F
0.5
0.5-20
AV:62
dmdhhon_1
Econ Act. Unavailable?
ECONUNAV
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:34
econunav_1
Econ disable in DH mode?
DHECDISA
W
n/a
1
0-1
BV:35
dhecdisa_1
See legend on page 191.
186
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
POINT DESCRIPTION
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
ECONHELD
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:42
econheld_1
Econo Current Min. Pos.
MIN_POS
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:66
min_pos_1
Econo Position Override
ECOORIDE
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:41
ecooride_1
Economizer Act. Cmd. Pos.
ECONOCMD
W
%
n/a
0-100
AV:67
econocmd_1
Economizer Act. Curr. Pos
ECONOPOS
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:1028
econ_pos_1
ECACTIVE
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:36
ecactive_1
ECOSW
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:37
ecosw_1
Economizer Active?
Economizer Control Input
Economizer Control Point
ECONCPNT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:68
econpnt_1
Economizer Forced ?
ECONFORC
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:38
econforc_1
Economizer Max.Position
ECONOMAX
W
%
98
0-100
AV:70
economax_1
Economizer Min.Position
ECONOMIN
W
%
5
0-100
AV:4005
econ_min_1
EDT Sensor Bad ?
EDT_STAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:44
edt_stat_1
Element Comm Status
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2999
element_stat_1
EMSTOP
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:45
emstop_1
Enable Compressor A1
CMPA1ENA
W
n/a
Enable
0-1
BV:46
cmpa1ena_1
Enable Compressor A2
CMPA2ENA
W
n/a
Enable
0-1
BV:47
cmpa2ena_1
Enable Compressor B1
CMPB1ENA
W
n/a
Enable
0-1
BV:48
cmpb1ena_1
Enable Compressor B2
CMPB2ENA
W
n/a
Enable
0-1
BV:49
cmpb2ena_1
EVAC
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1060
smk_evac_1
Emergency Stop
Evacuation Input
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
EDT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:76
edt_1
EFAN_VFD
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:2075
ef_vfd_output_1
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
SFS_SHUT
W
n/a
0
0-1
BV:50
sfs_shut_1
Fan Mode
FAN_MODE
W
n/a
1
0-1
AV:77
fan_mode_1
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Fan request from IGC
IGCFAN
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:11
igcfan_1
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat
ELEC_FOD
W
n/a
30
10-600
AV:78
elec_fod_1
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat
GAS_FOD
W
n/a
45
45-600
AV:79
gas_fod_1
Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool
COOL_FOD
W
sec
60
0-600
AV:80
cool_fod_1
Filter Status Input
FLTS
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1052
filter_status_1
Fire Shutdown Input
FSD
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1005
firedown_status_1
Heat Interlock Relay
HIR
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1026
heat_interlock_relay_1
Heat Relay 1
HS1
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:52
hs1_1
Heat Relay 2
HS2
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:53
hs2_1
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
HCSP_GAP
W
°^F
5
10-Feb
AV:83
hcsp_gap_1
Heating Control Point
HEATCPNT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1025
heat_ctrl_point_1
OHSP
W
°F
68
409-99
AV:3002
occ_ht_stpt_1
SASPHEAT
W
°F
85
80-120
AV:85
saspheat_1
UHSP
W
°F
55
40-99
AV:3004
unocc_ht_stpt_1
LIMTMODE
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:55
limtmode_1
BPHPLVL
W
n/a
0.05
0-1
AV:86
bphplvl_1
Heating Occupied Setpoint
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Heating Unoccupied Setpoint
Hi Limit Switch Tmp Mode
High BP Level
High BP Override
BPHPOVRD
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:54
bphpovrd_1
High OAT Lockout Temp
OAT_LOCK
W
°F
60
-160
AV:9008
econ_oat_lockout_1
HVAC Mode Numerical Form
MODEHVAC
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:1022
hvac_mode_1
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ - PPM Indoor CO2
IAQIN
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1050
iaq_status_1
IAQ
W
n/a
n/a
0-5000
AV:1009
iaq_1
See legend on page 191.
187
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
POINT DESCRIPTION
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
IAQ High Reference
IAQ Low Reference
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
IAQMINP
W
%
0
0-100
AV:3016
iaq_min_pos_1
IAQOVPOS
W
%
100
0-100
AV:93
iaqovpos_1
IAQREFH
W
n/a
2000
0-5000
AV:95
iaqrefh_1
IAQREFL
W
n/a
0
0-5000
AV:96
iaqrefl_1
IAQ Min.Pos.Override
IAQMINOV
W
%
n/a
0-100
AV:97
iaqminov_1
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active
MODEIQPG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:56
modeiqpg_1
IAQ Purge
IAQPURGE
W
n/a
0
0-1
BV:57
iaqpurge_1
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQPTIME
W
min
15
May-60
AV:98
iaqptime_1
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQPHTMP
W
%
35
0-100
AV:99
iaqphtmp_1
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQPLTMP
W
%
10
0-100
AV:100
iaqpltmp_1
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
IAQPNTLO
W
°F
50
35-70
AV:101
iaqpntlo_1
LAT Cutoff Mode
LATCMODE
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:58
latcmode_1
LAT Limit Config
HTLATLIM
W
°^F
10
0-20
AV:102
htlatlim_1
LAT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1027
lvg_air_temperature_1
UNITSTOP
W
n/a
No
0-1
BV:59
unitstop_1
BPLPLVL
W
n/a
0.04
0-1
AV:87
bplplvl_1
Low BP Override
BPLPOVRD
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:60
bplpovrd_1
Low Temp Cap Override
LOW_TEMP
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:61
low_temp_1
Maximum Heat Stages
HTMAXSTG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:107
htmaxstg_1
Mech Cooling Locked Out
MODELOCK
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:63
modelock_1
MLV
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:64
mlv_1
Leaving Air Temperature
Local Machine Disable
Low BP Level
Min. Load Valve (HGBP)
Mixed Air Temperature
MAT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:1500
ma_temp_1
OAECSTAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:67
oaecstat_1
OAQ - PPM Outdoor CO2
OAQ
W
n/a
n/a
0-5000
AV:113
oaq_1
OAQ Lockout In Effect ?
OAQLOCKD
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:68
oaqlockd_1
OAQLOCK
W
n/a
0
0-2000
AV:112
oaqlock_1
OAT Sensor Bad ?
OAT_STAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:69
oat_stat_1
Occupied Cool Mode End
OCCL_END
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:114
occl_end_1
Occupied Cool Mode Start
OCCLSTRT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:115
occlstrt_1
Occupied Heat Mode End
OCHT_END
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:116
ocht_end_1
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
OAQ Lockout Value
Occupied Heat Mode Start
OCHTSTRT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:117
ochtstrt_1
Occupied Heating Enabled
HTOCCENA
W
n/a
No
0-1
BV:70
htoccena_1
Occupied?
OCCUPIED
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:2008
occ_status_1
Outside Air Humidity Ratio
OA_HUMR
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:118
oa_humr_1
OARH
W
%
n/a
0-100
AV:119
oarh_1
Outside Air Temperature
OAT
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:1003
oat_1
Override Modes in Effect
MODES
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:21
modes_1
Outside Air Relative Humidity
Override Time Limit
OTL
W
hr
1
0-4
AV:120
otl_1
PWRM
W
n/a
1
0-2
AV:121
pwrm_1
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
PES1
W
%
35
0-100
AV:122
pes1_1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
PES2
W
%
75
0-100
AV:123
pes2_1
Power Exhaust Relay A
PE_A
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:72
pe_a_1
Power Exhaust Motors
Power Exhaust Relay B
PE_B
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:73
pe_b_1
Power Exhaust Relay C
PE_C
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:74
pe_c_1
See legend on page 191.
188
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
POINT DESCRIPTION
Pressurization Input
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
PRES
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1061
smk_press_1
Pull Down Cap Override
PULLDOWN
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:75
pulldown_1
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
HS3
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:76
hs3_1
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
HS4
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:77
hs4_1
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
HS5
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:78
hs5_1
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
HS6
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:79
hs6_1
ALRM
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:2014
aux_relay_1
Remote Econ. Disabled ?
ECONDISA
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:80
econdisa_1
Remote Economizer Enable
ECONENBL
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1010
remote_econ_enable_1
RMTIN
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:81
rmtin_1
Remote Switch Config
RMTINCFG
W
n/a
0
0-3
AV:130
rmtincfg_1
Requested Heat Stage
HT_STAGE
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:2003
heat_run_1
Reset Limit
LIMT
W
°^F
10
0-20
AV:131
limt_1
Reset Ratio
RTIO
W
n/a
2
0-10
AV:132
rtio_1
Remote Input State
Return Air Enthalpy
Return Air Relative Humidity
Return Air Temperature
RAE
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:133
rae_1
RARH
W
%
n/a
0-100
AV:134
rarh_1
RAT
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:135
rat_1
Schedule Number
SCHEDNUM
W
n/a
0
0-99
AV:136
schednum_1
Slow Change Cap Override
SLO_CHNG
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:86
slo_chng_1
Smoke Purge Input
PURG
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1062
smk_purg_1
Soft Stop Request
SOFTSTOP
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:87
softstop_1
SP Reset Limit
SPRLIMIT
W
n/a
0.75
0-2
AV:143
sprlimit_1
SP Reset Ratio
SPRRATIO
W
n/a
0.2
0-2
AV:144
sprratio_1
Space Temp Offset Range
SPTO_RNG
W
°^F
5
10-Jan
AV:139
spto_rng_1
SPT
W
°F
n/a
-280
AV:137
spt_1
SPTO
W
°^F
n/a
-20
AV:138
spto_1
Staged Gas LAT 1
LAT1SGAS
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:150
lat1sgas_1
Staged Gas LAT 2
LAT2SGAS
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:151
lat2sgas_1
Staged Gas LAT 3
LAT3SGAS
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:152
lat3sgas_1
Staged Gas LAT Sum
LAT_SGAS
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:153
lat_sgas_1
Staged Gas Limit Sw Temp
LIMSWTMP
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:154
limswtmp_1
DELAY
W
sec
0
0-900
AV:155
delay_1
SPRSTCFG
W
n/a
0
0-4
AV:156
sprstcfg_1
SP
R
in H2O
n/a
n/a
AV:1016
static_press_1
SPRESET
W
n/a
n/a
0-15
AV:157
spreset_1
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Startup Delay Time
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
Static Pressure
Static Pressure Reset
Static Pressure Setpoint
SPSP
W
in H2O
1.5
0-5
AV:3050
sa_static_stpt_1
Supply Air Reset
MODESARS
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:93
modesars_1
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
SASPRSET
W
°^F
n/a
0-20
AV:158
sasprset_1
SASP
W
°F
55
45-75
AV:3007
sa_temp_stpt_1
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
SFONSTAT
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:22
sfonstat_1
Supply Fan Relay
SFAN_RLY
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:94
sfan_rly_1
Supply Air Setpoint
See legend on page 191.
189
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
SFANFORC
W
SFAN
R
SFS
W
Supply Fan VFD Speed
SFVFDTST
Supply Fan VFD Speed
SFAN_VFD
Temp Comp Start Cool Factor
Temp Comp Start Heat Factor
Temp Compensated Start
Temper Supply Air Setpt
Temper Vent Unocc
POINT DESCRIPTION
Supply Fan Request
Supply Fan State
Supply Fan Status Switch
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:2004
sfan_forc_1
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2001
sfan_1
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:95
sfs_1
W
%
n/a
0-100
AV:165
sf_vfd_output_1
R
%
n/a
n/a
AV:2050
sfvfdtst_1
TCSTCOOL
W
min
0
0-60
AV:159
tcstcool_1
TCSTHEAT
W
min
0
0-60
AV:160
tcstheat_1
MODETCST
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:96
modetcst_1
SASPTEMP
W
°F
n/a
0-100
AV:15
sasptemp_1
TEMPVUNC
W
n/a
50
-100
AV:164
tempvunc_1
UNITS
Tempering in Cool SASP
TEMPCOOL
W
n/a
5
May-75
AV:161
tempcool_1
Tempering Purge SASP
TEMPPURG
W
n/a
50
-100
AV:162
temppurg_1
Tempering Vent Occ SASP
TEMPVOCC
W
n/a
65
-100
AV:163
tempvocc_1
G
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1021
g_input_1
Thermostat W1 Input
W1
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1019
w1_input_1
Thermostat W2 Input
W2
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1020
w2_input_1
Thermostat Y1 Input
Y1
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1017
y1_input_1
Thermostat Y2 Input
Y2
W
n/a
n/a
0-1
BV:1018
y2_input_1
Timed Override In Effect
MODETOVR
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:97
modetovr_1
Timed-Override in Effect
OVERLAST
R
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:98
overlast_1
TSTAT Both Heat and Cool
TSTATALL
W
n/a
No
0-1
BV:99
tstatall_1
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
UEFCNTLO
W
°F
50
40-70
AV:166
uefcntlo_1
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
UEFC_CFG
W
n/a
0
0-2
AV:172
uefc_cfg_1
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
UEFCTIME
W
min
120
0-720
AV:173
uefctime_1
Unoccupied Cool Mode End
UCCL_END
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:168
uccl_end_1
Unoccupied Cool Mode Start
UCCLSTRT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:169
ucclstrt_1
Unoccupied Heat Mode End
UCHT_END
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:170
ucht_end_1
Unoccupied Heat Mode Start
UCHTSTRT
R
°F
n/a
n/a
AV:171
uchtstrt_1
User Defined Analog 1
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:2901
user_analog_1_1
User Defined Analog 2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:2902
user_analog_2_1
User Defined Analog 3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:2903
user_analog_3_1
User Defined Analog 4
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:2904
user_analog_4_1
User Defined Analog 5
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
AV:2905
user_analog_5_1
User Defined Binary 1
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2911
user_binary_1_1
User Defined Binary 2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2912
user_binary_2_1
User Defined Binary 3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2913
user_binary_3_1
User Defined Binary 4
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2914
user_binary_4_1
User Defined Binary 5
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BV:2915
user_binary_5_1
User Determined OAQ
OAQ_USER
W
n/a
400
0-5000
AV:179
oaq_user_1
Thermostat G Input
See legend on page 191.
190
APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER (cont)
NETWORK POINTS LIST (cont)
CCN
POINT
NAME
READ/
WRITE
UNITS
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
VAVOCOFF
W
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAVOCON
W
VAV Unocc Fan Retry Time
SAMPMINS
Vent Reheat RAT Offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
VFD Fire Speed Override
DEFAULT
VALUE
RANGE
BACNET
OBJECT ID
°^F
2
25-Jan
AV:180
vavocoff_1
°^F
3.5
0-25
AV:181
vavocon_1
W
min
60
0-720
AV:182
sampmins_1
DHVRAOFF
W
°^F
0
0-8
AV:183
dhvraoff_1
DHVHT_SP
W
°F
70
55-95
AV:184
dhvht_sp_1
DHVHTCFG
W
n/a
0
0-1
AV:185
dhvhtcfg_1
STATPFSO
W
%
100
0-100
AV:187
statpfso_1
VFD Maximum Speed
STATPMAX
W
%
100
0-100
AV:188
statpmax_1
VFD Minimum Speed
STATPMIN
W
%
20
0-100
AV:189
statpmin_1
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
BLDGPFSO
W
%
100
0-100
AV:186
bldgpfso_1
POINT DESCRIPTION
BP
CEM
DAQ
DBC
DCV
DDBC
DEC
DH
EDT
IAQ
IGC
LAT
n/a
OAEC
OAQ
OAT
PID
R
RAT
RH
SASP
SP
SPT
TSTAT
VAV
VFD
W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Building Pressure
Controls Expansion Module
Differential Air Quality
Dry Bulb Changeover
Demand Controlled Ventilation
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover
Differential Enthalpy Changeover
Dehumidification
Evaporator Discharge Temperature
Indoor Air Quality
Integrated Gas Control
Leaving Air Temperature
Not Available
Outdoor Air Enthalpy Changeover
Outdoor Air Quality
Outdoor Air Temperature
Proportional, Integral, Derivative
Read
Return Air Temperature
Relative Humidity
Supply Air Set Point
Setpoint
Space Temperature
Thermostat
Variable Air Volume
Variable Frequency Drive
Write
191
BACNET
OBJECT NAME
INDEX
Accessory control components 129
Accessory installation 7
Accessory Navigator™ display 4, 130
Airflow control during
fire-smoke modes 69
Alarm output 30
Alarms and alerts 97
Alert limit configuration 74
Auto view of run status 94
Basic control usage 4-7
Belt tension adjustment 137
Building pressure configuration 66
Building pressure control 66
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) System 73
CCN tables and display 5
CCN tables 156-169
Cleaning 134
ComfortLink controls 4
Complete unit stoppage 80
Compressor run hours display table 95
Compressor starts display table 95
Condenser-fan adjustment 138
Controls 7
Controls operation 7, 32-78
Controls quick start 27-29
Controls set point and configuration
log CL-1 to CL-5
Conventions used in this manual 3
Cool mode selection process 40
Cooling 29
Cooling control 37
Cooling mode diagnostic help 46
Crankcase heaters 7
Dehumidification and reheat 71
Demand controlled ventilation control 31
Demand limit control 30, 48
Dirty filter switch 60
Discrete switch logic configuration 75
Display configuration 76
Economizer 61
Economizer diagnostic help 65
Economizer integration with
mechanical cooling 50
Economizer operation 62
Economizer options 28
Economizer run status 94
Evacuation mode 68
Evaporator fan 7, 136, 137
Exhaust options 28
Factory-installed components 105
Fan status monitoring 60
Fans 29
Filter drier 145
Fire shutdown mode 68
Fire-smoke inputs 68
Four-inch filter replacement 138
Forcing inputs and outputs 94
Gas heat (48A only) 7
Gas valve adjustment (48A only) 138
Generics table 7
Head pressure control 49
Heat mode diagnostic help 53
Heat mode selection process 52
Heating 29
Heating control 51
Hot gas bypass 77
HVAC modes 33
Independent outputs 29
Indoor air quality control 69
Indoor air quality options 28
Internal wiring 7
Local display tables 146-155
Lubrication 136
Main burners 145
Major system components 105-133
Mode selection 179
Mode trip helper 95
Modes 32
Multi-stage constant volume units with
mechanical thermostat 27
Multi-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 28
Power failure 138
Pressurization mode 68
Programming operating schedules 28
Refrigerant charge 138
Remote control switch input 77
Remote switch 30
Replacement parts 145
Restart procedure 80
Run status menu 94
Safety considerations 2, 3
Scrolling marquee 4, 128
Sensor trim configuration 75
Service 134-145
Service access 134
Service analysis 80
Service test 29, 30
Service test mode logic 29
Single circuit stoppage 80
Smoke control modes 68
Smoke purge mode 69
Software version numbers
display table 95
Space temperature offset 77
Staged gas heating control 55,56
Start-up 7-27
Static pressure control 57
Static pressure reset 59
SumZ cooling algorithm 46
Supply air reset 30
Supply fan status monitoring logic 60
System modes 32
System Pilot™ interface 5
Temperature compensated start 73
Temperature compensated start logic 73
Thermistor troubleshooting 80
Thermostat 30
Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) 138
Third party control 30-32
Time clock configuration 78,79
Transducer troubleshooting 80
Troubleshooting 80-105
Unit Configuration submenu 35
Unit preparation 7
Unit setup 7
Unit staging tables 43-46
Unit start-up checklist CL-6
Unoccupied economizer free cooling 63
UPC Open controller 180-191
Variable air volume units using return
air sensor or space temperature
sensor 27
VFD control 30
VFD information 170-178
© Carrier Corporation 2014
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480111-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-11T
Pg 194
714
6-14
Replaces: 48/50A-10T
CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG
MODEL NUMBER:
Software Version
SERIAL NUMBER:
MBB
CESR131343--
DATE:
RCB
CESR131249--
TECHNICIAN:
ECB
CESR131465-
NAVI
CESR131227--
SCB
CESR131226--
CEM
CESR131174--
MARQ
CESR131171--
ITEM
UNIT
C.TYP
CV.FN
RM.CF
CEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
SFS.S
SFS.M
VAV.S
SIZE
DP.XR
SP.XR
RFG.T
CND.T
MAT.S
MAT.R
MAT.D
ALTI
DLAY
STAT
AUX.R
SENS
SENSSPT.S
SENSSP.O.S
SENSSP.O.R
SENSRRH.S
SENSFLT.S
COOL
Z.GN
MC.LO
C.FOD
MLV
M.M.
DS.EN
DS.MC
DS.AP
DS.AD
DS.RP
DS.RD
DS.RO
DS.MO
HPSP
A1.EN
A2.EN
B1.EN
B2.EN
CS.A1
CS.A2
CS.B1
CS.B2
EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (20-60)
Disch.Press. Transducers
Suct. Pres. Trans. Type
Refrig: 0=R22 1=R410A
Cnd HX Typ:0=RTPF 1=MCHX
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
MAT Outside Air Default
Altitude……..in feet:
Startup Delay Time
TSTAT_Both Heat and Cool
Auxiliary Relay Config
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Min. Load Valve? (HGBP)
Motor Master Control?
Enable Digital Scroll?
DS Min Digital Capacity
Dig Scroll Adjust Delta
Dig Scroll Adjust Delay
Dig Scroll Reduce Delta
Dig Scroll Reduce Delay
Dig Scroll Reduction OAT
Dig Scroll Max Only OAT
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
RANGE
1 - 6 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60 min
0 - 60 min
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720 min
20 - 60
Yes/No
0 -1 (multi-text strings)
0 -1 (multi-text strings)
0 -1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0-100%
0 - 60000
0 - 900 sec
Yes/No
0-3
DEFAULT
ENTRY
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
20
No
0
1
0
1
No
20
0
0
No
0
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
–10 - 10
–20 to 55 dF
0 - 600 sec
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
25 - 100%
0 - 100%
15 - 60 sec
0 - 100%
15 - 60 sec
70 - 120 dF
70 - 120 dF
80 - 150 dF
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1
40
60
No
No
No
50
100
20
6
30
95
105
110
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480111-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-11T
Pg CL-1
714 6-14
Replaces: 48/50A-10T
EDT.R
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S
HEAT
HT.CF
HT.SP
OC.EN
LAT.M
G.FOD
E.FOD
SG.CF
SG.CFHT.ST
SG.CFCAP.M
SG.CFM.R.DB
SG.CFS.G.DB
SG.CFRISE
SG.CFLAT.L
SG.CFLIM.M
SG.CFSW.H.T
SG.CFSW.L.T
SG.CFHT.P
SG.CFHT.D
SG.CFHT.TM
SP
SP.CF
CV.FD
SP.FN
SP.S
SP.LO
SP.HI
SP.SP
SP.MN
SP.MX
SP.FS
HT.VM
SP.RS
SP.RT
SP.LM
SP.EC
S.PID
S.PIDSP.TM
S.PIDSP.P
S.PIDSP.I
S.PIDSP.D
S.PIDSP.SG
EXPANSION
Rev. Rotation Verified?
Hi SST Alert Delay Time
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat
Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Constant Vol IDF is VFD?
Static Pres.Fan Control?
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD Minimum Speed
VFD Maximum Speed
VFD Fire Speed Override
VFD Heating Min Speed
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio (/dF)
SP Reset Limit in iwc ()
SP Reset Econo. Position
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
Static Press.System Gain
RANGE
Yes/No
5 -30 min
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 10
0 - 20 ^F
Enable/Disable
0-4
80 - 120 dF
Yes/No
Yes/No
45-600
10-600
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0 - 5 ^F
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20 ^F
Yes/No
110 - 180 dF
100 - 170 dF
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300 sec
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
Yes
Enable/Disable
-10 - 0
0 - 10
0 - 5 "H2O
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
75 - 100 %
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2.00 in. wg/dF
0 - 2.00 in. wg
0 - 100 %
1 - 200 sec
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 50
CL-2
DEFAULT
No
10
0
2
10
Disable
0
85
No
No
45
30
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
No
170
160
1
1
90
No
No
Yes
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
75
0
0.2
0.75
5
2
20
2
0
1
ENTRY
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
ITEM
REV.R
H.SST
ITEM
ECON
EC.EN
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
E.TYP
EC.SW
E.CFG
E.CFGE.P.GN
E.CFGE.RNG
E.CFGE.SPD
E.CFGE.DBD
UEFC
UEFCFC.CF
UEFCFC.TM
UEFCFC.L.O
BP
BP.CF
BP.RT
BP.P
BP.I
BP.D
BP.SO
BP.MN
BP.MX
BP.FS
BP.MT
BP.S
BP.R
BP.SP
BP.P1
BP.P2
B.CFG
B.CFGBP.SL
B.CFGBP.TM
B.CFGBP.ZG
B.CFGBP.HP
B.CFGBP.LP
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM
DMD.L
DM.L.S
D.L.20
SH.NM
SH.DL
SH.TM
D.L.S1
D.L.S2
EXPANSION
ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
Economizer Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Economizer Control Type
Economizer Switch Config
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG
Building Press. Config
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain
Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain
BP Setpoint Offset
BP VFD Minimum Speed
BP VFD Maximum Speed
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
Power Exhaust Motors
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg Press (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS
Modulating PE Alg. Slct.
BP PID Evaluation Time
BP Threshold Adjustment
High BP Level
Low BP Level
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
RANGE
Yes/No
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
18 - 32
–40 - 120 dF
50 - 62 dF
Enable/Disable
1-3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
Yes
5
98
Yes
1
4
24
60
55
Disable
1
0
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5.0 ^F
0.1 - 10.0
0.1 - 2.0 ^F
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
0-2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720 min
40 - 70 dF
0
120
50
0-2
5-120 sec
0-5
0-2
0-5
0.0 - 0.5 “H2O
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
1-2
Enable/Dsable
0 - 1.00 “H2O
–0.25  0.25 "H2O
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
CL-3
DEFAULT
0
10
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.05
10
100
100
1
Dsable
0.25
0.05
35
75
1-3
0 - 10 min
0.1 - 10.0 “H2O
0 - 1.000 “H2O
0 - 1.000 “H2O
1
1
1
0.05
0.04
–1 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 20.0 ^F
0.5 - 2 ^F
–1 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 20.0 ^F
0.5 - 2 ^F
0.1 - 5 ^F
0.1 - 5 ^F
30 - 600 sec
30 - 600 sec
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100 %
0 - 99
0 - 60 %
0 - 120 min
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
0
100
0
0
60
80
50
ENTRY
EXPANSION
INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econ Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
RANGE
ENTRY
0 - 100 %
0 - 100 %
5
0
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0
0
0
0
0
0 - 100 %
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
–5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60 min
0-100 %
0-100 %
35-70 dF
0-2(multi-text strings)
1-2(multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0-1(multi-text strings)
0-8 ^F
55-95 dF
40-55 dF
10-90 %
1 - 239
0 - 239
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
CL-4
DEFAULT
100
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
0
2000
0
2000
No
15
10
35
50
0
1
Yes
0
0
70
45
55
1
0
3
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
0 - 99
YES/NO
0 - 4 HRS
0 - 4 HRS
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
ITEM
IAQ
DCV.C
DCV.CEC.MN
DCV.CIAQ.M
AQ.CF
AQ.CFIQ.A.C
AQ.CFIQ.A.F
AQ.CFIQ.I.C
AQ.CFIQ.I.F
AQ.CFOQ.A.C
AQ.SP
AQ.SPIQ.O.P
AQ.SPDAQ.L
AQ.SPDAQ.H
AQ.SPD.F.OF
AQ.SPD.F.ON
AQ.SPIAQ.R
AQ.SPOAQ.L
AQ.SPOAQ.U
AQ.S.R
AQ.S.RIQ.R.L
AQ.S.RIQ.R.H
AQ.S.ROQ.R.L
AQ.S.ROQ.R.H
IAQ.P
IAQ.PIQ.PG
IAQ.PIQ.P.T
IAQ.PIQ.P.L
IAQ.PIQ.P.H
IAQ.PIQ.L.O
DEHU
D.SEL
D.SEN
D.EC.D
D.V.CF
D.V.RA
D.V.HT
D.C.SP
D.RH.S
CCN
CCNA
CCNB
BAUD
BROD
BRODTM.DT
BRODOAT.B
BRODORH.B
BRODOAQ.B
BRODG.S.B
BRODB.ACK
SC.OV
SC.OVSCH.N
SC.OVHOL.T
SC.OVO.T.L.
SC.OVOV.EX
SC.OVSPT.O
SC.OVT58.O
SC.OVGL.OV
ITEM
ALLM
SP.L.O
SP.H.O
SP.L.U
SP.H.U
SA.L.O
SA.H.O
SA.L.U
SA.H.U
RA.L.O
RA.H.O
RA.L.U
RA.H.U
R.RH.L
R.RH.H
SP.L
SP.H
BP.L
BP.H
IAQ.H
TRIM
SAT.T
RAT.T
OAT.T
SPT.T
CTA.T
CTB.T
SP.A.T
SP.B.T
DP.A.T
DP.B.T
SW.LG
FTS.L
IGC.L
RMI.L
ECS.L
SFS.L
DL1.L
DL2.L
IAQ.L
FSD.L
PRS.L
EVC.L
PRG.L
DISP
TEST
METR
LANG
PAS.E
PASS
EXPANSION
ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Economizer Switch - No
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.-Dehumid - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
RANGE
–10-245 dF
–10-245 dF
–10-245 dF
–10-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
–40-245 dF
0-100 %
0-100 %
0-5 "H2O
0-5 "H2O
–0.25-0.25 "H2O
–0.25-0.25 "H2O
0-5000
–10 - 10 ^F
–10 - 10 ^F
–10 - 10 ^F
–10 - 10 ^F
–30 - 30 ^F
–30 - 30 ^F
–50 - 50 PSIG
–50 - 50 PSIG
–50 - 50 PSIG
–50 - 50 PSIG
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999
CL-5
DEFAULT
ENTRY
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111
MODEL NO.: _________________________________
SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________
SOFTWARE VERSION _________________________
TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________
DATE: _______________________________________
PRE-START-UP:
 VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT
 VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT
 REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS
 VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD
 VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
 VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
 CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48A ONLY)
 CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE
 VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSATE DRAINAGE
 CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT
 VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
 VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN
 VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP
START-UP:
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
L1-L2
__________
__________
L3-L1
__________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1
__________
L2
__________
L3 _________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1
__________
L2
__________
L3 _________
SUPPLY FANS AMPS
EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________
(CV)
________
(VAV)
________ *
L2-L3
*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE
__________ F DB (Dry Bulb)
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE
__________ F DB __________ F WB (Wet Bulb)
COOLING SUPPLY AIR
__________ F
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR
__________ F (48A ONLY)
ELECTRIC HEAT SUPPLY AIR
__________ F (50A ONLY, IF EQUIPPED)
PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE
__________
IN. WG (48A ONLY)
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE
STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG
STAGE NO. 2 __________IN. WG (48A ONLY)
REFRIGERANT SUCTION
CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________ PSIG
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE
CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
 VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE.
© Carrier Corporation 2014
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480111-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50A-11T
Pg CL-6
714
6-14
Replaces: 48/50A-10T
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST